As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 27, 2014

Registration No. 333-190841

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

Amendment No. 3 to

Form F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



 

GLOBANT S.A.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

   
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg   7371   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

5 rue Guillaume Kroll
L-1882, Luxembourg
Tel: + 352 48 18 28 1

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)



 

Globant, LLC
875 Howard Street, Suite 320
San Francisco, CA 94103
Attn: Andrés Angelani
Tel: +1 877 798 8104 ext. 28127

(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)



 

Copies to:

 
Christopher C. Paci
DLA Piper LLP (US)
1251 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10020-1104
(212) 335-4500
  S. Todd Crider
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3954
(212) 455-2000


 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, please check the following box. o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

   
Title of Each Class of Securities to Be Registered   Proposed
Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price (1) (2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee
Common shares, nominal value $0.10 per share   $ 86,250,000     $ 11,765 (3)  

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes common shares subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares.
(3) Previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling shareholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS   Subject to Completion, dated May 27, 2014

Common Shares

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Common Shares



 

This is an initial public offering of common shares of Globant S.A. Globant S.A. is issuing and selling     common shares and the selling shareholders named in this prospectus are selling a total of      common shares. Globant S.A. will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common shares to be offered by the selling shareholders.



 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common shares. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per common share will be between $     and $    . After pricing the offering, we expect the common shares will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “GLOB.”



 

Investing in our common shares involves risks that are described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 .



 

   
  Per common
share
  Total
Initial public offering price   $     $  
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)   $     $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $     $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders   $     $  

(1) We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting.”

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option, for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to a total of     additional common shares from the selling shareholders to cover over-allotments, if any.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver our common shares to investors on or about       , 2014.

   
J.P. Morgan   Citigroup   Credit Suisse


 

   
William Blair        Cowen and Company

LOYAL3 Securities

                       , 2014


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

None of us, the selling shareholders, or the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) have authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf or to which we have referred you. None of us, the selling shareholders or the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) takes any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of any other information that others may give you. We, the selling shareholders, and the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.



 

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY

This summary highlights key aspects of the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making an investment decision regarding our common shares. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and the accompanying notes to those statements. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Globant,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Globant S.A., a société anonyme incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, and its subsidiaries.

Our Company

We are a new-breed of technology services provider focused on delivering innovative software solutions that leverage emerging technologies and related market trends. We combine the engineering and technical rigor of IT services providers with the creative approach and culture of digital agencies. Globant is the place where engineering, design and innovation meet scale. Our principal operating subsidiary is based in Buenos Aires, Argentina. Our clients are principally located in North America and Europe and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, 79.9% of our revenues were generated by clients in North America and 7.1% of our revenues were generated by clients in Europe, including many leading global companies.

Over the last several years, a number of new technologies and related market trends, including mobility, cloud computing and software as a service, gamification, social media, wearables, internet of things and “big data” have emerged that are revolutionizing the way end-users interface with information technology and are reshaping the business and competitive landscape for enterprises. As enterprises adjust their business models to adapt and benefit from these changes, they are increasingly seeking solutions that not only meet the rigorous engineering requirements of emerging technologies, but that also engage the end-user in new and powerful ways. We believe this dynamic is creating an attractive opportunity for technology service providers that have the engineering rigor, creative talent, and culture of innovation to deliver these solutions.

At Globant, we seek to deliver an optimal blend of engineering, design, and innovation to harness the potential of emerging technologies to meet our clients’ business needs. Since our inception in 2003, we have believed that while engineering is central to information technology, only by combining strong engineering capabilities with creativity and agility can we deliver innovative solutions that enhance end-user experiences while meeting our clients’ business needs. Our commitment to this differentiated approach is reflected in three core tenets of our company: organization by technology-specialized practices called Studios; emphasis on a collaborative and open Culture; and Innovation and creativity in technology and design. To contribute to these core concepts, we have made and continue to make significant ongoing investments in developing an operating environment that fosters innovation, creativity and teamwork, while ensuring a commitment to quality and project discipline.

Our employees, whom we call Globers, are our most valuable asset. As of March 31, 2014, we had 3,322 employees and 25 delivery centers across 16 cities in Argentina, Uruguay, Colombia, Brazil, Mexico and the United States, supported by two client management locations in the United States, and one client management location in each of the United Kingdom, Colombia, Uruguay, Argentina and Brazil. Our reputation for cutting-edge work for global blue chip clients and our footprint across Latin America provide us with the ability to attract and retain well-educated and talented professionals in the region. We are culturally similar to our clients and we function in similar time zones. We believe these similarities have helped us build solid relationships with our clients in the United States and Europe and facilitate a high degree of client collaboration.

Our clients include companies such as Google, Electronic Arts, JWT, Sabre, LinkedIn, Orbitz and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, each of which were among our top ten clients by revenues for at least one Studio in 2013. We believe our success in building our attractive client base in the most sophisticated and competitive markets for IT services demonstrates the value proposition of our offering and the quality of our execution as well as our culture of innovation and entrepreneurial spirit.

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our revenues increased from $90.1 million for 2011 to $158.3 million for 2013, representing a compounded annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 32.5% over the three-year period. Our revenues for 2013 increased by 22.9% to $158.3 million, from $128.8 million for 2012. Our profit for 2013 was $13.8 million, compared to a loss of $1.3 million for 2012, which reflected $9.3 million in share-based compensation expense, net of deferred tax, in 2012. The $15.1 million increase in profit from 2012 to 2013 includes a $29.6 million gain from transactions with Bonos del Gobierno Nacional en Dólares Estadounidenses (“BODEN”) received as payment for the exports of a portion of the services performed by our Argentine subsidiaries, partially offset by a $9.6 million allowance for the impairment of tax credits generated by Argentina’s Law No. 25,922 ( Ley de Promoción de la Industria de Software ), as amended by Law No. 26,692 (the “Software Promotion Law”). See note 3.7.1.1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013. After the approximately 23% devaluation of the Argentine peso that occurred in January 2014, our U.S. subsidiary discontinued its use of BODEN transactions as payment for exports of a portion of the services performed by our Argentine subsidiaries. Our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2014 amounted to $43.1 million, an increase of $8.7 million, or 25.3%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. We recorded a profit of $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to a profit of $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. In 2011, 2012 and 2013, we made several acquisitions to enhance our strategic capabilities, none of which contributed a material amount to our revenues in the year the acquisition was made. See “— Corporate History.”

Our Market Opportunity

In the last few years, the technology industry has undergone a significant transformation due to the proliferation and accelerated adoption of several emerging technologies, including mobility, social media, big data and cloud computing, and related market trends, including enhanced user experience (“UX”), personalization technology, gamification, consumerization of IT, wearables, internet of things and open collaboration. These technologies are empowering end-users and compelling enterprises to engage and collaborate with end-users in new and powerful ways. We believe that these changes are resulting in a paradigm shift in the technology services industry and are creating demand for service providers that possess a deep understanding of these emerging technologies and related market trends.

We believe that enterprises seeking to adapt to these emerging technologies and related market trends represent a significant growth opportunity for technology services providers. However, in order to successfully capture this opportunity, technology services providers require a new set of skills and capabilities — domain knowledge, a deep understanding of emerging technologies and related market trends and the ability to integrate creative capabilities with engineering rigor. Historically, traditional IT services providers have focused on optimizing their clients’ corporate processes by delivering custom applications based on detailed client specifications, while digital agencies have emphasized creativity but without the depth of engineering expertise or ability to scale. We believe that these dynamics have created a need for a new breed of technology services provider, like ourselves, with superior innovation capabilities supported by highly evolved methodologies, engineering capabilities, talent management practices and a strong culture.

According to IDC, the IT services market worldwide was estimated to be $874.8 billion in 2012 and is projected to grow to $1,087.3 billion by 2017, representing a five-year CAGR of 4.4%. However, the accelerated adoption of the new technologies described above suggests that demand for IT services focused on these technologies is likely to grow at rates that outpace the growth of the overall IT services market worldwide. For example, according to IDC, worldwide spending on professional services related to implementing cloud services was $7.5 billion in 2012 and is expected to grow to $22.6 billion by 2017, a five-year CAGR of 24.8%. According to the same source, the mobile enterprise application platform market was $0.9 billion in 2012 and is expected to grow to $4.8 billion by 2017, a five-year CAGR of 38.7%. Finally, according to Gartner, worldwide social media revenue (consisting of revenues from advertising, gaming and subscriptions) was estimated at $11.8 billion in 2011 and is expected to grow to $33.5 billion by 2016, a five-year CAGR of 23.0%. The growth in demand for technology services by enterprises seeking to adapt their business models to these emerging technologies and related market trends represents our market opportunity.

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Approach

We seek to deliver an optimal blend of engineering, design, and innovation capabilities to harness the potential of emerging technologies to meet our clients’ business needs. Our value proposition for our clients includes increased revenues, brand awareness, effective communication with customers, and the optimal use of emerging technologies and resources to enable our clients to maintain their leadership position. Our integrated approach requires high-quality software engineering talent, advanced knowledge of emerging technologies, use of the latest software development methodologies and productivity tools, and well-tested project management practices. Most importantly, we believe it calls for a work environment that fosters innovation, creativity and teamwork while ensuring a commitment to quality, delivery and discipline. The three core tenets of our approach are:

Studios.   We organize around core competencies in cutting-edge technologies and call these practices Studios. We currently have 12 Studios: Consumer Experience; Gaming; Big Data and High Performance; Quality Engineering; Enterprise Consumerization; UX and Social; Mobile; Wearables and Internet of Things; After Going Live; Digital Content; Product Innovation; and Cloud Computing and Infrastructure. We believe that our Studio model, in contrast to industry segmentation typical of most IT services firms, allows us to optimize our expertise in emerging technologies and related market trends for our clients, regardless of their industry. Each Studio serves multiple industries and our work for individual clients frequently involves Globers from multiple Studios organized into small teams that we call “Agile Pods.”
Culture.   Our culture is entrepreneurial, flexible, and team-oriented. Our culture is founded on three motivational pillars (Autonomy, Mastery and Purpose) and six core values (Act Ethically, Be a Team Player, Constantly Innovate, Aim for Excellence, Think Big and Have Fun). We believe that we have been successful in building a work environment that fosters creativity, innovation and collaborative thinking, as well as enabling our Globers to tap into their intrinsic motivation for the benefit of our company and our clients.
Innovation.   We actively seek to promote and sustain innovation among our Globers through ideation sessions, our Globant Labs, “flip-thinking” events, hackathons and through the cross-pollination of knowledge and ideas.

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate Globant and create the foundation for continued rapid growth in revenues and profitability:

Ability to deliver a distinctive blend of engineering, design and innovation services focused on enhancing the end-user’s experience
Deep domain expertise in emerging technologies and related market trends
Long-term relationships with blue chip clients
Global delivery with access to deep talent pool
Highly experienced management team

Strategy

We seek to be a leading provider of integrated engineering, design and innovation services across a range of industries that leverages our deep competencies in emerging technologies and knowledge of related market trends. The key elements of Globant’s strategy for achieving this objective are as follows:

Grow revenue with existing and new clients
Remain at the forefront of innovation and emerging technologies
Expand our delivery footprint
Attract, train and retain top-quality talent
Selectively pursue strategic acquisitions

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Recent Developments

Acquisition of The Huddle Group

On October 11, 2013, we entered into several definitive agreements relating to our acquisition of Huddle Investment LLP (“Huddle Investment”), a company organized under the laws of England, and its subsidiaries in Argentina, Chile and the United States (collectively, the “Huddle Group”) for a total purchase price of up to $9.3 million. On October 18, 2013, we completed the purchase of a majority interest in the Huddle Group, as described in more detail below.

With a team of 156 employees, the Huddle Group focuses on offering innovative and agile software solutions for leading companies primarily in the media and entertainment industries. The Huddle Group specializes in providing services such as application development, testing, infrastructure management, application maintenance and outsourcing, among others. This acquisition advances our strategy of becoming a global leader in the creation of innovative software products by focusing on new technologies and trends such as gaming, mobile, cloud computing, social media, wearables, internet of things and big data.

On October 18, 2013, we purchased from Pusfel S.A. (“Pusfel”) and ACX Partners One LP (“ACX”), two of the three equityholders in Huddle Investment, an 86.25% equity interest in Huddle Investment, pursuant to a stock purchase agreement dated October 11, 2013 (the “majority interest purchase agreement”). The majority interest purchase agreement provides for a cash purchase price of up to $8.0 million payable to the sellers in seven installments, subject to certain adjustments described below, and an additional amount of $0.4 million in consideration of excess cash. In addition, on October 11, 2013, we also entered into a stock purchase agreement with Gabriel Spitz (the “minority interest purchase agreement”), the president and chief executive officer of Huddle Group Corp., (“Huddle US”), a subsidiary of Huddle Investment, to purchase the remaining 13.75% equity interest in Huddle Investment. The minority interest purchase agreement provides for payment of consideration by us of up to $1.3 million in three installments in the form of newly issued Globant common shares.

For additional information about the majority interest purchase agreement, the minority interest purchase agreement and related documents, see “Recent Developments.”

Risk Factors

Before you invest in our common shares, you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including the information set forth under “Risk Factors.” We believe our primary challenges are:

If we are unable to maintain current resource utilization rates and productivity levels, our revenues, profit margins and results of operations may be adversely affected.
If we are unable to manage attrition and attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals, we may not have the necessary resources to maintain client relationships, and competition for such IT professionals could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If the pricing structures we use for our client contracts are based on inaccurate expectations and assumptions regarding the cost and complexity of performing our work, our contracts could be unprofitable.
If we are unable to effectively manage our rapid growth, our management personnel, systems and resources could face significant strains, which could adversely affect our results of operations. We may not be able to achieve anticipated growth, which could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of operations, business and prospects.
If we were to lose the services of our senior management team or other key employees, our business operations, competitive position, client relationships, revenues and results of operation may be adversely affected.
If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, we may lose clients and not remain competitive, which could cause our results of operations to suffer.

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If any of our largest clients terminates, decreases the scope of, or fails to renew its business relationship or short-term contract with us, our revenues, business and results of operations may be adversely affected.
We derive a significant portion of our revenues from clients located in the United States and, to a lesser extent, Europe. Worsening general economic conditions in the United States, Europe or globally could materially adversely affect our revenues, margins, results of operations and financial condition.
Uncertainty concerning the instability in the current economic, political and social environment in Argentina may have an adverse impact on capital flows and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Argentina’s regulations on proceeds from the export of services may increase our exposure to fluctuations in the value of the Argentine peso, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our operations and the market price of our common shares. The imposition in the future of additional regulations on proceeds collected outside Argentina for services rendered to non-Argentine residents or of export duties and controls could also have an adverse effect on us.
Our greater than 5% shareholders, directors and executive officers and entities affiliated with them will beneficially own approximately   % of our outstanding common shares after this offering, which includes approximately   %,   % and   % of our outstanding common shares after this offering which will be owned by affiliates of WPP, Riverwood Capital and FTV Capital, respectively. These insiders will therefore continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions, such as approval of key transactions, including a change of control.

Corporate History

We were founded in 2003 by Martín Migoya, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Guibert Englebienne, our Chief Technology Officer, Martín Umaran, our Chief of Staff, and Nestor Nocetti, our Executive Vice President of Corporate Affairs. Our founders’ vision was to create a company, starting in Latin America, that would become a leader in the delivery of innovative software solutions for global clients, while also generating world-class career opportunities for IT professionals, not just in metropolitan areas but also in outlying cities within countries in the region.

Since our inception, we have benefited from strong organic growth, have built a blue chip client base and have substantially expanded our network of delivery centers. We have also benefited from the support of our investors Riverwood Capital, FTV Capital, Endeavor Global, Inc. and, more recently, WPP.

In 2006, we started working with Google. We were chosen due to our cultural affinity and innovation. While our growth has largely been organic, since 2008 we have made five complementary acquisitions focused on deepening our relationship with key clients, extending our technology capabilities, broadening our service offering and expanding our geographic footprint, rather than building scale. In 2008, we acquired IAFH Global S.A. (“Accendra”), a Buenos Aires-based provider of software development services, to deepen our relationship with Microsoft and broaden our technology expertise to include SharePoint and other Microsoft technologies. That same year, we also acquired The Alterna Group, S.A. (“Openware”), a company specializing in security management based in Rosario, Argentina. In 2011, we acquired Nextive Solutions LLC, a San Francisco-based mobile applications company, and its affiliated company Tecnologia Social S.A. (which we refer to together as “Nextive”), which expanded our geographic presence in the United States and enhanced our U.S. engagement and delivery management team as well as our ability to provide comprehensive solutions in mobile technologies. In 2012, we acquired TerraForum Consultoria Ltda. (“TerraForum”), an innovation consulting and software development firm in Brazil. In October 2013, we acquired a majority stake in the Huddle Group, a company specializing in the media and entertainment industries, with operations in Argentina, Chile and the United States. See “— Recent Developments.”

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Current Organizational Structure

On December 10, 2012, we incorporated our company, Globant S.A., as a société anonyme under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, as the holding company for our business and the issuer in this offering. Prior to the incorporation in Luxembourg, our company was incorporated in Spain as a sociedad anónima , which we refer to as “Globant Spain.” As a result of the incorporation of our company in Luxembourg and certain related share transfers and other transactions, Globant Spain became a wholly-owned subsidiary of our company, which we refer to as “Spain Holdco.” See note 1.1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information about the reorganization and related transactions.

The following chart reflects our organization structure, including our principal shareholders and our principal subsidiaries, as of April 30, 2014. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders” for more information about our principal shareholders and note 2.2 to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information about our consolidated subsidiaries.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Corporate Information

Our principal corporate offices are located at 5 rue Guillaume Kroll, L-1882, Luxembourg and our telephone number is + 352 48 18 28 1. We maintain a website at http://www.globant.com . Our website and the information accessible through it are not incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE OFFERING

Issuer    
    Globant S.A.
Selling shareholders    
   
Common shares offered by us    
         common shares.
Common shares offered by the selling shareholders    
         common shares.
Total offering    
         common shares.
Common shares to be outstanding after this offering    
         common shares.
Offering price    
    We expect that the initial public offering price per common share will be between $     and $    .
Over-allotment option    
    The underwriters have an option to subscribe and/or purchase up to a total of      additional common shares from the selling shareholders to cover over-allotments, if any. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.
Use of proceeds    
    We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $     million, assuming an initial public offering price of $     per common share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price per common share would increase (decrease) our net proceeds, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, by $     million. We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay indebtedness, for capital expenditures, for future strategic acquisitions of, or investments in, other businesses or technologies that we believe will complement our current business and expansion strategies and for general corporate and working capital purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we have no specific allocation for the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering, and our management retains the right to utilize the net proceeds as it determines.
    We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling shareholders.
Dividend policy    
    We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”
Voting rights    
    Holders of our common shares are generally entitled to one vote per common share on all matters.
    Immediately following this offering, our public shareholders will have     % of the voting rights in Globant, or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to subscribe and/or purchase additional common shares. See “Description of Common Shares.”
NYSE symbol    
    “GLOB.” Our common shares will not be listed on any exchange or otherwise quoted for trading in Luxembourg.
Lock-up    
    We, the selling shareholders, our other shareholders, certain share option holders and our directors and officers have agreed that,

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not offer, pledge, sell, announce the intention to sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or publicly disclose our intention to make any issue, offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the representatives, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus or, in our case, file or cause to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a registration statement relating to, any of our common shares, other share capital, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of our common shares or other share capital. See “Underwriting.”
LOYAL3 platform    
    At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 1.0% of the common shares to be sold by us in this offering to be offered through the LOYAL3 platform at the initial public offering price. See “Underwriting.”
Risk factors    
    See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common shares.

Unless otherwise indicated, the number of common shares outstanding after closing date of this offering is based on common shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and excludes:

16,147,906 common shares issuable upon the exercise of share options outstanding as of March 31, 2014 under share option agreements entered into with certain of our key employees and directors, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.3369 per share;
1,005,643 common shares issuable upon the exercise of share options outstanding as of March 31, 2014 under share option agreements entered into with Endeavor Global, Inc. and Omidyar Network Fund Inc., with a weighted average exercise price of $0.5337 per share; and
20,000,000 common shares reserved for issuance under the equity incentive plan that we intend to adopt in connection with the completion of this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus assumes:

a 12-to-one reverse share split to be effected prior to the pricing of this offering;
an initial public offering price of $     per common share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus; and
no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to      additional common shares from the selling shareholders to cover over-allotments, if any.

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary consolidated financial and other data of Globant S.A. should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Globant S.A. included elsewhere in this prospectus and should be read in conjunction with those audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. Our summary consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2011 set forth below was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, which are not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 are derived from the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements of Globant S.A. included elsewhere in this prospectus and should be read in conjunction with those unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, include all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth therein. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014 or any other future period.

         
  Three months ended
March 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011
  (in thousands,
except for percentages and per share data)
  (in thousands,
except for
percentages and per
share data)
Consolidated Statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income:
                                         
Revenues     43,125       34,351     $ 158,324     $ 128,849     $ 90,073  
Cost of revenues (1)     (26,359 )       (22,076 )       (99,603 )       (80,612 )       (53,604 )  
Gross profit     16,766       12,275       58,721       48,237       36,469  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (2)     (12,941 )       (11,567 )       (54,841 )       (47,680 )       (26,538 )  
Impairment of tax credits     (416 )             (9,579 )              
Profit (Loss) from operations     3,409       708       (5,699 )       557       9,931  
Gain on transaction with bonds (3)     2,606       3,107       29,577              
Finance income     4,516       123       4,435       378        
Finance expense     (5,458 )       (862 )       (10,040 )       (2,687 )       (1,151 )  
Finance expense, net (4)     (942 )       (739 )       (5,605 )       (2,309 )       (1,151 )  
Other income and expenses, net (5)     (33 )             1,505       291       (3 )  
Profit (Loss) before income tax     5,040       3,076       19,778       (1,461 )       8,777  
Income tax (6)     (1,616 )       (687 )       (6,009 )       160       (1,689 )  
Profit (Loss) for the period/year     3,424       2,389       13,769     $ (1,301 )     $ 7,088  
Earnings (Loss) per share:
                                      
Basic     0.01       0.01       0.04     $ (0.01 )     $ 0.02  
Diluted     0.01       0.01       0.04     $ (0.01 )     $ 0.02  
Weighted average number of outstanding shares (in thousands)  
Basic     347,942       332,148       334,687       327,458       324,230  
Diluted     359,478       357,127       346,611       327,458       324,230  
Other data:
                                         
Adjusted gross profit (7)     17,625       12,989     $ 62,126     $ 54,845     $ 38,014  
Adjusted gross profit margin percentage (7)     40.9 %       37.8 %       39.2 %       42.6 %       42.2 %  
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses (7)     (11,999 )       (10,570 )     $ (50,297 )     $ (37,809 )     $ (25,584 )  
Adjusted profit from operations (8)     3,833       790       4,673       12,266       9,931  
Adjusted profit from operations margin percentage (8)     8.9 %       2.3 %       3.0 %       9.5 %       11.0 %  
Adjusted profit for the period/year (9)     3,432       2,471     $ 14,562     $ 10,408     $ 7,088  
Adjusted profit margin percentage for the period/year (9)     8.0 %       7.2 %       9.2 %       8.1 %       7.9 %  

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $855, $681, $3,215, $1,964 and $1,545 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also includes transactions with related parties for an amount of $2,901 and $1,169 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There were no related party transactions for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2013. Finally, includes share-based compensation expense of $4, $33, $190 and $4,644 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There was no share-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(2) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $938, $948, $3,941, $2,806 and $954 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also includes transactions with related parties for an amount of $1,381 and $931 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There were no related party transactions for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2013. Finally, includes share-based compensation expense of $4, $49, $603 and $7,065 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There was no share-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(3) Includes gain on transactions with bonds of $2,606 from proceeds received by our Argentine subsidiaries through capitalizations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and gain on transactions with bonds of $3,107 and $29,577 from proceeds received by our Argentine subsidiaries as payments from exports for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.
(4) Includes net foreign exchange loss of $1,169 and $334 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $4,238, $1,098 and $548 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(5) Includes a $1,703 gain on remeasurement of the contingent consideration related to the acquisition of TerraForum for the year ended December 31, 2013.
(6) Includes deferred tax of $529, $2,479 and $109 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(7) To supplement our gross profit presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted gross profit, which is adjusted from gross profit, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in cost of revenues. For a reconciliation of gross profit to adjusted gross profit, see footnote 9. We also present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted gross profit margin percentage, which reflects adjusted gross profit margin as a percentage of revenues. To supplement our selling, general and administrative expenses presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses, which is adjusted from selling, general and administrative expenses, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in selling, general and administrative expenses. For a reconciliation of selling, general and administrative expenses to adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses, see footnote 8. We believe that excluding such depreciation and amortization and share-based compensation expense amounts from gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues from gross profit margin helps investors compare us and similar companies that exclude depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense from gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues from gross profit margin. These non-IFRS financial measures are provided as additional information to enhance investors’ overall understanding of the historical and current financial performance of our operations. These non-IFRS financial measures should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with IFRS, but should not be considered as substitutes for or superior to IFRS results. In addition, our calculation of these non-IFRS financial measures may be different from the calculation used by other companies, and therefore comparability may be limited.
(8) To supplement our profit (loss) from operations presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit from operations, which is adjusted from profit from operations the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude share-based compensation expense and impairment of tax credits. For a reconciliation of profit from operations to adjusted profit from operations, see footnote 9. In addition, we present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit from operations margin

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

percentage, which reflects adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of revenues. These non-IFRS financial measures are provided as additional information to enhance investors’ overall understanding of the historical and current financial performance of our operations. These non-IFRS financial measures should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with IFRS, but should not be considered as substitutes for or superior to IFRS results. In addition, our calculation of these non-IFRS financial measures may be different from the calculation used by other companies, and therefore comparability may be limited.
(9) To supplement our profit (loss) presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit for the period/year, which is adjusted from profit (loss) for the period/year, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude share-based compensation expense. In addition, we present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit margin percentage for the period/year, which reflects adjusted profit for the period/year as a percentage of revenues. These non-IFRS financial measures are provided as additional information to enhance investor’s overall understanding of the historical and current financial performance of our operations. These non-IFRS financial measures should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with IFRS, but should not be considered as substitutes for or superior to IFRS results. In addition, our calculation of these non-IFRS financial measures may be different from the calculation used by other companies, and therefore comparability may be limited.

         
  Three months ended
March 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011
  (in thousands, except for percentages)   (in thousands, except
for percentages)
Reconciliation of adjusted gross profit
                                      
Gross profit   $ 16,766     $ 12,275     $ 58,721     $ 48,237     $ 36,469  
Adjustments
                                      
Depreciation and amortization expense     855       681       3,215       1,964       1,545  
Share-based compensation expense     4       33       190       4,644        
Adjusted gross profit   $ 17,625     $ 12,989     $ 62,126     $ 54,845     $ 38,014  
Reconciliation of adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses
                                      
Selling, general and administrative expenses   $ (12,941 )     $ (11,567 )     $ (54,841 )     $ (47,680 )     $ (26,538 )  
Adjustments
                                      
Depreciation and amortization expense     938       948       3,941       2,806       954  
Share-based compensation expense     4       49       603       7,065        
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses   $ (11,999 )     $ (10,570 )     $ (50,297 )     $ (37,809 )     $ (25,584 )  
Reconciliation of adjusted profit from operations
                                   
Profit (Loss) from operations   $ 3,409     $ 708     $ (5,699 )     $ 557     $ 9,931  
Adjustments
                                   
Impairment of tax credits     416             9,579              
Share-based compensation expense     8       82       793       11,709        
Adjusted profit from operations   $ 3,833     $ 790     $ 4,673     $ 12,266     $ 9,931  
Reconciliation of adjusted profit for the period/year
                                      
Profit (loss) for the period/year   $ 3,424     $ 2,389     $ 13,769     $ (1,301 )     $ 7,088  
Adjustments
                                      
Share-based compensation expense     8       82       793       11,709        
Adjusted profit for the period/year   $ 3,432     $ 2,471     $ 14,562     $ 10,408     $ 7,088  

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
  As of March 31,   As of December 31,
  2014   2013   2012   2011
  (in thousands)   (in thousands)
Consolidated statements of financial position data:
                                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 13,191     $ 17,051     $ 7,685     $ 7,013  
Restricted cash equivalent     361                    
Investments     11,493       9,634       914       2,234  
Trade receivables     34,390       34,418       27,847       19,865  
Other receivables (current and non-current)     12,863       12,333       17,997       13,735  
Deferred tax assets     3,406       3,117       2,588       109  
Investment in associates     450                    
Other financial assets     984       1,284              
Property and equipment     15,952       14,723       10,865       8,540  
Intangible assets     5,786       6,141       4,305       1,488  
Goodwill     13,128       13,046       9,181       6,389  
Total assets   $ 112,004     $ 111,747     $ 81,382     $ 59,373  
Trade payables   $ 4,499     $ 8,016     $ 3,994     $ 2,848  
Payroll and social security taxes payable     17,994       17,823       13,703       9,872  
Borrowings (current and non-current)     11,188       11,795       11,782       8,936  
Other financial liabilities (current and non-current)     8,390       8,763       6,537       4,046  
Tax liabilities     5,885       5,190       1,440       584  
Other liabilities (current and non-current)     322       24       700       69  
Provisions for contingencies     275       271       288       269  
Total liabilities   $ 48,553     $ 51,882     $ 38,444     $ 26,624  
Total equity   $ 63,451     $ 59,865     $ 42,938     $ 32,749  
Total equity and liabilities   $ 112,004     $ 111,747     $ 81,382     $ 59,373  

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Set forth below is a description of the majority interest purchase agreement and the minority interest purchase agreement relating to our purchase of Huddle Investment, and certain related documents. For additional information, see note 23 to our audited consolidated financial statements

Majority Interest Purchase Agreement

On October 18, 2013, we purchased from Pusfel S.A. (“Pusfel”) and ACX Partners One LP (“ACX”), two of the three equityholders in Huddle Investment, an 86.25% equity interest in Huddle Investment, pursuant to a stock purchase agreement dated October 11, 2013 (the “majority interest purchase agreement”).

The majority interest purchase agreement provides for a cash purchase price of up to $8.0 million payable to the sellers in seven installments, subject to certain adjustments described below, and an additional amount of $0.4 million in consideration of excess cash. At the closing on October 18, 2013, we paid the portion of the first installment of the purchase price ($1.9 million) and the portion of the excess cash in the Huddle Group at the date of the majority interest purchase agreement ($0.3 million) corresponding to ACX. The portion of the first installment and the excess cash corresponding to Pusfel ($1.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively) was paid on November 4, 2013. The second installment of the purchase price ($2.2 million) was paid on April 21, 2014, and the third installment ($1.0 million) was paid on April 22, 2014. The remaining installments (totaling $1.8 million) are payable no later than October 18, 2014, March 31, 2015, March 31, 2016 and October 18, 2018.

Under the majority interest purchase agreement, we are entitled to deduct from the purchase price payments variations in the Huddle Group’s cash balance account, accounts payable and accounts receivable in excess of $0.02 million as of October 17, 2013 (the “cut-off date”) resulting from our post-closing audit of those accounts. In addition, the sellers have agreed to compensate us for any reduction in the Huddle Group’s accounts receivable on the cut-off date.

The sellers have agreed not to compete with us in any country through October 18, 2015 in the design and deployment of customized software solutions for Internet, intranet and social media using development technologies. In addition, the sellers have agreed to a non-solicitation period expiring on October 18, 2016. We agreed to make our best commercial efforts to replace and release, after October 18, 2013, the individual shareholders in Pusfel from their obligations under their personal guarantees of two office leases and a 288,000 Argentine peso bank loan under which the Huddle Group is obligated. As of May 26, 2014, the obligations of the individual shareholders of Pusfel remain in place. We are continuing to make our best commercial efforts to replace and release these obligations.

Minority Interest Purchase Agreement

On October 11, 2013, we also entered into a stock purchase agreement with Gabriel Spitz (the “minority interest purchase agreement”), the president and chief executive officer of Huddle Group Corp. (“Huddle US”), a subsidiary of Huddle Investment, to purchase the remaining 13.75% equity interest in Huddle Investment. The minority interest purchase agreement provides for payment of consideration by us of up to $1.3 million in three installments in the form of newly issued Globant common shares. Mr. Spitz has agreed to deliver his 13.75% equity interest in Huddle Investment to us, and we have agreed to issue our common shares to Mr. Spitz, in three consecutive tranches, subject to the achievement by the Huddle Group of specified gross revenue and gross profit margin targets during the three-month period ending December 31, 2013, and specified gross revenue and EBITDA targets during the 12 months ending December 31, 2014 and the 12 months ending December 31, 2015, respectively. For purposes of the calculations to be made under the minority interest purchase agreement, the common shares to be issued by us are to be valued at price per share equal to $450 million divided by the number of outstanding common shares as of the date of the minority interest purchase agreement.

We are not obligated to issue any common shares to Mr. Spitz, and he is not obligated to transfer any of his interest in Huddle Investment to us, if, on the date of such issuance or transfer, he has resigned from his position as officer, director or employee of Huddle Investment, one of its subsidiaries or one of our subsidiaries, or if Huddle Investment or one of its subsidiaries has dismissed him for cause as defined in the minority interest purchase agreement.

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we sell or transfer a direct controlling stake in any of the Huddle Group entities or sell, convey or transfer a material portion of the Huddle Group’s assets to a third party before January 1, 2015, Mr. Spitz will be deemed to have achieved 100% of the gross revenue and EBITDA targets provided in the minority interest purchase agreement. If we carry out any corporate reorganization as a result of which any of the Huddle Group entities ceases to exist and take any action that could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the gross revenue and EBITDA of the Huddle Group in a manner that alters the amount of Mr. Spitz’s interest in Huddle Investment to be exchanged for newly issued Globant common shares, Mr. Spitz will be deemed to have achieved 100% of the gross revenue and EBITDA targets provided in the minority interest purchase agreement.

Other Arrangements with Gabriel Spitz

Concurrently with our execution of the minority interest purchase agreement with Mr. Spitz, he entered into the following agreements with us and/or the Huddle Group:

Employment Agreement:   Huddle US has agreed to employ Mr. Spitz as chief executive officer through December 31, 2015, which position includes supervisory and managing responsibility over all the subsidiaries of the Huddle Group. During the term of his employment, Mr. Spitz is entitled to an annual base compensation for 2014 and 2015 of $0.3 million, plus a bonus of up to $0.1 million for each of those two years based on the achievement of specified annual gross revenue and EBITDA targets. The employment agreement includes a covenant by Mr. Spitz not to compete with Huddle US in the United States or Argentina, during the term of his employment, in the design and deployment of customized software solutions for Internet, intranet and social media using development technologies and the SharePoint, WordPress, .Net, PhP, Android and iOS platforms.

Noncompetition Agreement:   Mr. Spitz has entered into a noncompetition agreement with Huddle US under which he has agreed that for a period the later of 12 months from the date of termination of his employment for any reason by that entity and April 18, 2015 (provided that such period shall not expire later than April 18, 2016), he will not compete with Huddle US in the same kinds of services it provides, including but not limited to software development outsourcing services from and to any country or any additional services that Huddle US may be providing at the date of termination. In consideration of Mr. Spitz’s agreement not to compete, Huddle US has agreed to pay Mr. Spitz compensation equal to two and a half times the highest base monthly salary paid to Mr. Spitz between October 18, 2013 and the end of his employment with Huddle US.

Nonsolicitation Agreement:   Mr. Spitz has agreed that for a period the later of 12 months from the date of termination of his employment for any reason and April 18, 2016 (provided that such period shall not expire later than April 18, 2017), he will not solicit any employee or consultant of Huddle US or any other of our subsidiaries to discontinue his or her employment or consulting relationship with such subsidiary or solicit the business of any client of such subsidiary. In consideration of Mr. Spitz’s nonsolicitation agreement, Huddle US has agreed to pay Mr. Spitz compensation equal to two and a half times the highest base monthly salary paid to Mr. Spitz between October 18, 2013 and the end of his employment with Huddle US.

Shareholders Agreement:   Mr. Spitz has entered into a shareholders agreement with us for a term continuing until either we or Mr. Spitz becomes Huddle Investment’s sole equityholder or neither we nor Mr. Spitz hold any shares of Huddle Investment, which provides as follows:

Transfer of equity interests  — If either party wishes to transfer his or its equity interest in Huddle Investment to a non-affiliate, the other party shall have a right of first refusal to purchase that equity interest and a “tag-along” sale right. Mr. Spitz may not offer to transfer his equity interest to a third party competing directly or indirectly with Huddle US or us. We also have the right to require Mr. Spitz to sell his equity interest in Huddle Investment upon any sale by us of all of our equity interest in Huddle Investment, at the same price and on the same terms as those on which we sell, as long as the purchase price is not less than six times Huddle Investment’s annual EBITDA as calculated based on its most recent annual audited financial statements.
Board composition  — As long as Mr. Spitz owns no less than 6.875% of Huddle Investment, he is entitled to appoint himself as one of the directors on its board.

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Minority voting rights  — As long as Mr. Spitz owns no less than 6.875% of Huddle Investment, approval of the following matters with respect to Huddle Investment require the consent of Mr. Spitz: creation of any class of senior equity; dilutive capital increases; any merger or consolidation; dissolution or liquidation (including dissolution or liquidation of Huddle Investment’s Argentine subsidiary); contracts with affiliates; reduction of equity; issuance of options; and approval of the annual business plan.

Effective April 1, 2016 or in the event of Mr. Spitz’s termination for any reason, we have the right to purchase up to 100% of Mr. Spitz’s equity interest in Huddle Investment for a purchase price equal to six times annual EBITDA as calculated based on its most recent annual audited financial statements.

Effective April 1, 2016 or in the event of Mr. Spitz’s death or permanent disability, he (or his estate) has the right to require us to purchase up to 100% of Mr. Spitz’s equity interest in Huddle Investment for a purchase price equal to six times annual EBITDA as calculated based on its most recent annual audited financial statements.

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making any investment decision. Any of the following risks and uncertainties could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. The market price of our common shares could decline due to any of these risks and uncertainties, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

If we are unable to maintain current resource utilization rates and productivity levels, our revenues, profit margins and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our profitability and the cost of providing our services are affected by our utilization rate of the Globers in our Studios. If we are not able to maintain appropriate utilization rates for our professionals, our profit margin and our profitability may suffer. Our utilization rates are affected by a number of factors, including:

our ability to transition Globers from completed projects to new assignments and to hire and integrate new employees;
our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain an appropriate headcount in each of our delivery centers;
our ability to manage the attrition of our IT professionals; and
our need to devote time and resources to training, professional development and other activities that cannot be billed to our clients.

Our revenue could also suffer if we misjudge demand patterns and do not recruit sufficient employees to satisfy demand. Employee shortages could prevent us from completing our contractual commitments in a timely manner and cause us to pay penalties or lose contracts or clients. In addition, we could incur increased payroll costs, which would negatively affect our utilization rates and our business.

Increases in our current levels of attrition may increase our operating costs and adversely affect our future business prospects.

The total attrition rate among our Globers was 20.0% for the 12 months ended March 31, 2014, 22.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013, 20.9% for 2012 and 20.7% for 2011. If our attrition rate were to increase, our operating efficiency and productivity may decrease. We compete for talented individuals not only with other companies in our industry but also with companies in other industries, such as software services, engineering services and financial services companies, among others, and there is a limited pool of individuals who have the skills and training needed to help us grow our company. High attrition rates of qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business, as well as cause us to incur greater personnel expenses and training costs.

If the pricing structures that we use for our client contracts are based on inaccurate expectations and assumptions regarding the cost and complexity of performing our work, our contracts could be unprofitable, which could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from operation.

We perform our services primarily under time-and-materials contracts (where materials costs consist of travel and out-of-pocket expenses). We charge out the services performed by our Globers under these contracts at hourly rates that are agreed to at the time the contract is entered into. The hourly rates and other pricing terms negotiated with our clients are highly dependent on the complexity of the project, the mix of staffing we anticipate using on it, internal forecasts of our operating costs and predictions of increases in those costs influenced by wage inflation and other marketplace factors. Our predictions are based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate. Typically, we do not have the ability to increase the hourly rates established at the outset of a client project in order to pass through to our client increases in salary costs driven by wage inflation and other marketplace factors. Because we conduct the majority of our operations through our operating subsidiaries located in Argentina, we are subject to the effects of wage inflation and

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

other marketplace factors in Argentina, which have increased significantly in recent years. If increases in salary and other operating costs at our Argentine subsidiaries exceed our internal forecasts, the hourly rates established under our time-and-materials contracts might not be sufficient to recover those increased operating costs, which would make those contracts unprofitable for us, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from operations.

In addition to our time-and-materials contracts, we undertake some engagements on a fixed-price basis. Revenues from our fixed-price contracts represented approximately 9.3% of our total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2014, and approximately 15.2%, 14.7% and 12.1% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our pricing in a fixed-price contract is highly dependent on our assumptions and forecasts about the costs we will incur to complete the related project, which are based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate. Any failure by us accurately to estimate the resources and time required to complete a fixed-price contract on time and on budget or any unexpected increase in the cost of our Globers assigned to the related project, office space or materials could expose us to risks associated with cost overruns and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any unexpected changes in economic conditions that affect any of the foregoing assumptions and predicitions could render contracts that would have been favorable to us when signed unfavorable.

If we cannot maintain our culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture, and our solutions, results of operations and business may be harmed.

We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our culture, which is the foundation that supports and facilitates our distinctive approach. As our company grows, and we are required to add more Globers and infrastructure to support our growth, we may find it increasingly difficult to maintain our culture. If we fail to maintain a culture that fosters innovation, creativity and teamwork, our solutions, results of operations and business may be materially adversely affected. In addition, this offering may create disparities in wealth among our Globers, which may adversely impact relations among Globers and our culture in general.

We may not be able to achieve anticipated growth, which could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of operations, business and prospects.

We intend to continue our expansion in the foreseeable future and to pursue existing and potential market opportunities. As we add new Studios, introduce new services or enter into new markets, we may face new market, technological and operational risks and challenges with which we are unfamiliar, and we may not be able to mitigate these risks and challenges to successfully grow those services or markets. We may not be able to achieve our anticipated growth, which could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of operations, business and prospects.

If we are unable to effectively manage the rapid growth of our business, our management personnel, systems and resources could face significant strains, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We have experienced, and continue to experience, rapid growth in our headcount, operations and revenues, which has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management and operational and financial infrastructure. Additionally, the longer-term transition in our delivery mix from Buenos Aires-based staffing to increasingly decentralized staffing in other locations in Latin America (and, recently, the United States) has also placed additional operational and structural demands on our resources. Our future growth depends on recruiting, hiring and training technology professionals, growing our international operations, expanding our delivery capabilities, adding effective sales staff and management personnel, adding service offerings, maintaining existing clients and winning new business. Effective management of these and other growth initiatives will require us to continue to improve our infrastructure, execution standards and ability to expand services. Failure to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on the quality of the execution of our engagements, our ability to attract and retain IT professionals and our business, results of operations and financial condition.

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we were to lose the services of our senior management team or other key employees, our business operations, competitive position, client relationships, revenues and results of operation may be adversely affected.

Our future success heavily depends upon the continued services of our senior management team and other key employees. We currently do not maintain key man life insurance for any of our founders, members of our senior management team or other key employees. If one or more of our senior executives or key employees are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, it could disrupt our business operations, and we may not be able to replace them easily, on a timely basis or at all. In addition, competition for senior executives and key employees in our industry is intense, and we may be unable to retain our senior executives and key employees or attract and retain new senior executives and key employees in the future, in which case our business may be severely disrupted.

If any of our senior management team or key employees joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients, suppliers, know-how and key IT professionals and staff members to them. Also, if any of our sales executives or other sales personnel, who generally maintain a close relationship with our clients, joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients to that company, and our revenues may be materially adversely affected. Additionally, there could be unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge, practices or procedures by such personnel. If any dispute arises between any members of our senior management team or key employees and us, any non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disclosure agreements we have with our founders, senior executives or key employees might not provide effective protection to us in light of legal uncertainties associated with the enforceability of such agreements.

If we are unable to attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals, we may not be able to maintain client relationships and grow effectively, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business is labor intensive and, accordingly, our success depends upon our ability to attract, develop, motivate, retain and effectively utilize highly-skilled IT professionals. We believe that there is significant competition for technology professionals in Latin America, the United States, Europe and elsewhere who possess the technical skills and experience necessary to deliver our services, and that such competition is likely to continue for the foreseeable future. As a result, the technology industry generally experiences a significant rate of turnover of its workforce. Our business plan is based on hiring and training a significant number of additional technology professionals each year in order to meet anticipated turnover and increased staffing needs. Our ability to properly staff projects, to maintain and renew existing engagements and to win new business depends, in large part, on our ability to hire and retain qualified IT professionals.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to recruit and train a sufficient number of qualified professionals or that we will be successful in retaining current or future employees. Increased hiring by technology companies, particularly in Latin America, the United States and Europe, and increasing worldwide competition for skilled technology professionals may lead to a shortage in the availability of qualified personnel in the locations where we operate and hire. Failure to hire and train or retain qualified technology professionals in sufficient numbers could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, we may lose clients and not remain competitive, which could cause our revenues and results of operations to suffer.

Our success depends on delivering innovative software solutions that leverage emerging technologies and emerging market trends to drive increased revenues and effective communication with customers. Technological advances and innovation are constant in the technology services industry. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources in research and development to stay abreast of technology developments so that we may continue to deliver solutions that our clients will wish to purchase. If we are unable to anticipate technology developments, enhance our existing services or develop and introduce new services to keep pace with such changes and meet changing client needs, we may lose clients and our revenues and results of operations could suffer. Our results of operations would also suffer if our innovations

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

are not responsive to the needs of our clients, are not appropriately timed with market opportunities or are not effectively brought to market. Our competitors may be able to offer engineering, design and innovation services that are, or that are perceived to be, substantially similar or better than those we offer. This may force us to compete on other fronts in addition to the quality of our services and to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive, which we may be unable to do.

If the current effective income tax rate payable by us in any country in which we operate is increased or if we lose any country-specific tax benefits, then our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We conduct business globally and file income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions. Our consolidated effective income tax rate could be materially adversely affected by several factors, including changes in the amount of income taxed by or allocated to the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates; changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations of such tax laws in multiple jurisdictions; and the resolution of issues arising from tax audits or examinations and any related interest or penalties.

We report our results of operations based on our determination of the amount of taxes owed in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. We have transfer pricing arrangements among our subsidiaries in relation to various aspects of our business, including operations, marketing, sales and delivery functions. Transfer pricing regulations require that any international transaction involving associated enterprises be on arm’s-length terms. We consider the transactions among our subsidiaries to be on arm’s-length terms. The determination of our consolidated provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities requires estimation, judgment and calculations where the ultimate tax determination may not be certain. Our determination of tax liability is always subject to review or examination by authorities in various jurisdictions.

Under the Software Promotion Law, our operating subsidiaries in Argentina benefit from a 60% reduction in their corporate income tax rate (as applied to income from promoted software activities) and a tax credit of up to 70% of amounts paid for certain social security taxes (contributions) that may be offset against value-added tax liabilities. Law No. 26,692, the 2011 amendment to the Software Promotion Law (“Law No. 26,692”), also allows such tax credits to be applied to reduce our Argentine subsidiaries’ corporate income tax liability by a percentage not higher than the subsidiaries’ declared percentage of exports and extends the tax benefits under the Software Promotion Law until December 31, 2019. On September 16, 2013, the Argentine government published Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, which governs the implementation of the Software Promotion Law.

Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 introduced specific requirements to qualify for the tax benefits contemplated by the Software Promotion Law. In particular, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 provides that from September 17, 2014 through December 31, 2019, only those companies that are accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers ( Registro Nacional de Productores de Software y Servicios Informaticos ) maintained by the Secretary of Industry ( Secretaria de Industria del Ministerio de Industria ) will be entitled to participate in the benefits of the Software Promotion Law. In addition, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 states that the 60% reduction in corporate income tax provided under the Software Promotion Law shall only become effective as of the beginning of the fiscal year after the date on which an applicant is accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers. Accordingly, assuming that our Argentine operating subsidiaries become registered in the National Registry of Software Producers by December 31, 2014, those subsidiaries will not be entitled to the 60% reduction in corporate income tax during the period from September 17, 2014 through December 31, 2014, and it is unclear under current Argentine tax rules whether they would be permitted to apply to the period from January 1, 2014 through September 16, 2014 the lower corporate income tax rate to which they are entitled under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted in 2004.

On March 11, 2014, the Argentine Federal Administration of Public Revenue ( Administración Federal de Ingresos Publicos, or “AFIP”) issued General Resolution No. 3,597 (“General Resolution No. 3,597”). This measure provides that, as a further prerequisite to participation in the benefits of the Software Promotion Law, exporters of software and related services must register in a newly established Special Registry of Exporters of Services (Registro Especial de Exportadores de Servicios). In addition, General Resolution No. 3,597 states that any tax credits generated under the Software Promotion Law by a participant in the Software Promotion

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Law will only be valid until September 17, 2014. Based on our interpretation of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, as supplemented by General Resolution No. 3,597, we believe that any tax credit generated by our Argentine subsidiaries under the Software Promotion Law that has not previously been utilized to cancel their federal taxes will expire upon the earlier of the effective date of their registration in the National Registry of Software Producers and September 17, 2014.

We cannot assure you that all three of our Argentine operating subsidiaries will be accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers and the Special Registry of Exporters of Services before December 31, 2014. If any of our Argentine operating subsidiaries is not accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers and the Special Registry of Exporters of Services in 2014, that subsidiary will only become entitled to the 60% reduction in corporate income tax beginning on January 1 of the year after the year in which it is registered.

Our subsidiary in Uruguay, which is situated in a tax-free zone, benefits from a 0% income tax rate and an exemption from value-added tax.

If these tax incentives in Argentina and Uruguay are changed, terminated, not extended or made available, or our Argentine operating subsidiaries are not accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers and the Special Registry of Exporters of Servicers by the relevant Argentine government authorities, or comparable new tax incentives are not introduced, we expect that our effective income tax rate and/or our operating expenses would increase significantly, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Certain Income Statement Line Items — Operating Expenses — Income Tax Expense” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Future Capital Requirements.”

If any of our largest clients terminates, decreases the scope of, or fails to renew its business relationship or short-term contract with us, our revenues, business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We generate a significant portion of our revenues from our ten largest clients. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, our largest customer based on revenues, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, accounted for 7.1% of our revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2013, our largest client based on revenues, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, accounted for 6.4% of our revenues. During the same period, our ten largest clients accounted for 39.7% of our revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2012, our largest client based on revenues, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, accounted for 9.3% of our revenues. During the same period, our ten largest clients based on revenues accounted for 45.0% of our revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2011, our largest client based on revenues, Electronic Arts, accounted for 12.7% of our revenues. During the same period, our ten largest clients based on revenues accounted for 54.7% of our revenues.

Our ability to maintain close relationships with these and other major clients is essential to the growth and profitability of our business. However, most of our client contracts are limited to short-term, discrete projects without any commitment to a specific volume of business or future work, and the volume of work performed for a specific client is likely to vary from year to year, especially since we are generally not our clients’ exclusive technology services provider. A major client in one year may not provide the same level of revenues for us in any subsequent year. The technology services we provide to our clients, and the revenues and income from those services, may decline or vary as the type and quantity of technology services we provide changes over time. In addition, our reliance on any individual client for a significant portion of our revenues may give that client a certain degree of pricing leverage against us when negotiating contracts and terms of service.

In addition, a number of factors, including the following, other than our performance could cause the loss of or reduction in business or revenues from a client and these factors are not predictable:

the business or financial condition of that client or the economy generally;
a change in strategic priorities by that client, resulting in a reduced level of spending on technology services;
a demand for price reductions by that client; and
a decision by that client to move work in-house or to one or several of our competitors.

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The loss or diminution in business from any of our major clients could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

Our revenues, margins, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected if general economic conditions in the United States, Europe or the global economy worsen.

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from clients located in the United States and, to a lesser extent, Europe. The 2008-2009 crisis in the financial and credit markets in United States, Europe and Asia led to a global economic slowdown, with the economies of those regions, particularly the Eurozone, continuing to show significant signs of weakness. The technology services industry is particularly sensitive to the economic environment, and tends to decline during general economic downturns. If the U.S. or European economies further weaken or slow, pricing for our services may be depressed and our clients may reduce or postpone their technology spending significantly, which may, in turn, lower the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability.

The ongoing financial crisis in Europe (including concerns that certain European countries may default in payments due on their national debt) and the resulting economic uncertainty could adversely impact our operating results unless and until economic conditions in Europe improve and the prospect of national debt defaults in Europe decline. To the extent that these adverse economic conditions continue or worsen, they will likely have a negative effect on our business.

If we are unable to successfully anticipate changing economic and political conditions affecting the markets in which we operate, we may be unable to effectively plan for or respond to those changes, and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

We face intense competition from technology and IT services providers, and an increase in competition, our inability to compete successfully, pricing pressures or loss of market share could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of operations and financial condition.

The market for technology and IT services is intensely competitive, highly fragmented and subject to rapid change and evolving industry standards and we expect competition to intensify. We believe that the principal competitive factors that we face are the ability to innovate; technical expertise and industry knowledge; end-to-end solution offerings; reputation and track record for high-quality and on-time delivery of work; effective employee recruiting; training and retention; responsiveness to clients’ business needs; scale; financial stability; and price.

We face competition primarily from large global consulting and outsourcing firms, digital agencies and design firms, traditional technology outsourcing providers, and the in-house product development departments of our clients and potential clients. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources and greater name recognition than we do. As a result, they may be able to compete more aggressively on pricing or devote greater resources to the development and promotion of technology and IT services. Companies based in some emerging markets also present significant price competition due to their competitive cost structures and tax advantages.

In addition, there are relatively few barriers to entry into our markets and we have faced, and expect to continue to face, competition from new technology services providers. Further, there is a risk that our clients may elect to increase their internal resources to satisfy their services needs as opposed to relying on a third-party vendor, such as our company. The technology services industry is also undergoing consolidation, which may result in increased competition in our target markets in the United States and Europe from larger firms that may have substantially greater financial, marketing or technical resources, may be able to respond more quickly to new technologies or processes and changes in client demands, and may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services than we can. Increased competition could also result in price reductions, reduced operating margins and loss of our market share. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully with existing or new competitors or that competitive pressures will not materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our business depends on a strong brand and corporate reputation, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to expand our client base will be impaired and our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

Since many of our specific client engagements involve highly tailored solutions, our corporate reputation is a significant factor in our clients’ and prospective clients’ determination of whether to engage us. We believe the Globant brand name and our reputation are important corporate assets that help distinguish our services from those of our competitors and also contribute to our efforts to recruit and retain talented IT professionals. However, our corporate reputation is susceptible to damage by actions or statements made by current or former employees or clients, competitors, vendors, adversaries in legal proceedings and government regulators, as well as members of the investment community and the media. There is a risk that negative information about our company, even if based on false rumor or misunderstanding, could adversely affect our business. In particular, damage to our reputation could be difficult and time-consuming to repair, could make potential or existing clients reluctant to select us for new engagements, resulting in a loss of business, and could adversely affect our recruitment and retention efforts. Damage to our reputation could also reduce the value and effectiveness of our Globant brand name and could reduce investor confidence in us and result in a decline in the price of our common shares.

We are seeking to expand our presence in the United States, which entails significant expenses and deployment of employees on-site with our clients. If we are unable to manage our operational expansion into the United States, it may adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects.

A key element of Globant’s strategy is to expand our delivery footprint, including by increasing the number of employees that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations. In particular, we intend to focus our recruitment efforts on the United States. Client demands, the availability of high-quality technical and operational personnel at attractive compensation rates, regulatory environments and other pertinent factors may vary significantly by region and our experience in the markets in which we currently operate may not be applicable to other regions. As a result, we may not be able to leverage our experience to expand our delivery footprint effectively into our target markets in the United States. If we are unable to manage our expansion efforts effectively, if our expansion plans take longer to implement than expected or if our costs for these efforts exceed our expectations, our business, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

If a significant number of our Globers were to join unions, our labor costs and our business could be negatively affected.

As of March 31, 2014, we had 75 Globers, 65 of whom work at our delivery center located in Rosario, Argentina, who are covered by a collective bargaining agreement with the Federación Argentina de Empleados de Comercio y Servicios (“FAECYS”), which is renewed on an annual basis. In addition, our primary Argentine subsidiary is defending a lawsuit filed by FAECYS in which FAECYS is demanding the application of its collective labor agreement to unspecified categories of employees of that subsidiary. According to FAECYS’s claim, our principal Argentine subsidiary would have been required to withhold and transfer to FAECYS an amount equal to 0.5% of the gross monthly salaries of that subsidiary’s payroll from October 2006 to October 2011. Several Argentine technology companies are facing similar lawsuits filed by FAECYS which have been decided in favor of both the companies and FAECYS. Under Argentine law, judicial decisions only apply to the particular case at hand. There is no stare decisis and courts’ decisions are not binding on lower courts even in the same jurisdiction although they may be used as guidelines on other similar cases. See “Business — Legal Proceedings” and the notes to our consolidated financial statements. If a significant additional number of our Globers were to join unions, our labor costs and our business could be negatively affected.

Our revenues are dependent on a limited number of industries, and any decrease in demand for technology services in these industries could reduce our revenues and adversely affect our results of operations.

A substantial portion of our clients are concentrated in the following industries: professional services; media and entertainment; technology and telecommunications; and banks, financial services and insurance, which industries, in the aggregate, constituted approximately 78.8% of our total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2014, and approximately 78.5%, 82.7% and 82.9% of our total revenues for the years ended

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our business growth largely depends on continued demand for our services from clients in these industries and other industries that we may target in the future, as well as on trends in these industries to purchase technology services or to move such services in-house.

A downturn in any of these or our targeted industries, a slowdown or reversal of the trend to spend on technology services in any of these industries could result in a decrease in the demand for our services and materially adversely affect our revenues, financial condition and results of operations. For example, a worsening of economic conditions in the media and entertainment industry and significant consolidation in that industry may reduce the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability.

Other developments in the industries in which we operate may also lead to a decline in the demand for our services in these industries, and we may not be able to successfully anticipate and prepare for any such changes. For example, consolidation in any of these industries or acquisitions, particularly involving our clients, may adversely affect our business. Our clients may experience rapid changes in their prospects, substantial price competition and pressure on their profitability. This, in turn, may result in increasing pressure on us from clients in these key industries to lower our prices, which could adversely affect our revenues, results of operations and financial condition.

We have a relatively short operating history and operate in a rapidly evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects, may increase the risk that we will not continue to be successful and, accordingly, increases the risk of your investment.

Our company was founded in 2003 and, therefore, has a relatively short operating history. In addition, the technology services industry itself is continuously evolving. Competition, fueled by rapidly changing consumer demands and constant technological developments, renders the technology services industry one in which success and performance metrics are difficult to predict and measure. Because services and technologies are rapidly evolving and each company within the industry can vary greatly in terms of the services it provides, its business model, and its results of operations, it can be difficult to predict how any company’s services, including ours, will be received in the market. While enterprises have been willing to devote significant resources to incorporate emerging technologies and related market trends into their business models, enterprises may not continue to spend any significant portion of their budgets on our services in the future. Neither our past financial performance nor the past financial performance of any other company in the technology services industry is indicative of how our company will fare financially in the future. Our future profits may vary substantially from those of other companies, and those we have achieved in the past, making investment in our company risky and speculative. If our clients’ demand for our services declines, as a result of economic conditions, market factors or shifts in the technology industry, our business would suffer and our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

We are investing substantial cash in new facilities and physical infrastructure, and our profitability and cash flows could be reduced if our business does not grow proportionately.

We have made and continue to make significant contractual commitments related to capital expenditures on construction or expansion of our delivery centers. We may encounter cost overruns or project delays in connection with opening new facilities. These expansions will likely increase our fixed costs and if we are unable to grow our business and revenues proportionately, our profitability and cash flows may be negatively affected.

If we cause disruptions in our clients’ businesses or provide inadequate service, our clients may have claims for substantial damages against us, which could cause us to lose clients, have a negative effect on our corporate reputation and adversely affect our results of operations.

If our Globers make errors in the course of delivering services to our clients or fail to consistently meet service requirements of a client, these errors or failures could disrupt the client’s business, which could result in a reduction in our revenues or a claim for substantial damages against us. In addition, a failure or inability to meet a contractual requirement could seriously damage our corporate reputation and limit our ability to attract new business.

The services we provide are often critical to our clients’ businesses. Certain of our client contracts require us to comply with security obligations including maintaining network security and backup data, ensuring our

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

network is virus-free, maintaining business continuity planning procedures, and verifying the integrity of employees that work with our clients by conducting background checks. Any failure in a client’s system or breach of security relating to the services we provide to the client could damage our reputation or result in a claim for substantial damages against us. Any significant failure of our equipment or systems, or any major disruption to basic infrastructure like power and telecommunications in the locations in which we operate, could impede our ability to provide services to our clients, have a negative impact on our reputation, cause us to lose clients, and adversely affect our results of operations.

Under our client contracts, our liability for breach of our obligations is in some cases limited pursuant to the terms of the contract. Such limitations may be unenforceable or otherwise may not protect us from liability for damages. In addition, certain liabilities, such as claims of third parties for which we may be required to indemnify our clients, are generally not limited under our contracts. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us in amounts greater than those covered by our current insurance policies could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if such assertions against us are unsuccessful, we may incur reputational harm and substantial legal fees.

We may face losses or reputational damage if our software solutions turn out to contain undetected software defects.

A significant amount of our business involves developing software solutions for our clients as part of our provision of technology services. We are required to make certain representations and warranties to our clients regarding the quality and functionality of our software. Any undetected software defects could result in liability to our clients under certain contracts as well as losses resulting from any litigation initiated by clients due to any losses sustained as a result of the defects. Any such liability or losses could have an adverse effect on our financial condition as well as on our reputation with our clients and in the technology services market in general.

Our client relationships, revenues, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected if we experience disruptions in our Internet infrastructure, telecommunications or IT systems.

Disruptions in telecommunications, system failures, Internet infrastructure or computer virus attacks could damage our reputation and harm our ability to deliver services to our clients, which could result in client dissatisfaction and a loss of business and related reduction of our revenues. We may not be able to consistently maintain active voice and data communications between our various global operations and with our clients due to disruptions in telecommunication networks and power supply, system failures or computer virus attacks. Any significant failure in our ability to communicate could result in a disruption in business, which could hinder our performance and our ability to complete projects on time. Such failure to perform on client contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If our computer system is or becomes vulnerable to security breaches, or if any of our employees misappropriates data, we may face reputational damage, lose clients and revenues, or incur losses.

We often have access to or are required to collect and store confidential client and customer data. Many of our client contracts do not limit our potential liability for breaches of confidentiality. If any person, including any of our Globers or former Globers, penetrates our network security or misappropriates data or code that belongs to us, our clients, or our clients’ customers, we could be subject to significant liability from our clients or from our clients’ customers for breaching contractual confidentiality provisions or privacy laws. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data, whether through breach of our computer systems, systems failure, loss or theft of confidential information or intellectual property belonging to our clients or our clients’ customers, or otherwise, could damage our reputation, cause us to lose clients and revenues, and result in financial and other potential losses by us.

Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by the various conflicting and/or onerous legal and regulatory requirements imposed on us by the countries where we operate.

Since we provide services to clients throughout the world, we are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal requirements on matters as diverse as import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, sanctions, government affairs, anti-bribery, whistle blowing, internal and

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

disclosure control obligations, data protection and privacy and labor relations. Our failure to comply with these regulations in the conduct of our business could result in fines, penalties, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, disgorgement of profits, prohibitions on doing business and adverse impact on our reputation. Our failure to comply with these regulations in connection with the performance of our obligations to our clients could also result in liability for monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, restrictions on our ability to process information and allegations by our clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Due to the varying degree of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to defend us and preserve our rights.

Due to our operating in a number of countries in Latin America, the United States and the United Kingdom, we are also subject to risks relating to compliance with a variety of national and local laws including multiple tax regimes, labor laws, employee health safety and wages and benefits laws. We may, from time to time, be subject to litigation or administrative actions resulting from claims against us by current or former Globers individually or as part of class actions, including claims of wrongful terminations, discrimination, misclassification or other violations of labor law or other alleged conduct. We may also, from time to time, be subject to litigation resulting from claims against us by third parties, including claims of breach of non-compete and confidentiality provisions of our employees’ former employment agreements with such third parties. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property and our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to protect our business, competitive position, results of operations and financial condition.

Our success depends in part on certain methodologies, practices, tools and technical expertise our company utilizes in designing, developing, implementing and maintaining applications and other proprietary intellectual capital. In order to protect our rights in this intellectual capital, we rely upon a combination of nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements as well as trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws. We also generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, clients and potential clients and limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.

We hold several trademarks and have a pending U.S. patent application and intend to submit additional U.S. federal and foreign patent and trademark applications for developments relating to additional service offerings in the future. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in maintaining existing or obtaining future intellectual property rights or registrations. There can be no assurance that the laws, rules, regulations and treaties in the countries in which we operate in effect now or in the future or the contractual and other protective measures we take are adequate to protect us from misappropriation or unauthorized use of our intellectual capital or that such laws, rules, regulations and treaties will not change.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property and take appropriate steps to enforce our rights or that any such steps will be successful. We cannot assure you that we have taken all necessary steps to enforce our intellectual property rights in every jurisdiction in which we operate and we cannot assure you that the intellectual property laws of any jurisdiction in which we operate are adequate to protect our interest or that any favorable judgment obtained by us with respect thereto will be enforced in the courts. Misappropriation by third parties of, or other failure to protect, our intellectual property, including the costs of enforcing our intellectual property rights, could have a material adverse effect on our business, competitive position, results of operations and financial condition.

If we incur any liability for a violation of the intellectual property rights of others, our reputation, business, financial condition and prospects may be adversely affected.

Our success largely depends on our ability to use and develop our technology, tools, code, methodologies and services without infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties, including patents, copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks. We may be subject to litigation involving claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property rights of third parties. We typically indemnify clients who purchase our services and solutions against potential infringement of intellectual property rights, which subjects us to the risk of indemnification claims. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our clients, regardless of the merits of these claims and are often not subject to liability limits or exclusion of

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

consequential, indirect or punitive damages. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our clients, redesign or cease offering our allegedly infringing services or solutions, or obtain licenses for the intellectual property such services or solutions allegedly infringe. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our clients may stop using our services or solutions.

Further, our current and former Globers could challenge our exclusive rights to the software they have developed in the course of their employment. In certain countries in which we operate, an employer is deemed to own the copyright work created by its employees during the course, and within the scope, of their employment, but the employer may be required to satisfy additional legal requirements in order to make further use and dispose of such works. While we believe that we have complied with all such requirements, and have fulfilled all requirements necessary to acquire all rights in software developed by our independent contractors, these requirements are often ambiguously defined and enforced. As a result, we cannot assure you that we would be successful in defending against any claim by our current or former Globers or independent contractors challenging our exclusive rights over the use and transfer of works those Globers or independent contractors created or requesting additional compensation for such works.

We are subject to additional risks as a result of our recent and possible future acquisitions and the hiring of new employees who may misappropriate intellectual property from their former employers. The developers of the technology that we have acquired or may acquire may not have appropriately created, maintained or enforced intellectual property rights in such technology. Indemnification and other rights under acquisition documents may be limited in term and scope and may therefore provide little or no protection from these risks. Parties making infringement claims may be able to obtain an injunction to prevent us from delivering our services or using technology involving the allegedly infringing intellectual property. Intellectual property litigation is expensive and time-consuming and could divert management’s attention from our business. A successful infringement claim against us, whether with or without merit, could, among others things, require us to pay substantial damages, develop substitute non-infringing technology, or rebrand our name or enter into royalty or license agreements that may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and would require us to cease making, licensing or using products that have infringed a third party’s intellectual property rights. Protracted litigation could also result in existing or potential clients deferring or limiting their purchase or use of our software product development services or solutions until resolution of such litigation, or could require us to indemnify our clients against infringement claims in certain instances. Any intellectual property claim or litigation, whether we ultimately win or lose, could damage our reputation and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to recognize revenues in the period in which our services are performed and the costs of those services are incurred, which may cause our margins to fluctuate.

We perform our services primarily under time-and-materials contracts (where our materials costs consist of travel and out-of-pocket expenses) and, to a lesser extent, fixed-price contracts. All revenues are recognized pursuant to applicable accounting standards.

We recognize revenues when realized or realizable and earned, which is when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. If there is uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for the services, revenues are deferred until the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved.

We recognize revenues from fixed-price contracts based on the percentage of completion method. In instances where final acceptance of the product, system or solution is specified by the client, revenues are deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. In the absence of a sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, revenues are recognized upon receipt of final acceptance from the client.

Uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for our services or our failure to meet all the acceptance criteria, or otherwise meet a client’s expectations, may result in our having to record the cost related to the performance of services in the period that services were rendered, but delay the timing of revenue recognition to a future period in which all acceptance criteria have been met, which may cause our margins to fluctuate.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our cash flows and results of operations may be adversely affected if we are unable to collect on billed and unbilled receivables from clients.

Our business depends on our ability to successfully obtain payment from our clients of the amounts they owe us for work performed. We evaluate the financial condition of our clients and usually bill and collect on relatively short cycles. We maintain provisions against receivables. Actual losses on client balances could differ from those that we currently anticipate and, as a result, we may need to adjust our provisions. We cannot assure you that we will accurately assess the creditworthiness of our clients. Macroeconomic conditions, such as a potential credit crisis in the global financial system, could also result in financial difficulties for our clients, including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency or bankruptcy. Such conditions could cause clients to delay payment, request modifications of their payment terms, or default on their payment obligations to us, all of which could increase our receivables balance. Timely collection of fees for client services also depends on our ability to complete our contractual commitments and subsequently bill for and collect our contractual service fees. If we are unable to meet our contractual obligations, we might experience delays in the collection of or be unable to collect our client balances, which would adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. In addition, if we experience an increase in the time required to bill and collect for our services, our cash flows could be adversely affected, which could affect our ability to make necessary investments and, therefore, our results of operations.

If we are faced with immigration or work permit restrictions in any country where we currently have personnel onsite at a client location or would like to expand our delivery footprint, then our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

A key part of Globant’s strategy is to expand our delivery footprint, including by increasing the number of employees that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations. Therefore, we must comply with the immigration, work permit and visa laws and regulations of the countries in which we operate or plan to operate. Our future inability to obtain or renew sufficient work permits and/or visas due to the impact of these regulations, including any changes to immigration, work permit and visa regulations in jurisdictions such as the United States, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we are unable to maintain favorable pricing terms with current or new suppliers, our results of operations would be adversely affected.

We rely to a limited extent on suppliers of goods and services. In some cases, we have contracts or oral agreements with such parties guaranteeing us favorable pricing terms. We cannot guarantee our ability to maintain such pricing terms beyond the date that pricing terms are fixed pursuant to a written agreement. Furthermore, should economic circumstances change, such that suppliers find it beneficial to change or attempt to renegotiate such pricing terms in their favor, we cannot assure you that we would be able to withstand an increase or achieve a favorable outcome in any such negotiation. Any change in our pricing terms would increase our costs and expenses, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

If our current insurance coverage is or becomes insufficient to protect against losses incurred, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We provide technology services that are integral to our clients’ businesses. If we were to default in the provision of any contractually agreed-upon services, our clients could suffer significant damages and make claims upon us for those damages. Although we believe that we have adequate processes in place to protect against defaults in the provisions of services, errors and omissions may occur. We currently carry $10 million in errors and omissions liability coverage for all of the services we provide. To the extent client damages are deemed recoverable against us in amounts substantially in excess of our insurance coverage, or if our claims for insurance coverage are denied by our insurance carriers for any reason including, but not limited to a client’s failure to provide insurance carrier-required documentation or a client’s failure to follow insurance carrier-required claim settlement procedures, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Strategic acquisitions to complement and expand our business have been and will likely remain an important part of our competitive strategy. If we fail to acquire companies whose prospects, when combined with our company, would increase our value, or if we acquire and fail to efficiently integrate such other companies, then our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We have expanded, and may continue to expand, our operations through strategically targeted acquisitions of additional businesses. We completed two acquisitions in 2008, one in 2011, two in 2012 and one in 2013. Financing of any future acquisition could require the incurrence of indebtedness, the issuance of equity or a combination of both. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify, acquire or profitably manage additional businesses or successfully integrate any acquired businesses without substantial expense, delays or other operational or financial risks and problems. Furthermore, acquisitions may involve a number of special risks, including diversion of management’s attention, failure to retain key acquired personnel, unanticipated events or legal liabilities and amortization of acquired intangible assets. In addition, any client satisfaction or performance problems within an acquired business could have a material adverse impact on our company’s corporate reputation and brand. We cannot assure you that any acquired businesses would achieve anticipated revenues and earnings. Any failure to manage our acquisition strategy successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have incurred significant share-based compensation expense in 2012, and may in the future continue to incur share-based compensation expense, which could adversely impact our profits or the trading price of our common shares.

From 2006 through June 30, 2012, we granted a total of 1,306,697 share appreciation rights (“SARs”) to a limited number of key employees pursuant to SAR award agreements as a form of long-term incentive compensation. In June 2012, we decided to replace the SARs with share options, under which the beneficiary employee has an option to purchase our common shares that is exercisable upon the earliest of (i) the effective date of the share option agreement, provided that the employee has been continuously employed by us (or any of our subsidiaries), (ii) an event of liquidity, as defined in the share option agreement, or (iii) an initial public offering registered under the Securities Act. The exercise price of the share options was unchanged from the original SAR award agreements and is required to be paid by the employee in cash at the date of exercise. The share option agreements were signed on June 30, 2012 by all employees who had been awarded SARs under the SAR award agreements.

IFRS prescribes how we account for share-based compensation, which could adversely or negatively impact our results of operations or the price of our common shares. IFRS requires us to recognize share-based compensation as compensation expense in our statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income generally based on the fair value of equity awards on the date of the grant, with compensation expense recognized over the period in which the recipient is required to provide service as an employee in exchange for the equity award. The modification of the SAR award agreements into share option agreements under which the options are immediately exercisable for those employees who have met the service requirement under the share option agreements were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2012 as a modification of terms of the original agreement prospectively as of the date of change. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded $11.7 million of share-based compensation expense related to these share option agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded $0.8 million of share-based compensation expense related to these share option agreements. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recorded $0.01 million of share-based compensation expense related to these share option agreements.

We intend to adopt an equity incentive plan on the closing date of this offering. The expenses associated with share-based compensation may reduce the attractiveness of issuing equity awards under our equity incentive plan. However, if we do not grant equity awards, or if we reduce the number of equity awards we grant, we may not be able to attract and retain key personnel. If we grant more equity awards to attract and retain key personnel, the expenses associated with such additional equity awards could materially adversely affect our results of operations and the trading price of our common shares.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our ability to expand our business and procure new contracts or enter into beneficial business arrangements could be affected to the extent we enter into agreements with clients containing non-competition clauses.

We are a party to an agreement with one client that restricts our ability to perform similar services for its competitors. We may in the future enter into agreements with clients that restrict our ability to accept assignments from, or render similar services to, those clients’ customers, require us to obtain our clients’ prior written consent to provide services to their customers or restrict our ability to compete with our clients, or bid for or accept any assignment for which those clients are bidding or negotiating. These restrictions may hamper our ability to compete for and provide services to other clients in a specific industry in which we have expertise and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Operating in Latin America and Argentina

Our principal operating subsidiary is based in Argentina and we have subsidiaries in Colombia, Uruguay and Brazil. There are significant risks to operating in those countries that should be carefully considered before making an investment decision.

Latin America

Latin America has experienced adverse economic conditions that may impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is dependent to a certain extent upon the economic conditions prevalent in Argentina as well as the other Latin American countries in which we operate, such as Colombia, Uruguay and Brazil. Latin American countries have historically experienced uneven periods of economic growth, as well as recession, periods of high inflation and economic instability. Currently, as a consequence of adverse economic conditions in global markets and diminishing commodity prices, the economic growth rates of the economies of many Latin American countries have slowed and some have entered mild recessions. Adverse economic conditions in any of these countries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Latin American governments have exercised and continue to exercise significant influence over the economies of the countries where we operate, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Historically, governments in Latin America have frequently intervened in the economies of their respective countries and have occasionally made significant changes in policy and regulations. Governmental actions to control inflation and other policies and regulations have often involved, among others, price controls, currency devaluations, capital controls and tariffs. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected by:

changes in government policies or regulations, including such factors as exchange rates and exchange control policies;
inflation rates;
interest rates;
tariff and inflation control policies;
price control policies;
liquidity of domestic capital and lending markets;
electricity rationing;
tax policies, royalty and tax increases and retroactive tax claims; and
other political, diplomatic, social and economic developments in or affecting the countries where we operate.

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Inflation, and government measures to curb inflation in Latin America, may adversely affect the economies in the countries where we operate in Latin America, our business and results of operations.

Some of the countries in which we operate in Latin America have experienced, or are currently experiencing, high rates of inflation. Although inflation rates in many of these countries have been relatively low in the recent past, we cannot assure you that this trend will continue. The measures taken by the governments of these countries to control inflation have often included maintaining a tight monetary policy with high interest rates, thereby restricting the availability of credit and retarding economic growth. Inflation, measures to combat inflation and public speculation about possible additional actions have also contributed significantly to economic uncertainty in many of these countries and to heightened volatility in their securities markets. Periods of higher inflation may also slow the growth rate of local economies. Inflation is also likely to increase some of our costs and expenses, which we may not be able to fully pass on to our clients, which could adversely affect our operating margins and operating income.

We face the risk of political and economic crises, instability, terrorism, civil strife, expropriation and other risks of doing business in Latin America, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We conduct our operations primarily in Latin America. Economic and political developments in Latin America, including future economic changes or crises (such as inflation, currency devaluation or recession), government deadlock, political instability, terrorism, civil strife, changes in laws and regulations, restrictions on the repatriation of dividends or profits, expropriation or nationalization of property, restrictions on currency convertibility, volatility of the foreign exchange market and exchange controls could impact our operations or the market value of our common shares and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Argentina

Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates (most notably between the U.S. dollar and the Argentine peso).

We conduct a substantial portion of our operations outside the United States, and our businesses may be impacted by significant fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The exposure associated with generating revenues and incurring expenses in different currencies and the devaluation of local currency revenues impairing the value of investments in U.S. dollars. Our consolidated financial statements and those of most of our subsidiaries are presented in U.S. dollars, whereas some of our subsidiaries’ operations are performed in local currencies. Therefore, the resulting exchange differences arising from the translation to our presentation currency are recognized in the finance gain or expense item or as a separate component of equity depending on the functional currency for each subsidiary. Fluctuations in exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar could impair the comparability of our results from period to period and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, our results of operations and financial condition are particularly sensitive to changes in the Argentine peso/U.S. dollar exchange rate because the majority of our operations are conducted in Argentina and therefore our costs are incurred, for the most-part, in Argentine pesos, while the substantial portion of our revenues are generated outside of Argentina in U.S. dollars. Consequently, appreciation of the U.S. dollar relative to the Argentine peso, to the extent not offset by inflation in Argentina, could result in favorable variations in our operating margins and, conversely, depreciation of the U.S. dollar relative to the Argentine peso could impact our operating margins negatively.

In 2002, the enactment of Argentine Law No. 25,561 ended more than a decade of uninterrupted Argentine peso/U.S. dollar parity, and the value of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar has fluctuated significantly since then. As a result of this economic instability, the Argentine peso has been subject to significant devaluation against the U.S. dollar and Argentina’s foreign debt rating has been downgraded on multiple occasions based upon concerns regarding economic conditions and rising fears of increased inflationary pressures. This uncertainty may also adversely impact Argentina’s ability to attract capital.

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The increasing level of inflation in Argentina has generated pressure for further depreciation of the Argentine peso. The Argentine peso depreciated 2.60% against the U.S. dollar in 2007, 9.50% in 2008, 10.10% in 2009, 4.70% in 2010, 8.00% in 2011, 14.40% in 2012, 32.5% in 2013 and 22.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

The significant restrictions on the purchase of foreign currency have given rise to the development of an implied rate of exchange. See “— Restrictions on transfers of foreign currency and the repatriation of capital from Argentina may impair our ability to receive dividends and distributions from, and the proceeds of any sale of, our assets in Argentina.” The implied rate of exchange may increase or decrease in the future. We cannot predict future fluctuations in the Argentine peso/U.S. dollar exchange rate. As a result, fluctuations in the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar may have a material impact on the value of an investment in our common shares. Because most of our operations are located in Argentina, large variations in the comparative value of the Argentina peso and the U.S. dollar may adversely affect our business.

Despite the positive effects of the depreciation of the Argentine peso on the competitiveness of certain sectors of the Argentine economy, including our business, it has also had a far-reaching negative impact on the Argentine economy and on the financial condition of many Argentine businesses and individuals. The devaluation of the Argentine peso has had a negative impact on the ability of certain Argentine businesses to honor their foreign currency-denominated debt, and has also led to very high inflation initially and significantly reduced real wages. The devaluation has also negatively impacted businesses whose success is dependent on domestic market demand, and adversely affected the Argentine government’s ability to honor its foreign debt obligations. If the Argentine peso is significantly devalued, the Argentine economy and our business could be adversely affected.

A significant appreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar could also adversely affect the Argentine economy as well as our business. Our results of operations are sensitive to changes in the Argentine peso/U.S. dollar exchange rate because the majority of our operations are conducted in Argentina and therefore our costs are incurred, for the most-part, in Argentine pesos. In the short term, a significant appreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar would adversely affect exports and the desire of foreign companies to purchase services from Argentina. Our business is dependent to a certain extent on maintaining our labor and other costs competitive with those of companies located in other regions around the world from which technology and IT services may be purchased by clients in the United States and Europe. We do not currently hedge our exposure to the Argentine peso/U.S. dollar exchange rate and an appreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar may raise our costs, which would increase the prices of our services to our customers, which, in turn, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Government intervention in the Argentine economy, particularly expropriation policies, could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

The Argentine government has assumed substantial control over the Argentine economy and it may increase its level of intervention in certain areas, particularly expropriation policies. For example, on April 16, 2012, the Argentine government sent a bill to the Argentine Congress to expropriate 51% of the Class D Shares of YPF S.A. (“YPF”), the main Argentine oil company. The expropriation law was passed by Congress on May 3, 2012 and provides for the expropriation of 51% of the share capital of YPF, represented by an identical stake of Class D shares owned, directly or indirectly, by Repsol, S.A. and its affiliates. The Argentine government and the Argentine provinces that are members of the Federal Organization of Hydrocarbon Producing Provinces own 51% and 49%, respectively, of the YPF shares subject to seizure. However, during February 2014, the Argentine government agreed to pay Repsol S.A. $5.0 billion in Argentine sovereign bonds to compensate them for the seizure of the YPF shares. This agreement has been ratified by Repsol S.A.’s shareholders and by the Argentine Congress through Law No. 26,932, which was passed on April 24, 2014 and payment to Repsol S.A. has been completed. Leaders of the opposition party have threatened to challenge the agreement before the Argentine courts.

Expropriations and other interventions by the Argentine government such as the one relating to YPF can have an adverse impact on the level of foreign investment in Argentina, the access of Argentine companies to the international capital markets and Argentina’s commercial and diplomatic relations with other countries.

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In the future, the level of intervention in the economy by the Argentine government may continue or even increase, which may adversely affect Argentina’s economy and, in turn, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The approval of judicial reforms proposed by the Argentine government could adversely affect our operations.

On April 8, 2013, the Argentine government submitted to the Argentine Congress three bills relating to: (a) the creation of three courts of cassation and the amendment of the Civil and Commercial Procedure Code, which was passed by the Argentine Congress on April 24, 2013 (the “Courts of Cassation Law”); (b) amendments to Law No. 24,937, which governs the Council of the Judiciary, which was passed by the Argentine Congress on May 8, 2013 (the “Council of the Judiciary Law”); and (c) a new regulation providing for precautionary measures in proceedings involving the federal government or any of its decentralized entities, which was passed by the Argentine Congress on April 24, 2013 (the “Precautionary Proceedings Law”).

The Courts of Cassation Law creates: (1) a federal court of cassation to review administrative law matters; (2) a federal court of cassation to review labor and social security law matters; and (3) a federal court of cassation to review civil and commercial law matters. These three new federal courts (collectively, the “Cassation Courts”) will have jurisdiction to review appeals of decisions rendered by the Argentine federal Courts of Appeals on administrative law, labor and social security, and civil and commercial matters, respectively, and to decide the constitutionality of those appeals. Appointees to the Cassation Courts must satisfy the same conditions as Supreme Court judicial candidates in order to be named to the Cassation Courts. Abbreviated designation procedures may be implemented to expedite the appointment process. Finally, the Courts of Cassation Law reduces the number of members of the Supreme Court of Argentina from seven to five. As a result of the passing of this law, judicial proceedings before federal and national courts may require more time and cost to pursue because there will be a new level of judicial review before having access to the Argentine federal Supreme Court.

The Council of the Judiciary Law increases the number of members of the Council of the Judiciary from 13 to 19, including three judges, three lawyers’ representatives, six academic representatives, six congressmen (four from the majority party and two from the minority party) and a member of the federal executive branch. Furthermore, the Council of the Judiciary Law changes the methodology for appointing members to the Council. Members of the Council were previously appointed by their peers. According to the Council of the Judiciary Law, members will be appointed concurrently with the general presidential elections by means of the existing open, compulsory and simultaneous primary elections. The Council of the Judiciary is entrusted with broad powers to: (1) organize and run the judicial system, including the training, appointment and removal of judges; (2) approve the draft proposal for the judicial annual budget, establish the system of compensation and provide for the administration of all judicial personnel; (3) sanction judges and retired judges; and (4) amend the regulatory regime applicable to the judiciary system. Consequently, the election of the members of the Council of the Judiciary is expected to be politically influenced, and non-political constituencies for the removal of judges would have less impact.

Under the Precautionary Proceedings Law, judges will need to establish a period of effectiveness of precautionary measures, under penalty of nullity, against the Argentine government and its agencies of no longer than six months in normal proceedings, and three months in abbreviated proceedings and in cases of “ amparo .” The term of precautionary measures may be extended for six months if it is in the public interest. Consideration will be given to any dilatory tactics or proactive measures taken by the party that was awarded the precautionary measures. In addition, judges are allowed to grant precautionary measures that would affect or disrupt the purposes, properties or revenues of the Argentine federal government, nor could judges impose personal monetary charges on public officers. Moreover, precautionary measures against the Argentine federal government or its decentralized entities will be effective once the requesting party posts an injunction bond for the expenditures or damages that the measure may cause. The injunction bond will not be required when the precautionary measures are granted to the federal government or any of its decentralized entities. Finally, the law does not permit precautionary measures that concur with the purpose of the substantive litigation.

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On June 18, 2013, the Supreme Court declared certain sections of the Council of the Judiciary Law unconstitutional, in particular those sections referring to the increase in the number of members of the Council of the Judiciary and the methodology for appointing such members. The Court of Cassation Law and the Precautionary Proceedings Law have also been challenged before the Argentine courts, although final resolution of these challenges by the Supreme Court is still pending.

These laws may have an effect on our operations in Argentina, since it may become more difficult to guarantee our right to a timely and unbiased judicial review of administrative decisions.

Our results of operations may be adversely affected by high and possibly increasing inflation in Argentina.

Since 2007, the inflation index has been extensively discussed in the Argentine economy. The intervention of the Argentine government in the National Institute of Statistics and Census Information ( Instituto Nacional de Estadísticas y Censos, or “INDEC”) and the change in the way the inflation index is measured have resulted in disagreements between the Argentine government and private consultants as to the actual annual inflation rate. The Argentine government has imposed fines on private consultants reporting inflation rates higher than the INDEC data and has refused to permit the International Monetary Fund to perform an annual review of the Argentine economy. As a result, private consultants typically share their data with Argentine lawmakers who oppose the current government, who release such data from time to time. This could result in a further decrease in confidence in Argentina’s economy.

According to the INDEC, the consumer price index increased 10.9%, 10.8% and 9.5% in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The INDEC reported an inflation rate of 10.9% in 2013 and a rate of 9.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Uncertainty surrounding future inflation rates has slowed the rebound in the long-term credit market. Private estimates, on average, refer to annual rates of inflation substantially in excess of those published by the INDEC. For example, opposition lawmakers in Argentina reported an inflation rate of 37.3% annualized for 2014 as of April 30, 2014, and an inflation rate of 28.3% for 2013 and 25.6% for 2012.

In the past, inflation has materially undermined the Argentine economy and the government’s ability to create conditions that would permit stable growth. High inflation may also undermine Argentina’s foreign competitiveness in international markets and adversely affect economic activity and employment, as well as our business and results of operation. In particular, the margin on our services is impacted by the increase in our costs in providing those services, which is influenced by wage inflation in Argentina, as well as other factors.

In June 2008, the INDEC published a new consumer price index, which has been criticized by economists and investors after its initial report found prices rising below expectations. These events have affected the credibility of the consumer price index published by the INDEC, as well as other indices published by the INDEC that use the consumer price index in their calculation, including the poverty index, the unemployment index and real Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”). On November 23, 2010, the Argentine government consulted with the International Monetary Fund (the “IMF”) for technical assistance in order to prepare a new national consumer price index, with the aim of modernizing the current statistical system. During the first quarter of 2011, a team from the IMF started working in conjunction with the INDEC to create this index. Notwithstanding the foregoing, reports published by the IMF state that their staff also uses alternative measures of inflation for macroeconomic surveillance, including data produced by private sources, which have shown inflation rates considerably higher than those issued by the INDEC since 2007, and the IMF has called on Argentina to adopt remedial measures to address the quality of official data. In its meeting held on February 1, 2013, the Executive Board of the IMF found that Argentina’s progress in implementing remedial measures since September 2012 had not been sufficient, and, as a result, the IMF issued a declaration of censure against Argentina in connection with the breach of its related obligations to the IMF under the Articles of Agreement and called on Argentina to adopt remedial measures to address the inaccuracy of inflation and GDP data without further delay. On February 14, 2013, the Argentine government announced a new consumer price index called the Indice de Precios al Consumidor Nacional Urbano (the “IPCNU”), which was 3.7% for January 2014, 3.4% for February 2014 and 2.6% for March 2014. The IMF acknowledged the new index and indicated it will review the same to confirm that it satisfies IMF requirements. In addition, in February 2014, the INDEC released a new GDP index for 2013, equal to 3.0%, which differs from the GDP index originally released by the INDEC for the same period of 5.5%. If it is

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

determined that it is necessary to unfavorably adjust the consumer price index and other INDEC indices, there could be a significant decrease in confidence in the Argentine economy, which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on us.

Argentina’s defaults with respect to the payment of its foreign debt could prevent the government and the private sector from accessing the international capital markets, which could adversely affect our financial condition, including our ability to obtain financing outside of Argentina.

As of December 31, 2001, Argentina’s total public debt amounted to $144.5 billion. In December of 2001, Argentina defaulted on over $81.8 billion in external debt to bondholders. In addition, since 2002, Argentina suspended payments on over $15.7 billion in debt to multilateral financial institutions (such as the IMF and the “Paris Club” — an informal intergovernmental group of creditors from 19 different countries that convenes to renegotiate debts to sovereign creditors) and other financial institutions. In 2006, Argentina cancelled all of its outstanding debt with the IMF totaling approximately $9.5 billion, and through various exchange offers made to bondholders between 2004 and 2010, restructured over $74.4 billion of its defaulted debt. On September 2, 2008, pursuant to Decree No. 1,394/08, Argentina officially announced a decision to pay its outstanding debt to the Paris Club, which offer was accepted, but the terms of such repayment remain under negotiation. As of September 30, 2013, Argentina’s total public debt (including amounts owed to the Paris Club) amounted to $201 billion and the amount owed specifically to the Paris Club, as of September 30, 2013, equaled $5.9 billion.

The foreign shareholders of several Argentine companies, including public utilities and bondholders that did not participate in the exchange offers described above, have filed claims in excess of $16 billion with the International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (the “ICSID”) alleging that the emergency measures adopted by the government differ from the just and equal treatment dispositions set forth in several bilateral investment treaties to which Argentina is a party. As of December 31, 2011, the ICSID has ruled that the Argentine government must pay an amount of approximately $1 billion, plus interest and incurred expenses, in respect of such claims. Furthermore, in connection with the same matter, the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law has issued two judgments requiring the Argentine government to pay $240 million, plus interest and expenses, to these entities. In addition, on August 4, 2011, the ICSID held that it had jurisdiction to hear claims brought by 60,000 Italian holders of Argentine sovereign debt who did not participate in the exchange offers and filed a request for arbitration with the ICSID for a claim totaling $4.4 billion. The tribunal also issued a procedural order to examine how the proceedings were conducted and how the procedural calendar was developed. On July 11, 2013, the arbitration tribunal was constituted in accordance with ICSID convention. From August 9–13, 2013, certain ICSID judgment creditors, including Blue Ridge Investments L.L.C., CC-WB Holdings LLC, Vivendi Universal S.A., Compañía Aguas de Aconquija S.A., Azurix Corp. and NG-UN Holdings LLC, sent letters to the Argentine Ministry of Economy proposing settlement of their claims. On October 18, 2013, the Argentine Ministry of Economy issued Resolution No. 598/2013, which approved a form of a transactional agreement to be entered into with such creditors. The transactional agreement provides for a 25% reduction of the creditors’ claims and payment in kind through Argentine BODEN and Bonos de la Nación Argentina en Dólares Estadounidenses 7% 2017 . In addition, the creditors would subscribe for Argentine Bono Argentino de Ahorro para el Desarrollo Económico — Registrable in an amount equal to 10% of their claims. By entering into these transactional agreements, the creditors and the Argentine government will waive all of their respective claims in regard to any awards and any other judicial or administrative actions seeking to obtain recognition and enforcement of such awards. On March 20, 2014, the ICSID proceeding filed by Repsol S.A. on December 18, 2012 in connection with YPF’s expropriation was suspended pursuant to an agreement between Repsol and the Argentine government, which was ratified by the Argentine Congress on April 24, 2014.

On March 28, 2012, by way of enactment of Law No. 26,739, the Argentine Congress approved an amendment of the charter of the Argentine Central Bank ( Banco Central de la República Argentina ) that, among other things:

limits the availability of economic information ( i.e. , expected rate of inflation, amount and composition of reserves and of the monetary base);

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

significantly increases the Argentine government’s access to financing from the Argentine Central Bank;
grants the board of directors of the Argentine Central Bank the discretion to determine the required level of reserves;
establishes that any reserves above the required level fixed by the board of directors constitute freely available reserves; and
provides that in addition to the payment of obligations with international financial institutions, the freely available reserves may now also be applied towards the payment of official bilateral external debt (such as the Paris Club).

In litigation brought before the U.S. federal district court for the Southern District of New York, holders of Argentina’s bonds that did not participate in the exchange offers conducted in 2005 and 2010 have challenged Argentina’s decision to pay bondholders who agreed to participate in those exchange offers even as it refuses to pay the nonparticipating bondholders. Pursuant to an order dated February 23, 2012, as amended by an order dated November 21, 2012, based on the equal treatment provision under the defaulted debt, the district court granted an injunction requiring Argentina to pay holders of the detolled debt as a precondition to making a single interest payment under the restructured debt. The injunction further required Argentina to pay into an escrow account over $1.3 billion prior to making the December 15 scheduled payment of the restructured debt. In its decision issued on October 26, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (the “Second Circuit”) affirmed the U.S. federal district court’s ruling that Argentina’s actions violate contractual provisions in the Fiscal Agency Agreement under which the bonds were issued that require the issuer to treat bondholders equally. The Second Circuit’s decision also largely upheld injunctions in favor of the nonparticipating bondholders that the U.S. federal district court issued in February 2012 but stayed pending appeal. The injunctions bar Argentina from paying $3.41 billion that is due to the bondholders on the restructured debt that was issued to them in the 2005 and 2010 exchange offers unless it also makes arrangements to deposit $1.33 billion into escrow to pay the nonparticipating bondholders on the bonds held by them. In an order issued on November 21, 2012, the U.S. federal district court lifted its stay on those injunctions and, as per the Second Circuit’s prior request, clarified the injunction payment formula. However, on November 28, 2012, the Second Circuit granted a stay on the above injunctions and scheduled oral arguments by the parties for February 27, 2013. Following a hearing on March 29, 2013, Argentina submitted an alternative payment formula that includes two options. Under the first option, individual investors will receive par bonds due in 2013, plus cash payment for past-due interest and GDP-linked securities. Under the second option, institutional investors will receive discount bonds due in 2033, along with bonds due 2017 for past-due interest and GDP-linked securities. On April 19, 2013, the plaintiffs filed a response rejecting the Argentine offer. On June 24, 2013, Argentina filed a petition for a writ of certiorari in the United States Supreme Court asking it to review the October 26, 2012 decision of the Second Circuit. On August 23, 2013, the Second Circuit affirmed the district court ruling of November 21, 2012 with respect to the injunction payment formula, but stayed enforcement of the injunctions pending resolution of Argentina’s petition before the Supreme Court. On September 30, 2013, the Supreme Court decided not to include the review of the October 26, 2012 decision in its docket for the coming term. On February 17, 2014, Argentina filed a petition for a writ of certiorari in the Supreme Court asking it to review the August 23, 2013 decision of the Second Circuit. On April 21, 2014, the Supreme Court held a hearing with the nonparticipating bondholders and Argentina. As of the date of this prospectus, the Supreme Court has not issued a decision in this case.

On September 20, 2013, Argentina passed Law No. 26,886 approving the opening of a new exchange offer to those bondholders that did not participate in the 2005 and 2010 exchange offers.

Argentina’s default with respect to the payment of its foreign debt, its delay in completing the debt restructuring process with creditors that did not participate in the related exchange offers, and the aforementioned complaints filed against Argentina, could prevent the government from obtaining international private financing or receiving direct foreign investment as well as private sector companies in Argentina from accessing the international capital markets. Without access to international private financing, Argentina may

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

not be able to finance its obligations, and financing from multilateral financial institutions may be limited or not available. Without access to direct foreign investment, the government may not have sufficient financial resources to foster economic growth.

Our ability to obtain U.S. dollar-denominated financing has been adversely impacted by these factors. During the first half of 2011, we were able to obtain export lines of credit from our Argentine lenders in U.S. dollars at interest rates of 2 – 3% per year. Toward the end of 2011, the interest rates on our export lines from those lenders increased to 5 – 6% per year. During 2012, 2013 and 2014, it became increasingly difficult to obtain financing in U.S. dollars, and loans in local currencies carry significantly higher interest rates. As a result, we expect to incur higher financing costs in future periods, which may have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

The lack of financing available for Argentine companies may have an adverse effect on the results of our operations, our ability to access capital and the market price of our common shares.

The prospects for Argentine enterprises accessing financial markets are limited in terms of the amount of financing available and the conditions and costs of such financing. In addition to the default on the Argentine sovereign debt and the global economic crisis that have significantly limited the ability of Argentine enterprises to access international financial markets, in November 2008, the Argentine congress passed a law eliminating the private pension fund system and transferring all retirement and pension funds held by the pension fund administrators ( Administradoras de Fondos de Jubilaciones y Pensiones , or “AFJPs”) to the National Social Security Administrative Office ( Administración Nacional de la Seguridad Social ). Because the AFJPs had been the major institutional investors in the Argentine capital markets, the nationalization of the pension fund system has led to a reduction of the liquidity available in the local Argentine capital markets. In addition, the Argentine government, through its assumption of the AFJP’s equity investments in a variety of the country’s main private companies, became a significant shareholder in such companies. The nationalization of the AFJPs has adversely affected investor confidence in Argentina, which may impact our ability to access the capital markets in the future.

Lack of access to international or domestic financial markets could affect the projected capital expenditures for our operations in Argentina, which, in turn, may have an adverse effect on the results of our operations and on the market price of our common shares.

Argentine exchange controls on the acquisition of foreign currency and on transfers abroad and capital inflows have limited, and may continue to limit, the availability of international credit and access to capital markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and business.

In 2001 and 2002, Argentina imposed exchange controls and transfer restrictions substantially limiting the ability of enterprises to retain or obtain foreign currency or make payments abroad. Although some of these restrictions were subsequently eased, in June 2005, the Argentine government issued Decree No. 616/2005, which established new controls on capital inflows that could result in reduced availability of international credit, including the requirement, subject to certain exceptions, that 30% of all funds remitted to Argentina remain deposited in a domestic financial institution for 365 days in a non-interest bearing account. In addition, since the second half of 2011, the Argentine government has increased certain controls on the incurrence of foreign currency-denominated indebtedness, the acquisition of foreign currency and foreign assets by local residents. For example, the Argentine Central Bank adopted regulations that (i) shortened the period for a borrower to convert foreign currency-denominated indebtedness into Argentine pesos, (ii) shortened a borrower’s window of access to the local foreign exchange market in connection with a prepayment of scheduled interest payments in respect of foreign currency-denominated indebtedness and (iii) suspended the ability of local residents to access the local exchange market for the acquisition of foreign currency. Furthermore, new AFIP regulations require that all foreign exchange transactions be registered with AFIP. In addition, the Argentine government may impose or increase exchange controls or transfer restrictions in the future in response to capital flight or a significant depreciation of the Argentine peso. Moreover, legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming. Additional controls could have a negative effect on the ability of Argentine entities to access the international credit or capital markets, the Argentine economy and our financial condition and business.

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Restrictions on transfers of foreign currency and the repatriation of capital from Argentina may impair our ability to receive dividends and distributions from, and the proceeds of any sale of, our assets in Argentina.

Argentine law currently permits the Argentine government to impose restrictions on the conversion of Argentine currency into foreign currencies and on the remittance to foreign investors of proceeds from their investments in Argentina (including dividend payments) in circumstances where a serious imbalance develops in Argentina’s balance of payments or where there are reasons to foresee such an imbalance. Beginning in December 2001, the Argentine government implemented a number of monetary and foreign exchange control measures that included restrictions on the free disposition of funds deposited with banks and on the transfer of funds abroad without prior approval by the Argentine Central Bank, some of which are still in effect. Among the restrictions that are still in effect are those relating to the repatriation of certain funds collected in Argentina by non-Argentine residents.

Although the transfer of funds abroad by local companies in order to pay annual dividends only to foreign shareholders, based on approved and fully audited financial statements, does not require formal approval by the Argentine Central Bank, the recent decrease in availability of U.S. dollars in Argentina has led the Argentine government to impose informal restrictions on certain local companies and individuals for purchasing foreign currency. These restrictions on foreign currency purchases started in October 2011 and tightened during 2012 and 2013. Informal restrictions may consist of de facto measures restricting local residents and companies from purchasing foreign currency through the Argentine Single Free Foreign Exchange Market ( Mercado Único y Libre de Cambios , or “FX Market”) for the purpose of making payments abroad, such as dividends, capital reductions, and payment for importation of goods and services. For example, local banks may request, even when not expressly required by any regulation, the prior opinion of the Argentine Central Bank before executing any specific foreign exchange transaction. For more information, please see “Regulatory Overview — Foreign Exchange Controls.” In addition, other exchange controls could impair or prevent the conversion of anticipated dividends, distributions, or the proceeds from any sale of equity holdings in Argentina, as the case may be, from Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars and the remittance of the U.S. dollars abroad. These restrictions and controls could interfere with the ability of our Argentine subsidiaries to make distributions in U.S. dollars to us and thus our ability to pay dividends in the future. The domestic revenues of our Argentine subsidiaries (excluding intercompany revenues to other Globant subsidiaries, which are eliminated in consolidation) were $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, $5.5 million in 2013, $4.9 million in 2012 and $4.0 million in 2011, representing 2.1% of our quarterly revenues and 14.4%, 3.8% and 4.4% of our annual consolidated revenues, respectively.

Also, if payments cannot be made in U.S. dollars abroad, the repatriation of any funds collected by foreign investors in Argentine pesos in Argentina may be subject to restrictions. As from October 28, 2011, in order for a non-Argentine investor to be granted access to the FX Market to purchase foreign currency with Argentine pesos received in Argentina as a result of a stock sale, capital reduction or liquidation of an Argentine company, it is a requirement that the funds originally used for such investment, disbursement or capital contribution, as applicable, were settled through the FX Market. This requirement applies only to capital contributions to local companies or foreign currency purchases of the stock of an Argentine company made as from October 28, 2011 that qualify as “foreign direct investments” (i.e., represent at least 10% of the Argentine company’s capital stock). In the case of equity positions below the 10% threshold, repatriation is subject to a monthly threshold of $0.5 million. Transfers in excess of that monthly threshold are subject to prior approval by the Argentine Central Bank. The Argentine government could adopt further restrictive measures in the future. If that were the case, a foreign shareholder, such as ourselves, may be prevented from converting the Argentine pesos it receives in Argentina into U.S. dollars. If the exchange rate fluctuates significantly during a time when we cannot convert the foreign currency, we may lose some or all of the value of the dividend distribution or sale proceeds.

These restrictions and requirements could adversely affect our financial condition and the results of our operations, or the market price of our common shares.

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Argentina’s regulations on proceeds from the export of services increase our exposure to fluctuations in the value of the Argentine peso, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our operations and the market price of our common shares. The imposition in the future of additional regulations on proceeds collected outside Argentina for services rendered to non-Argentine residents or of export duties and controls could also have an adverse effect on us.

Argentine law, including Communication “A” 5264 of the Argentine Central Bank, as amended, requires Argentine residents to transfer the foreign currency proceeds received for services rendered to non-Argentine residents into a local account with a domestic financial institution and to convert those proceeds into Argentine pesos through the FX Market, which is administered by the Argentine Central Bank within 15 business days from the date the foreign currency proceeds are collected.

Argentine law does not require exporters of services to be paid only in foreign currency. The applicable regulations do not prohibit or regulate the receipt of in-kind payments by such exporters. During 2013, our U.S. subsidiary has agreed to make payment for a portion of the services provided by our Argentine subsidiaries by delivery of U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN purchased in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars). The BODEN are then delivered to our Argentine subsidiaries as payment for a portion of the services rendered and, after being held by our Argentine subsidiaries for between, on average, 10 to 30 days, are sold in the Argentine market for Argentine pesos. Because the fair value of the BODEN based on the quoted Argentine peso price in the Argentine markets during the year ended December 31, 2013 was higher than the quoted U.S. dollar price for the BODEN in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina (which is the rate used to convert transactions in foreign currency into our Argentine subsidiaries’ functional currency), we recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value (expressed in Argentine pesos) of the BODEN into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

We cannot assure you that the quoted price of the BODEN in Argentine pesos in the Argentine markets will continue to be higher than the quoted price in the U.S. debt markets in U.S. dollars converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina. Although during the three month period ended March 31, 2014, we did not participate in any BODEN transactions in connection with payment by our U.S. subsidiary for services provided by our Argentine subsidiaries, if in the future we decide to resume those transactions, we cannot assure you that the Argentine government will not restrict exporters from receiving in-kind payment, require them to repatriate those payments received through the FX Market, or make any other legislative, judicial, or administrative changes or interpretations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See Note 3.12.7 to our audited consolidated financial statements, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Results of Operations — 2013 Compared to 2012” and “Certain Income Statement Line Items — Gain on Transaction with Bonds.”

In addition, since 2002, the Argentine government has imposed duties on the exports of various primary and manufactured products, excluding services. During the last ten years, such export taxes have undergone significant increases, reaching a maximum of 35%. We cannot assure you that export taxes on our services will not be imposed. Imposition of export taxes on our services could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

The Argentine government may order salary increases to be paid to employees in the private sector, which could increase our operating costs and adversely affect our results of operations.

In the past, the Argentine government has passed laws, regulations and decrees requiring companies in the private sector to increase wages and provide specified benefits to employees, and may do so again in the future. Argentine employers, both in the public and private sectors, have experienced significant pressure from their employees and labor organizations to increase wages and to provide additional employee benefits. Due to the high levels of inflation, employees and labor organizations are demanding significant wage increases. In August 2012, the Argentine government established a 25% increase in minimum monthly salary to 2,875 Argentine pesos, effective as of February 2013. The Argentine government increased the minimum salary to 3,300 Argentine pesos in August 2013 and to 3,600 Argentine pesos in January 2014. Due to high levels of inflation, employers in both the public and private sectors are experiencing significant pressure from unions and their employees to further increase salaries. During the first three months of 2014, various unions have agreed with employers’ associations on salary increases between 25% and 30%. Due to the acceleration of

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

inflation and the devaluation of the Argentine peso during the latter part of 2013 and the beginning of 2014, it is possible that the Argentine government could adopt measures mandating salary increases and/or the provision of additional employee benefits in the future. If as a result of such measures future salary increases in Argentine peso exceed the pace of the devaluation of the Argentine peso, they could have a material and adverse effect on our expenses and business, results of operations and financial condition and, thus, on the trading prices for our common shares.

Our operating cash flows may be adversely affected if there is a delay in obtaining reimbursement of value-added tax credits from AFIP.

As of March 31, 2014, our Argentine operating subsidiary IAFH Global S.A. has recognized an aggregate of $5.4 million in value-added tax credits. These tax credits may be monetized by way of cash reimbursement from AFIP. Obtaining this cash reimbursement requires submission of a written request to AFIP, which is subject to its approval. In the event that AFIP delays its approval of the request for reimbursement of these value-added tax credits, our ability to monetize the value of those credits would be delayed, which could adversely affect the timing of our cash flows from operations.

Changes in Argentine tax laws may adversely affect the results of our operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In 2012, a proposal made by the Argentine tax authorities to amend various aspects of the Argentine income tax law was made public. Pursuant to the proposed bill, among other things, deductible losses (that can be deducted within the next five years) would be limited to 30% of the income earned in each fiscal year; capital gains obtained by foreign residents from the sale, exchange or disposition of securities would be subject to income tax; and payments made to individuals or entities located or incorporated in countries with low or no taxation would be subject to a withholding tax at a rate of 35% and would not be deductible. As of the date of this prospectus, this proposal has not yet been introduced in the Argentine Congress. If this bill is passed into law, the limitations on deductions may adversely affect the results of our Argentine subsidiaries’ operations.

In addition, in 2012, the Argentine government terminated the application of the treaties for the avoidance of double taxation that were in force with the Republic of Chile and Spain. Pursuant to these treaties, shares and other equity interests in local companies owned by Chilean or Spanish residents enjoyed a preferential tax treatment by which taxes on personal assets were not applicable. The decision to denounce and therefore terminate the above-mentioned taxation treaties was published in the Argentine Official Gazette ( Boletín Oficial de la República Argentina ) on July 13 and July 16, 2012. In accordance with the denouncement provisions set forth in both treaties, in most cases, the treaties ceased to be in effect as of January 1, 2013, and personal assets of certain Chilean and Spanish residents became subject to taxation. The termination of the treaty with Spain resulted in the imposition of Argentine withholding tax at a rate of 35%, effective January 1, 2013, on the distribution of dividends by our Argentine subsidiaries to our Spanish subsidiary, Spain Holdco, in excess of their taxable income accumulated by the end of the fiscal year immediately prior to the distribution of such dividends. In addition, interest paid by our Argentine subsidiaries on any indebtedness owed to Spain Holdco became subject to Argentine withholding tax at that same rate. In February 2013, the Spanish cabinet approved the execution of a new double-taxation treaty with Argentina. On November 27, 2013, the Argentine Congress approved the aforementioned treaty, which was published in the Argentine Official Gazette on December 18, 2013. This new treaty with Spain entered into force on December 23, 2013. This treaty replaces the previous double-taxation treaty between Argentina and Spain that was terminated on July 16, 2012.

On September 23, 2013, Argentine Law No. 26,893 amending the income tax law was enacted. According to the amendments, the distribution of dividends by Argentine companies is subject to withholding tax at a rate of 10% unless dividends are distributed to Argentine corporate entities, and the sale, exchange or disposition of shares and other securities not trading in, or listed on, capital markets and securities exchanges is subject to withholding tax at a rate of 15% when gains are recognized by any Argentine resident individual or foreign beneficiary. The distribution of dividends by our Argentine subsidiaries to Spain Holdco is subject to this withholding tax. These dividend distributions are treated as income tax credits for Spain Holdco. As a holding company, Spain Holdco does not generate significant revenues and may be unable to recover the tax

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

credits generated by the distributions, which might then need to be written off. These amendments may adversely affect the results of our operations.

Argentina’s economic recovery since the 2001 – 2002 economic crisis has undergone a significant slowdown, and any further decline in Argentina’s rate of recovery could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Although general economic conditions in Argentina have recovered significantly since the 2001 – 2002 economic crisis, an ongoing slowdown suggests uncertainty as to whether the growth experienced during this period is sustainable. This is mainly because the economic growth was initially dependent on a significant devaluation of the Argentine peso, excess production capacity resulting from a long period of deep recession and high commodity prices. Furthermore, the economy has suffered a sustained erosion of direct investment and capital investment. The global economic crisis of 2008 led to a sudden economic decline in Argentina during 2009, accompanied by political and social unrest, inflationary and Argentine peso depreciation pressures and a lack of consumer and investor confidence. According to the INDEC, Argentina’s real GDP grew by 3.0% in 2013, 1.9% in 2012, 8.9% in 2011, 9.2% in 2010, 0.9% in 2009 and 6.8% in 2008. There is uncertainty as to whether Argentina will suffer a further decline in growth rate or as to the timing of more robust growth or even be able to maintain the current level of economic growth.

Economic conditions in Argentina during 2012, 2013 and 2014 have included increased inflation, continued demand for wage increases, a rising fiscal deficit, the legally required repayment of Argentina’s foreign debt in 2012 and a decrease in commercial growth. In addition, beginning in the second half of 2011, an increase in capital flight from Argentina has caused the Argentine government to strengthen its foreign exchange controls and eliminate subsidies to the private sector. During 2013 and 2014, foreign exchange restrictions have tightened and the government has imposed price controls on certain goods to control inflation.

A decline in international demand for Argentine products, a lack of stability and competitiveness of the Argentine peso against other currencies, a decline in confidence among consumers and foreign and domestic investors, a higher rate of inflation and future political uncertainties, among other factors, may affect the development of the Argentine economy, which could lead to reduced demand for our services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Exposure to multiple provincial and municipal legislation and regulations could adversely affect our business or results of operations.

Argentina is a federal country with 23 provinces and one autonomous city (Buenos Aires), each of which, under the Argentine national constitution, has full power to enact legislation concerning taxes and other matters. Likewise, within each province, municipal governments have broad powers to regulate such matters. Due to the fact that our delivery centers are located in multiple provinces, we are also subject to multiple provincial and municipal legislation and regulations. Although we have not experienced any material adverse effects from this, future developments in provincial and municipal legislation concerning taxes, provincial regulations or other matters may adversely affect our business or results of operations.

Risks Related to the Offering and Our Common Shares

There is no previous public market for the sale of our common shares and the price of our common shares may be highly volatile.

We have not previously had any securities traded on any exchange and, as a result, have no trading history. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our common shares will create or be able to maintain an active trading market, or how liquid that market will be in the future. The market price of our common shares may be volatile and may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

the failure of financial analysts to cover our common shares or changes in financial estimates by analysts;
actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our common shares or the shares of our competitors;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;
future sales of our common shares; and
investor perceptions of us and the industries in which we operate.

In addition, the equity markets in general have experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common shares, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of certain companies’ securities, securities class action litigation has been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Holders of our common shares may experience losses due to increased volatility in the U.S. capital markets.

The U.S. capital markets have recently experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance or results of operations of those companies. These broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, as well as volatility in international capital markets, may cause the market price of our common shares to decline.

In addition, on August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor's Ratings Services (“S&P”) lowered the long-term sovereign credit rating of the U.S. government debt obligations from AAA to AA+. On November 28, 2011, Fitch Ratings downgraded its U.S. Government rating outlook to negative and stated that a downgrade of the U.S. sovereign credit rating would occur without a credible plan in place by 2013 to reduce the U.S. Government's deficit. These actions initially have had an adverse effect on capital markets in the United States and elsewhere, contributing to volatility and decreases in prices of many securities trading on the U.S. national exchanges, such as the NYSE. Further downgrades to the U.S. Government's sovereign credit rating by any rating agency, as well as negative changes to the perceived creditworthiness of U.S. Government-related obligations, could have a material adverse impact on financial markets and economic conditions in the United States and worldwide. Any volatility in the capital markets in the United States or in other developed countries, whether resulting from a downgrade of the sovereign credit rating of U.S. debt obligations or otherwise, may have an adverse effect on the price of our common shares.

We will have broad discretion in how to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering and we may not apply the proceeds to uses with which all our shareholders agree or that produce income.

We have no specific allocation for the net proceeds we receive in this offering, and our management retains the right to utilize the net proceeds as it determines. We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay indebtedness, for capital expenditures, for future strategic acquisitions of, or investments in, other businesses or technologies that we believe will complement our current business and expansion strategies, and for general corporate and working capital purposes. We cannot assure you that management will be able to use the proceeds to effectively continue the growth of our business or that management will use the proceeds in a manner with which all our shareholders will agree. Pending their use, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, but such investments may not produce income or may lose value.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of the common shares you purchase and you may face future dilution.

The initial public offering price for our common shares will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per common share as of March 31, 2014. Purchasers of our common shares in this offering will therefore incur an immediate and substantial dilution of $     in the net tangible book value per common share from the initial public offering price of $     per common share. This dilution is due in large part to

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their common shares. In addition, we have issued options to acquire common shares. To the extent these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. Moreover, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares from us or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution. See “Dilution.”

We may be classified by the Internal Revenue Service as a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”), which may result in adverse tax consequences for U.S. investors.

We believe that we will not be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year and do not expect to become one in the foreseeable future. However, because PFIC status depends upon the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our assets (including, among others, less than 25% owned equity investments) from time to time, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. Because we have valued goodwill based on the market value of our equity, a decrease in the price of our common shares may also result in our becoming a PFIC. The composition of our income and our assets will also be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash raised in this offering. Under circumstances where the cash is not deployed for active purposes, our risk of becoming a PFIC may increase. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. investor held common shares, certain adverse tax consequences could apply to such U.S. investor. See “Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive foreign investment company rules.”

We may need additional capital after this offering and we may not be able to obtain it.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations, revolving line of credit and the proceeds to us from this offering will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If these resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain another credit facility. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations.

Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including:

investors’ perception of, and demand for, securities of technology services companies;
conditions of the U.S. capital markets and other capital markets in which we may seek to raise funds;
our future results of operations and financial condition;
government regulation of foreign investment in the United States, Europe, and Latin America; and
global economic, political and other conditions in jurisdictions in which we do business.

Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and principal shareholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions or adversely affect the trading price of our common shares.

On the closing date of this offering our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding common shares and will own options that will enable them to own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding common shares assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares. As a result, these shareholders will continue to have substantial control over us and be able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, and will have significant influence over our management and policies. This concentration of influence could be disadvantageous to other shareholders with interests different from those of our officers, directors and principal shareholders. For example, our officers, directors and principal shareholders could delay or prevent an acquisition or merger even if the transaction would benefit other shareholders. In addition, this significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common shares because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning shares in companies with principal shareholders.

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected by the increased strain on our resources from complying with the reporting, disclosure, and other requirements applicable to public companies in the United States promulgated by the U.S. government, NYSE or other relevant regulatory authority.

Compliance with existing, new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements adds uncertainty to our compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance. Changing laws, regulations and standards include those relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new SEC regulations and NYSE listing guidelines. These laws, regulations and guidelines may lack specificity and are subject to varying interpretations. Their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. In particular, our efforts to comply with certain sections of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”) and the related regulations regarding required assessment of internal controls over financial reporting and, when we cease being an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act and become subject to Section 404(b), our external auditor’s audit of that assessment requires the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. We also expect the regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly.

Existing, new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions to such governance standards. Our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. In addition, new laws, regulations and standards regarding corporate governance may make it more difficult for our company to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Further, our board members and senior management could face an increased risk of personal liability in connection with their performance of duties. As a result, we may face difficulties attracting and retaining qualified board members and senior management, which could harm our business. If we fail to comply with new or changed laws or regulations and standards differ, our business and reputation may be harmed.

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 could have a material adverse effect on our business and common share price.

As a public company, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, which will require management assessments and certifications of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remedy in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. In addition, when we cease being an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act and become subject to Section 404(b), our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting but may not be able or willing to issue an unqualified report. If we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we cannot be certain as to the timing of remediation actions and testing or their effect on our operations because there is presently no precedent available by which to measure compliance adequacy.

If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, our independent auditors (when we become subject to Section 404(b)) are unable to provide us with an unqualified report as required by Section 404, or we are required to restate our financial statements, we may fail to meet our public reporting obligations and investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common shares.

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our exemption as a “foreign private issuer” from certain rules under the U.S. securities laws may result in less information about us being available to investors than for U.S. companies, which may result in our common shares being less attractive to investors.

As a “foreign private issuer” in the United States. we are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than U.S. companies. As a “foreign private issuer,” we are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that impose certain disclosure obligations and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our common shares. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as companies that are not foreign private issuers whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to information they deem important, which may result in our common shares being less attactive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we decide to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common shares could be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act. We are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 including the additional level of review of our internal controls over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our those controls over financial reporting.

As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We will remain an emerging growth company until the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing date of this offering, though we may cease to be an emerging growth company earlier under certain circumstances, If the market value of our common shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time and we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 12 months and have filed at least one annual report pursuant to such reporting requirements or if our revenues exceed $1 billion in a fiscal year, we would cease to be “emerging growth company” as of December 31 of that year. We would also cease to be an “emerging growth company” on the date on which we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three year period. If we take advantage of any of these exemptions, investors may find our common shares less attractive as a result, which, in turn, could lead to a less active trading market for our common shares and volatility in our share price.

We do not plan to declare dividends, and our ability to do so will be affected by restrictions under Luxembourg law.

We have not declared dividends in the past and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future. In addition, both our articles of association and the Luxembourg law of August 10, 1915 on commercial companies as amended from time to time ( loi du 10 août 1915 sur les sociétés commerciales telle que modifiée ) (“Luxembourg Corporate Law”) require a general meeting of shareholders to approve any dividend distribution except as set forth below.

Our ability to declare dividends under Luxembourg law is subject to the availability of distributable earnings or available reserves, including share premium. Moreover, if we declare dividends in the future, we may not be able to pay them more frequently than annually. As permitted by Luxembourg Corporate Law, our articles of association authorize the declaration of dividends more frequently than annually by the board of directors in the form of interim dividends so long as the amount of such interim dividends does not exceed total net profits made since the end of the last financial year for which the annual accounts have been approved, plus any profits carried forward and sums drawn from reserves available for this purpose, less the aggregate of the prior year’s accumulated losses, the amounts to be set aside for the reserves required by law or by our articles of association for the prior year, and the estimated tax due on such earnings.

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are a holding company and depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments, which they may not be able to do.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations. We have no relevant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by covenants in our or their financing agreements or by the law of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we will be unable to distribute dividends. We do not intend to seek to obtain funds from other sources to pay dividends. See “— Risks Related to Operating in Latin America and Argentina — Argentina — Restrictions on transfers of foreign currency and the repatriation of capital from Argentina may impair our ability to receive dividends and distributions from, and the proceeds of any sale of, our assets in Argentina.”

Our shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests than they would as shareholders of a U.S. corporation, which could adversely impact trading in our common shares and our ability to conduct equity financings.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of association and the laws of Luxembourg, including the laws governing joint stock companies. The rights of our shareholders and the responsibilities of our directors and officers under Luxembourg law are different from those applicable to a corporation incorporated in the United States. There may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by or about U.S. issuers. In addition, Luxembourg law governing the securities of Luxembourg companies may not be as extensive as those in effect in the United States, and Luxembourg law and regulations in respect of corporate governance matters might not be as protective of minority shareholders as state corporation laws in the United States. Therefore, our shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in connection with actions taken by our directors and officers or our principal shareholders than they would as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in the United States.

Neither our articles of association nor Luxembourg law provides for appraisal rights for dissenting shareholders in certain extraordinary corporate transactions that may otherwise be available to shareholders under certain U.S. state laws. As a result of these differences, our shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests than they would as shareholders of a U.S. issuer.

Holders of our common shares may not be able to exercise their pre-emptive subscription rights and may suffer dilution of their shareholding in the event of future common share issuances.

Under Luxembourg Corporate Law, our shareholders benefit from a pre-emptive subscription right on the issuance of common shares for cash consideration. However, the general meeting of shareholders will, in accordance with Luxembourg law, waive and suppress and authorize the board to suppress, waive or limit any pre-emptive subscription rights of shareholders provided by Luxembourg law to the extent the board deems such suppression, waiver or limitation advisable for any issuance or issuances of common shares within the scope of our authorized share capital prior to the closing. Such common shares may be issued above, at or below market value as well as by way of incorporation of available reserves (including premium). In addition, a shareholder may not be able to exercise the shareholder’s pre-emptive right on a timely basis or at all, unless the shareholder complies with Luxembourg Corporate Law and applicable laws in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder is resident, particularly in the United States. As a result, the shareholding of such shareholders may be materially diluted in the event common shares are issued in the future. Moreover, in the case of an increase in capital by a contribution in kind, no pre-emptive rights of the existing shareholders exist.

We are organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and it may be difficult for you to obtain or enforce judgments or bring original actions against us or our executive officers and directors in the United States.

We are organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. The majority of our assets are located outside the United States. Furthermore, the majority of our directors and officers and some experts named in this prospectus reside outside the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. Investors may not be able to effect service of process within the United States upon

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

us or these persons or to enforce judgments obtained against us or these persons in U.S. courts, including judgments in actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Likewise, it may also be difficult for an investor to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against us or these persons in courts located in jurisdictions outside the United States, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. It may also be difficult for an investor to bring an original action in a Luxembourg court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us or these persons. Furthermore, Luxembourg law does not recognize a shareholder’s right to bring a derivative action on behalf of the company except in limited cases.

As there is no treaty in force on the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters between the United States and the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, courts in Luxembourg will not automatically recognize and enforce a final judgment rendered by a U.S. court. A valid judgment in civil or commercial matters obtained from a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States may be entered and enforced through a court of competent jurisdiction in Luxembourg, subject to compliance with the enforcement procedures ( exequatur ). The enforceability in Luxembourg courts of judgments rendered by U.S. courts will be subject prior any enforcement in Luxembourg to the procedure and the conditions set forth in the Luxembourg procedural code, which conditions may include the following as of the date of this prospectus (which may change):

the judgment of the U.S. court is final and enforceable ( exécutoire ) in the United States;
the U.S. court had jurisdiction over the subject matter leading to the judgment (that is, its jurisdiction was in compliance both with Luxembourg private international law rules and with the applicable domestic U.S. federal or state jurisdictional rules);
the U.S. court has applied to the dispute the substantive law that would have been applied by Luxembourg courts;
the judgment was granted following proceedings where the counterparty had the opportunity to appear and, if it appeared, to present a defense, and the decision of the foreign court must not have been obtained by fraud, but in compliance with the rights of the defendant;
the U.S. court has acted in accordance with its own procedural laws;
the judgment of the U.S. court does not contravene Luxembourg international public policy; and
the U.S. court proceedings were not of a criminal or tax nature.

Under our articles of association and also pursuant to separate indemnification agreements, we indemnify our directors for and hold them harmless against all claims, actions, suits or proceedings brought against them, subject to limited exceptions. The rights and obligations among or between us and any of our current or former directors and officers are generally governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and subject to the jurisdiction of the Luxembourg courts, unless such rights or obligations do not relate to or arise out of their capacities listed above. Although there is doubt as to whether U.S. courts would enforce such provision in an action brought in the United States under U.S. federal or state securities laws, such provision could make enforcing judgments obtained outside Luxembourg more difficult to enforce against our assets in Luxembourg or jurisdictions that would apply Luxembourg law.

Luxembourg insolvency laws may offer our shareholders less protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency laws.

As a company organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and with its registered office in Luxembourg, we are subject to Luxembourg insolvency laws in the event any insolvency proceedings are initiated against us including, among other things, Council Regulation (EC) No. 1346/2000 of May 29, 2000 on insolvency proceedings. Should courts in another European country determine that the insolvency laws of that country apply to us in accordance with and subject to such EU regulations, the courts in that country could have jurisdiction over the insolvency proceedings initiated against us. Insolvency laws in Luxembourg or the relevant other European country, if any, may offer our shareholders less protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency laws and make it more difficult for them to recover the amount they could expect to recover in a liquidation under U.S. insolvency laws.

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, all statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including, without limitation, those regarding our future financial position and results of operations, strategy, plans, objectives, goals and targets, future developments in the markets in which we operate or are seeking to operate or anticipated regulatory changes in the markets in which we operate or intend to operate. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “guidance,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “projected,” “should” or “will” or the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology.

Before you invest in our common shares, you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including the information set forth under “Risk Factors.” We believe our primary challenges are:

If we are unable to maintain current resource utilization rates and productivity levels, our revenues, profit margins and results of operations may be adversely affected;
If we are unable to manage attrition and attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals, we may not have the necessary resources to maintain client relationships, and competition for such IT professionals could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;
If the pricing structures we use for our client contracts are based on inaccurate expectations and assumptions regarding the cost and complexity of performing our work, our contracts could be unprofitable;
We may not be able to achieve our anticipated growth, which could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of operations, business and prospects;
We may be unable to effectively manage our rapid growth, which could place significant strain on our management personnel, systems and resources;
If we were to lose the services of our senior management team or other key employees, our business operations, competitive position, client relationships, revenues and results of operation may be adversely affected.
If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, we may lose clients and not remain competitive, which could cause our results of operations to suffer;
If any of our largest clients terminates, decreases the scope of, or fails to renew its business relationship or short-term contract with us, our revenues, business and results of operations may be adversely affected;
We derive a significant portion of our revenues from clients located in the United States and, to a lesser extent, Europe. Worsening general economic conditions in the United States, Europe or globally could materially adversely affect our revenues, margins, results of operations and financial condition;
Uncertainty concerning the instability in the current economic, political and social environment in Argentina may have an adverse impact on capital flows and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;
Argentina’s regulations on proceeds from the export of services may increase our exposure to fluctuations in the value of the Argentine peso, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our operations and the market price of our common shares. The imposition in the future of additional regulations on proceeds collected outside Argentina for services rendered to non-Argentine residents or of export duties and controls could also have an adverse effect on us; and
Our greater than 5% shareholders, directors and executive officers and entities affiliated with them will beneficially own approximately   % of our outstanding common shares after this offering,

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

which includes approximately   %,     % and   % of our outstanding common shares after this offering which will be owned by affiliates of WPP, Riverwood Capital and FTV Capital, respectively. These insiders will therefore continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions, such as approval of key transactions, including a change of control.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are based on numerous assumptions. Our actual results of operations, financial condition and the development of events may differ materially from (and be more negative than) those made in, or suggested by, the forward-looking statements. Investors should read “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and the description of our business under “Business” in this prospectus for a more complete discussion of the factors that could affect us.

Unless required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or developments or otherwise.

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CURRENCY PRESENTATION AND DEFINITIONS

In this prospectus, all references to “U.S. dollars” and “$” are to the lawful currency of the United States, all references to “Argentine pesos” are to the lawful currency of the Republic of Argentina, all references to “Colombian pesos” are to the lawful currency of the Republic of Colombia, all references to “Uruguayan pesos” are to the lawful currency of the Eastern Republic of Uruguay and all references to “euro” or “€” are to the single currency of the participating member states of the European and Monetary Union of the Treaty Establishing the European Community, as amended from time to time. All references to the “pound,” “British Sterling pound” or “£” are to the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

Unless otherwise specified or the context requires otherwise in this prospectus:

“IT” refers to information technology;
“ISO” means the International Organization for Standardization, which develops and publishes international standards in a variety of technologies and in the IT services sector;
“ISO 9001:2008” means a quality management software developed by the ISO designed to help companies ensure they meet the standards of customers and other stakeholders;
“Agile development methodologies” means a group of software development methods based on iterative and incremental development, where requirements and solutions evolve through collaboration between self-organizing, cross-functional teams; and
“Attrition Rate,” during a specific period, refers to the ratio of IT professionals that left our company during the period to the number of IT professionals that were on our payroll on the last day of the period.

“GLOBANT” and its logo are our trademarks. Solely for convenience, we refer to our trademarks in this prospectus without the TM and ® symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks. Other service marks, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Our financial statements are prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and presented in U.S. dollars because the U.S. dollar is our functional currency. Our fiscal year ends on December 31 of each year. Accordingly, all references to a particular year are to the year ended December 31 of that year. Some percentages and amounts included in this prospectus have been rounded for ease of presentation. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables may not be an exact arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them.

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRESENTATION OF INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

In this prospectus, we rely on, and refer to, information regarding our business and the markets in which we operate and compete. The market data and certain economic and industry data and forecasts used in this prospectus were obtained from International Data Corporation (“IDC”), Gartner, Inc. (“Gartner”), internal surveys, market research, governmental and other publicly available information, independent industry publications and reports prepared by industry consultants. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We believe that these industry publications, surveys and forecasts are reliable, but we have not independently verified them and cannot guarantee their accuracy or completeness.

Certain market share information and other statements presented herein regarding our position relative to our competitors are not based on published statistical data or information obtained from independent third parties, but reflect our best estimates. We have based these estimates upon information obtained from our clients, trade and business organizations and associations and other contacts in the industries in which we operate.

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $   million, assuming an initial public offering price of $   per common share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price per common share would increase (decrease) our net proceeds, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, by $   million.

The principal reasons for this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our common shares. We intend to use the net proceeds as follows:

approximately $10 – 12 million to repay all or part of our U.S. subsidiary’s working capital facility with Bridge Bank, as well as certain lines of credit of our principal Argentine subsidiary. Advances under the working capital facility accrue interest at Bridge Bank’s prime rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 3.25% to 4.00%, depending on the amounts drawn, which is due monthly, and the maturity date of the facility is May 6, 2015. Our principal Argentine subsidiary’s lines of credit are denominated in Argentine pesos and bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 7.0% to 21.5% and have maturity dates ranging from June 2014 to December 2017;
approximately $12 – 18 million for capital expenditures associated with investments in new offices and IT infrastructure to support our planned growth;
approximately $15 – 20 million for future strategic acquisitions of, or investments in, other businesses or technologies that we believe will complement our current business and expansion strategies. We have no definitive agreements or understandings with respect to any such acquisitions or investments, however, we continue to seek new acquisition opportunities; and
any remaining amount for general corporate and working capital purposes.

However, we have no specific allocation for the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering, and our management retains the right to utilize the net proceeds as it determines. The actual allocation of our resources to the above or other uses will depend on the needs and opportunities that our management perceives at the time of allocation.

Pending such use, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a diversified portfolio of short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, such as certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements, commercial paper, government obligations and sovereign and corporate bonds.

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling shareholders.

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2014:

on an actual basis; and
on an as adjusted basis to reflect the sale by us of    common shares in this offering, at an assumed public offering price of $   per common share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

This table should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

   
  As of March 31, 2014
     Actual   As Adjusted (1)
     (in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents (2)   $ 13,191     $  
Borrowings
                 
Current   $ 815     $  
Non-current     10,373           
Total borrowings (3)   $ 11,188     $  
Capital and reserves
                 
Issued and paid-in capital   $ 34,794           
Additional paid-in capital     12,476           
Foreign currency translation reserve     (124 )           
Retained earnings     15,761        
Equity attributable to owners of the company     62,907        
Non-controlling interests     544  
Total equity   $ 63,451     $  
Total capitalization   $ 74,639     $         

(1) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $   per common share, which is the mid-point of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization by approximately $    , assuming that the number of common shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2) Cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2014, as adjusted, reflects the payment of approximately $   of our estimated offering expenses as of the date of this prospectus.
(3) Of such total borrowings, $9.4 million were drawn under our U.S. subsidiary’s working capital facility with Bridge Bank that is secured by all of its trade receivables, equipment, inventory, and certain other personal property.

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

Dilution is the amount by which the portion of the offering price per common share paid by the purchasers of our common shares in this offering exceeds the net tangible book value per common share after the offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 was $  , or $   per common share. Pro forma net tangible book value per common share is determined by dividing our tangible net worth, total tangible assets less total liabilities, by the aggregate number of common shares outstanding.

After giving effect to the issue and sale by us of the common shares in this offering, at an assumed public offering price of $   per common share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the receipt and application of the net proceeds to us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 would have been $  , or $   per common share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing shareholders of $   per common share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $   per common share.

The following table illustrates this per common share dilution:

 
Assumed initial offering price   $     
Pro forma net tangible book value per common share as of March 31, 2014   $     
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per common share attributable to new investors   $     
Pro forma net tangible book value per common share after offering   $     
Dilution per common share to new investors   $     

Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per common share after the offering from the initial public offering price per common share.

The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis, as of December 31, 2013, the number of common shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, and the average price per common share paid, or to be paid, by existing shareholders and by the new investors, at an assumed public offering price of $   per common share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, and offering expenses payable by us:

         
  Common Shares Purchased   Total Consideration   Average Price Per Common Share
     Number   Percent   Number   Percent
Selling shareholders                                             
New investors                                             
Total                                             

Sales by the selling shareholders in this offering will reduce the number of common shares held by existing shareholders to   , or approximately   %, and will increase the number of common shares to be purchased by new investors to   , or approximately   %, of the total common shares outstanding after the offering.

The foregoing tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option or of share options outstanding as of March 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2014, 13,702,112 common shares were subject to outstanding options, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.3167 per common share. To the extent these options are exercised there will be further dilution to new investors.

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXCHANGE RATES

A significant portion of our operating income is exposed to foreign exchange fluctuations. We are primarily exposed to fluctuations in the exchange rates among the U.S. dollar and the Argentine peso. See also “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

Argentine Pesos

From April 1, 1991 until the end of 2001, the Convertibility Law No. 23,928 and Regulatory Decree No. 529/91 (together, the “Convertibility Law”) established a fixed exchange rate under which the Argentine Central Bank was obliged to sell U.S. dollars at a fixed rate of one Argentina peso per U.S. dollar. On January 6, 2002, the Argentine Congress enacted the the Public Emergency and Exchange Regime Reform Act (the “Public Emergency Law”), which suspended certain provisions of the Convertibility Law, including the fixed exchange rate of one Argentine peso to $1.00, and granted the executive branch of the Argentine government the power to set the exchange rate between the Argentine peso and foreign currencies and to issue regulations related to the foreign exchange market. Following a brief period during which the Argentine government established a temporary dual exchange rate system, pursuant to the Public Emergency Law, the Argentine peso has been allowed to float against other currencies with periodic intervention by the Argentine Central Bank. In recent years, increasing inflation is generating pressure for further depreciation of the Argentine peso. The Argentine peso depreciated 10.1% against the U.S. dollar in 2009, 4.7% in 2010, 8.0% in 2011, 14.4% in 2012 and 32.5% in 2013. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Argentine pesos depreciated 22.8% against the U.S. dollar. The significant restrictions on the purchase of foreign exchange have given rise to the development of an implied rate of exchange and to an increase in the sale price in Argentine pesos of securities denominated in foreign currency. The implied rate of exchange may increase or decrease in the future. We cannot predict future fluctuations in the exchange rate of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar.

The following table sets forth the annual high, low, average and period-end official exchange rates for the periods indicated, expressed in Argentine pesos per U.S. dollar and not adjusted for inflation according to the Argentine Central Bank. We cannot assure you that the Argentine peso will not depreciate or appreciate again in the future. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York does not report a noon buying rate for Argentine pesos.

       
  Exchange Rate
     High   Low   Average   Period End
     (Argentine peso per U.S. dollar)
Year Ended December 31,
                                
2009     3.85       3.45       3.73       3.80  
2010     3.99       3.79       3.91       3.98  
2011     4.30       3.97       4.13       4.30  
2012     4.92       4.30       4.55       4.92  
2013                                 
November 2013     6.14       5.92       6.01       6.14  
December 2013     6.52       6.15       6.33       6.52  
January 2014     8.02       6.54       7.10       8.02  
February 2014     8.02       7.76       7.86       7.88  
March 2014     8.01       7.87       7.93       8.01  
April 2014     8.00       8.00       8.00       8.00  
May 2014 (through May 22, 2014)     8.06       8.00       8.03       8.06  

Source: Argentine Central Bank

The official exchange rate on May 22, 2014 was 8.06 Argentine pesos to $1.00.

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary consolidated financial and other data of Globant S.A. should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Globant S.A. included elsewhere in this prospectus and should be read in conjunction with those audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. Our summary consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2011 set forth below was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for the year end December 31, 2012, which are not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 are derived from the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements of Globant S.A. included elsewhere in this prospectus and should be read in conjunction with those unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financials statements and, in the opinion of our management, include all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth therein. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014 or any other future period.

         
  Three months
ended March 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011
  (in thousands,
except for percentages
and per share data)
  (in thousands,
except for percentages
and per share data)
Consolidated Statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income:
                                      
Revenues   $ 43,125     $ 34,351     $ 158,324     $ 128,849     $ 90,073  
Cost of revenues (1)     (26,359 )       (22,076 )       (99,603 )       (80,612 )       (53,604 )  
Gross profit     16,766       12,275       58,721       48,237       36,469  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (2)     (12,941 )       (11,567 )       (54,841 )       (47,680 )       (26,538 )  
Impairment of tax credits     (416 )             (9,579 )              
Profit (Loss) from operations     3,409       708       (5,699 )       557       9,931  
Gain on transaction with bonds (3)     2,606       3,107       29,577              
Finance income     4,516       123       4,435       378        
Finance expense     (5,458 )       (862 )       (10,040 )       (2,687 )       (1,151 )  
Finance expense, net (4)     (942 )       (739 )       (5,605 )       (2,309 )       (1,151 )  
Other income and expenses, net (5)     (33 )             1,505       291       (3 )  
Profit (Loss) before income tax     5,040       3,076       19,778       (1,461 )       8,777  
Income tax (6)     (1,616 )       (687 )       (6,009 )       160       (1,689 )  
Profit (Loss) for the period/year     3,424       2,389       13,769     $ (1,301 )     $ 7,088  
Earnings (Loss) per share:
                                      
Basic     0.01       0.01       0.04     $ (0.01 )     $ 0.02  
Diluted     0.01       0.01       0.04     $ (0.01 )     $ 0.02  
Weighted average number of outstanding shares (in thousands)
                                   
Basic     347,942       332,148       334,687       327,458       324,230  
Diluted     359,478       357,127       346,611       327,458       324,230  
Other data:
                                      
Adjusted gross profit (7)   $ 17,625     $ 12,989     $ 62,126     $ 54,845     $ 38,014  
Adjusted gross profit margin percentage (7)     40.9 %       37.8 %       39.2 %       42.6 %       42.2 %  
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses (7)   $ (11,999 )     $ (10,570 )     $ (50,297 )     $ (37,809 )     $ (25,584 )  
Adjusted profit from operations (8)     3,833       790       4,673       12,266       9,931  
Adjusted profit from operations margin percentage (8)     8.9 %       2.3 %       3.0 %       9.5 %       11.0 %  
Adjusted profit for the period/year (9)   $ 3,432     $ 2,471     $ 14,562     $ 10,408     $ 7,088  
Adjusted profit margin percentage for the period/year (9)     8.0 %       7.2 %       9.2 %       8.1 %       7.9 %  

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $855, $681, $3,215, $1,964 and $1,545 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also includes transactions with related parties for an amount of $2,901 and $1,169 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There were no related party transactions for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2013. Finally, includes share-based compensation expense of $4, $33, $190 and $4,644 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There was no share-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(2) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $938, $948, $3,941, $2,806 and $954 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also includes transactions with related parties for an amount of $1,381 and $931 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There were no related party transactions for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2013. Finally, includes share-based compensation expense of $4, $49, $603 and $7,065 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There was no share-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(3) Includes gain on transactions with bonds of $2,606 from proceeds received by our Argentine subsidiaries through capitalizations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and gains on transactions with bonds of $3,107 and $29,577 from proceeds received by our Argentine subsidiaries as payments from exports for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.
(4) Includes net foreign exchange loss of $1,169 and $334 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $4,238, $1,098 and $548 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(5) Includes a $1,703 gain on remeasurement of the contingent consideration related to the acquisition of TerraForum for the year ended December 31, 2013.
(6) Includes deferred tax of $529, $2,479 and $109 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(7) To supplement our gross profit presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted gross profit, which is adjusted from gross profit, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in cost of revenues. For a reconciliation of gross profit to adjusted gross profit, see footnote 9. We also present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted gross profit margin percentage, which reflects adjusted gross profit margin as a percentage of revenues. To supplement our selling, general and administrative expenses presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses, which is adjusted from selling, general and administrative expenses, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in selling, general and administrative expenses. For a reconciliation of selling, general and administrative expenses to adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses, see footnote 8. We believe that excluding such depreciation and amortization and share-based compensation expense amounts from gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues from gross profit margin helps investors compare us and similar companies that exclude depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense from gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues from gross profit margin. These non-IFRS financial measures are provided as additional information to enhance investors’ overall understanding of the historical and current financial performance of our operations. These non-IFRS financial measures should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with IFRS, but should not be considered as substitutes for or superior to IFRS results. In addition, our calculation of these non-IFRS financial measures may be different from the calculation used by other companies, and therefore comparability may be limited.
(8) To supplement our profit (loss) from operations presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit from operations, which is adjusted from profit from operations, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude share-based compensation expense and impairment of tax credits. For a reconciliation of profit from operations, to adjusted profit from operations, see footnote 9. In addition, we present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit from operations margin

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

percentage, which reflects adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of revenues. These non-IFRS financial measures are provided as additional information to enhance investors’ overall understanding of the historical and current financial performance of our operations. These non-IFRS financial measures should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with IFRS, but should not be considered as substitutes for or superior to IFRS results. In addition, our calculation of these non-IFRS financial measures may be different from the calculation used by other companies, and therefore comparability may be limited.
(9) To supplement our profit (loss) presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit for the year, which is adjusted from profit (loss) for the year, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude share-based compensation expense. In addition, we present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit margin percentage for the year, which reflects adjusted profit for the year as a percentage of revenues. These non-IFRS financial measures are provided as additional information to enhance investor’s overall understanding of the historical and current financial performance of our operations. These non-IFRS financial measures should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with IFRS, but should not be considered as substitutes for or superior to IFRS results. In addition, our calculation of these non-IFRS financial measures may be different from the calculation used by other companies, and therefore comparability may be limited.

         
  Three months ended March 31,   Year ended
December 31,
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011
  (in thousands, except for
percentages)
  (in thousands, except for
percentages)
Reconciliation of adjusted gross profit
                                            
Gross profit   $ 16,766     $ 12,275     $ 58,721     $ 48,237     $ 36,469  
Adjustments
                                            
Depreciation and amortization expense     855       681       3,215       1,964       1,545  
Share-based compensation expense     4     $ 33       190       4,644        
Adjusted gross profit   $ 17,625     $ 12,989     $ 62,126     $ 54,845     $ 38,014  
Reconciliation of adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses
                                            
Selling, general and administrative expenses   $ (12,941 )     $ (11,567 )     $ (54,841 )     $ (47,680 )     $ (26,538 )  
Adjustments
                                            
Depreciation and amortization expense     938       948       3,941       2,806       954  
Share-based compensation expense     4       49       603       7,065        
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses   $ (11,999 )     $ (10,570 )       (50,297 )     $ (37,809 )     $ (25,584 )  
Reconciliation of adjusted profit from operations
                                            
Profit (Loss) from operations   $ 3,409     $ 708     $ (5,699 )     $ 557     $ 9,931  
Adjustments
                                         
Impairment of tax credits     416             9,579              
Share-based compensation expense     8       82       793       11,709        
Adjusted profit from operations   $ 3,833     $ 790     $ 4,673     $ 12,266     $ 9,931  
Reconciliation of adjusted profit for the period/year
                                            
Profit (loss) for the period/year   $ 3,424     $ 2,389     $ 13,769     $ (1,301 )     $ 7,088  
Adjustments
                                            
Share-based compensation expense     8       82       793       11,709        
Adjusted profit for the period/year   $ 3,432     $ 2,471     $ 14,562     $ 10,408     $ 7,088  

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
  As of March 31,   As of December 31,
  2014   2013   2012   2011
  (in thousands)   (in thousands)
Consolidated statements of financial position data:
                                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 13,191     $ 17,051     $ 7,685     $ 7,013  
Restricted cash equivalent     361                    
Investments     11,493       9,634       914       2,234  
Trade receivables     34,390       34,418       27,847       19,865  
Other receivables (current and non-current)     12,863       12,333       17,997       13,735  
Deferred tax assets     3,406       3,117       2,588       109  
Investment in associates     450                    
Other financial assets     984       1,284              
Property and equipment     15,952       14,723       10,865       8,540  
Intangible assets     5,786       6,141       4,305       1,488  
Goodwill     13,128       13,046       9,181       6,389  
Total assets   $ 112,004     $ 111,747     $ 81,382     $ 59,373  
Trade payables     4,499     $ 8,016     $ 3,994     $ 2,848  
Payroll and social security taxes payable     17,994       17,823       13,703       9,872  
Borrowings (current and non-current)     11,188       11,795       11,782       8,936  
Other financial liabilities (current and non-current)     8,390       8,763       6,537       4,046  
Tax liabilities     5,885       5,190       1,440       584  
Other liabilities (current and non-current)     322       24       700       69  
Provisions for contingencies     275       271       288       269  
Total liabilities   $ 48,553     $ 51,882     $ 38,444     $ 26,624  
Total equity   $ 63,451     $ 59,865     $ 42,938     $ 32,749  
Total equity and liabilities   $ 112,004     $ 111,747     $ 81,382     $ 59,373  

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Overview

We are a new-breed technology services provider focused on delivering innovative software solutions by leveraging emerging technologies and related market trends. Over the last several years, a number of new technologies and related market trends, including mobility, cloud computing and software as a service, gamification, social media, wearables, internet of things and big data have emerged that are revolutionizing the way end-users interface with information technology and are reshaping the business and competitive landscape for enterprises. As enterprises adapt their business models to benefit from these changes, they are increasingly seeking solutions that not only meet the rigorous engineering requirements of emerging technologies, but that also engage the end-user in new and powerful ways.

At Globant, we seek to deliver the optimal blend of engineering, design, and innovation to harness the potential of emerging technologies for our clients. Our commitment to this differentiated approach is reflected in three core tenets: organization by technology-specialized Studios; emphasis on a collaborative and open Culture; and Innovation and creativity in technology and design.

Our Studios embody our core competencies in cutting-edge technologies and practices, including: Consumer Experience, Gaming, Big Data and High Performance, Quality Engineering, Enterprise Consumerization, UX and Social, Mobile, Wearables and Internet of Things, After Going Live, Digital Content, Product Innovation, and Cloud Computing and Infrastructure. We believe that our Studio model, rather than the more typical industry vertical segmentation, allows us to optimize our expertise in emerging technologies and related market trends for our clients, regardless of their industry. Each Studio serves multiple industries and individual projects frequently involve multiple Studios.

We provide our services through a network of 25 delivery centers in Argentina, Uruguay, Colombia, Mexico and the United States, supported by two client management locations in the United States, and one client management location in each of the United Kingdom, Colombia, Uruguay, Argentina and Brazil. Our reputation for cutting-edge work for global blue chip clients and our footprint across Latin America provide us with the ability to attract and retain well-educated and talented professionals in the region. We are culturally similar to our clients and we function in similar time zones. We believe that these similarities have helped us build solid relationships with our clients in the United States and Europe and facilitate a high degree of client collaboration.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, 79.9% of our revenues were generated by clients in North America, and 7.1% of our revenues were generated by clients in Europe. In 2013, 81.4% of our revenues were generated by clients in North America, and 8.1% of our revenues were generated by our clients in Europe. Our clients include companies such as Google, Electronic Arts, JWT, LinkedIn, Orbitz and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, each of which was among our top 10 clients by revenues for at least one Studio in 2013.

Our revenues increased from $90.1 million for 2011 to $158.3 million for 2013, representing a CAGR of 32.5% over the three-year period. Our revenues for 2013 increased by 22.9% to $158.3 million, from $128.8 million for 2012. Our profit for 2013 was $13.8 million, compared to a loss of $1.3 million for 2012, which reflected $9.3 million in share-based compensation expense, net of deferred tax, in 2012. The $15.1 million increase in profit from 2012 to 2013 includes a $29.6 million gain from transactions with BODEN received as payment for the exports of a portion of the services performed by our Argentine subsidiaries, partially offset by a $9.6 million allowance for the impairment of tax credits generated by the Software Promotion Law. See note 3.7.1.1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013. After the approximately 22% devaluation of the Argentine peso that occurred in January 2014, our U.S. subsidiary discontinued its use of BODEN transactions as payment for exports of a portion of the services performed by our Argentine subsidiaries. Our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2014 amounted to $43.1 million, an increase of $8.7 million, or 25.3%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. We

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

recorded a profit of $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31 2014, compared to a profit of $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. In 2011, 2012 and 2013, we made several acquisitions to enhance our strategic capabilities, none of which contributed a material amount to our revenues in the year the acquisition was made. See “— Corporate History.”

We were founded in 2003 and since our inception, we have benefited from strong organic growth and have built a blue chip client base comprised of leading global companies. Over that same period, we have expanded our network of delivery centers from one to 25. We have benefited from the support of our investors Riverwood Capital and FTV Capital, which have provided equity capital to support our strategic expansion and growth. In January 2012, Endeavor Global, Inc., an organization devoted to selecting, mentoring and accelerating high-impact entrepreneurs around the world, invested in our company. And, more recently, in December 2012, one of the largest marketing communications networks in the advertising industry, WPP plc, through its wholly owned subsidiary, WPP, became a shareholder of our company.

In 2006, we started working with Google. We were chosen due to our cultural affinity and innovation. While our growth has largely been organic, since 2008 we have made five complementary acquisitions. In 2008, we acquired Accendra, a Buenos Aires-based provider of software development services, in order to deepen our relationship with Microsoft and broaden our technology expertise to include SharePoint and other Microsoft technologies. That same year we also acquired Openware, a company specializing in security management based in Rosario, Argentina. In 2011, we acquired Nextive, which expanded our geographic presence in the United States and enhanced our U.S. engagement and delivery management team as well as our ability to provide comprehensive solutions in mobile technologies. In October 2012, we acquired TerraForum, an innovation consulting and software development firm in Brazil. The acquisition of TerraForum will allow us to expand into one of the largest economies in the world and to broaden our services to our clients, strengthening our position as a leader in the creation of innovative software products. In October 2013, we acquired a majority stake in the Huddle Group, a company specializing in the media and entertainment industries, with operations in Argentina, Chile and the United States.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

In the last few years, the technology industry has undergone a significant transformation due to the proliferation and accelerated adoption of several emerging technologies, including social media, mobility, cloud computing and big data, and related market trends, including enhanced user experience, personalization technology, gamification, consumerization of IT, wearables, internet of things and open collaboration. These technologies are empowering end-users and are compelling enterprises to engage and collaborate with end-users in new and powerful ways. We believe that these changes are resulting in a paradigm shift in the technology services industry and are creating demand for service providers that possess a deep understanding of these emerging technologies and related market trends.

We believe that the most significant factors affecting our results of operations include:

market demand for integrated engineering, design and innovation technology services relating to emerging technologies and related market trends;
economic conditions in the industries and countries in which our clients operate and their impact on our clients’ spending on technology services;
our ability to continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends;
expansion of our service offerings and success in cross-selling new services to our clients;
our ability to obtain new clients, increase penetration levels with our existing clients and continue to add value for our existing clients so as to create long-term relationships;
the availability of, and our ability to attract, retain and efficiently utilize, skilled IT professionals in Latin America and the United States;
operating costs in countries where we operate, particularly in Argentina where most of our employees are based;

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

capital expenditures related to the opening of new delivery centers and client management locations and improvement of existing offices;
our ability to increase our presence onsite at client locations;
the effect of wage inflation in countries where we operate and the variability in foreign exchange rates, especially relative changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso and Colombian peso;
the impact on our profit from the gain on transactions with BODEN;
the continuing ability of our Argentine subsidiaries to receive payments in-kind through BODEN; and
our ability to identify, integrate and effectively manage businesses that we may acquire.

Our results of operations in any given period are directly affected by the following additional company-specific factors:

Pricing of and margin on our services and revenue mix.   For time-and-materials contracts, the hourly rates we charge for our Globers are a key factor impacting our gross profit margins and profitability. Hourly rates vary by complexity of the project and the mix of staffing. The margin on our services is impacted by the increase in our costs in providing those services, which is influenced by wage inflation and other factors. As a client relationship matures and deepens, we seek to maximize our revenues and profitability by expanding the scope of services offered to that client and winning higher profit margin assignments. During the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, we increased our revenues attributable to sales of higher profit margin technology solutions (primarily through our Enterprise Consumerization, UX and Social and Gaming Studios). This shift in revenue mix enabled us to achieve an adjusted gross profit margin of 40.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, 39.2% for 2013, 42.6% for 2012 and 42.2% for 2011. Gross profit margin and adjusted gross profit margin percentage for the three months ended March 31, 2014 were 38.9% and 40.9%, respectively.
Our ability to deepen and expand the portfolio of services we offer through our Studios while maintaining our high standard of quality.   The breadth and depth of the services we offer through our Studios impacts our ability to grow revenues from new and existing clients. Through research and development, targeted hiring and strategic acquisitions, we have invested in broadening and deepening the domains of expertise of our Studios. Our future growth and success depend significantly on our ability to maintain the expertise of each of our Studios and to continue to innovate and to anticipate the needs of our clients and rapidly develop and maintain the expertise of each of our Studios, including relevant domain knowledge and technological capabilities required to meet those client needs, while maintaining our high standard of quality.
Recruitment, retention and management of IT professionals.   Our ability to recruit, retain and manage our IT professionals will have an effect on our gross profit margin and our results of operations. Our IT professional headcount was 3,000 as of March 31, 2014, 2912 at December 31, 2013, 2,402 at December 31, 2012 and 1,908 at December 31, 2011. We manage employee headcount and utilization based on ongoing assessments of our project pipeline and requirements for professional capabilities. An unanticipated termination of a significant project could cause us to experience lower employee utilization resulting from a higher than expected number of idle IT professionals. Our ability to effectively utilize our employees is typically improved by longer-term client relationships due to increased predictability of client needs over the course of the relationships.
Evolution of client base.   In recent years, as we have expanded significantly in the technology services industry; we have diversified our client base and reduced client concentration. In addition, consistent with our business focus on pursuing clients and markets with higher profit margins, we have increased our revenues from North American and, in some periods, European, clients, while reducing our revenues from Latin American and other clients. While our revenues attributable to our

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

top ten clients increased by 17.6% from 2011 to 2012 and 8.4% from 2012 to 2013, due to the growth of our client base, the percentage of revenues attributable to our top ten clients has declined to 39.7% in 2013 from 45.0% in 2012 and 54.7% in 2011, reflecting our ability to add new clients to our client base. Over the same period, we have increased our revenues from existing clients by expanding the scope and size of our engagements. The number of clients that each accounted for over $5.0 million of our annual revenues amounted to 5 in 2013, 6 in 2012 and 4 in 2011, and the number of clients that each accounted for at least $1.0 million of our annual revenues increased to 41 in 2013 from 32 in 2012 and 25 in 2011.
Investments in our delivery platform.   We have grown our network of delivery centers to 25 at December 31, 2013, located in 16 cities throughout six countries (Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca, Mendoza, Mar del Plata and La Plata in Argentina; Montevideo, Uruguay; Bogotá and Medellín in Colombia; São Paulo, Brazil; Mexico City, Mexico; and San Francisco in the United States) as of the date of this prospectus. We also have client management locations in the United States (San Francisco and Boston), the United Kingdom (London), Brazil (São Paulo), Uruguay (Montevideo), Colombia (Bogotá) and Argentina (Buenos Aires) that are close to the main offices of key clients. Our integrated global delivery platform allows us to deliver our services through a blend of onsite and offsite methods. We have pursued a decentralization strategy in building our network of delivery centers, recognizing the benefits of expanding into other cities in Argentina and other countries in Latin America, including the ability to attract and retain highly skilled IT professionals in increasing scale. Our ability to effectively utilize our robust delivery platform will significantly affect our results of operations in the future.
Seasonality.   Our business is seasonal and as a result, our revenues and profitability fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Our revenues tend to be higher in the third and fourth quarters of each year compared to the first and second quarters of each year due to seasonal factors. During the first quarter of each year, which includes summer months in the southern hemisphere, there is a general slowdown in business activities and a reduced number of working days for our IT professionals based in Argentina, Uruguay, Brazil and Colombia, which results in fewer hours being billed on client projects and therefore lower revenues being recognized on those projects. In addition, some of the reduction in the number of working days for our IT professionals in the first or second quarter of the year is due to the Easter holiday. Depending on whether the Easter holiday falls in March or April of a given year, the effect on our revenues and profitability due to the Easter holiday can appear either in the first or second quarter of that year. Finally, we implement annual salary increases in the second quarter of each year. Our revenues are traditionally higher, and our margins tend to increase, in the third and fourth quarters of each year, when utilization of our IT professionals is at its highest levels.
Net effect of inflation in Argentina and variability in the U.S. dollar and Argentine peso exchange rate.   Because a substantial portion of our operations is conducted from Argentina, our results of operations are subject to the net effect of inflation in Argentina and the variability in exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the Argentine peso. The impact of inflation on our salary costs, or wage inflation, and thus on our statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income varies depending on the fluctuation in exchange rates between the Argentine peso and the U.S. dollar. In an environment where the Argentine peso is weakening against the U.S. dollar, our functional currency in which a substantial portion of our revenues are denominated, the impact of wage inflation on our results of operations will decrease, whereas in an environment where the Argentine peso is strengthening against the U.S. dollar, the impact of wage inflation will increase. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Argentine peso experienced a 22.8% devaluation from 6.52 Argentine pesos per U.S. dollar to 8.01 Argentine pesos per U.S. dollar and INDEC reported an inflation rate of 9.7%. The combination of this devaluation and the inflation rate is not expected to have a significant impact on our revenues because a substantial portion of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. The devaluation, net of the impact of the inflation rate in the same period, has

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

resulted in an improvement in our operating costs, as our operating costs are primarily denominated in Argentine pesos. See “— Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Foreign Exchange Risk” and “— Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Wage Inflation Risk.”

Our results of operations are expected to benefit from government policies and regulations designed to foster the software industry in Argentina, primarily under the Software Promotion Law. For further discussion of the Software Promotion Law, see “Business — Our Delivery Model — Government Support and Incentives.”

Certain Income Statement Line Items

Revenues

Revenues are derived primarily from providing technology services to our clients, which are medium- to large-sized companies based in the United States, Europe and Latin America. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, revenues increased by 25.3% to $43.1 million from $34.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2013, revenues increased by 22.9% to $158.3 million from $128.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Between 2011 and 2013, we experienced rapid growth in demand for our services and significantly expanded our business. In 2012, revenues increased by 43.0% to $128.8 million from $90.1 million in 2011.

We perform our services primarily under time-and-material contracts (where materials costs consist of travel and out-of-pocket expenses) and, to a lesser extent, fixed-price contracts. Revenues from our time-and-material contracts represented approximately 90.5% and 78.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 84.7%, 84.4% and 86.9% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Revenues from our fixed-price contracts represented approximately 9.3% and 20.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 15.2%, 14.7% and 12.1% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We discuss below the breakdown of our revenues by client location, industry vertical and client concentration. Revenues consist of technology services revenues net of reimbursable expenses, which primarily include travel and out-of-pocket costs that are billable to clients.

Revenues by Client Location

Our revenues are sourced from three main geographic markets: North America (primarily the United States), Europe (primarily the United Kingdom) and Latin America. We present our revenues by client location based on the location of the specific client site that we serve, irrespective of the location of the headquarters of the client or the location of the delivery center where the work is performed. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we had 266 clients.

The following table sets forth revenues by client location by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated:

                   
  Three months ended
March 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011
  (in thousands;
except
for percentages)
  (in thousands;
except
for percentages)
By Geography
                                                                                      
North America   $ 34,455       79.9 %     $ 28,082       81.8 %     $ 128,843       81.4 %     $ 105,928       82.2 %     $ 75,076       83.4 %  
Europe     3,067       7.1 %       2,168       6.3 %       12,864       8.1 %       11,458       8.9 %       8,824       9.8 %  
Latin America
and other
    5,603       13.0 %       4,101       11.9 %       16,617       10.5 %       11,463       8.9 %       6,173       6.8 %  
Revenues   $ 43,125       100.0 %     $ 34,351       100.0 %     $ 158,324       100.0 %     $ 128,849       100.0 %     $ 90,073       100.0 %  

Revenues by Industry Vertical

We are a provider of technology services to enterprises in a range of industry verticals including media and entertainment, professional services, technology and telecommunications, travel and hospitality, banks,

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

financial services and insurance and consumer, retail and manufacturing, among others. The following table sets forth our revenues by industry vertical by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated:

                   
  Three months ended
March 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
     2014   2013   2013   2012   2011
          (in thousands, except for percentages)     
By Industry Vertical
                                                                                   
Technology & Telecommunications   $ 10,627       24.6 %     $ 10,810       31.5 %     $ 42,010       26.5 %     $ 37,468       29.1 %     $ 20,958       23.3 %  
Media and Entertainment     9,908       23.0 %       5,062       14.7 %       29,393       18.6 %       28,666       22.2 %       24,010       26.7 %  
Professional Services     8,022       18.6 %       6,285       18.3 %       32,187       20.3 %       25,968       20.2 %       22,939       25.5 %  
Banks, Financial Services and Insurance     5,440       12.6 %       4,702       13.7 %       20,693       13.1 %       14,403       11.2 %       6,740       7.5 %  
Consumer, Retail and Manufacturing     5,000       11.6 %       4,513       13.1 %       21,290       13.4 %       10,214       7.9 %       4,146       4.6 %  
Travel and Hospitality     3,703       8.6 %       1,914       5.6 %       10,578       6.7 %       10,893       8.5 %       10,835       12.0 %  
Other Verticals     425       1.0 %       1,065       3.1 %       2,173       1.4 %       1,237       0.9 %       445       0.4 %  
Revenues   $ 43,125       100.0 %     $ 34,351       100.0 %     $ 158,324       100.0 %     $ 128,849       100.0 %     $ 90,073       100.0 %  

Revenues by Client Concentration

We have increased our revenues by expanding the scope and size of our engagements, and we have grown our key client base primarily through our business development efforts and referrals from our existing clients.

The following table sets forth revenues contributed by our largest client, top five clients and top ten clients by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated:

                   
  Three months ended
March 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011
    
Client Concentration
                                                                                      
Top client   $ 3,055       7.1 %     $ 3,100       9.0 %     $ 10,162       6.4 %     $ 11,977       9.3 %     $ 11,461       12.7 %  
Top 5 clients     10,939       25.4 %       9,205       26.8 %       40,215       25.4 %       35,759       27.8 %       35,951       39.9 %  
Top ten clients     17,173       39.8 %       14,757       43.0 %       62,865       39.7 %       58,020       45.0 %       49,276       54.7 %  

Our focus on delivering quality to our clients is reflected in the fact that existing clients from 2012 and 2011 contributed 88.3% and 66.2% of our revenues in 2013, respectively. As evidence of the increase in scope of engagement within our client base, the number of clients that each accounted for over $5.0 million of our annual revenues remained stable (five in 2013, six in 2012 and four in 2011), and the number of clients that each accounted for at least $1.0 million of our annual revenues increased to 41 in 2013 from 32 in 2012 and 25 in 2011. The following table shows the distribution of our clients by revenues for the periods presented:

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2013   2012   2011
Over $5 Million     5       6       4  
$1 – $5 Million     36       26       21  
$0.5 – $1 Million     24       24       9  
$0.1 – $0.5 Million     66       50       45  
Less than $0.1 Million     132       96       106  
Total Clients     263       202       185  

The volume of work we perform for specific clients is likely to vary from year to year, as we are typically not any client’s exclusive external techonology services provider, and a major client in one year may not contribute the same amount or percentage of our revenues in any subsequent year.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operating Expenses

Cost of Revenues

The principal components of our cost of revenues are salaries and non-reimbursable travel costs related to the provision of services. Included in salaries are base salary, incentive-based compensation, employee benefits costs and social security taxes. Salaries of our IT professionals are allocated to cost of revenues regardless of whether they are actually performing services during a given period. Up to 70% of the amounts paid by our Argentine subsidiaries for certain social security taxes in respect of base and incentive compensation of our IT professionals is credited back to those subsidiaries under the Software Promotion Law, reducing the effective cost of social security taxes from approximately 19.0% to approximately 13.0% of the base and incentive compensation on which those contributions are calculated. For further discussion of the Software Promotion Law, see “— Income Tax Expense” below and note 3.7.1.1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Also included in cost of revenues is the portion of depreciation and amortization expense attributable to the portion of our property and equipment and intangible assets utilized in the delivery of services to our clients.

Our cost of revenues has increased since 2011 in line with the growth in our revenues and reflects the expansion of our operations in Argentina, Uruguay and Colombia, primarily due to increases in salary costs, an increase in the number of our IT professionals and the opening of new delivery centers. On October 18, 2013, with the acquisition of Huddle, we expanded our operations, adding 156 Globers. We expect that as our revenues grow, our cost of revenues will increase. Our goal is to increase revenue per head and thereby increase our gross profit margin.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses represent expenses associated with promoting and selling our services and include such items as salary of our senior management, administrative personnel and sales and marketing personnel (including commissions in the case of sales and marketing personnel), occupancy costs, legal and other professional services expenses, Argentine transaction taxes and travel costs. The credit of up to 70% for certain social security taxes paid by our Argentine subsidiaries that is provided under the Software Promotion Law as described under “— Cost of Revenues” above also extends to payments of such social security taxes in respect of salaries of personnel included in our selling, general and administrative expenses, reducing the effective cost of social security taxes as described above.

Also included in selling, general, and administrative expenses is the portion of depreciation and amortization expense attributable to the portion of our property and equipment and intangible assets utilized in our sales and administration functions.

Our selling, general and administrative expenses have increased primarily as a result of our expanding operations and the build-out of our senior and mid-level management teams to support our growth and, commencing in 2011, to help us prepare for our initial public offering. We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute terms as our business expands, as well as in connection with the related reporting and compliance costs of becoming a public company. However, as a result of our management and infrastructure investments, we believe our platform is capable of supporting the expansion of our business without a proportionate increase in our selling, general and administrative expenses, resulting in gains in operating leverage.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense (included in “Cost of Revenues” and “Selling, General and Administrative Expenses”)

Depreciation and amortization expense consists primarily of depreciation of our property and equipment (primarily leasehold improvements, servers and other equipment) and, to a lesser extent, amortization of our intangible assets, (mainly software licenses). We expect that depreciation and amortization expense will continue to increase as we open more delivery centers and client management locations.

Impairment of Tax Credits

Impairment of tax credits represents an allowance for impairment of tax credits for estimated losses resulting from substantial doubt about the recoverability of our Software Promotion Law tax credits. This allowance is determined by estimating future uses of this credit against value-added tax positions.

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gain on Transaction with Bonds

Proceeds Received as Payment for Exports

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized a gain of $29.6 million on transactions with BODEN associated with proceeds received as payment for exports of a portion of the services performed by our Argentine subsidiaries.

As discussed under “Regulatory Overview — Foreign Exchange Controls — Argentina,” since the end of 2012, the Argentine government has restricted, by means of de facto measures, Argentine persons from obtaining access to the FX Market for the purpose of purchasing foreign currency to make payments abroad, such as dividends, capital reductions, and payment for importation of services and goods. The tightening of restrictions on the purchase of foreign currency at the end of 2012 has contributed to an increase in the sale price in Argentine pesos of securities denominated in currencies other than the Argentine peso (mainly in U.S. dollars) and, thereby, widened the gap between the quoted price of BODEN in the Argentine markets (in Argentine pesos) and their quoted price in the U.S. markets (in U.S. dollars) converted for financial reporting purposes at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

In light of these developments, during 2013, our U.S. subsidiaries paid for a portion of the services provided by our Argentine subsidiaries by purchasing U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars) and delivering the acquired BODEN to our Argentine subsidiaries as payment for a portion of services rendered. After being held by our Argentine subsidiaries for between, on average, 10 to 30 days, the BODEN were sold in the Argentine markets for Argentine pesos. Our Argentine subsidiaries sell the BODEN in the Electronic Open Market ( Mercado Abierto Electrónico, or “MAE”), an authorized Argentine market subject to the regulations of the Argentine Comisión Nacional de Valores (“CNV”), through a “sell” instruction to an authorized Argentine broker-dealer. Sale and purchase orders relating to BODEN placed by broker-dealers are electronically matched through the MAE to other market participants.

When measuring the fair value of the BODEN held by our Argentine subsidiaries, we have followed the guidance of IFRS 13, which defines fair value as “the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.” In addition, IFRS 13 states that fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability either occurs in the principal market for the asset, which is defined as the market with the greatest volume and level of activity for the asset or, in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. We have identified the Argentine market as the principal market for the BODEN.

We have determined the fair value of the BODEN from direct observable information based on publicly available quotes in the Argentine market. Under the fair value hierarchy established in IFRS 13, such direct observable information is classified as Level 1 inputs because there are available unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets that we can access at the measurement date.

While BODEN trade in both the U.S. and Argentine markets, the Argentine market is considered to be the principal market for the BODEN due to the following factors:

In Argentina, the BODEN are traded in markets such as the Mercado de Valores de Buenos Aires and the MAE, each regulated by the CNV. In the United States, BODEN are traded in over-the-counter markets.
In Argentina, the trading prices and volume of BODEN trades are publicly available information, while in the United States, such information is not publicly available.

Because the fair value of the BODEN in the Argentine markets, converted at the U.S. dollar official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina (which is the rate used to convert transactions in foreign currencies into our Argentine subsidiaries’ functional currency, which is the U.S. dollar), during the year ended December 31, 2013 was higher than the quoted U.S. dollar price for the BODEN in the U.S. markets, we recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the BODEN (expressed in Argentine pesos) into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina. As a result of the devaluation of the Argentine peso in the three months ended March 31, 2014, there was a narrowing of the gap between the quoted price of BODEN in the Argentine markets (in Argentine pesos) and their quoted price in U.S. markets (in U.S. dollars) as converted

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for financial reporting purposes at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina. Consequently, after the approximately 23% devaluation of the Argentine peso that occurred in January 2014, our U.S. subsidiary discontinued its use of BODEN transactions as payment for the exports of services performed by our Argentine subsidiaries.

The rate of exchange between the Argentine peso and the U.S. dollar may increase or decrease in the future. We cannot predict future fluctuations in the exchange rate of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar. In addition, legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming, which could also affect the exchange rate. Accordingly, our gains reported on transactions with BODEN during the year ended December 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

Proceeds Received from Capital Contributions

In January 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries, with cash proceeds from capital contributions, acquired U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN and Bonos Argentinos (“BONAR”) in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars). BONAR are a form of Argentine sovereign bond with characteristics identical to BODEN. See “— Certain Income Statement Line Items — Gain on Transactions with Bonds — Proceeds Received as Payment for Exports” for more information. The capital contributions were related to capital expenditures incurred by our Argentine subsidiaries to establish delivery centers in Bahia Blanca, La Plata, and Tucuman, Argentina. The BODEN and BONAR trade both in the U.S. and Argentine markets. We consider the Argentine market to be the principal market for these bonds.

After holding the BODEN and BONAR for a certain period of time, our Argentine subsidiaries sold the BODEN and BONAR in the Argentine market. Because the fair value of the BODEN and BONAR in the Argentine markets, converted at the U.S. dollar official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina (which is the rate used to convert transactions in foreign currencies into our Argentine subsidiaries’ functional currency, which is the U.S. dollar), in January 2014 was higher than the quoted U.S. dollar price for the BODEN and BONAR in the U.S. markets, we recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the BODEN and BONAR (expressed in Argentine pesos) into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

Finance Income

Finance income consists of foreign exchange gain on monetary assets, liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and interest gains on time deposits and mutual funds.

Finance Expense

Finance expense consists of interest expense on borrowings under our U.S. subsidiary’s working capital facility and our Argentine subsidiaries’ export lines of credit, plus foreign exchange losses on monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Finance expense has increased since 2011 as we have incurred additional debt to finance capital expenditures related to the build-out and equipping of new delivery centers, improvements in existing offices where we operate, and increasing working capital needs related to the growth of our business. The increase in finance expense over that period was also attributable to the variability in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies in which we conduct our operations, which has an impact on our monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars.

Income Tax Expense

As a global company, we are required to provide for corporate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We have secured special tax benefits in Argentina and Uruguay as described below. As a result, our income tax expense is low in comparison to profit before income tax expense due to the benefit related to profit before income tax expense earned in those lower tax jurisdictions. Changes in the geographic mix or estimated level of annual pre-tax income can also affect our overall effective income tax rate. As our operations outside of Argentina and Uruguay grow, it is likely that our effective tax rate will increase.

Under the Software Promotion Law, Argentine companies that are engaged in the design, development and production of software benefit from a 60% reduction in the corporate income tax rate and a tax credit of up to 70% of amounts paid for certain social security taxes that can be applied to offset certain national tax

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

liabilities. When originally enacted in 2004, the Software Promotion Law only permitted this tax credit to be offset against liability for value-added taxes. In 2011, the Software Promotion Law was amended to permit the tax credit to be offset as well against corporate income tax liabilities up to a percentage not higher than the taxpayer’s declared percentage of exports (subject to the issuance of implementing regulations), and to extend the reduction in corporate income tax rate and the tax credit regime through 2019. On September 16, 2013, the Argentine Government published Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, which governs the implementation of the Software Promotion Law. Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 introduced specific requirements to qualify for the tax benefits contemplated by the Software Promotion Law. In particular, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 provides that from September 17, 2014 through December 31, 2019 only those companies that are accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers maintained by the Secretary of Industry will be entitled to participate in the benefits of the Software Promotion Law. In addition, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 states that the 60% reduction in corporate income tax provided under the Software Promotion Law shall only become effective as of the beginning of the fiscal year after the date on which an applicant is accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers. Accordingly, assuming that our Argentine operating subsidiaries become registered in the National Registry of Software Producers before December 31, 2014, those subsidiaries will not be entitled to the 60% reduction in corporate income tax during the period from September 17, 2014 through December 31, 2014, and it is unclear under current Argentine tax rules whether they would be permitted to apply to the period from January 1, 2014 through September 16, 2014 the lower corporate income tax rate to which they are entitled under the Software Promotion Law. If any of our Argentine operating subsidiaries is not accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers and the Special Registry of Exporters of Services until 2015, that subsidiary will only become entitled to the 60% reduction in corporate income tax from January 1, 2016. Our Argentine subsidiaries have benefited from the reduction in corporate income tax rate during the three years ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014.

The operations of the Argentine subsidiaries are our most significant source of profit before income tax.

Our subsidiary in Uruguay, which is domiciled in a tax-free zone, benefits from a 0% income tax rate and an exemption from value-added tax.

Our subsidiary in Colombia is subject to national corporate income tax at the rate of 25%. Additionally, on January 1, 2013, a new tax called Contribución Empresarial para la Equidad (“CREE”) was created, with similar characteristics to income tax. The CREE is levied on fiscal income at the rate of 9%. Both the national corporate income tax and the CREE are due on an annual basis. Our subsidiary in the United States is subject to federal income tax at the rate of 35%. Our subsidiary in the United Kingdom was subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 23%. Our subsidiary in Brazil is subject to national corporate income tax at the rate of 34%.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated. This information should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results in any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

                   
                   
  Three months ended
March 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011
  (in thousands,
except
for percentages)
  (in thousands,
except
for percentages)
Revenues   $ 43,125       100.0 %     $ 34,351       100.0 %     $ 158,324       100.0 %     $ 128,849       100.0 %     $ 90,073       100.0 %  
Cost of revenues (1)     (26,359 )       (61.1 )%       (22,076 )       (64.3 )%       (99,603 )       (62.9 )%       (80,612 )       (62.6 )%       (53,604 )       (59.5 )%  
Gross profit     16,766       38.9 %       12,275       35.7 %       58,721       37.1 %       48,237       37.4 %       36,469       40.5 %  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (2)     (12,941 )       (30.0 )%       (11,567 )       (33.7 )%       (54,841 )       (34.6 )%       (47,680 )       (37.0 )%       (26,538 )       (29.5 )%  
Impairment of tax credits     (416 )       (1.0 )%                   (9,579 )       (6.1 )%                          
Profit (Loss) from operations     3,409       7.9 %       708       2.0 %       (5,699 )       (3.6 )%       557       0.4 %       9,931       11.0 %  
Gain on transaction with bonds (3)     2,606       6.0 %       3,107       9.0 %       29,577       18.7 %             0.0 %             0.0 %  
Finance income     4,516       10.5 %       123       0.4 %       4,435       2.8 %       378       0.3 %             0.0 %  
Finance expense     (5,458 )       (12.7 )%       (862 )       (2.5 )%       (10,040 )       (6.3 )%       (2,687 )       (2.1 )%       (1,151 )       (1.3 )%  
Finance expense, net (4)     (942 )       (2.2 )%       (739 )       (2.1 )%       (5,605 )       (3.5 )%       (2,309 )       (1.8 )%       (1,151 )       (1.3 )%  
Other income and expenses, net (5)     (33 )       (0.1 )%                   1,505       1.0 %       291       0.2 %       (3 )       0.0 %  
Profit (Loss) before income tax     5,040       11.6 %       3,076       8.9 %       19,778       12.6 %       (1,461 )       (1.2 )%       8,777       9.7 %  
Income tax (6)     (1,616 )       (3.7 )%       (687 )       (2.0 )%       (6,009 )       (3.8 )%       160       0.1 %       (1,689 )       (1.9 )%  
Profit (Loss) for the period/year   $ 3,424       7.9 %     $ 2,389       6.9 %     $ 13,769       8.8 %     $ (1,301 )       (1.1 )%     $ 7,088       7.8 %  

(1) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $855 and $681 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $3,215, $1,964 and $1,545 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also includes transactions with related parties for an amount of $2,901 and $1,169 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There were no related party transactions for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and for the year ended December 31, 2013. Finally, includes share-based compensation expense of $4 and $33 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $190 and $4,644 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There was no share-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(2) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $938 and $948 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $3,941, $2,806 and $954 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also includes transactions with related parties for an amount of $1,381 and $931 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There were no related party transactions for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2013. Finally, includes share-based compensation expense of $4 and $49 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $603 and $7,065 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There was no share-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(3) Includes gain on transactions with bonds of $2,606 from proceeds received by our Argentine subsidiaries through capitalizations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and gain on transactions with bonds of $3,107 and $29,577 from proceeds received by our Argentine subsidiaries as payments for exports for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.
(4) Includes net foreign exchange loss of $1,169 and $334 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $4,238, $1,098 and $548 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(5) Includes a $1,703 gain on remeasurement of the contingent consideration related to the acquisition of TerraForum for the year ended December 31, 2013.

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(6) Includes deferred tax of $529, $2,479 and $109 for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

Revenues

Revenues were $43.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, representing an increase of $8.7 million, or 25.3%, from $34.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Revenues from North America increased by $6.4 million, or 22.8%, to $34.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $28.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Revenues from Europe increased by $0.9 million, or 40.9%, to $3.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Revenues from Latin America and other countries increased by $1.4 million, or 34.1%, to $5.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $4.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Revenues from technology and telecommunications clients decreased by $0.2 million, or 1.9%, to $10.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $10.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to lower demand for our business productivity services within this industry. Revenues from professional services clients increased by $1.7 million, or 27.0%, to $8.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $6.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to enterprise consumerization and high performance solutions, supported by the cross-selling capabilities of our Studios. Revenues from media and entertainment clients increased by $4.8 million, or 94.1%, to $9.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $5.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to a higher demand for our gaming solutions, mobile applications, and user experience and social practices. Revenues from banks, financial services and insurance clients increased by $0.7 million, or 14.9%, to $5.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $4.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to consumer experience and quality engineering services. Revenues from consumer, retail and manufacturing clients increased by $0.5 million, or 11.1%, to $5.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $4.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to testing services, mobile applications, and user experience and social practices. Revenues from travel and hospitality clients increased by $1.8 million, or 94.7%, to $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in demand for user experience and social practices. Revenues from clients in other verticals decreased by $0.6 million, or 54.5%, to $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Revenues from our top 10 clients in the three months ended March 31, 2014 increased by $2.4 million, or 16.2%, to $17.2 million from revenues of $14.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013, reflecting our ability to increase the scope of our engagement with our main customers. Revenues from our largest client for the three months ended March 31, 2014, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, increased by $1.0 million, or 47.6%, to $3.1 million compared to $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues was $26.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, representing an increase of $4.3 million, or 19.5%, from $22.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to the net addition of 602 IT professionals since March 31, 2013, an increase of 25.1%, to satisfy growing demand for our services. As a result of the devaluation of the Argentine peso in January 2014, our average cost per employee decreased during the three months ended March 31, 2014. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues decreased to 61.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from 64.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Salaries, employee benefits, social security taxes and share-based compensation expense, the main component of cost of revenues, increased by $3.1 million, or 15.0%, to $23.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $20.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in our headcount during the period.

Depreciation and amortization expense included in the cost of revenues increased by $0.2 million, or 28.6%, to $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in software licenses acquired in 2013 related to the delivery of our services.

Travel and housing increased by $0.9 million, or 225%, to $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily attributed to the increase in headcount described above and lower reimbursement by our customers.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expense was $12.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, representing an increase of $1.3 million, or 11.2%, from $11.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to a $1.1 million increase in salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes related to the addition of a number of senior executives in our main market, the United States, and a $0.4 million increase in travel expenses.

Impairment of Tax Credits

Impairment of tax credits increased to an expense of $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from nil for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This increase is attributable to an impairment of the tax credits originated under the Software Promotion Law in our Argentine subsidiaries.

Gain on Transaction with Bonds

Gain on transaction with bonds — proceeds received as payment for exports was nil for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to $3.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This decrease was attributed to our decision to discontinue the use of U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN as payment from our U.S. subsidiaries for services provided by our Argentine subsidiaries. Gain on transaction with bonds — proceeds received from capital contributions amounted to $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to nil for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This increase is attributable to the capital contributions made to our Argentine subsidiaries in order to allow them to make capital expenditures to establish delivery centers in Bahia Blanca, La Plata and Tucumán, Argentina. Our Argentine subsidiaries used the capital contributions to purchase U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN and BONAR acquired in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars). After receiving the BODEN and BONAR and after holding them for a certain period of time, our Argentine subsidiaries sold the BODEN and BONAR in the Argentine market. Because the fair value of the BODEN and BONAR in the Argentine markets, converted at the U.S. dollar official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina (which is the rate used to convert transactions in foreign currencies into our Argentine subsidiaries’ functional currency, which is the U.S. dollar), during the three months ended March 31, 2014 was higher than the quoted U.S. dollar price for the BODEN and BONAR in the U.S. markets, we recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the BODEN and BONAR (expressed in Argentine pesos) into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

Finance Income

Finance income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $4.5 million compared to $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, resulting primarily from foreign exchange gains of $3.9 million related to the impact of the weakening of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar on our Argentine peso-denominated liabilities, and gains arising from held-for-trading assets of $0.6 million.

Finance Expense

Finance expense increased to $5.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily reflecting a foreign exchange loss of $5.0 million mainly related to the impact of the weakening of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar on our Argentine peso-denominated tax credits, and interest expense of $0.3 million. Other financial expenses totaled $0.1 million.

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Income Tax

Income tax expense was $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of $0.9 million from a $0.7 million income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in income tax expense is primarily attributable to higher profit before income tax. Our effective tax rate (calculated as income tax gain or expense divided by the loss or profit before income tax) for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 amounted to 32.1% and 22.3%, respectively. The increase in our effective tax rate during the period is primarily attributable to the devaluation of the Argentine peso in January 2014, which resulted in a taxable foreign exchange gain driven by account receivables denominated in U.S. dollars in our Argentine subsidiaries.

Profit for the Period

As a result of the foregoing, we had a profit of $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to a profit of $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

2013 Compared to 2012

Revenues

Revenues were $158.3 million for 2013, representing an increase of $29.5 million, or 22.9%, from $128.8 million for 2012.

Revenues from North America increased by $22.9 million, or 21.6%, to $128.8 million for 2013 from $105.9 million for 2012. Revenues from Europe increased by $1.5 million, or 13.2%, to $12.9 million for 2013 from $11.4 million for 2012. Revenues from Latin America and other countries increased by $5.1 million, or 44.3%, to $16.6 million for 2013 from $11.5 million for 2012.

Revenues from technology and telecommunications clients increased by $4.5 million, or 12.0%, to $42.0 million for 2013 from $37.5 million for 2012. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to quality engineering services. Revenues from professional services clients increased by $6.2 million, or 23.8%, to $32.2 million for 2013 from $26.0 million for 2012. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to enterprise consumerization, big data and high performance solutions and the cross-selling capabilities of our Studios. Revenues from media and entertainment clients increased by $0.7 million, or 2.4%, to $29.4 million for 2013 from $28.7 million for 2012. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to a higher demand for our gaming solutions, mobile applications, and consumer experience, user experience and social practices. Revenues from banks, financial services and insurance clients increased by $6.3 million, or 43.8%, to $20.7 million for 2013 from $14.4 million for 2012. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to user experience and social, and quality engineering. Revenues from consumer, retail and manufacturing clients increased by $11.1 million, or 108.8%, to $21.3 million for 2013 from $10.2 million for 2012. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to testing services, mobile applications, and user experience and social practices, supported by the cross-selling capabilities of our Studios. Revenues from travel and hospitality clients decreased by $0.3 million, or 2.8%, to $10.6 million for 2013 from $10.9 million for 2012. This decrease is primarily attributable to reduction in demand for consumer experience and automated testing services. Revenues from clients in other verticals increased by $1.0 million, or 90.0%, to $2.1 million for 2013 from $1.1 million for 2012.

Revenues from our top 10 clients in 2013 increased by $4.9 million, or 8.4%, to $62.9 million from revenues of $58.0 million in 2012, reflecting our ability to increase the scope of our engagement with our main customers. Revenues from our largest client for 2013, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, decreased by $1.8 million, or 15.0%, to $10.2 million for 2013 from $12.0 million for 2012.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues was $99.6 million for 2013, representing an increase of $19.0 million, or 23.6%, from $80.6 million for 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to the net addition of 510 IT professionals since December 31, 2012, an increase of 21.2%, to satisfy growing demand for our services, and partially

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

offset by a $4.4 million reduction in share-based compensation expense associated with our stock option plan. The decrease in share-based compensation expense is due to our decision to replace our existing SAR program in 2012 with a stock option program, which resulted in a higher share-based compensation expense during 2012. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues increased to 62.9% for 2013 from 62.6% for 2012. Share-based compensation expense accounted for 0.1% of revenues in 2013 as compared to 3.6% in 2012.

Salaries, employee benefits, social security taxes and share-based compensation expense, the main component of cost of revenues, increased by $15.3 million, or 20.3% to $90.7 million for 2013 from $75.4 million for 2012. Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes include a $0.2 million share-based compensation expense in 2013 and $4.6 million share-based compensation expense in 2012.

Depreciation and amortization expense included in the cost of revenues increased by $1.2 million, or 60.0%, to $3.2 million for 2013 from $2.0 million for 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in software licenses acquired in 2013 related to the delivery of our services.

Travel and housing increased by $2.5 million, or 131.6%, to $4.4 million for 2013 from $1.9 million for 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to the increased headcount in IT professionals described above, an increase in the number of projects and lower reimbursements from our customers.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expense was $54.8 million for 2013, representing an increase of $7.1 million from $47.7 million for 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to a $4.3 million increase in salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes related to the addition of a number of senior executives both in our headquarters in Argentina and in our main market, the United States; a $1.1 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense; a $6.5 million decrease in share-based compensation expense associated with our share-based compensation plan; and a $1.6 million increase in office and rental expenses as a result of the full year impact of the opening of two delivery centers in Buenos Aires, one in Mar del Plata and one in Tucumán Argentina, one in San Francisco, United States and one in Montevideo, Uruguay. The increases in office expenses, rental expenses and depreciation and amortization expense were related to the opening of new facilities in Argentina, Uruguay and the United States, as well as overhead costs related to the opening of new offices to support our growth. The decrease in share-based compensation expense is due to our decision to replace our existing SAR program in 2012 with a stock option program, which resulted in a higher share-based compensation expense during 2012. In addition, there was a $2.4 million increase in professional fees including audit and other professional services. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 34.6% for 2013 from 37.0% for 2012. Share-based compensation expense within selling, general and administrative expenses accounted for $0.6 million, or 0.4%, as a percentage of revenues for 2013, and $7.1 million, or 5.5%, as a percentage of revenues for 2012.

Impairment of Tax Credits

Impairment of tax credits increased to $9.6 million for 2013 compared to nil for 2012. This increase is attributable to the recording of a valuation allowance of $9.6 million at December 31, 2013 to reduce the carrying value of the tax credits generated under the Software Promotion Law to their estimated net realizable value, as a result of a substantial doubt as to the recoverability of a portion of the tax credits.

Gain on Transaction with Bonds

Gain on transaction with bonds — proceeds received as payment for exports was $29.6 million for 2013 compared to nil for 2012. Since January 2013, our U.S. subsidiary has paid for a portion of the services provided by our Argentine subsidiaries by the delivery of U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN purchased in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars). The BODEN are then delivered to our Argentine subsidiaries as payment for services rendered and, after being held by our Argentine subsidiaries for between 10 and 30 days (on average), are sold in the Argentine debt markets for Argentine pesos. Because the fair value of the BODEN in the Argentine debt markets (in Argentine pesos) during 2013 was higher than the quoted U.S. dollar price for the BODEN in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina (which is the rate used to convert transactions in foreign currency into our Argentine subsidiaries’ functional currency), we recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value (expressed in Argentine pesos) of the BODEN into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Finance Income

Finance income for 2013 was $4.4 million compared to $0.4 million for 2012, resulting primarily from foreign exchange gains and interest on mutual funds.

Finance Expense

Finance expense increased to $10.0 million for 2013 from $2.7 million for 2012, primarily reflecting a foreign exchange loss of $7.8 million mainly related to the impact of the weakening of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar on our Argentine peso-denominated tax credits, and interest expense of $1.8 million. Other financial expenses totaled $0.4 million.

Other Income and Expenses, Net

Other income and expenses, net increased to a gain of $1.5 million for 2013 from a gain of $0.3 million for 2012. This increase is primarily attributable to a $1.7 million gain from the remeasurement of a contingent liability related to the acquisition of Terraforum.

Income Tax

Income tax expense amounted to $6.0 million for 2013, an increase of $6.2 million from a $0.2 million income tax gain for 2012. The increase in income tax expense was attributable to higher profit before income tax, principally due to the gain on transactions with BODEN and lower share-based compensation expense in 2013. Our effective tax rate (calculated as income tax gain or expense divided by the loss or profit before income tax) for 2013 amounted to 30.4%.

Profit for the Year

As a result of the foregoing, we had a profit of $13.8 million for 2013, compared to a loss of $1.3 million for 2012. As described above, the results for 2012 included a share-based compensation expense of $11.7 million and a deferred tax gain resulting from such share-based compensation expense of $2.4 million. Excluding these two items, our profit for 2012 would have been $8.0 million.

2012 Compared to 2011

Revenues

Revenues were $128.8 million for 2012, representing an increase of $38.7 million, or 43.0%, from $90.1 million for 2011.

Revenues from North America increased by $30.8 million, or 41.0%, to $105.9 million for 2012 from $75.1 million for 2011. Revenues from Europe increased by $2.6 million, or 29.5%, to $11.4 million for 2012 from $8.8 million for 2011. Revenues from Latin America and other countries increased by $5.3 million, or 85.5%, to $11.5 million for 2012 from $6.2 million for 2011. While the contribution of revenues from North America and Europe as a percentage of total revenues slightly decreased from an aggregate of 93.1% for 2011 to 91.1% for 2012, the increased revenues from each of those regions reflects our continuing strategic focus on the important North American and European markets for technology services. Our strong growth in Latin America and other countries is related to our focus on Brazil, the largest economy in the region.

Revenues from technology and telecommunications clients increased by $16.5 million, or 78.6%, to $37.5 million for 2012 from $21.0 million for 2011. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to consumer experience and big data and performance solutions, as well as the consolidation of Nextive, a mobile development company acquired in August 2011. Revenues from media and entertainment clients increased by $4.7 million, or 19.6%, to $28.7 million for 2012 from $24.0 million for 2011. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to consumer experience and gaming, as well as the consolidation of Nextive. Revenues from professional services clients increased by $3.1 million, or 13.5%, to $26.0 million for 2012 from $22.9 million for 2011. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to user experience and social, testing solutions and the cross-selling capabilities of our Studios. Revenues from travel and hospitality clients increased by $0.1 million, or 0.9%, to $10.9 million for 2012 from $10.8 million for 2011. The slight increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in demand for services related to consumer experience, partially offset by a decrease in demand for quality engineering services. Revenues from banks, financial services and insurance clients increased by $7.7 million, or 114.9%, to $14.4 million for 2012 from $6.7 million for 2011. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to big data, high performance solutions and mobile applications. Revenues from consumer, retail and manufacturing clients increased by $6.1 million, or 148.8%, to $10.2 million for 2012 from $4.1 million for 2011. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to testing, consumer experience and business productivity, supported by the cross-selling capabilities of our Studios. Revenues from clients in other industries increased by $0.5 million, or 83.3%, to $1.1 million for 2012 from $0.6 million for 2011. The increase in revenues from clients in this category was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to consumer experience.

Revenues from our top ten clients in 2012 increased by $8.7 million, or 17.6%, to $58.0 million from revenues of $49.3 million for 2011, reflecting our ability to increase the scope of our engagement with our main customers. Revenues from our largest client for 2012, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, increased by $5.4 million, or 81.8%, to $12.0 million for 2012 from $6.6 million for 2011.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues was $80.6 million for 2012, representing an increase of $27.0 million, or 50.4%, from $53.6 million for 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to the net addition of 494 IT professionals as of December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, an increase of 25.9%, to satisfy growing demand for our services, and $4.6 million in share-based compensation expense associated with our share-based compensation plan. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues increased to 62.6% for 2012 from 59.5% for 2011. Share-based compensation expense accounted for 3.6% of revenues in 2012. There was no share-based compensation expense in 2011.

Salaries, employee benefits, social security taxes and share-based compensation expense, the main component of cost of revenues, increased by $26.3 million, or 53.6%, to $75.4 million for 2012 from $49.1 million for 2011. Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes included a $4.6 million share-based compensation expense in 2012. There was no share-based compensation expense in 2011. The average cost per head increased to $33,547 for 2012 from $32,460 for 2011, mainly due to the increase in salary costs and the new delivery center in Brazil that came with the acquisition of Terraforum. The cost for 2012 excludes share-based compensation expense, which was not incurred in 2011. Including such expense, average cost per head for 2012 increased to $35,652.

Depreciation and amortization expense included in the cost of revenues increased by $0.5 million, or 33.3%, to $2.0 million for 2012 from $1.5 million for 2011, primarily as a result of the increase in capital expenditures related to the opening of two delivery centers in Buenos Aires, Argentina.

Travel and housing increased by $0.5 million, or 35.7%, to $1.9 million for 2012 from $1.4 million for 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in headcount described above and an increase in our number of projects.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $47.7 million for 2012, representing an increase of $21.2 million, or 80.0%, from $26.5 million for 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to: a $7.1 million of share-based compensation expense associated with our stock option plan in 2012; a $3.4 million increase in salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes related to the addition of a number of senior executives both in our headquarters in Argentina and in our main market, the United States; a $4.3 million increase in office and rental expenses related to the new delivery centers in Buenos Aires, Uruguay and the United States; and a $1.8 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense related the new offices. The increases in office expenses, rental expenses and depreciation and amortization expense were related to the opening of new facilities in Argentina, Uruguay and the United States, as well as overhead costs related to the opening of new offices to support our growth. In addition, there was a $1.9 million increase in professional fees including audit, legal and other professional services related to the preparation of the company’s initial public offering. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 37.0% for 2012 from 29.4% for 2011. Share-based compensation expense within selling, general

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and administrative expenses accounted for $7.1 million, or 5.5%, as a percentage of revenues for 2012, as compared to no share-based compensation expense for 2011.

Finance Income

Finance income for 2012 was $0.4 million compared to nil for 2011, resulting primarily from interest on our bank balances and the sale of corporate bonds.

Finance Expense

Finance expense increased by $1.5 million to $2.7 million for 2012 from $1.2 million for 2011, primarily reflecting an increase in interest expense of $0.9 million resulting from the interest accrued from acquisition debt and the increase in our debt level under our revolving and export lines of credit. We incurred new debt under our lines of credit to finance capital expenditures related to the opening of new delivery centers and client management locations, improving our existing delivery centers and increasing working capital needs. In addition, foreign exchange loss increased by $0.6 million primarily due to the impact of the weakening of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar on our Argentine peso-denominated tax credits.

Income Tax

Income tax was a gain of $0.2 million for 2012, an increase of $1.9 million from a $1.7 million income tax expense for 2011. Our tax gain was a combination of a $2.3 million income tax charge and $2.5 million of deferred income tax credit, primarily as a result of share-based compensation expense. Our effective tax rate (calculated as income tax gain or expense divided by the loss or profit before income tax) for 2012 amounted to 11.0% compared to 19.2% for 2011.

Excluding the impact of the deferred taxes resulting from share-based compensation expense, income tax expense would have been $2.3 million, an increase of $0.6 million over 2011. This increase is primarily explained by the loss generated by our Spanish subsidiary on a stand-alone basis. Our Spanish subsidiary is a holding company and does not, nor is it expected to, generate taxable income. Our effective tax rate (calculated as the income tax expense divided by the loss or profit before income tax gain excluding share-based compensation expense) for 2012 amounted to 22.3% compared to 19.2% for 2011. The difference between our statutory and effective tax rates was primarily attributable to the combined effect of the Software Promotion Law, the effect of the different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in countries other than Argentina, a tax loss carry forward not recognized by our Spanish subsidiary, and certain non-deductible expenses.

Profit for the Year

As a result of the foregoing, for 2012 we had a loss of $1.3 million. Excluding our share-based compensation expense of $11.7 million and the deferred income tax gain resulting from share-based compensation expense of $2.4 million, our profit for 2012 was $8.0 million, an increase of $0.9 million, or 12.7%, from $7.1 million for 2011.

Selected Quarterly Results

The following tables set forth our unaudited interim consolidated quarterly results for the 12 quarters in the period from April 1, 2011 to March 31, 2014. The information in the following tables should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarters presented on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. As described in note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements, until December 9, 2012, we conducted our business through a holding company domiciled in Spain. On December 10, 2012, we incorporated our company, Globant S.A., as a société anonyme under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and the Spanish holding company became our wholly-owned subsidiary. The condensed consolidated financial statements for the unaudited interim consolidated quarterly results presented below are not included in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated quarterly results set forth below include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for the quarters presented. The unaudited interim consolidated quarterly results are historical and may not be indicative of future results.

     
  Three months ended
  June 30,
2011
  September 30, 2011   December 31,
2011
     (in thousands)
Consolidated Statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income:
                          
Revenues   $ 20,130     $ 25,951     $ 26,917  
Cost of revenues     (12,013 )       (15,290 )       (16,049 )  
Gross profit     8,117       10,661       10,868  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     (6,146 )       (7,280 )       (7,884 )  
Profit from operations     1,971       3,381       2,984  
Finance expense, net     (237 )       (481 )       (320 )  
Other income and expenses, net           (4 )       1  
Profit before income tax     1,734       2,896       2,665  
Income tax expense     (326 )       (560 )       (544 )  
Profit for the period   $ 1,408     $ 2,336     $ 2,121  

     
  Three months ended
  June 30,
2011
  September 30, 2011   December 31,
2011
     (expressed as a percentage of revenue)
Consolidated Statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, as a percentage of revenue:
                          
Revenues     100 %       100 %       100 %  
Cost of revenues     (59.7 )       (58.9 )       (59.6 )  
Gross profit     40.3       41.1       40.4  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     (30.5 )       (28.1 )       (29.3 )  
Profit from operations     9.8       13.0       11.1  
Finance expense, net     (1.2 )       (1.9 )       (1.2 )  
Other income and expenses, net                  
Profit before income tax     8.6       11.1       9.9  
Income tax expense     (1.6 )       (2.2 )       (2.0 )  
Profit for the period     7.0 %       8.9 %       7.9 %  

     
  Three months ended
  June 30,
2011
  September 30, 2011   December 31,
2011
     (in thousands, except for percentages)
Other data:
                          
Adjusted gross profit (1)   $ 8,463     $ 11,064     $ 11,327  
Adjusted gross profit margin percentage (1)     42.0 %       42.6 %       42.1 %  
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses (2)   $ (5,947 )     $ (7,011 )     $ (7,554 )  
Adjusted profit from operations (3)   $ 1,971     $ 3,381     $ 2,984  
Adjusted profit from operations margin percentage (3)     9.8 %       13.0 %       11.1 %  
Adjusted profit for the period (4)   $ 1,408     $ 2,336     $ 2,121  
Adjusted profit margin percentage for the period (4)     7.0 %       9.0 %       7.9 %  

(1) To supplement our gross profit presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted gross profit, which is adjusted from gross profit, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in cost of revenues. There was no share-based compensation expense for each of the 2011 quarters set forth below. We also present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted gross profit margin percentage, which reflects adjusted gross profit margin as a percentage of revenues.

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

     
  Three months ended
     June 30,
2011
  September 30, 2011   December 31,
2011
     (in thousands)
Reconciliation of adjusted gross profit:
                          
Gross profit   $ 8,117     $ 10,661     $ 10,868  
Adjustments
                          
Depreciation and amortization expense     346       403       459  
Share-based compensation expense                  
Adjusted gross profit   $ 8,463     $ 11,064     $ 11,327  
(2) To supplement our selling, general and administrative expenses presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non- IFRS financial measure of adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses, which is adjusted from selling, general and administrative expenses, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in selling, general and administrative expenses. There was no share-based compensation expense for each of the 2011 quarters set forth below.

     
  Three months ended
  June 30,
2011
  September 30, 2011   December 31,
2011
     (in thousands)
Reconciliation of adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses:
                          
Selling, general and administrative expenses   $ (6,146 )     $ (7,280 )     $ (7,884 )  
Adjustments
                          
Depreciation and amortization expense     199       269       330  
Share-based compensation expense                  
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses   $ (5,947 )     $ (7,011 )     $ (7,554 )  
(3) To supplement our profit presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit from operations, which is adjusted from profit from operations, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude share-based compensation expense and the impairment of tax credits. There was no share-based compensation expense for each of the 2011 quarters set forth below. In addition, we present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit from operations margin percentage, which reflects adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of revenues.

     
  Three months ended
  June 30,
2011
  September 30, 2011   December 31,
2011
     (in thousands)
Reconciliation of adjusted profit from operations:
                          
Profit from operations   $ 1,971     $ 3,381     $ 2,984  
Adjustments
                       
Share-based compensation expense                  
Impairment of tax credits                  
Adjusted profit from operations   $ 1,971     $ 3,381     $ 2,984  
(4) To supplement our profit presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit for the period, which is adjusted from profit, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude share-based compensation expense There was no share-based compensation expense for each of the 2011 quarters set forth below. In addition, we present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit margin percentage for the period, which reflects adjusted profit for the period as a percentage of revenues.

     
     Three months ended
  June 30,
2011
  September 30, 2011   December 31,
2011
     (in thousands)
Reconciliation of adjusted profit for the period:
                          
Profit for the period   $ 1,408     $ 2,336     $ 2,121  
Adjustments
                          
Share-based compensation expense                  
Impairment of tax credits                  
Adjusted profit for the period   $ 1,408     $ 2,336     $ 2,121  

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

                 
     Three months ended
     March 31, 2012   June 30,
2012
  September 30, 2012   December 31, 2012   March 31, 2013   June 30,
2013
  September 30, 2013   December 31, 2013   March 31, 2014
     (in thousands)
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Revenues   $ 27,485     $ 29,405     $ 34,290     $ 37,669     $ 34,351     $ 37,371     $ 40,367     $ 46,235     $ 43,125  
Cost of revenues     (16,522 )       (20,897 )       (20,908 )       (22,285 )       (22,076 )       (23,511 )       (24,686 )       (29,330 )       (26,359 )  
Gross profit     10,963       8,508       13,382       15,384       12,275       13,860       15,681       16,905       16,766  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     (8,694 )       (16,052 )       (10,758 )       (12,176 )       (11,567 )       (13,267 )       (13,904 )       (16,103 )       (12,941 )  
Impairment of tax credits                                               (9,579 )       (416 )  
Profit (loss) from operations     2,269       (7,544 )       2,624       3,208       708       593       1,777       (8,777 )       3,409  
Gain on transaction with bonds                             3,107       8,187       9,525       8,758       2,606  
Finance expense, net     (765 )       (666 )       (335 )       (543 )       (739 )       (1,365 )       (1,670 )       (1,831 )       (942 )  
Other income and expenses, net                 226       65                   1,703       (198 )       (33 )  
Profit (loss) before income tax     1,504       (8,210 )       2,515       2,730       3,076       7,415       11,335       (2,048 )       5,040  
Income tax (expense) gain     (261 )       1,833       (688 )       (724 )       (687 )       (1,810 )       (1,718 )       (1,794 )       (1,616 )  
Profit (loss) for the period   $ 1,243     $ (6,377 )     $ 1,827     $ 2,006     $ 2,389     $ 5,605     $ 9,617     $ (3,842 )     $ 3,424  

                 
     Three months ended
     March 31, 2012   June 30,
2012
  September 30, 2012   December 31, 2012   March 31, 2013   June 30,
2013
  September 30, 2013   December 31, 2013   March 31, 2014
     (expressed as a percentage of revenue)
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Revenues     100.0 %       100.0 %       100.0 %       100.0 %       100.0 %       100.0 %       100.0 %       100.0 %       100.0 %  
Cost of revenues     (60.1 )       (71.1 )       (61.0 )       (59.2 )       (64.3 )       (62.9 )       (61.2 )       (63.4 )       (61.1 )  
Gross profit     39.9       28.9       39.0       40.8       35.7       37.1       38.8       36.6       38.9  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     (31.6 )       (54.6 )       (31.4 )       (32.3 )       (33.7 )       (35.5 )       (34.4 )       (34.8 )       (30.0 )  
Impairment of tax credits                                               (20.7 )       (1.0 )  
Profit (loss) from operations     8.3       (25.7 )       7.6       8.5       2.0       1.6       4.4       (18.9 )       7.9  
Gain on transaction with bonds                             9.0       21.9       23.6       18.9       6.0  
Finance expense, net     (2.8 )       (2.3 )       (1.0 )       (1.4 )       (2.1 )       (3.7 )       (4.1 )       (4.0 )       (2.2 )  
Other income and expenses, net                 0.7       0.2                   4.2       (0.4 )       (0.1 )  
Profit (loss) before income tax     5.5       (28.0 )       7.3       7.3       8.9       19.8       28.1       (4.4 )       11.6  
Income tax (expense) gain     (0.9 )       6.2       (2.0 )       (1.9 )       (2.0 )       (4.8 )       (4.3 )       (3.9 )       (3.7 )  
Profit (loss) for the period     4.6 %       (21.8%)       5.3 %       5.4 %       6.9 %       15.0 %       23.8 %       (8.3 )%       7.9 %  

                 
                 
     Three months ended
     March 31, 2012   June 30,
2012
  September 30, 2012   December 31, 2012   March 31, 2013   June 30,
2013
  September 30, 2013   December 31, 2013   March 31, 2014
     (in thousands, except for percentages)
Other data:
                                                                       
Adjusted gross profit (1)   $ 11,379     $ 12,943     $ 13,835     $ 16,688     $ 12,989     $ 14,446     $ 16,576     $ 18,115     $ 17,625  
Adjusted gross profit margin percentage (1)     41.4 %       44.0 %       40.3 %       44.3 %       37.8 %       38.7 %       41.1 %       39.2 %       40.9 %  
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses (2)   $ (8,374 )     $ (8,930 )     $ (9,725 )     $ (10,780 )     $ (10,570 )     $ (12,150 )     $ (12,541 )     $ (15,036 )     $ (11,999 )  
Adjusted profit from operations (3)   $ 2,269     $ 3,040     $ 2,697     $ 4,260     $ 790     $ 613     $ 2,199     $ 1,071     $ 3,833  
Adjusted profit from operations margin percentage (3)     8.3 %       10.3 %       7.9 %       11.3 %       2.3 %       1.6 %       5.4 %       2.3 %       8.9 %  
Adjusted profit for the period (4)   $ 1,243     $ 4,207     $ 1,900     $ 3,058     $ 2,471     $ 5,625     $ 10,039     $ (3,573 )     $ 3,432  
Adjusted profit margin percentage for the period (4)     4.5 %       14.3 %       5.5 %       8.1 %       7.2 %       15.1 %       24.9 %       (7.7 )%       8.0 %  

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) To supplement our gross profit presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted gross profit, which is adjusted from gross profit, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in cost of revenues. We also present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted gross profit margin percentage, which reflects adjusted gross profit margin as a percentage of revenues.

                 
                 
     Three months ended
     March 31, 2012   June 30,
2012
  September 30, 2012   December 31, 2012   March 31, 2013   June 30,
2013
  September 30, 2013   December 31, 2013   March 31, 2014
     (in thousands)
Reconciliation of adjusted gross profit:
                                                                       
Gross profit   $ 10,963     $ 8,508     $ 13,382     $ 15,384     $ 12,275     $ 13,860     $ 15,681     $ 16,905     $ 16,766  
Adjustments
                                                                       
Depreciation and amortization expense     416       413       468       667       681       578       863       1,093       855  
Share-based compensation expense           4,022       (15 )       637       33       8       32       117       4  
Adjusted gross profit   $ 11,379     $ 12,943     $ 13,835     $ 16,688     $ 12,989     $ 14,446     $ 16,576     $ 18,115     $ 17,625  
(2) To supplement our selling, general and administrative expenses presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses, which is adjusted from selling, general and administrative expenses, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

                 
                 
     Three months ended
     March 31, 2012   June 30,
2012
  September 30, 2012   December 31, 2012   March 31, 2013   June 30,
2013
  September 30, 2013   December 31, 2013   March 31, 2014
     (in thousands)
Reconciliation of adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses:
                                                                       
Selling, general and administrative expenses   $ (8,694 )     $ (16,052 )     $ (10,758 )     $ (12,176 )     $ (11,567 )     $ (13,267 )     $ (13,904 )     $ (16,103 )     $ (12,941 )  
Adjustments
                                                                       
Depreciation and amortization expense     320       560       945       981       948       1,105       973       915       938  
Share-based compensation expense           6,562       88       415       49       12       390       152       4  
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses   $ (8,374 )     $ (8,930 )     $ (9,725 )     $ (10,780 )     $ (10,570 )     $ (12,150 )     $ (12,541 )     $ (15,036 )     $ (11,999 )  
(3) To supplement our profit (loss) presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit from operations, which is adjusted from profit (loss) for the period, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude share-based compensation expense and impairment of tax credits. In addition, we present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit from operations margin percentage, which reflects adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of revenues.

                 
                 
  Three months ended
     March 31, 2012   June 30,
2012
  September 30, 2012   December 31, 2012   March 31, 2013   June 30,
2013
  September 30, 2013   December 31, 2013   March 31, 2014
     (in thousands)
Reconciliation of adjusted profit from operations:
                                                                       
Profit from operations   $ 2,269     $ (7,544 )     $ 2,624     $ 3,208     $ 708     $ 593     $ 1,777     $ (8,777 )     $ 3,409  
Adjustments
                                                                       
Impairment of tax credits                                               9,579       416  
Share-based compensation expense           10,584       73       1,052       82       20       422       269       8  
Adjusted profit from operations   $ 2,269     $ 3,040     $ 2,697     $ 4,260     $ 790     $ 613     $ 2,199     $ 1,071     $ 3,833  
(4) To supplement our profit (loss) presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit for the period, which is adjusted from profit (loss) for the period, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude share-based compensation expense. In addition, we present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit margin percentage for the period, which reflects adjusted profit for the period as a percentage of revenues.

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                 
                 
     Three months ended
     March 31, 2012   June 30,
2012
  September 30, 2012   December 31, 2012   March 31, 2013   June 30,
2013
  September 30, 2013   December 31, 2013   March 31, 2014
     (in thousands)
Reconciliation of adjusted profit for the period:
                                                                       
Profit (loss) for the period   $ 1,243     $ (6,377 )     $ 1,827     $ 2,006     $ 2,389     $ 5,605     $ 9,617     $ (3,842 )     $ 3,424  
Adjustments
                                                                       
Share-based compensation expense           10,584       73       1,052       82       20       422       269       8  
Adjusted profit for the period   $ 1,243     $ 4,207     $ 1,900     $ 3,058     $ 2,471     $ 5,625     $ 10,039     $ (3,573 )     $ 3,432  

As most of our revenues are derived from contracts priced on a time-and-materials basis (where our materials costs consist of travel and out-of-pocket expenses), we typically experience lower revenues in the first and second quarters of the year due to the seasonality of our business. In addition, our quarterly operating results can fluctuate from quarter to quarter and are affected by many factors including, among others, business volume from our clients, the exchange rates in the countries where we operate, changes in general economic conditions in the United States, and our customers’ spending on technology. We believe that our revenues will continue to be affected in the future by these factors.

During the quarterly periods presented above, our quarterly revenues increased in every quarter as compared to the previous quarter. The first quarter of each year is impacted by the summer months in Latin America, Carnival holidays and the Easter holiday (which occurs in March or April depending on the year), which consequently reduce the number of working days during that period. Despite these challenges, our quarterly revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased by 25.0% compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012 and quarterly revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2014, increased by 25.3% compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Our adjusted gross profit margin percentage has been stable over most of the quarterly periods presented above. The quarterly periods in 2013 were impacted by the level of utilization of our Brazilian operations, which we acquired in October 2012 and the adverse impact of the official exchange rate in Argentina for Argentine pesos to U.S. dollars, which was much lower than the market rate. The first quarter of each year tends to have lower adjusted gross margins due to the effects on revenues described above. However, the first quarter of 2014 shows a strong increase in adjusted gross margins, primarily as a result of the devaluation of the Argentine peso.

Our adjusted gross profit margin percentage and selling, general and administrative expenses were impacted in the second quarter of 2012 by a large share-based compensation expense. In addition, since 2012, we decided to increase our expenditures in selling, general and administrative expenses, primarily in sales, information technology and finance, in preparation for our becoming a public company. We believe the current structure can support our company during this year.

Profit for the period tends to be higher in the second two quarters of the year, when utilization is at its highest levels and the impact of annual salary increases, which generally takes place in the second quarter of each year, has been mostly absorbed. Profit for the fourth quarter and full year 2013 reflect a robust increase as we benefited from gains on transactions with BODEN received as payment for the exports of a portion of services performed by our Argentine subsidiaries. Profit for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and for 2013 was adversely affected by the recording of valuation allowances of $9.6 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively, to reduce the carrying value of the tax credit generated under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted in 2004 to its estimated net realizable value, as a result of our substantial doubt as to the recoverability of that credit based on our interpretation of regulations issued during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The first three months of 2014 show a strong improvement in profits for the period as a result of our improved operating performance.

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Capital Resources

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under our credit facilities. Historically, we have also raised capital through several rounds of equity financing ($3.0 million in 2007, $4.6 million in 2008, $5.8 million in 2011 and $2.0 million in 2012, net of expenses). For the year 2013, we derived 87.5% of our revenues from clients in North America and Europe pursuant to contracts that are entered into by our subsidiaries located in the United States and the United Kingdom. Under those contracts, the clients pay the U.S. and United Kingdom subsidiaries (depending on where the client is located) directly. In most instances, the U.S. and United Kingdom subsidiaries in turn contract with our subsidiaries in Argentina, Colombia and Uruguay to perform the services to be delivered to our clients and compensate those subsidiaries for their services in accordance with transfer pricing arrangements in effect from time to time. Under these arrangements, earnings and cash flows from operations are generated not just in Argentina but also in the other jurisdictions in which we conduct operations. As a result, our non-Argentine subsidiaries do not depend on the transfer of cash from our Argentine subsidiaries to meet their working capital requirements or other cash obligations.

Our primary cash needs are for capital expenditures (consisting of additions to property and equipment and to intangible assets) and working capital. From time to time we also require cash to fund acquisitions of businesses.

We incur capital expenditures to open new delivery centers, for improvements to existing delivery centers, for infrastructure-related investments and to acquire software licenses.

The following table sets forth our historical capital expenditures for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

         
  Three months ended
March 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  2014   2013   2013(***)   2012(**)   2011(*)
  (in thousands)   (in thousands)
Capital expenditures   $ 2,909     $ 438     $ 10,702     $ 7,643     $ 6,834  

Excludes impact of Nextive acquisition.
** Excludes impact of TerraForum and Globers acquisitions.
*** Excludes impact of Huddle acquisition.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we invested $2.9 million in capital expenditures, primarily on the final payments related to the acquistions of delivery centers in Bahia Blanca, La Plata and Tucumán.

During 2013, we invested $10.7 million on capital expenditures, primarily on the opening of three delivery centers in Argentina, in Bahia Blanca, La Plata and Tucumán, and the expansion of our existing delivery center in Uruguay and on the opening of new delivery centers in Argentina. Capital expenditures vary depending on the timing of new delivery center openings and improvements of existing delivery centers and, primarily with respect to the acquisition of software licenses, on the specific requirements of client projects.

During 2012, we invested $7.6 million on capital expenditures, primarily on the opening of new delivery centers in Buenos Aires, Córdoba, and Tucumán in Argentina and San Francisco, California and the expansion of our existing delivery center in Montevideo, Uruguay. Capital expenditures vary depending on the timing of new delivery center openings and improvements of existing delivery centers and, primarily with respect to acquisition of software licenses, on the specific requirements of client projects.

On October 11, 2013, we entered into several definitive agreements relating to our acquisition of the Huddle Group. On October 18, 2013, we completed the purchase of a majority interest in the Huddle Group, as described in more detail below.

With a team of 156 employees, the Huddle Group focuses on offering innovative and agile software solutions for leading companies primarily in the media and entertainment industries. The Huddle Group specializes in providing services such as application development, testing, infrastructure management, application maintenance and outsourcing, among others. This acquisition advances our strategy of becoming a

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

global leader in the creation of innovative software products by focusing on new technologies and trends such as gaming, mobile, cloud computing, social media, wearables, internet of things and big data.

On October 26, 2012, we acquired TerraForum, an innovation consulting and software development firm in Brazil, for an aggregate purchase price of up to approximately $4.4 million, $2.6 million of which is payable on a deferred basis and subject to reduction upon the occurrence of certain events relating, among other things, to the acquired company’s gross revenue and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2012. We were not required to pay $1.7 million of the contingent consideration due to the fact that certain financial targets, including gross revenue and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2012, were not achieved. Individual shareholders of TerraForum may elect to receive up to approximately $0.3 million of the deferred payment amount in our common shares, valued at $0.90 per common share, subject to our right to revoke this option and effect the payment in cash. The U.S. dollar amounts in this paragraph other than the per share amount were translated from Brazilian reais into U.S. dollars using the selling rate as reported by the Brazilian Central Bank as of October 26, 2012 of approximately R$2.03 to U.S.$1.00. The acquisition of TerraForum will allow us to expand into one of the largest economies in the world and broaden the services provided to our current client portfolio, strengthening our position as a leader in the creation of innovative software products.

Our primary working capital requirements are to finance our payroll-related liabilities during the period from delivery of our services through invoicing and collection of trade receivables from clients.

We will continue to invest in our subsidiaries. In the event of any repatriation of funds or declaration of dividends from our subsidiaries, there is no tax effect to us because dividends from foreign subsidiaries are exempt from taxes.

In July 2011, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of Nextive for total consideration of $5.8 million, net of expenses, of which $1.4 million was paid in cash at closing. The remaining $4.4 million is payable in three equal installments in 2012, 2013 and 2014, plus interest at the rate of 8% on the outstanding amount. The 2012 and 2013 installments were paid.

As of March 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $13.2 million, primarily held in Argentine peso and U.S. dollar-denominated accounts in the Argentina and the United States. Our U.S. subsidiary had a $15.0 million secured working capital facility with Bridge Bank (of which $9.4 million was outstanding as of March 31, 2014) and our principal Argentine subsidiary had a number of short-term unsecured credit lines with various banks in Argentina (under which a total of $1.8 million was outstanding as of March 31, 2014).

On May 6, 2013, our U.S. subsidiary renewed its working capital facility with Bridge Bank on substantially the same terms as the subsidiary’s previous working capital facility. Under our U.S. subsidiary’s working capital facility, its borrowing capacity is equal to the lesser of (i) $15.0 million and (ii) 80% of its eligible trade receivables. Advances under the working capital facility accrue interest at Bridge Bank’s prime rate (currently 3.25%) plus an applicable margin of 0.25%. This working capital facility is guaranteed by Globant and is secured by the borrower’s trade receivables. This facility matures on May 6, 2015 and includes certain financial covenants. The financial covenants include the requirements that our U.S. subsidiary maintain (i) an asset coverage ratio; (ii) a minimum tangible net worth; and (iii) a maximum leverage ratio. The working capital facility includes customary negative and affirmative covenants. The negative covenants include, among others, limitations on: subordinated indebtedness; payment of dividends; liens; disposition of assets; consolidations and mergers; investments; and transactions with affiliates. The affirmative covenants include, among others, the requirement to provide audited annual and unaudited monthly financial statements, quarterly and annual compliance certificates, and other financial and operating information. As of December 31, 2013, and as of the date of prospectus, our U.S. subsidiary was in compliance with all covenants contained in this working capital facility.

Our principal Argentine subsidiary’s lines of credit are denominated in Argentine pesos and bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 7.0% to 21.5% and have maturity dates ranging from June 2014 to December 2017.

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated:

         
  Three months ended
March 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011
  (in thousands)   (in thousands)     
Profit before income tax (gain) expense adjusted for non cash items (1)   $ 6,405     $ 2,103     $ 8,909     $ 16,454     $ 11,478  
Changes in working capital     (142 )       (2,419 )       (4,757 )       (7,990 )       (8,909 )  
Income tax paid     (1,530 )       (350 )       (2,941 )       (749 )       (1,395 )  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     4,733       (666 )       1,211       7,715       1,174  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (6,904 )       (2,564 )       7,769       (9,162 )       (7,126 )  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (583 )       4,775       2,071       2,201       10,319  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     (1,106 )       (241 )       (1,685 )       (82 )       (91 )  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period/year     17,051       7,685       7,685       7,013       2,737  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period/year     13,191       8,989       17,051       7,685       7,013  
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents   $ (3,860 )     $ 1,304     $ 9,366     $ 672     $ 4,276  

(1) Profit before income tax gain (expenses) adjusted for non-cash items consists of the sum of the following items:

         
  Three months ended
March 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011
  (in thousands)   (in thousands)
Profit (Loss) for the period/year   $ 3,424     $ 2,389     $ 13,769     $ (1,301 )     $ 7,088  
Share-based compensation expense     8       82       793       11,709        
Income tax (current and deferred)     1,616       687       6,009       (160 )       1,689  
Depreciation of property and equipment     1,114       1,238       4,967       3,889       1,968  
Amortization of intangible assets     679       391       2,189       881       531  
Allowance for doubtful accounts     199       86       922       121       20  
Allowance for claims and lawsuits     10             18       19       (91 )  
Gain on remeasurement of contingent consideration                 (1,703 )              
Accrued interest     366       222       700       1,296       273  
Gain on transactions with bonds     (2,606 )       (3,107 )       (29,577 )              
Net gain arising on financial assets classified as held-for-trading     (658 )             (850 )              
Allowance for unrecoverability of tax credits     416             9,579              
Exchange differences     1,837       115       2,093              
Profit before income tax (gain) expense adjusted for non cash items   $ 6,405     $ 2,103     $ 8,909     $ 16,454     $ 11,478  

In accordance with IFRS, the variations in the line items in the consolidated cash flow statements for 2011, 2012 and 2013 do not reflect movements in balance sheet line items attributable to the Nextive, Terraforum and Huddle acquisitions.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities consists primarily of profits before taxes adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization expense, and the effect of working capital changes.

         
  Three months ended
March 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011
  (in thousands)   (in thousands)     
Profit before income tax (gain) expense adjusted for non-cash items (1)   $ 6,405     $ 2,103     $ 8,909     $ 16,454     $ 11,478  
Changes in working capital:
                                         
Net increase in trade receivables     (127 )       (1,994 )       (5,971 )       (7,172 )       (6,662 )  
Net increase in other receivables     (946 )       (727 )       (2,987 )       (4,760 )       (6,055 )  
Net increase in trade payables     250       437       1,451       579       433  
Net increase (decrease) in payroll and social security taxes payable     169       (62 )       3,424       3,544       3,715  
Net increase (decrease) in tax liabilities and deferred tax     618       (330 )       193       (917 )       (143 )  
Utilization of provision of contingencies                 (40 )              
Net increase in other financial liabilities     22                          
Net (decrease) increase in other liabilities     (128 )       257       (827 )       736       (197 )  
Income tax paid     (1,530 )       (350 )       (2,941 )       (749 )       (1,395 )  
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ 4,733     $ (666 )     $ 1,211     $ 7,715     $ 1,174  

(1) See Note 1 to the preceding table.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $4.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to net cash used in operating activities of $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This increase in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to a $4.3 million increase in profit before income tax expenses adjusted for non-cash items, a $2.3 million decrease in working capital and a $1.2 million increase in income taxes paid.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to a $7.5 million decrease in profit before income tax expense adjusted for non cash-items, a $3.2 million decrease in working capital requirements and a $2.2 million increase in income tax payment.

Changes in working capital in the year ended December 31, 2013 consisted primarily of a $6.0 million increase in trade receivables, and a $3.0 million increase in other receivables, partially offset by a $3.4 million increase in payroll and social security taxes payable, and a $1.5 million increase in trade payables. The $6.0 million increase in trade receivables reflects our revenue growth. The $3.0 million increase in other receivables was mainly related to the increase in Argentina’s value-added tax credits. Payroll and social security taxes payable increased to $17.8 million as of December 31, 2013 from $13.7 million as of December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of the growth in our headcount in line with our expansion.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $6.5 million to $7.7 million during 2012 from $1.2 million during 2011. This increase in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to a $5.0 million increase in profits before income tax (gain) expense adjusted for non-cash items, and a $0.9 million increase in working capital requirements.

Changes in working capital between 2011 and 2012 consisted primarily of increases in trade receivables and other receivables, partially offset by increases in payroll and social security taxes payable. Revenues increased by 43.0% for 2012 as compared to 2011, resulting in an increase in trade receivables of $7.2 million to $27.8 million as of December 31, 2012 from $19.9 million as of December 31, 2011. Payroll and social security taxes payable increased to $13.7 million as of December 31, 2012 from $9.9 million as of

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

December 31, 2011, as a result of the growth in our headcount. Other receivables increased to $18.0 million as of December 31, 2012 from $13.7 million as of December 31, 2011 mainly as a result of tax credits recognized by our Argentine subsidiaries under the Software Promotion Law and under Argentina’s value-added tax regime.

Investing Activities

Net cash of $6.9 million was used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2014, as compared to net cash used of $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we invested $5.8 million in property and equipment, $0.2 million in intangible assets, $0.5 million in sovereign bonds and other financial assets, and $0.4 million in payments under previous acquisition agreements.

Net cash of $7.8 million was provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $9.2 million of net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we invested in mutual funds and sovereign bonds, which generated $20.5 million, and we invested $7.3 million in fixed and intangible assets and invested $5.2 million in acquisition-related transactions.

Net cash of $9.2 million was used in investing activities during 2012 as compared to $7.1 million of net cash used in investing activities during 2011. The increased use of cash was primarily attributable to an increase in capital expenditures for the build-out of two 3,000 square meter delivery centers in Buenos Aires, Argentina, a new delivery center in San Francisco, United States, an additional floor in our Montevideo delivery center, the purchase of IT equipment related to our increased headcount, the acquisition of software licenses and to payments related to Nextive and Terraforum acquisitions.

Financing Activities

Net cash of $0.6 million was used in financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2014 as compared to $4.8 million provided by financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2013. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we paid offering-related expenses of $0.3 million, repaid outstanding debt of $0.1 million and paid interest expenses of $0.1 million.

Net cash of $2.1 million was provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $2.2 million of net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we repurchased options for $2.0 million, repurchased $4.2 million of treasury stock and paid offering-related expenses of $0.9 million. These outflows were partially offset by capital contributions made by shareholders of $9.1 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased by $8.1 million to $2.2 million during 2012 from $10.3 million during 2011. This decrease was primarily attributable to an equity issuance to our investor, Endeavor Global, Inc., that raised net proceeds of $2.0 million (net of expenses) as compared to the equity issuance in 2011 to our investors Riverwood Capital and FTV Capital that raised net proceeds of $5.8 million (net of expenses) which occurred in 2011. Also, in 2012, we repurchased common shares for $0.8 million and increased our borrowings by $2.8 million.

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contractual Obligations and Future Capital Requirements

Contractual Obligations

Set forth below is information concerning our fixed and determinable contractual obligations as of March 31, 2014 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows.

         
  Payments due by Period
     Total   Less than
1 year
  2 – 3 years   More than
4 years
  More than
5 years
     (in thousands)
Borrowings   $ 11,188     $ 815     $ 10,143     $ 230     $  
Interest to be paid on borrowings     1,109       810       286       13        
Operating lease obligations(1)     13,790       6,130       4,514       1,556       1,590  
Other financial liabilities(2)     8,390       6,090       2,300              
Total   $ 34,477     $ 13,845     $ 17,243     $ 1,799     $ 1,590  

(1) Includes rental obligations and other lease obligations.
(2) Relates to Nextive, Terraforum and Huddle acquisitions. See Note 23 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

Future Capital Requirements

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations, revolving line of credit and export lines of credit and the proceeds to us from this offering will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. In addition, we expect that the net proceeds to us from this offering will provide us with the additional financial flexibility to execute our strategic objectives, including the possibility of entering new markets, making strategic acquisitions and investments, and repaying existing debt obligations. In addition, as of March 31, 2014, IAFH Global S.A. had recognized an aggregate of $5.4 million in value-added tax credits. We expect to monetize the value of those value-added tax credits by way of cash reimbursement from AFIP. We expect that the full amount of these tax credits will be monetized by the end of 2015.

Our ability to generate cash is subject to our performance, general economic conditions, industry trends and other factors. To the extent that funds from this offering, combined with existing cash and cash equivalents and operating cash flow are insufficient to fund our future activities and requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. If we issue equity securities in order to raise additional funds, substantial dilution to existing shareholders may occur. If we raise cash through the issuance of indebtedness, we may be subject to additional contractual restrictions on our business. We cannot assure you that we would be able to raise additional funds on favorable terms or at all.

Restrictions on Distribution of Dividends by Certain Subsidiaries

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we derived over 87% of our revenues from clients in North America and Europe pursuant to contracts that are entered into by our subsidiaries located in the United States and the United Kingdom. Under these arrangements, earnings and cash flows from operations are generated not just in Argentina, but also in the other jurisdictions in which we conduct operations. Our non-Argentine subsidiaries, including Globant S.A. and Spain Holdco, do not depend on the transfer of earnings from our Argentine subsidiaries to meet their working capital requirements or other cash obligations. When earnings are transferred between our subsidiaries, the transferor declares a dividend to its shareholders during a shareholder meeting. The dividend is subsequently paid to the shareholders. However, the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us is subject to their having satisfied requirements under local law to set aside a portion of their net income in each year to legal reserves, as described below.

In accordance with Argentine and Uruguayan companies law, our subsidiaries incorporated in Argentina and in Uruguay must set aside at least 5% of their net income (determined on the basis of their statutory accounts) in each year to legal reserves, until such reserves equal 20% of their respective issued share capital. As of December 31, 2013, required legal reserves at our Argentine subsidiaries amounted to $0.8 million and

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

had been set aside as of that date. As of that date, our Uruguayan subsidiary had set aside a legal reserve of $0.04 million, which was fully constituted.

In accordance with Brazilian law, 5% of the net profit of our Brazilian subsidiary must be allocated to form a legal reserve, which may not exceed 20% of its capital. Our Brazilian subsidiary may refrain from allocating resources to the legal reserve during any fiscal year in which the balance of such reserve exceeds 30% of its capital. Our Brazilian subsidiary did not have a legal reserve as of December 31, 2013.

In accordance with Colombian companies law, our Colombian subsidiary must set aside at least 10% of its net income (determined on the basis of its statutory accounts) in each year to legal reserves, until such reserves equal 50% of its issued share capital. As of December 31, 2013, its legal reserves amounted to $0.004 million and were fully set aside.

In accordance with Spanish companies law, our Spanish subsidiary, Globant S.A., must set aside at least 10% of its net income (determined on the basis of its statutory accounts) in each year to legal reserves, until such reserves equal 20% of its issued share capital. As of December 31, 2013, no reserves had been set aside.

In addition, our Argentine subsidiaries are subject to formal and informal restrictions under exchange controls imposed by the Argentine government on the conversion of Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars and the remittance of U.S. dollars abroad. These restrictions could impair or prevent the conversion of anticipated dividends or distributions payable to us by those subsidiaries from Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars. For further information on these exchange controls, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Operating in Latin America and Argentina — Argentina — Restrictions on transfers of foreign currency and the repatriation of capital from Argentina may impair our ability to receive dividends and distributions from, and the proceeds of any sale of, our assets in Argentina” and “Regulatory Overview — Foreign Exchange Controls.”

Equity Compensation Arrangements

From 2006 through June 30, 2012, we granted a total of 1,306,697 SARs to a limited number of key employees pursuant to SAR award agreements as a form of long-term incentive compensation. Under the SAR award agreements, each SAR holder was entitled to receive the difference between the “start” price specified in the agreement and the price paid or assigned to each of our common shares upon an event of liquidity, as to each SAR vested as of that date and provided that the SAR holder was then employed by us. An event of liquidity means the completion of a merger, sale or transfer of Globant by virtue of which the shareholders of Globant receive consideration (cash, payment in kind, or a combination of both) representing at least 55% of our equity. Upon termination of the employee’s employment with us for any reason, other than for resignation or termination with justified cause, the employee retained the right to any SARs vested through that date. Of the 1,292,912 SARs outstanding as of December, 31, 2011, 755,644 were granted under a form of SAR award agreement having the provisions described above (“SAR I Award Agreements”). The remaining 537,268 SARs were awarded under SAR award agreements that, in addition to entitling the SAR holder to the payment described above upon an event of liquidity, also entitle the SAR holder to exercise the SAR following an initial public offering by Globant (“SAR II Award Agreements”).

We had granted 735,239 SARs as of January 1, 2009, and 20,405 SARs as of December 31, 2009, in each case under SARs I Award Agreements. We had granted 289,768 SARs and 247,500 SARs as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, in each case under SARs II Award Agreements.

As we concluded that an Event of Liquidity and an initial public offering were not considered probable at December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, we did not recognize any liability or expense related to the outstanding SARs at any of those dates.

In June 2012, we decided to replace the SARs with share options, under which the beneficiary employee has, to the extent vested, an option to purchase common shares that is exercisable upon the earliest of (i) the effective date of the share option agreement, provided that the employee has been continuously employed by us (or any of our subsidiaries), (ii) an event of liquidity, as defined in the share option agreement, or (iii) an initial public offering registered under the Securities Act. The exercise price of the share options was unchanged from the original SAR award agreements, and is required to be paid by the employee in cash at the date of exercise. The share option agreements were signed on June 30, 2012 by all employees who had been awarded SARs under the SAR award agreements.

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The modification of the SAR award agreements into share option agreements under which the options are immediately exercisable for those employees who have met the service requirement under the related share option agreements was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2012 as a modification of terms of the original agreement prospectively as of the date of change.

Share-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments to employees is determined based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. Fair value is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Including our newly-issued stock options, there were 38,170,879 outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2012 and 17,910,248 outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2013 and 17,153,549 outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2014. For 2012, we recorded $11.7 million of share-based compensation expense related to these share option agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2013 we recorded $0.8 million of share-based compensation expense related to these share option agreements. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recorded $0.01 million of share-based compensation expense.

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

As of and for the three years ended December 31, 2013, except for operating leases entered into in the normal course of business, we were not party to any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Our market risk exposure results primarily from concentration of credit risk, fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency rates and inflation. We do not engage in trading of derivative instruments for speculative purposes.

Concentration of Credit and Other Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and bank balances, short-term investments and trade receivables. These financial instruments approximate fair value due to short-term maturities. We maintain our cash and bank balances and short-term investments with high credit quality financial institutions. Our investment portfolio is primarily comprised of time deposits and corporate and treasury bonds. We believe that our credit policies reflect normal industry terms and business risk. We do not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties and, accordingly, do not require collateral.

Trade receivables are generally dispersed across our clients in proportion to the revenues we generate from them. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, our top five clients accounted for 25.4%, 25.4%, 27.8% and 39.9%, respectively, of our net revenues. Our top client for the three months ended March 31, 2014, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, accounted for 3.5% of our total accounts receivable as of March 31, 2014. Our top client for 2013, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, accounted for 6.4% of our revenues for that period. Accounts receivable from Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online represented 3.9% of our total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2013. Our top client for 2012, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, accounted for 9.3% of our revenues for that period. Accounts receivable from Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online represented 5.6% of our total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2012.

Our top client for 2011 was Electronic Arts, a publisher of game software content used by consumers on a variety of platforms. Electronic Arts accounted for 12.7% of our net revenues for 2011. Accounts receivable from Electronic Arts represented 9.6% of total accounts receivable for 2011.

Credit losses and write-offs of trade receivable balances have historically not been material to our consolidated financial statements.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our cash and bank balances and our credit facilities. Our working capital facility bears interest at the lender’s prime rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 3.25% to 3.50% (depending on the amount drawn). Our export lines of credit bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 7.0% to 21.5%. We do not use derivative financial instruments to hedge our risk of interest rate volatility.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Based on our debt position as of March 31, 2014, if we needed to refinance our existing debt, a 1% increase in interest rates would have an annualized impact of $0.1 million.

We have not been exposed to material risks due to changes in market interest rates. However, our future financial costs related to borrowings may increase and our financial income may decrease due to changes in market interest rates.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Our exchange rate risk arises in the ordinary course of our business primarily from our foreign currency expenses and, to a lesser extent, revenues. We are also exposed to exchange rate risk on the portion of our cash and bank balances, investments and trade receivables that is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and on other receivables, such as Argentine tax credits.

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in U.S. dollars. Because the majority of our operations are conducted in Latin America, we incur the majority of our operating expenses and capital expenditures in non-U.S. dollar currencies, primarily the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Colombian peso and Brazilian real. 88.9% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 was generated in U.S. dollars, with the balance being generated primarily in British pounds sterling and, to a lesser extent, other currencies (including the Argentine peso, the Colombian peso and the Brazilian real). The following table shows the breakdown of our revenues by the currencies in which they were generated during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and the three years ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

                   
  Three months ended March 31,   Year ended
December 31,
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011
  (in thousands; except
for percentages)
  (in thousands; except
for percentages)
By Currency
                                                                                      
USD   $ 38,322       88.9 %     $ 30,096       87.6 %     $ 140,799       88.9 %     $ 113,719       88.3 %     $ 82,634       91.7 %  
GBP     548       1.3 %       428       1.2 %       3,140       2.0 %       6,120       4.7 %       4,630       5.1 %  
Others     4,255       9.8 %       3,827       11.2 %       14,385       9.1 %       9,010       7.0 %       2,809       3.2 %  
Revenues   $ 43,125       100.0 %     $ 34,351       100.0 %     $ 158,324       100.0 %     $ 128,849       100.0 %     $ 90,073       100.0 %  

When our Argentine subsidiaries receive payment in U.S. dollars for services performed under our client contracts, we are required by Argentine law to convert such amounts into Argentine pesos, as a result of which the portion of our cash and bank balances that we hold in Argentina is exposed to the fluctuations in the official exchange rate between the Argentine peso and the U.S. dollar. Currently, this exposure is short-term, as these funds are immediately used to pay salaries and capital expenditures primarily in Argentina. The Argentine peso has fluctuated significantly against the U.S. dollar since the end of Argentine peso/U.S. dollar parity in 2002 and experienced periods of strong devaluation. Historically, we have been able to mitigate the risk of devaluation on our cash balances and investments denominated in Argentine pesos through purchases of U.S. dollars. Since the October 2011 re-election of Cristina Fernandez de Kirchner as Argentina’s president, the Argentine government has adopted policies that have made it more difficult for Argentine enterprises to freely purchase U.S. dollars and remit U.S. dollars abroad. However, since salaries and capital expenditures are paid in Argentine pesos, there is currently limited free cash-flow generated in Argentina. During 2013, our U.S. subsidiary elected to make payment for a portion of the services provided by our Argentine subsidiaries by means of U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN purchased in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars). The BODEN were then delivered to our Argentine subsidiaries as payment for a portion of the services rendered and, after being held by our Argentine subsidiaries for between, on average, 10 to 30 days, were sold in the Argentine market for Argentine pesos. Because the fair value of the BODEN in the Argentine markets (in Argentine pesos) during the year ended December 31, 2013 was higher than the quoted U.S. dollar price for the BODEN in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina (which is the rate used to convert the transactions in foreign currency into our Argentine subsidiaries’ functional currency), we recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value (expressed in Argentine pesos) of the BODEN into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina. In January 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries, with cash proceeds from capitalizations, acquired U.S. dollar- denominated BODEN and BONAR in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars), held and then sold those

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BODEN and BONAR in a manner similar to our 2013 transactions described above. The capitalizations were related to capital expenditures incurred to establish delivery centers in Bahia Blanca, La Plata and Tucuman, Argentina. See Note 3.12.7 to our audited consolidated financial statements and “— Results of Operations — 2013 Compared to 2012.”

A small percentage of our trade receivables is generated from net revenues earned in non-U.S. dollar currencies (primarily British pounds sterling, the Brazilian real, the Colombian peso and the Argentine peso).

Our results of operations can be affected if the Argentine peso, Colombian peso, Uruguayan peso or British pound appreciate or depreciate against the U.S. dollar.

A 30% depreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in a $23.3 million decrease in our operating costs. Given that we have a greater amount of Argentine peso-denominated assets than Argentine peso-denominated liabilities, a 30.0% depreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in a $1.6 million loss. As a result, the combined effect on our income statement would have been a $21.7 million increase in our profit for the year ended December 31, 2013.

A 30% appreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in a $30.3 million increase in our operating costs. Given that we have a greater amount of Argentine peso-denominated assets than Argentine peso-denominated liabilities, a 30% appreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in a $1.9 million gain. As a result, the combined effect on our income statement would have been a $28.4 million decrease in our profit for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Although in the three years ended December 31, 2013 we have not used derivative financial instruments to hedge the risk of foreign exchange volatility, we periodically evaluate the need for hedging strategies with our board of directors, including the use of such instruments to mitigate the effect of foreign exchange rate fluctuations. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, our principal Argentine operating subsidiary, Sistemas Globales S.A., entered into foreign exchange forward contracts with Capital Markets S.A. in U.S. dollars at a specified price, with settlement in June and July 2014. Sistemas Globales S.A. uses these foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce the risk of exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency. As of March 31, 2014, the foreign exchange forward contracts were recognized, according to IAS 39, as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, for an amount of $0.02 million. We may in the future, as circumstances warrant, decide to enter into other derivative transactions to reduce our exposure to appreciation or depreciation in the value of certain foreign currencies.

Wage Inflation Risk

Argentina has experienced significant levels of inflation in recent years. According to the INDEC, the consumer price index increased 8.5% in 2007, 7.2% in 2008, 7.7% in 2009, 10.9% in 2010, 9.5% in 2011, 10.8% in 2012, 10.9% in 2013 and reported an inflation rate of 9.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Inflation data released by the INDEC has been criticized by economists and investors as understating inflation in Argentina. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Operating in Latin America and Argentina — Argentina — Our results of operations may be adversely affected by high and possibly increasing inflation in Argentina.” According to the Consumer Price Index of the Argentine province of Santa Fe ( Índice de Precios al Consumidor de la Provincia de Santa Fe ), the wholesale price index increased 12.6% in 2007, 21.6% in 2008, 12.6% in 2009, 25.5% in 2010, 20.7% in 2011, 17.9% in 2012 and 16.2% in 2013. The impact of inflation on our salary costs, or wage inflation, and thus on our statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income varies depending on the fluctuation in exchange rates between the Argentine peso and the U.S. dollar. In an environment where the Argentine peso is weakening against the U.S. dollar, the impact of wage inflation will be partially offset, whereas in an environment where the Argentine peso is strengthening against the U.S. dollar, the impact of wage inflation will be increased. As of March 31, 2014, approximately 75.6% of our employees were based in Argentina, where wages can be influenced by current inflation rates. Assuming a constant exchange rate and no ability to increase prices, for every 10.0% increase in wage inflation in Argentina we would experience an estimated decrease of approximately $5.7 million in profit for the year.

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which require us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, (ii) disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the end of each reporting period and (iii) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting period. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions, and expectations regarding the future based on available information and reasonable assumptions, which together form a basis for making judgments about matters not readily apparent from other sources.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the year in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year or in the year of the revision and future years if the revision affects both current and future years. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. When reviewing our consolidated financial statements, you should consider (i) our selection of critical accounting policies, (ii) the judgment and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies and (iii) the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions. We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements as their application places significant demands on the judgment of our management.

An accounting policy is considered to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following critical accounting policies are the most sensitive and require more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. You should read the following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included in this prospectus.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenues primarily from the provision of software development services. We recognize revenues when realized or realizable and earned, which is when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. If there is uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for the services, revenues are deferred until the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved.

Recognition of revenues under fixed-price contracts involves significant judgment in the estimation process including factors relating to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent with the application of the percentage of completion method of accounting affecting the amounts of revenues and related expenses reported in our consolidated financial statements. Under this method, total contract revenue during the term of an agreement is recognized on the basis of the percentage that each contract’s total labor cost to date bears to the total expected labor cost. This method is followed where reasonably dependable estimates of revenues and costs can be made. A number of internal and external factors can affect our estimates, including labor hours and specification and testing requirement changes.

Revisions to our estimates may result in increases or decreases to revenues and income and are reflected in our consolidated financial statements in the periods in which they are first identified. If our estimates indicate that a contract loss will be incurred, a loss provision is recorded in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable. Contract losses are determined to be the amount by which the estimated costs of the contract exceed the estimated total revenues that will be generated by the contract and are included in cost of revenues in our consolidated statement of operations.

Goodwill, Fixed Assets and Intangible Assets Impairment Analysis

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the sum of the amounts assigned to tangible and intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. The determination of the fair value of tangible

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and intangible assets involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units. We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. When determining the fair value of our reporting unit, we utilize the income approach using discounted cash flow. The income approach considers various assumptions including increase in headcount, headcount utilization rate and revenue per employee, income tax rates and discount rates.

Any adverse changes in key assumptions about the businesses and its prospects or an adverse change in market conditions may cause a change in the estimation of fair value and could result in an impairment charge. Based upon our evaluation of goodwill, no impairments were recognized during 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Income Taxes

Determining the consolidated provision for income tax expense, deferred income tax assets and liabilities and related valuation allowance, if any, involves significant judgment. The provision for income taxes includes federal, state, local and foreign taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences in each of the jurisdictions where we operate of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which the temporary differences are expected to be reversed. Changes to enacted tax rates would result in either increases or decreases in the provision for income taxes in the period of changes. We evaluate the realizability of deferred tax assets and recognize a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset is reveiwed at the end of each reporting period and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow the benefit of part or all of the deferred tax assets to be utilized. This assessment requires judgments, estimates, and assumptions by our management. In evaluating our ability to utilize deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are recoverable. Our judgments regarding future taxable income are based on expectations of market conditions and other facts and circumstances. Any adverse change to the underlying facts or our estimates and assumptions could require that we reduce the carrying amount of its net deferred tax assets.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value of stock appreciation rights

SAR I Awards .  From 2006 through June 30, 2012, we granted Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) to some of our employees. Under the form of SAR award agreement initially utilized by us (“SAR I Award”), the SARs entitled employees to a specified amount of cash provided that both of the following conditions were met:

1. The employee remained employed by us and
2. A liquidity event, defined as the occurrence of a merger, sale or transfer of 55% of our stock (“Liquidity Event”), occured.

The SAR I Awards thus included a service condition and a non-market performance condition under International Financial Reporting Standard 2, “Share-based Payment” (“IFRS 2”). Under IFRS 2 (paragraph 15 and 19), in order for the SAR I Awards to vest, (i) the SAR I recipients were required to remain employed with us and (ii) a Liquidity Event, which is a non-market performance condition, was required to occur. With regard to the non-market performance condition, we determined that the Liquidity Event was not probable as of December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Thus, the fair value of the SAR I Awards was determined to be zero. Accordingly, we did not recognize any compensation expense related to the SAR I Awards in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended on those dates. The SAR I Awards were considered cash-settled liability awards.

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SAR II Awards .  In 2010 and 2011, we granted to certain of our employees SARs (“SAR II Awards”) entitling them to a specified amount of cash provided that the same conditions as those established in the SAR I Awards were met (the second condition modified as described in the next paragraph).

The SAR II Awards included a service condition and a non-market performance condition under IFRS 2. The non-market performance condition required the occurrence either of a Liquidity Event or an initial public offering (“IPO”) (only one of which needed to be met for the SAR II Awards to vest). In the event of an IPO and provided the SAR II holder was still employed by us, we would allow the SAR II holder to exercise such holder’s vested SAR II Awards for cash, our common shares, or a combination of both, with the manner of settlement at our discretion. After the IPO, and in the event of a change of control, the SAR II Awards were cancelable by us at our discretion, in which case, we would be required to make a payment for each outstanding SAR II Award. The payment would be equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of our ordinary share in the change of control over the grant date fair value. We were permitted to make this payment in cash, securities or a combination of the foregoing.

Under IFRS 2 (paragraph 15 and 19), in order for the SAR II Awards to vest, (i) the SAR II recipients were required to remain employed with us and (ii) either a Liquidity Event or an IPO was required to occur. With regard to the non-market performance condition, we determined that neither the Liquidity Event nor an IPO were probable as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. Thus, the fair value of the SAR II Awards was determined to be zero. Accordingly, we did not recognize any compensation expense related to the SAR II Awards in its consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended on those dates. The SAR II Awards were considered cash-settled liability awards.

Amendment .  In June 2012, we replaced each SAR I Award and SAR II Award through an amendment (the “Amendment”). The Amendment introduced the following significant changes to the SAR I Awards and SAR II Awards:

Each SAR I Award and SAR II Award was replaced by stock options governed by a stock option agreement (collectively, the “Stock Option Agreements”).
Provided the service conditions set forth in each individual’s Stock Option Agreement were met, the stock options vested upon the earlier of the date of the Amendment ( i.e. , the modification date) or an IPO.
In the event of an IPO, immediately after the IPO occurs, our obligations under each Stock Option Agreement require that the stock options become exercisable for our common shares in a manner that preserves the original economic value of the SAR I and II Awards.
The Amendment sets forth the amount of options attributable to each employee as of the date of the Amendment.

Pursuant to the Amendment, the SAR I Awards and SAR II Awards were converted to stock options. For those awards with no additional service conditions, the stock options vest at the earlier of the date of the Amendment or an IPO. We determined that this represents a modification of the SAR I Awards and II Awards and as such, the modified awards should be fair valued as of the date of modification. For those awards with no additional service condition, we have recognized any unrecognized expense associated with the stock options upon the modification date based on the modification date fair value. Upon modification, these stock options are considered equity awards and not cash-settled liability awards. Based upon the interpretative guidance of IFRS 2, we believe that the stock options should be fair valued as of the date of modification.

Based on the foregoing, we have concluded since there is no additional service period associated with the stock options that have been granted, we should recognize the full amount of expense for those stock options at the modification date.

Fair value of ordinary shares

Our share-based payment transactions with employees are measured based on the fair value of our common shares at the date of modification (June 30, 2012) from the stock appreciation rights plan to the stock option plan. We recognized as compensation expense all vested options at the date of modification of the plan

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and recognize non-vested options as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, with a corresponding impact reflected in additional paid-in capital.

Determining the fair value of the share-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We calculate the fair value of each option award on the date of modification using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of our common shares, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

Fair value of the common shares :  Because our common shares are not publicly traded, the fair value was determined using the market approach technique based on the value per share from a series of our past private placements in which new common shares have been issued. We believe that the price paid for those new common shares is a fair value of those common shares at the time of the placement. In January 2012 we had a capital contribution from a new shareholder (Endeavor Global, Inc.), which included cash plus stock options granted to the new shareholder. Therefore, we considered that amount to reflect the fair value of our common shares. The fair value of the common shares related to this private placement results from the following formula: cash minus fair value of stock options granted to the new shareholder divided by the number of newly issued common shares. The fair value of the stock options granted to the new shareholder was determined using the same variables and methodologies as the stock options granted to our employees. For 2013 and 2014 grants, the reference price of our common shares is the price paid by WPP in its investment dated December 26, 2012. See “Related Party Transactions — Private Placements — WPP investment in Globant.”

Expected volatility :  As we do not have any trading history for our common shares, the expected volatility for our common shares was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility of the NASDAQ 100 Telecommunication Index.

Expected term :  The expected life of options represents the period of time the granted options are expected to be outstanding. Our employees have not exercised any options, therefore we consider the expected term to be equal to the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term of the award.

Risk free rate :  The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the options is based on the U.S. Federal Treasury yield curve with maturities similar to the expected term of the options.

Dividend yield :  We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Call Option Over Non-Controlling Interest

We hold a call option to acquire the 13.75% remaining interest in Huddle UK held by Mr. Spitz, which can be exercised on April 1, 2016. We calculated the fair value of this option using the Black-Scholes option model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected volatility, maturity, risk-free interest rate, value of the underlying asset and dividend yield.

Expected volatility:   We have considered annualized volatility as multiples of EBITDA of publicly traded companies in the technology business within United States, Europe and Asia from 2008.

Maturity:   The combination of the call and put options implies that, assuming no liquidity restrictions at the moment that the option is exercisable and considering that both parties want to maximize their respective benefit, we will acquire Mr. Spitz’s shares at the date that this option is exercisable. Therefore, we have assumed that the maturity date of both options is April 1, 2016.

Risk free rate:   The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Federal Treasury yield curve with maturities similar to the expected term of the options.

Value of the underlying assets:   We considered a multiple of EBITDA resulting from the implied multiple in Huddle adjusted for the lack of control.

Dividend yield:   We do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our clients to make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined by evaluating the relative credit-worthiness of each client, historical collections experience and other information, including the aging of the receivables. As of December 31, 2013, our allowance for doubtful accounts represented less than 0.6% of our net revenues. If the financial condition of our clients were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

Allowance For Impairment of Tax Credits

We maintain an allowance for impairment of tax credits for estimated losses resulting from substantial doubt about recoverability of the Software Promotion Law tax credit. The impairment of tax credits is determined by estimating future uses of this credit against our value-added tax position.

Application of New and Revised International Financial Reporting Standards

New accounting pronouncements

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, there were no new accounting pronouncements. The new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet mandatorily effective are described in Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013.

The Company has adopted, when applicable, the following new and revised IFRSs as from January 1, 2014:

 
Amendments to IAS 32   Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27   Investment Entities
Amendments to IAS 39   Provide Relief for Novation of Derivatives
IFRIC 21   Levies
Amendments to IAS 36   Disclosure of recoverable value
The amendments to IAS 32 clarify existing application issues relating to the offset of financial assets and financial liabilities requirements. Specifically, the amendments clarify the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off” and “simultaneous realisation and settlement”. The amendments did not have effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In May 2013, the IFRS Interpretations Committee issued Interpretation 21, which clarifies when a reporting entity should recognize a liability related to a levy (other than for income taxes) assessed by a governmental entity. Interpretation 21 explains that “the obligating event that gives rise to a liability to pay a levy is the activity that triggers the payment of the levy, as identified by the legislation.” IFRIC 21 did not have significant impact on amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements.
In May 2013, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 36 to clarify the scope of some of the standard’s disclosure requirements. The amendments reduce the circumstances in which entities must disclose the recoverable amount of assets or cash-generating units and explicitly require entities to disclose the discount rate used to determine impairment (or reversals) when a present value technique is used to calculate the recoverable amount (based on fair value less disposal costs). IAS 36 did not have impact on amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements.
In June 2013, the IASB released limited-scope amendments to IAS 39 that allow reporting entities to maintain hedge accounting when “a derivative, which has been designated as a hedging instrument, is novated to effect clearing with a central counterparty (“CCP”) as a result of laws or regulation, if specific conditions are met”. The amendments were issued to address reporting entities’ concerns about the effect of proposed and recently enacted regulations (e.g., the Dodd-Frank

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) that require central clearing of certain over-the-counter derivatives in existing hedge relationships. To benefit from the amendments to IAS 39, an entity must meet all of the following criteria:

1. Novation to a CCP must occur as a result of laws or regulations or the introduction of laws or regulations.

2. After the novation, the CCP would become the new counterparty to each of the original parties to the derivative.

3. Any changes to the hedging instrument would be limited to those necessary to effect such a replacement of the counterparty.

IAS 39 did not have impact on amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements.

The amendments to IFRS 10 define an investment entity and require a reporting entity that meet the definition of an investment entity not to consolidate its subsidiaries but instead of measure its subsidiaries at fair value through profit or loss in its consolidated and separate financial statements.

To qualify as an investment entity, a reporting entity is required to:

Obtain funds from one or more investors for the purpose of providing them with professional investment management services.
Commit to its investor(s) that its business purpose is to invest funds solely for returns from capital appreciation, investment income, or both.
Measure and evaluate performance of substantially all of its investments on a fair value basis.

Consequential amendments have been made to IFRS 12 and IAS 27 to introduce new disclosure requirements for investment entities.

The amendment to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 did not have impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a new-breed technology services provider focused on delivering innovative software solutions by leveraging emerging technologies and related market trends. We combine the engineering and technical rigor of IT services providers with the creative approach and culture of digital agencies. Globant is the place where engineering, design and innovation meet scale. Our principal operating subsidiary is based in Buenos Aires, Argentina. Our clients are principally located in North America and Europe and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, 79.9% of our revenues were generated by clients in North America and 7.1% of our revenues were generated by clients in Europe, including many leading global companies.

Over the last several years, a number of emerging technologies and related market trends, including mobility, cloud computing and software as a service, gamification, social media, wearables, internet of things and big data have emerged that are revolutionizing the way end-users interface with information technology and are reshaping the business and competitive landscape for enterprises. As enterprises adapt their business models to benefit from these changes, they are increasingly seeking solutions that not only meet the rigorous engineering requirements of emerging technologies, but that also engage the end-user in new and powerful ways. We believe this dynamic is creating an attractive opportunity for technology service providers that have the engineering rigor, creative talent, and culture of innovation to deliver these solutions.

At Globant, we seek to deliver the optimal blend of engineering, design, and innovation to harness the potential of emerging technologies for our clients. Since our inception in 2003, we have believed that while engineering is central to information technology, only by combining strong engineering capabilities with creativity and agility can we deliver innovative solutions that enhance end-user experiences while meeting our clients’ business needs. Our commitment to this differentiated approach is reflected in three key core tenets: organization by technology-specialized practices called Studios; emphasis on a collaborative and open Culture; and Innovation and creativity in technology and design processes. To contribute to these core concepts, we have made and continue to make significant ongoing investments in developing an operating environment that fosters innovation, creativity and teamwork, while ensuring a commitment to quality and project discipline.

Our Studios embody our core competencies in cutting-edge technologies and practices, and include: Consumer Experience; Gaming; Big Data and High Performance; Quality Engineering; Enterprise Consumerization; UX and Social; Mobile; Wearables and Internet of Things; After Going Live; Digital Content; Product Innovation; and Cloud Computing and Infrastructure. We believe that our Studio model, rather than the more typical industry segmentation, allows us to optimize our expertise in emerging technologies and related market trends for our clients, regardless of their industry. Our Globers either become permanent members of a Studio or rotate through various Studios, cross-pollinating ideas and best practices. Each Studio serves multiple industries and our work for individual clients frequently involves Globers from multiple Studios organized into small teams that we call “Agile Pods.”

At Globant, our culture is paramount and we seek to cultivate an entrepreneurial, flexible, and team-oriented work environment. Accordingly, we have designed our workspaces to be enjoyable and stimulating spaces that support our culture by encouraging social and professional interaction. Our culture is founded on three motivational pillars: Autonomy, Mastery and Purpose; and six core values: Act Ethically, Be a Team Player, Constantly Innovate, Aim for Excellence, Think Big and Have Fun. These values are complemented by processes that stimulate creative and collaborative thinking.

It is critical that each and every one of our Globers be an innovator. We believe that working across different Studios on a variety of technologies for sophisticated and demanding clients keeps our Globers open-minded and gives them the flexibility needed to visualize new possibilities and transform ideas into everyday technology. We actively seek to promote and sustain innovation in our company through ideation sessions, our Globant Labs, “flip-thinking” events, hackathons and through the cross-pollination of knowledge and ideas.

Our Globers are our most valuable asset. As of March 31, 2014, we had 3,322 Globers and 25 delivery centers across 16 cities in Argentina, Uruguay, Colombia, Brazil, Mexico and the United States, supported by two client management locations in the United States, and one client management location in each of

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

United Kingdom, Colombia, Uruguay, Argentina and Brazil. Our reputation for cutting-edge work for global blue chip clients and our footprint across Latin America provide us with the ability to attract and retain well-educated and talented professionals in the region. We are culturally similar to our clients and we function in similar time zones. We believe that these similarities have helped us build solid relationships with our clients in the United States and Europe and facilitate a high degree of client collaboration.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, 79.9% of our revenues were generated by clients in North America, and 7.1% of our revenues were generated by our clients in Europe. Our clients include companies such as Google, Electronic Arts, JWT, LinkedIn, Orbitz and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, each of which was among our top ten clients by revenues for at least one Studio in the year ended December 31, 2013. Approximately 88.4% of our revenues for 2013 were attributable to repeat clients who had used our services in the prior year. We believe our success in building our attractive client base in the most sophisticated and competitive markets for IT services demonstrates the superior value proposition of our offering and the quality of our execution as well as our culture of innovation and entrepreneurial spirit.

Our revenues increased from $90.1 million for 2011 to $158.3 million for 2013, representing a CAGR of 32.5% over the three-year period. Our revenues for 2013 increased by 22.9% to $158.3 million, from $128.8 million for 2012. Our profit for 2013 was $13.8 million, compared to a loss of $1.3 million for 2012, which reflected $9.3 million in share-based compensation expense, net of deferred tax, in 2012. The $15.1 million increase in profit from 2012 to 2013 includes a $29.6 million gain from transactions with BODEN received as payment for the exports of a portion of the services performed by our Argentine subsidiaries, partially offset by a $9.6 million allowance for the impairment of tax credits generated by the Software Promotion Law. See note 3.7.1.1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013. After the approximately 22% devaluation of the Argentine peso that occurred in January 2014, our U.S. subsidiary discontinued its use of BODEN transactions as payment for exports of a portion of the services performed by our Argentine subsidiaries. Our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2014 amounted to $43.1 million, on increase of $8.7 million, or 25.3%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. We recorded a profit of $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31 2014, compared to a profit of $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. In 2011, 2012 and 2013, we made several acquisitions to enhance our strategic capabilities, none of which contributed a material amount to our revenues in the year the acquisition was made. See “— Corporate History.”

Corporate History

We were founded in 2003 by Martín Migoya, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Guibert Englebienne, our Chief Technology Officer, Martín Umaran, our Chief of Staff, and Nestor Nocetti, our Executive Vice President of Corporate Affairs. Our founders’ vision was to create a company, starting in Latin America, that would become a leader in the delivery of innovative software solutions for global clients, while also generating world-class career opportunities for IT professionals, not just in metropolitan areas but also in outlying cities and countries in the region.

Since our inception, we have benefited from strong organic growth and have built a blue chip client base comprised of leading global companies. Over that same period, we have expanded our network of delivery centers from one to 25. In addition, we have garnered several awards and recognition from organizations such as Endeavor, Global Services, the International Association of Outsourcing Professionals, InfoWorld and Always On, and we have been the subject of business-school case studies on entrepreneurship at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Harvard University and Stanford University in conjunction with the World Economic Forum.

We have benefited from the support of our investors Riverwood Capital and FTV Capital, which have provided equity capital to support our strategic expansion and growth. In January 2012, Endeavor Global, Inc., an organization devoted to selecting, mentoring and accelerating high-impact entrepreneurs around the world, invested in our company. And, more recently, in December 2012, one of the largest marketing communications networks in the advertising industry, WPP plc, through its wholly owned subsidiary, WPP, became a shareholder of our company. WPP’s investment in us reinforces our position as a new-breed of technology services provider and is expected to enable us to extend our range of clients served.

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In 2006, we started working with Google. We were chosen due to our cultural affinity and innovation. While our growth has largely been organic, since 2008 we have made five complementary acquisitions. Our acquisition strategy is focused on deepening our relationship with key clients, extending our technology capabilities, broadening our service offering and expanding our geographic footprint, rather than building scale. In 2008, we acquired Accendra, a Buenos Aires-based provider of software development services, in order to deepen our relationship with Microsoft and broaden our technology expertise to include Sharepoint and other Microsoft technologies. That same year we also acquired Openware, a company specializing in security management based in Rosario, Argentina. In 2011, we acquired Nextive. The Nextive acquisition expanded our geographic presence in the United States and enhanced our U.S. engagement and delivery management team as well as our ability to provide comprehensive solutions in mobile technologies. In 2012, we acquired TerraForum, an innovation consulting and software development firm in Brazil. The acquisition of TerraForum allows us to expand into one of the largest economies in the world and to broaden our services to our clients, strengthening our position as a leader in the creation of innovative software products. In October 2013, we acquired a majority stake in the Huddle Group, a company specializing in the media and entertainment industries, with operations in Argentina, Chile and the United States.

Our Market Opportunity

In the last few years, the technology industry has undergone a significant transformation due to the proliferation and accelerated adoption of several emerging technologies, including mobility, social media, big data and cloud computing, and related market trends including enhanced user experience, personalization technology, gamification, consumerization of IT, wearables and open collaboration. These technologies are empowering end-users and compelling enterprises to engage and collaborate with end-users in new and powerful ways that place the end-user squarely at the center of their business. We believe that these changes are resulting in a paradigm shift in the technology services industry and are creating a demand for service providers that possess a deep understanding of the following emerging technologies and related market trends:

Emerging Technologies

Mobility has become a preferred option for audiences to consume and generate data and access content in the cloud, across multiple platforms and devices, creating a new channel for enterprises to engage and interact with end-users and attract new clients.
Cloud-computing and software as a service is a new model for consuming and delivering business and consumer products and services, using Internet-based computing, storage and connectivity technology to house content distributed to an increasing variety of devices. Cloud computing and software as a service is expected to foster the development of new applications and devices that can access cloud-based software.
Social media technologies are changing traditional one-way communication over the Internet into interactive dialogue among individuals, communities and organizations. Enterprises must change the way that they collaborate, communicate and share information with clients, employees and partners.
Big data , which refers to the proliferation of data that enterprises are experiencing is driving demand for enhanced business analytics to enable them to identify patterns, gain deeper insights into their customers and operations, and make better decisions.

Market Trends

User experience  — As the Internet becomes increasingly user-centric, consumers are demanding richer, more interactive experiences in the websites that they visit and the software applications that they use. To attract new clients and retain existing ones, enterprises must create websites and applications that deliver intuitive and tailored user experiences.
Personalization technology enables Internet pages and search results to be customized based on the user’s implicit behavior, preferences and tastes. By applying predictive analytics and data mining technologies to the user’s “social graph,” browsing history and other criteria, enterprises can tailor their offerings and provide richer, more user-centric online experiences.

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gamification involves applying game mechanics to non-game environments such as innovation, marketing, training, employee performance, health and social change. Gamification is being used by enterprises to achieve higher levels of employee and client engagement, change behaviors and stimulate innovation.
Consumerization of IT increases as consumers continue to adopt emerging technologies into their personal lives, and come to expect the same experience, communication and features from business applications. Employees and enterprises are leveraging tools that originated in the consumer world to communicate, collaborate and share knowledge in the workplace, as well as with clients.
Wearables and internet of things involves a new class of consumer and embedded electronics that allow users to perform day-to-day activities without having to reach for their smartphone or computer. Wearable devices provide feedback regarding behavior, activities and equipment usage, enabling enterprises to develop products and applications that are tailored to their customers’ specific needs. The internet of things is the network of physical objects that contain embedded technology to communicate and sense or interact with their internal states or the external environment. The term is broadly used to denote advanced connectivity of devices, systems and services. According to Gartner, there will be nearly 26 billion devices on the internet of things by 2020.
Open collaboration (or open innovation and crowdsourcing) is a new model for economic production involving dynamic knowledge exchange, encouraging outside ideas to cross company borders and empowering employees to work in outside networks and collaborations. Crowdsourcing leverages the wisdom of crowds for market research, product development and efficient resource allocation as a way to be more agile in the face of rapid change.

We believe that enterprises seeking to adapt to these emerging technologies and related market trends represent a significant growth opportunity for technology services providers. However, in order to successfully capture this opportunity, technology services providers require a new set of skills and capabilities — domain knowledge, a deep understanding of emerging technologies and related market trends and the ability to integrate creative capabilities with engineering rigor. Historically, traditional IT services providers have focused on optimizing corporate processes and developing internal IT for their clients. For the most part, traditional IT services firms have specialized in delivering custom applications based on clearly defined specifications provided by their clients. Alternatively, digital agencies have historically focused on creativity but without the depth of engineering expertise or ability to scale. We believe that these dynamics have created a need for a new breed of technology services provider, like ourselves with superior innovation capabilities supported by highly evolved methodologies, engineering capabilities and talent management practices, and a strong culture.

According to IDC, the IT services market worldwide was estimated to be $874.8 billion in 2012 and is projected to grow to $1,087.3 billion by 2017, representing a five-year CAGR of 4.4%. However, the accelerated adoption of the new technologies described above suggests that demand for IT services focused on these technologies is likely to grow at rates that outpace the growth of the overall IT services market worldwide. For example, according to IDC, worldwide spending on professional services related to implementing cloud services was $7.5 billion in 2012 and is expected to grow to $22.6 billion by 2017, a five-year CAGR of 24.8%. According to the same source, the mobile enterprise application platform market was $0.9 billion in 2012 and is expected to grow to $4.8 billion by 2017, a five-year CAGR of 38.7%. Finally, according to Gartner, worldwide social media revenue (consisting of revenues from advertising, gaming and subscriptions) was estimated at $11.8 billion in 2011 and is expected to grow to $33.5 billion by 2016, a five-year CAGR of 23.0%. The growth in demand for technology services by enterprises seeking to adapt their business models to these emerging technologies and related market trends represents our market opportunity.

Our Approach

We seek to deliver the optimal blend of engineering, design, and innovation capabilities to harness the potential of emerging technologies and related market trends to meet our clients’ needs. Ever since our inception in 2003, we believe strong engineering capabilities with creativity and agility can deliver innovative solutions that enhance end-user experiences while meeting our clients’ business needs.

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our value proposition for our clients includes increased revenues, brand awareness, effective communication with customers, and the optimal use of emerging technologies and resources to enable our clients to maintain their leadership position. This allows us to establish long-term strategic relationships with our clients, secure high value-add mandates and expand the scope of our engagement with our clients.

Our integrated approach requires high-quality software engineering talent, extensive knowledge of emerging technologies, use of the latest software development methodologies and productivity tools, and well-tested project management practices. Most importantly, we believe it calls for a work environment that fosters innovation, creativity and teamwork while ensuring a commitment to quality and discipline. Since inception, we have invested significant resources into developing this work environment by focusing on three tenets that we believe are core to our approach:

Studios;
Culture; and
Innovation.

Studios

Beginning in 2009, we organized around core competencies in cutting-edge technologies and called these practices Studios. We currently have 12 Studios: Consumer Experience; Gaming; Big Data and High Performance; Quality Engineering; Enterprise Consumerization; UX and Social; Mobile; Wearables and Internet of Things; After Going Live; Digital Content; Product Innovation; and Cloud Computing and Infrastructure.

Our Globers are either assigned to Studios becoming permanent members, or rotate through Studios, cross-pollinating ideas and best practices, and enabling us to optimize utilization. Each Studio serves multiple industries and our work for individual clients frequently involves multiple Studios.

We believe our Studio model, in contrast to industry segmentation typical of most IT services firms, is an effective way of organizing our company into smaller operating units, enhancing the sense of ownership and autonomy of our Globers, while allowing us to share knowledge across our company and deepen our understanding of emerging technologies. This model also provides the flexibility for each Studio to deliver services on a stand-alone basis or in coordination with other Studios, as our clients may require. At the project level, we leverage the competencies of our Studios through “Agile Pods.” These are small teams that combine the specialized practices relevant to the project, and include technical profiles, designers, QA and project managers, and operate in a manner designed to accelerate the design and development of innovative software products meeting the client’s delivery, cost and quality goals.

Culture

Our culture is the foundation that supports and facilitates our distinctive approach. It can best be described as entrepreneurial, flexible, and team-oriented, and is built on three main motivational pillars and six core values.

Our motivational pillars are: Autonomy, Mastery and Purpose. Through Autonomy , we empower our Globers to take ownership of their client projects, professional development and careers. Mastery is about constant improvement, aiming for excellence and exceeding expectations. Finally, we believe that only by sharing a common Purpose will we build a company for the long term that breaks from the status quo, is recognized as a leader in the delivery of innovative software solutions and creates value for our stakeholders.

Globant’s core values are: Act Ethically, Be a Team Player, Constantly Innovate, Aim for Excellence, Think Big and Have Fun. In order to encourage Globers to live and work by these values, we launched our Stellar Program, which allows Globers to recognize peers for an achievement or behavior that exemplifies one or more of our core values.

Consistent with our motivational pillars and core values, we have designed our workspaces to be enjoyable and stimulating spaces that are conducive to social and professional interaction. Our delivery centers include, among others, brainstorming rooms, music rooms and “chill-out” rooms. We also organize activities throughout the year, such as sports tournaments, outings, celebrations, and other events that help foster our

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

culture. We believe that we have been successful in building a work environment that fosters creativity, innovation and collaborative thinking, as well as enabling our Globers to tap into their intrinsic motivation for the benefit of our company and our clients.

Innovation

Innovation is at the heart of our culture, so it is critical that each and every one of our Globers be an innovator. In addition to offering a flexible and collaborative work environment, we also actively seek to build the capabilities required to sustain innovation through several ongoing processes and initiatives including:

Ideation sessions  — At the outset of a client project, we frequently crowdsource ideas by organizing an ideation session to solve our client’s needs. We typically open ideation sessions to all Globers to maximize idea generation and capture the technology expertise found in each of our Studios. We believe that our ideation sessions help break down silos, facilitate the sharing of knowledge and insights, and stimulate innovative thinking.
Globant Labs  — To help Globers stay ahead of the technology curve, we provide them with the freedom to explore and test new ideas and technologies in our Globant Labs — such as robotics, bioinformatics, virtual worlds, tangible interfaces and augmented reality that could eventually be useful to our existing and prospective clients.
Flip-thinking events  — We encourage Globers to participate in flip-thinking events. These are open gatherings on topics related to creativity, innovation and technology to which we invite thought leaders from the sciences, the arts, industry and technology. We believe flip-thinking contributes to our Globers’ ability to think intuitively and creatively when solving problems.
Hackathons are events to which we invite programmers, designers and engineers from Globant and outside Globant, to collaborate intensively on a technology challenge. Our hackathons are typically focused on a particular programming language, software technology or practice. Hackathons provide attendees the opportunity to learn, try out new ideas and collaborate with other people in a highly energized, idea-generative environment.
Premier League  — Our Premier League is an elite team of Globers, whose mission is to foster innovation by cross-pollinating their deep knowledge of emerging technologies and related market trends across our Studios and among our Globers. Our Premier League is comprised of our senior-most subject matter experts who are recognized as “gurus” in their respective domains of expertise. Approximately one percent of our Globers are members of our Premier League.

Finally, we believe that working across several different domains on a variety of technologies for sophisticated and demanding clients keeps our Globers open-minded and gives them the flexibility needed to create new possibilities and transform ideas into everyday technology.

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate Globant and create the foundation for continued rapid growth in revenues and profitability:

Ability to deliver a distinctive blend of engineering, design and innovation services

We are a new-breed technology services provider where engineering, design and innovation meet scale. We blend innovation, creativity and design with engineering to offer scalable, end-to-end technology solutions that harness the potential of emerging technologies and related market trends. Our integrated approach requires a combination of high-quality software engineering and creative talent, advanced knowledge of emerging technologies, use of the latest software development methodologies and productivity tools, and well-tested project management practices. Since inception, we have remained committed to this approach and have invested significant resources into optimizing our services capabilities. We believe that our value proposition and our operating model distinguish us from our competitors, and, therefore, provide us with a significant competitive advantage.

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Deep domain expertise in emerging technologies and related market trends

We have developed strong core competencies in emerging technologies and practices such as mobility, social media, big data, wearables, internet of things and cloud computing. We have a deep understanding of market trends, including user experience, personalization technology, gamification, consumerization of IT, wearables, internet of things and open collaboration. Our areas of expertise are organized in 12 Studios, which we believe provide us with a strong competitive advantage and allow us to leverage prior experiences to deliver superior software solutions to clients.

Long-term relationships with blue chip clients

We have built a roster of blue chip clients such as Google, Electronic Arts, JWT, Sabre, LinkedIn, Orbitz and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, many of which themselves are at the forefront of emerging technologies. We believe that our success in developing these client relationships reflects the innovative and high value-added services that we provide along‘ with our ability to positively impact our clients’ business. Our relationships with these enterprises provides us with an opportunity to access large IT, research and development and marketing budgets. These relationships have driven our growth and have enabled us to engage with new clients.

Global delivery with access to deep talent pool

As of March 31, 2014, we provided our services through a network of 25 delivery centers in 16 cities throughout six countries (Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Mendoza, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca and La Plata in Argentina; Montevideo, Uruguay; Bogotá and Medellín, Colombia; São Paulo, Brazil; Mexico City, Mexico; and San Francisco in the United States). We also have client management locations in the United States (San Francisco and Boston), Brazil (São Paulo), Colombia (Bogotá), Uruguay (Montevideo), Argentina (Buenos Aires) and the United Kingdom (London).

Latin America has an abundant talent pool of individuals skilled in IT. Over 250,000 engineering and technology students have graduated annually from 2007 – 2010 from universities in Latin America and the Caribbean region according to The Science and Technology Indicator Network ( Red de Indicadores de Ciencia y Tecnologia ), a research organization that tracks science and technology indicators in the region. Latin America’s talent pool (including Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, Colombia and Uruguay) is composed of approximately 1,000,000 professionals according to SmartPlanet and NearshoreAmericas. Our highly skilled Globers come from leading universities in the regions where our delivery centers are located. Among our surveyed Globers, approximately 93.7% have obtained a university degree or are enrolled in a university while they are employed by our company, approximately 6.0% have obtained a graduate level degree, and many have specialized industry credentials or licensing, including in Systems Engineering, Electronic Engineering, Computer Science, Information Systems Administration, Business Administration and Graphic and Web Design. Our time zone and cultural similarity have helped us build solid relationships with our clients in the United States and Europe and differentiate us on projects that require a high degree of client collaboration.

Highly experienced management team

Our management team is comprised of seasoned industry professionals with global experience. Our management sets the vision and strategic direction for Globant and drives our growth and entrepreneurial culture. On average, the members of our senior management team have 15 years of experience in the technology industry giving them a comprehensive understanding of the industry as well as insight into emerging technologies and practices and opportunities for strategic expansion.

Strategy

We seek to be a leading provider of integrated engineering, design and innovation services across a range of industries that leverages our deep competencies in emerging technologies and knowledge of related market trends. The key elements of Globant’s strategy for achieving this objective are as follows:

Grow revenue with existing and new clients

We will continue to focus on delivering innovative and high value-added solutions that drive revenues for our clients, thereby deepening our relationships and leading to additional revenue opportunities with them. We will continue to target new clients by leveraging our engineering, design and innovation capabilities and our

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

deep understanding of emerging technologies. We will focus on building our brand in order to further penetrate our existing and target markets where there is a strong demand for our knowledge and services.

Remain at the forefront of innovation and emerging technologies

We believe our Studios have been highly effective in enabling us to deliver innovative software solutions that leverage our deep domain expertise in emerging technologies and related market trends. As new technologies emerge and as market trends change, we will continue to add Studios to remain at the forefront of innovation, to address new competencies that help us stay at the leading-edge of emerging technologies, and to enable us to enter new markets and capture additional business opportunities.

Expand our delivery footprint

As of March 31, 2014, we provided services through a network of 25 delivery centers in 16 cities throughout six countries (Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca Mendoza, Mar del Plata and La Plata in Argentina; Montevideo, Uruguay; Bogotá and Medellín, Colombia; São Paulo, Brazil; Mexico City, Mexico and San Francisco in the United States). A key element of our strategy is to expand our delivery footprint, including by increasing the number of employees that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations. In particular, we intend to focus our recruitment efforts on the United States. We will continue to focus on expanding our delivery footprint both within and outside Latin America to gain access to additional pools of talent to effectively meet the demands of our clients and to increase the number of Globers that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations.

Attract, train and retain top quality talent

We place a high priority on recruiting, training, and retaining employees, which we believe is integral to our continued ability to meet the challenges of the most complex software development assignments. In doing so, we seek to decentralize our delivery centers by opening centers in locations that may not have developed IT services markets but can provide professionals with the caliber of technical training and experience that we seek. Globant offers highly attractive career opportunities to individuals who might otherwise have had to relocate to larger IT markets. We will continue to develop our scalable human capital platform by implementing resource planning and staffing systems and by attracting, training and developing high-quality professionals from Latin America’s talent pool, strengthen our relationships with leading universities in Latin America, and help universities better prepare graduates for work in our industry. We have agreements to teach, provide internships, and interact on various initiatives with the several Latin American universities, such as the Buenos Aires Institute of Technology (ITBA) in Buenos Aires, Argentina; Universidad Nacional del Centro de la Provincia de Buenos Aires (UNICEN) in Tandil, Argentina; Universidad de Tecnología Nacional (UTN) in Rosario, La Plata, and Buenos Aires, Argentina; Argentina; Universidad Estadual de São Paulo, Brazil; ORT University in Montevideo, Uruguay; and Universidad Nacional de La Plata in La Plata, Argentina.

Selectively pursue strategic acquisitions

Building on our track record of successfully acquiring and integrating complementary companies, we will continue to selectively pursue strategic acquisition opportunities that deepen our relationship with key clients, extend our technology capabilities, broaden our service offerings and expand our geographic footprint in order to enhance our ability to serve our clients. Our acquisition of the Huddle Group in October 2013 illustrates our commitment to this strategy.

Our Services

Our Studios

Our approach to providing services revolves around our Studios as compared to traditional IT services companies that are primarily organized around industry verticals. We believe our Studio model is an effective way of organizing our company into smaller operating units, fostering creativity and innovation while allowing us to build, enhance and consolidate expertise in emerging technologies. Each Studio has specific domain knowledge and delivers tailored solutions focused on specific technology challenges. This method of delivery is the foundation of our services offering and, we believe, of our success.

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our 12 Studios are as follows:

Consumer Experience;
Gaming;
Big Data and High Performance;
Quality Engineering;
Enterprise Consumerization;
UX and Social;
Mobile;
Cloud Computing and Infrastructure;
Wearables and Internet of Things;
After Going Live;
Digital Content; and
Product Innovation.

As technology continues to evolve, we will evolve by adding new Studios and areas of expertise allowing us to enter new markets and capitalize on emerging technologies and related market trends.

Each of our technology-specialized Studios serves a broad set of industries. The Globers for each Studio include engineers, architects, artists and designers, business analysts, quality control analysts, marketing professionals, and project managers. The permanent members of a Studio maintain and enhance that Studio’s core knowledge over time, while the Globers who rotate through that Studio help cross-pollinate knowledge and best practices across our other Studios. Each Studio is managed by a business partner, a technology partner and a delivery partner, who together make coordinated decisions to achieve seamless service delivery to our clients. Representative clients listed for each Studio were all among our top ten clients by revenues in the Studio in 2013.

Consumer Experience

Our Consumer Experience Studio is focused on building innovative, scalable and appealing Internet-based solutions for our clients that enhance the end-user’s online experience. It builds scalable and appealing business-to-consumer online destinations for global audiences.

The portfolio of services we provide through our Consumer Experience Studio is focused on the integrated delivery of:

E-commerce applications; and
Portals.

The e-commerce applications that we deliver are built to generate traffic and new sales and incorporate product catalogs, payment and checkout functions, micro-transactions, search engine marketing, search engine optimization and reporting. In designing and building portals, our investment in research and development enables us to recommend the optimal architecture for our clients. We also have deep experience in integrating a client’s portal with its content management system to deliver intuitive and engaging applications and personalized searchable content.

Representative clients include, among others, Sabre, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, Orbitz, Travelocity, Google, MercadoLibre, National Geographic and Southwest Airlines.

Case study:   Our client is one of the largest online video-sharing platforms providing users the ability to upload, view and share videos. Our client wanted to develop a new tool to stream popular concerts, interviews and sporting events, with live-streaming capabilities and discovery tools integrated directly into the online video platform. We worked both on the front-end (developing an engaging user interface by introducing

106


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

innovative changes to our client’s home page and creating a new mobile version for Android devices) and on the back-end (providing design and integration with our client’s main platform, including e-commerce capabilities). This project helped to position us as a leader and pioneer in the development of live streaming capabilities for websites and mobile devices.

Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online (“WDPRO”) is developing a new online experience for the Walt Disney World® Resort (The “WDPRO Project”) We have been working with WDPRO for three years, since the inception of the WDPRO Project, as part of the technical team responsible for the platform’s developement. Our teams have successfully worked with WDPRO through regular communication and shared development tools.

Gaming

Our Gaming Studio specializes in the design and development of world-class games, social and digital platforms that function across web, and mobile channels. This Studio enables companies to leverage game mechanics with a differentiating approach, helping them to develop the game concept through production, launch and operation.

The portfolio of services we provide through our Gaming Studio includes:

Graphics engineering;
Game engineering;
Gaming experience; and
Digital platform services.

Representative clients include, among others, Cisco, Electronic Arts and Gaia Interactive.

Case study:   Our client, Electronic Arts, develops, markets, publishes and distributes game software content and services that can be played by consumers on a variety of platforms. We have provided services to Electronic Arts on several projects, including collaborating closely with Electronic Arts’ EA SPORTS products in developing “Game Modes” for its FIFA console products as well as supporting EA SPORTS in the delivery of a wide range of gaming services and products for the FIFA franchise. We also supported the Electronic Arts “Origin” product. Our team implemented the social functionality for Origin and supported development of various other features and functionalities in the product.

Big Data and High Performance

Our Big Data and High Performance Studio delivers mission-critical data management solutions for clients in industries that manage vast numbers of daily transactions. With expertise in algorithms, data modeling, high performance analytics and transactional services, this Studio builds highly secure, scalable and available software solutions, designed to handle heavy volumes of information.

The portfolio of services we provide through our Big Data and High Performance Studio includes:

Data architecture;
Data science; and
Data Visualization.

Representative clients include, among others, Google, Kimberly Clark, Veeder Root, Kantar, MoneyGram and BBVA.

Case study:   Our client is a media data analysis company that collaborates with broadcasters, media agencies and advertisers to obtain reliable measurements from TV and multimedia platforms. Our client was seeking a solution that allowed advertisers to gather information about TV audiences and the impact of advertisements on their purchasing behavior. We worked with our client to develop an addressable advertisement reporting service, the main dashboard/scorecard used by advertisers to plan, optimize and evaluate the performance of advertising campaigns that are customized to a particular market segment. Our solution analyzes data from millions of TV set-top boxes to build reliable and detailed information about the structure of the TV audience and identify trends and correlations between specific advertisements and their

107


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

impact on the purchasing behavior of TV audiences. Our solution provides vital information to potential advertisers allowing them to define, plan and negotiate effective advertising campaigns, enhancing our client’s relationships with its customers.

Quality Engineering

Our Quality Engineering Studio focuses on reducing our clients’ business risks. It provides a comprehensive suite of innovative testing services to ensure that the software applications our clients are running achieve the highest-quality standards and meet the needs of demanding users.

The portfolio of services we provide through our Quality Engineering Studio includes:

Quality assurance (“QA”) engagement strategy;
Mobile testing;
Test automation;
Load and performance testing; and
Game testing.

Representative clients include, among others, Orbitz, Google and cars.com.

Case study:   Orbitz is a leading online global travel company that uses innovative technology to enable travelers to research, plan and book a broad range of travel products. In order to stay ahead of rapidly evolving consumer needs and preferences, our client continuously adds new features and enhancements to its platform and online portal. Orbitz engaged us to provide a testing system for these new features and enhancements. We used our expertise in load and performance testing and functional quality control to develop a highly reliable testing process that tests 80% of our client’s new features and enhancements under development. The testing system that we created for Orbitz is an end-to-end solution, with applicability during the initial stages of the application development lifecycle through to the final application integration stage. Our solution has enhanced the reliability and performance of the new features and enhancements to Orbitz’s online portal and platform, while considerably reducing the time to market and overall development costs, thereby freeing up Orbitz’s resources to focus on developing new applications and enhancing its platform. Our solution has also provided us with a recurring source of project-based work with Orbitz since 2006.

Enterprise Consumerization

Our Enterprise Consumerization Studio builds innovative enterprise solutions that enable organizations to increase internal efficiency and engage employees, bringing new trends and technologies from consumer-facing software solutions into the workplace. The products we develop allow our clients to improve employees’ engagement, increase their knowledge of technology, enhance their productivity and access readily available information.

The portfolio of services we provide through our Enterprise Consumerization Studio includes:

Talent development solutions;
Open collaboration;
Enterprise operations; and
Enterprise cloud development;

Representative clients include, among others, JWT, Coca Cola, Grey Advertising, WPP and Embraer.

Case study:   JWT is a leading global advertising agency that we have been working with for over five years. JWT wanted to rethink the design of its intranet to create a more personal and social experience that would promote crowdsourcing and innovation for its more than 10,000 employees. Leveraging our technology expertise, we worked with JWT to re-design and rebuild its intranet, called myjwt.com, to add a powerful social engine enabling employees to share knowledge and ideas across more than 200 offices worldwide. Building on this foundation, we have jointly developed with JWT several innovative collaborative and

108


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

crowdsourcing tools that allow its employees to share ideas and leverage each other’s subject matter knowledge to provide better qualitative analysis and generate more creative solutions for their customers.

UX and Social

Our UX and Social Studio focuses on providing services that empower our clients’ businesses by leveraging our extensive experience in social media, engineering expertise and creativity to enhance their existing multi-media marketing strategies. This Studio seeks to boost brand awareness for our clients by helping them “socialize” their online presence, develop a dialogue with their audiences, and improve user experience.

The portfolio of services we provide through our UX and Social Studio includes:

Visual design;
User interface engineering; and
User experience.

Representative clients include, among others, JWT, LinkedIn, EMC and Bally.

Case study:   Our client is a large social media company that approached us to help it implement an open standard for application programming interfaces that would enable third-party developers to build and deploy applications for this client across social networking platforms and the Internet. We leveraged our knowledge of social platforms, user interface technology and design to develop a public specification that allowed our client to roll out a robust set of application programming interfaces on its platform. These interfaces make it possible for third-party developers to create new applications that integrate our client’s content and services, personalize solutions based on a member’s profile and connections, and enable its members to access its website wherever they work. We also developed a set of iOS and Android applications that have allowed our client to extend its delivery footprint to mobile platforms.

Mobile

Our Mobile Studio focuses on developing innovative mobile applications and state-of-the-art user interfaces that are able to run across multiple devices and platforms. This Studio has deep domain expertise in native technologies (such as iOS, Java and .NET) and Web technologies (such as JavaScript and HTML5) allowing us to support top mobile platforms such as the iPhone/Android and Windows Phone, respectively. Our approach blends user experience designers, highly skilled developers and trained business analysts to build software solutions tailored to each platform, utilizing open-source software when appropriate and Agile development methodologies.

The portfolio of services we provide through our Mobile Studio includes:

Mobile experience; and
Hybrid mobile development.

Representative clients include, among others, Orbitz, Zynga, GREE and LinkedIn.

Case study:   Our client, GREE, a leading social-gaming content and platform provider, has a business model centered around providing the best mobile experience to gamers and allowing their users to discover and share mobile games. GREE is focused on building the world's leading mobile social gaming ecosystem for users and developers, while creating and supporting unique free-to-play game content. We work closely with GREE in the United States, Japan and Latin America as it continues to develop the infrastructure for its social gaming network. These projects require key expertise around scalable infrastructure, high performing client components, hybrid mobile development and testing services. Key to our success in building our close relationship with GREE has been our expertise in backend, iOS, Android, hybrid technologies, as well as our design capabilities.

Cloud Computing and Infrastructure

Our Cloud Computing and Infrastructure Studio focuses on reducing risk in our clients’ IT ecosystems while decreasing their total cost of ownership by combining infrastructure management services, cloud and security practices. The Studio’s professionals are experts in the latest cloud technologies and practices.

109


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The portfolio of services we provide through our Cloud Computing and Infrastructure Studio includes:

Cloud consultancy and implementation;
Information security; and
Managed services (monitoring and support).

Representative clients include, among others, Electronic Arts, Google, PRNewswire, lastminute.com and American Express.

Case study:    PRNewswire is a leading global provider of news, marketing and communications solutions that enables customers to optimize and distribute multimedia content across multiple channels. PRNewswire engaged us to develop, test and implement a new web-based application that would offer customers extended services in a highly available environment. Scalability was also a key requirement, with variable demand coming from audiences around the globe. We worked with PRNewswire to restructure and revamp its existing web application, providing high availability and high response to PRNewswire’s ecosystem by implementing a robust IT infrastructure which included more than 20 main servers, with application mirroring and failover capabilities, and automatic backup processes through multiple data centers. The new web application we designed helps PRNewswire’s customers host and distribute multimedia and other types of content through digital, social, search and other traditional channels. As a result of this project, PRNewswire obtained full processing capabilities in a highly available infrastructure, and was able to introduce a much more advanced version of its web application tools, offering improvements both in capabilities and availability.

New Studios

In the first quarter of 2014, we established four new Studios aligned with new trends, new technologies, and our customers’ visions for the future. We redeployed some of our existing competencies, formerly housed in one or more of our eight existing Studios, and consolidated them into separate dedicated practices. Our four new Studios are as follows:

Our Wearables and Internet of Things Studio was created to bring to life technology solutions for the ecosystem of wearable devices and other applications of the internet of things. With the products developed in this Studio, we are able to gather information about behavior, activities and sensor-collected data, and then process all that information to develop new products and services.
Our After Going Live Studio focuses on the evolution and on-going maintenance of existing applications after they are released to production to preserve their alignment with user and business needs. Our After Going Live team ensures that the quality and efficiency of our customers’ applications are sustained, while also working to improve performance, enhance features and optimize the application. This Studio’s main goal is to make sure quality is maintained throughout the life of those applications.
Our Digital Content Studio focuses on developing digital online strategies through the creation of original and customized products and solutions. We empower our clients’ businesses by taking care of the complete lifecycle of a digital strategy, from the development of user-friendly, easy-to-use and appealing content management systems to the complete go-to-market digital promotion. We also work with our clients to develop digital marketing campaigns and engaging audiovisual content that support our customers’ goals.
Our Product Innovation Studio brings new product concepts, ideas and strategies to solve some of our customers’ challenges. The Product Innovation Studio team partners with clients willing to explore ideas through concrete prototypes that can be validated. This new Studio enables cross-Studio collaboration and crowdsourcing of ideas throughout the company.

We believe that the roll-out of these four new Studios will enable us to be even more responsive to our customers’ needs and better aligned with opportunities that we see in our markets.

110


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Delivery Model

As of March 31, 2014, our 25 delivery centers were located in 16 cities throughout six countries (Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca, Mendoza, Mar del Plata and La Plata in Argentina; Montevideo, Uruguay; Bogotá and Medellín, Colombia; São Paulo, Brazil; Mexico City, Mexico; and San Francisco in the United States). We also have client management locations in the United States (San Francisco and Boston), Brazil (São Paulo), Colombia (Bogotá), Uruguay (Montevideo), Argentina (Buenos Aires) and the United Kingdom (London). Our geographical proximity, cultural affinity and similar time zones with our clients enable increased interaction that creates close client relationships, increased responsiveness and more efficient delivery of our solutions we grow and expand our organization, we will continue diversifying our footprint by expanding into additional locations globally.

We believe our presence in Latin America creates a key competitive advantage by allowing us to benefit from the abundance of high-quality talent in the region, cultural similarities and geographic proximity to our clients.

Availability of High-Quality Talent

We believe that Latin America has emerged as an attractive geographic region from which to deliver a combination of engineering, design, and innovation capabilities for enterprises seeking to leverage emerging technologies. Latin America has an abundant skilled IT talent pool. According to the Science and Technology Indicator Network ( Red de Indicadores de Ciencia y Tecnologia ), over 250,000 engineering and technology students have graduated annually from 2007 – 2010 from universities in Latin America and the Caribbean region. Latin America’s talent pool (including Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, Colombia and Uruguay) is composed of approximately 1,000,000 professionals according to different sources, such as SmartPlanet and Nearshore Americas. This labor pool remains relatively untapped compared to other regions such as the United States, Central and Eastern Europe and China. The region’s professionals possess a breadth of skills that is optimally suited for providing technology services at competitive rates. In addition, institutions of higher education in the region offer rigorous academic programs to develop professionals with technical expertise who are competitive on a global scale. Furthermore, Latin America has a significant number of individuals who speak multiple languages, including English, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, German and French, providing a distinct advantage in delivering engineering, design and innovation services to key markets in the United States and Europe.

Government Support and Incentives

Software companies with operations in Argentina benefit from the Software Promotion Law . Originally enacted in 2004 and extended in 2011 for another five years until 2019, the Software Promotion Law established a number of incentives to promote Argentine enterprises engaged in the design, development and production of software. These incentives include:

a ten-year fiscal stability benefit, pursuant to which a company’s aggregate national tax liability will not be increased from the date it is accepted into the program until the expiration of that ten-year period;
a 60% reduction of a company’s corporate income tax liability during each fiscal period (as applied to income from promoted software activities);
a non-transferable tax credit for up to 70% of certain employer-paid social security taxes made annually, which may be offset against value-added tax liabilities. In 2011, the Software Promotion Law was amended to permit the tax credit to be applied to reduce corporate income tax liability by a percentage not greater than the company’s declared percentage of exports.
an exclusion from any restriction on import payments related to hardware and IT components.

Since 2006, when they were notified by the Argentine government of their inclusion in the promotion regime, our Argentine operating subsidiaries have benefited from a 60% reduction in their corporate income tax rate and a tax credit against value-added tax liability of 70% of amounts paid annually for certain social security taxes under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted in 2004. As of December 31, 2013, the amount of such tax credits, which is recorded on our consolidated balance sheet within other receivables,

111


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

totaled $10.8 million. Based on our interpretation of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, which governs the implementation of Law No. 26,692, we believe that there is a substantial doubt as to the recoverability of the tax credit generated by our Argentine subsidiaries through December 31, 2013 under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted in 2004. Accordingly, on December 31, 2013 we recorded a valuation allowance of $9.6 million to reduce the carrying value of such tax credit to its estimated net realizable value. On March 11, 2014, AFIP issued General Resolution No. 3,597, which provides that any tax credits generated under the Software Promotion Law will only be valid until September 17, 2014. Accordingly, on March 31, 2014, we recorded a further valuation allowance of $0.4 million to reduce the carrying value of the incremental amount of tax credit generated in the three-month period then ended to its estimated net realizable value.

We expect to recognize tax benefits under the Software Promotion Law once our Argentine operating subsidiaries have been accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers in accordance with Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013. Our Argentine subsidiaries intend to submit their applications for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers prior to July 8, 2014 and expect to become registered before December 31, 2014. See “Regulatory Overview — Argentine Taxation — Software Promotion Law.”

Our subsidiary in Uruguay, which is domiciled in a tax-free zone, benefits from a 0% income tax rate and an exemption from value-added tax.

Methodologies and Tools

Effectively delivering the innovative software solutions that we offer requires highly evolved methodologies and tools. Since inception, we have invested significant resources into developing a proprietary suite of internal applications and tools to assist us in developing solutions for our clients and manage all aspects of our delivery process. These applications and tools are designed to promote transparency, and knowledge-sharing, enhance coordination and cooperation, reduce risks such as security breaches and cost overruns, and provide control as well as visibility across all stages of the project lifecycle, for both our clients and us. Our key methodologies and tools are described below.

Agile Pods

We have created a distinctive model for the design and development of software products that combines agility and talent maturity to drive innovation, while focusing on cost efficiency through careful monitoring of gains in productivity and quality. We do this through “Agile Pods”. These are small teams, made up of members of multiple Studios, that combine the specialized practices relevant to a client project and operate in a manner designed to accelerate the design and development of innovative software products meeting the client’s delivery, cost and quality goals.

Typically consisting of no more than eight members, an Agile Pod will have varying levels of technical leadership, creative talent and product management, user experience, software development and quality assurance expertise. Each Agile Pod is responsible for managing a specific set of features related to the development of the software product or services platform deliverable to the client. Agile Pods are designed to work self-sufficiently with a minimum level of supervision, thereby increasing the speed of development and delivery. A project manager will typically manage two to four pods. In client relationships where we have assigned more than five pods, a technical director would manage up to five pods, while at a higher-level program managers would oversee ten pods.

We set forth measurable short-term and long-term goals for the performance of our Agile Pods by rating them on their velocity (how fast they get the project done), autonomy (in terms of technical mastery, creative ideas and innovation) and quality (user experience, design and reliability). We and our client collaboratively audit the “maturity level” of each Agile Pod on a client project, using quantitative and qualitative metrics. Based on the results of that audit, our client decides whether to promote or demote that pod’s maturity. While the hourly rates for a pod’s work will increase as its maturity level increases, higher-level pods can produce savings for the client compared to lower-level pods.

Agile Development Methodologies

We also employ Agile development methodologies, which we believe are particularly well suited to develop products that must adapt rapidly to user feedback and changing requirements.

112


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Agile development is an approach to developing software that is based on iterative and incremental development and delivery. Requirements and solutions evolve through collaboration between development teams and client teams. Through an iterative approach and evolutionary development and delivery, Agile development promotes adaptive planning and encourages rapid and flexible responses to changes in scope of work and client requirements. By contrast, “waterfall” development is a linear, sequential approach to software design and systems development, which is typically used to deliver custom applications based on clearly defined specifications provided by their clients. Waterfall development does not lend itself to rapid response to changes in scope of work and client requirements.

Our Globers use Agile methodologies to work closely with our clients in order to gain insights into their business and develop solutions that meet their business needs. In addition, our customized Agile Framework focuses on innovation and seeks to provide high-quality and client-oriented solutions that reduce time-to-market and provide our clients with the flexibility to adapt to a constantly evolving marketplace. We believe that the differentiating factors of our Agile Framework include:

Agile development and precise management :  Our customized Agile framework includes best practices of Scrum, XP, PMI, ISO and CMMI to assure Agile development without losing management strength.
Improved and constant communication :  We have implemented several communication initiatives that utilize our own templates, checklists and guidelines to facilitate communication between our clients and our teams. These include kick-off meetings, demonstration sessions, weekly status reports and retrospective meetings. We encourage face-to-face meetings in order to build trust between our teams and the client.
Client feedback from demonstration sessions :  At the end of each iteration, we use a demonstration session in order to present the client an updated version of a product and seek the client’s immediate feedback. We can then include any changes and improvements generated by the demonstration session.
Innovation :  We constantly challenge our teams to propose innovative ideas that add value to our client’s business.

Quality Management System

Globant has developed and implemented a quality management system in order to document our best business practices, satisfy the requirements and expectations of our clients and improve the management of our projects. We believe that continuous process improvement produces better software solutions, which enhances our clients’ satisfaction and adds value to their business.

Globant’s quality management system is certified under the requirements of the international standard ISO 9001:2008, the CMMI Maturity Level 3 process areas (which indicates that processes are well characterized and understood, and are described in company standards, procedures, tools and methods) and PMI by implementing the following practices:

Assuring that quality objectives of the organization are fulfilled;
Defining standard processes, assets and guidelines to be followed by our project teams from the earliest stages of the project life cycle;
Continuously evaluating the status of processes in order to identify process improvements or define new processes if needed;
Objectively verifying adherence of services and activities to organizational processes, standards and requirements;
Providing support and training regarding the quality management system to all employees to achieve a culture that embraces quality standards;
Informing related groups and individuals about tasks and results related to quality control improvement;
Raising issues not resolvable within the project to upper management for resolution; and

113


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Periodically gathering and analyzing feedback from our clients regarding our services to learn when we have met expectations and where there is room for improvement.

In 2013, Globant certified ISO 27001, a standard that provides a model for establishing, implementing, operating, monitoring, reviewing, maintaining, and improving an information security management system (ISMS). The process of certifying ISO 27001 ensures that ISMS is under explicit management control.

Glow

In order to manage our talent base, we have developed a proprietary software application called Glow. Glow is the central repository for all information relating to our Globers, including academic credentials, industry and technology expertise, work experience, past and pending project assignments, career aspirations, and performance assessments, among others. Every Glober can access Glow and regularly update his or her technical skills and recognize other Globers under our Stellar Program.

We use Glow as a management tool to match open positions on Studio projects with available Globers, which allows us to staff project teams rapidly and with the optimal blend of industry, technology and project experience, while also achieving efficient utilization of our resources. We believe, based on management’s experience in the industry, that we are one of few companies in our industry to employ such a tool for this purpose. Accordingly, we believe Glow provides us with a significant competitive advantage.

Katari

Katari is a Java-based software platform that we use to facilitate the rapid development of Web applications based on Java technologies. We have made our Katari framework freely available to the open source community under the Apache Software License 2.0.

Our Katari framework provides Globers with the following advantages in developing Java applications:

the user can initiate a sample application in a matter of minutes;
the sample application offers a login page to access secured content and a website that the user can customize;
the software code is well documented, consistently formatted and easy to read;
testing methodology is already in place; and
Katari’s modular approach allows for rapid responses to client changes and requirements.

Nails

Nails is a framework that we use to facilitate the rapid development of .NET applications. .NET is a software framework developed by Microsoft for applications that run primarily on Microsoft Windows. We intend to make our Nails framework freely available to the open source community under the Apache Software License 2.0.

Our Nails framework provides Globers with the following advantages in developing .NET applications:

Rapid initiation of a new application :  Traditionally, a typical software development project would require between 40 to 120 calendar hours before producing a functional application. With Nails, the execution time can often be reduced to less than half an hour.
Lower startup time :  A new developer can usually initiate a Nails-based application in less than 15 minutes.
Use of modular architecture :  Nails-based product development will typically result in a modular application, where concepts are properly abstracted and encapsulated. Modular architecture will usually lower development costs by letting developers focus on a single aspect of the application at a time allowing developers to be more productive, because they do not have to consider all aspects of an application at the same time.

114


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Digital Platform

We have built a Java-based technology platform that unifies user data and enables user activity tracking across multiple digital channels, such as mobile, gaming console and the Internet. Our platform connects to social networks and applies game mechanics (action points, turns, promotions, role-playing, etc.) to improve the user experience. These mechanics increase user engagement by providing an environment where play becomes a catalyst to collaboration, learning and healthy competition. The platform’s component framework offers our customers a single user view, user rewards, e-commerce support, subscriptions, notifications, promotion systems, and a library of customizable game mechanics. By using this platform, we can provide an innovative solution for our clients who wish to leverage the power of gaming to incentivize buying behavior, increase employee collaboration and motivation, learn while playing, and keep users engaged with digital products for a longer time.

Vulneris

Vulneris is a software tool that we have developed to assess the security of particular systems. It detects, classifies, and monitors device vulnerabilities and then processes the information obtained, which is then stored and shown in different formats, depending on the user. Vulneris also includes remediation and support modules essential for system monitoring and vulnerability management. We utilize Vulneris primarily in our Cloud Computing and Infrastructure Studio.

Clients

At Globant, we focus on delivering innovative and high value-added solutions that drive revenues and brand awareness for our clients. We believe that our approach deepens our relationships and leads to additional revenue opportunities. We also target new clients by showcasing our engineering, design and innovation capabilities along with our deep understanding of emerging technologies and related market trends.

Our clients include primarily medium- to large-sized companies based in the United States, Europe and Latin America operating in a broad range of industries including Media and Entertainment, Professional Services, Technology and Telecommunications, Travel and Hospitality, Banks, Financial Services and Insurance, and Consumer, Retail and Manufacturing. We believe clients choose us based on our ability to understand their business and help them drive revenues, as well as our innovative and high value-added business proposals, tailored Studio-based solutions, and our reputation for high quality execution. We have been able to grow with and retain our clients by merging their industry knowledge with our expertise in the latest market trends to deliver tangible business value.

We typically enter into a master services agreement (or MSA) with our clients, which provides a framework for services and a statement of work to define the scope, timing, pricing terms and performance criteria of each individual engagement under the MSA. We generate approximately 30% of our revenue from long-term contracts with terms greater than 24 months.

During 2011, 2012, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, our ten largest clients based on revenues accounted for 54.7%, 45.0%, 39.7% and 39.8% of our revenues, respectively. Our top client for the three months ended March 31, 2014, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, accounted for 7.1% of our revenues for that period. Our top client for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, accounted for 6.4% and 9.3% of our revenues, respectively. Our top client for 2011 was Electronic Arts, which accounted for 12.7% of our net revenues for 2011. Some of our major clients in 2013 include Google, Electronic Arts, JWT, Sabre, LinkedIn, Orbitz and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, each of which was among our top ten clients by revenues for at least one Studio.

115


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth the amount and percentage of our revenues for the periods presented by client location:  

                   
                   
  Three months ended
March 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011
  (in thousands;
except for
percentages)
  (in thousands;
except for
percentages)
By Geography
                                                                                   
North America   $ 34,455       79.9 %       28,082       81.8 %     $ 128,843       81.4 %     $ 105,928       82.2 %     $ 75,076       83.4 %  
Europe     3,067       7.1 %       2,168       6.3 %       12,864       8.1 %       11,458       8.9 %       8,824       9.8 %  
Latin America and other     5,603       13.0 %       4,101       11.9 %       16,617       10.5 %       11,463       8.9 %       6,173       6.8 %  
Revenues   $ 43,125       100.0 %       34,351       100.0 %     $ 158,324       100.0 %     $ 128,849       100.0 %     $ 90,073       100.0 %  

The following table shows the distribution of our clients by revenues for the years presented:

         
  Year ended December 31,
  2013   2012   2011
Over $5 Million     5       6       4  
$1 – $5 Million     36       26       21  
$0.5 – $1 Million     24       24       9  
$0.1 – $0.5 Million     66       50       45  
Less than $0.1 Million     132       96       106  
Total Clients     263       202       185  

Sales and Marketing

Our growth strategy is based on four pillars: (i) leveraging our broad expertise; (ii) pursuing strategic acquisitions; (iii) growing within existing clients; and (iv) acquiring new clients. Our expertise and Studio approach help us expand the portfolio and practices we offer to our clients. Our acquisitions are pursued with the aim of fulfilling strategic goals, such as growing into a new geography ( e.g. , Nextive, TerraForum) or the expansion of specializations ( e.g. , Accendra, Openware, Huddle).

Under our multi-pronged, integrated sales and marketing strategy, our senior management, sales executives, sales managers, account managers and engagement managers work collaboratively to target, acquire and retain new clients and expand our work for existing clients. Our sales and marketing team has broad geographic coverage with commercial offices located in Buenos Aires, Bogotá, Montevideo, São Paulo, London, San Francisco and Boston.

Our sales strategy is driven by three fundamentals: retain, develop and acquire (“RDA”). The retention (“R”) component is focused on maintaining our wallet share with existing accounts through flawless execution on our engagements. The development (“D”) component emphasizes developing existing client relationships by significantly expanding our wallet share and capturing business from our competitors. The acquisition (“A”) component targets new client accounts. Through our RDA strategy, as well as marketing and branding events, we are able to acquire new or expand existing engagements in our large and growing addressable market.

New Clients

We seek to create relationships with strategic clients through existing client referrals or through our multi-tiered approach. Our approach begins by identifying industries and geographic locations with solid growth potential. Once potential clients are identified, we seek to engage the market-facing management personnel of those companies instead of their IT divisions, which allows us to get a better understanding of the prospect’s business model before engaging with its IT personnel. The focus on an enterprise’s revenue drivers allows us to highlight the value of our services in meeting our client’s business needs, thereby differentiating us.

116


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our account sales teams are made up of sales executives and sales managers, and follow specific guidelines for managing opportunities when contacting potential new clients. Before a sales team approaches a prospective client, we gather significant intelligence and insight into the client’s potential needs, creating a specific value proposition for discussion during the engagement process. Additional opportunities resulting from the planned targeted engagement are gathered and tracked. Once an appropriate opportunity has been identified and confirmed with the client, our sales team performs account and competition mapping and enlists internal industry and subject matter experts as well as pre-sales engineers from all of the participating Studios. We then generate proposals to present to and negotiate with the client. Once we have secured the engagement, our sales executives work closely with the Globant leadership team, partners and subject matter experts from our Studios to ensure that we exceed our new client’s expectations.

From time to time, we use ideation sessions in our pre-sales process. This allows us to showcase our expertise in emerging technologies to the prospective client while also allowing us to generate a significant number of possible future client opportunities.

Existing Clients

Once we have established the client relationship, we are focused on driving future growth through increased client loyalty and retention. We leverage our historical successes with existing clients and our relationships with our clients’ key decision-makers to cross-sell additional services, thereby expand the scope of our engagements to other departments within our clients’ organizations. We seek to increase our revenues from existing clients through our account managers, technical directors, program managers, leadership team, Studio partners, and subject matter experts.

We undertake periodic reviews to identify existing clients that we believe are of strategic importance based on, among other things, the amount of revenues we generate from the client, as well as the growth potential and brand recognition that the client provides.

Marketing

We believe that our reputation as a premium provider of innovative software solutions generates additional business for us from inbound requests, referrals and requests for proposals. In addition, we engage in a number of initiatives that foster our brand and promote our expertise. As of March 31, 2014, we had nine professionals in the marketing department based in Argentina and the United States.

Our marketing teams promote Globant’s brand through a variety of channels, including the following:

Events:   We organize and participate in technology- and innovation-focused events in the United States, the United Kingdom and Latin America that position us as thought leaders in vanguard technologies and trends. These include webinars, mobile road shows and breakfast discussions with our “gurus.” In addition, members of our management team have been featured as speakers at events such as World ITO/BPO Forum, Innotribe Bangkok, Nearshore Nexus and the Endeavor Summit and at universities such as the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Stanford University, New York University and the University of California Los Angeles.
Public Relations:   Our marketing strategy includes brand positioning through targeted news coverage in print media and trade publications in the United States and Latin America, such as Bloomberg, Dow Jones, the New York Times, TechCrunch, and Nearshore Americas.
Reports and Case Studies:   We benefit from coverage of our company in reports prepared by industry analysts, such as Gartner, IDC and HFS Research, McKinsey & Company and other third-party industry observers. In addition, our company has been the subject of case studies on entrepreneurship by business schools at universities such as Stanford University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Harvard University.

Competition

The markets in which we compete are changing rapidly. We face competition from both global IT services providers as well as those based in the United States. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our business include: the ability to innovate; technical expertise and industry knowledge; end-to-end

117


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

solution offerings; reputation and track record for high-quality and on-time delivery of work; effective employee recruiting; training and retention; responsiveness to clients’ business needs; scale; financial stability; and price.

We face competition primarily from:

large global consulting and outsourcing firms, such as Accenture, Capgemini, Sapient and IBM;
digital agencies and design firms such as SapientNitro, RGA and Ideo;
traditional technology outsourcing IT services providers, such as Cognizant Technology Solutions, EPAM Systems, GlobalLogic, Aricent, Infosys Technologies, Mindtree HCL, Tata and Wipro; and
in-house product development departments of our clients and potential clients.

We believe that our focus on delivering innovative software solutions that harness the potential of emerging technologies for our clients positions us well to compete effectively in the future. However, some of our present and potential competitors may have substantially greater financial, marketing or technical resources; may be able to respond more quickly to emerging technologies or processes and changes in client demands; may be able to devote greater resources towards the development, promotion and sale of their services than we can; and may make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that increase their ability to address the needs of our clients.

Our Globers

People are one of Globant's most valuable assets. Attracting and retaining the right employees is critical to the success of our business and is a key factor in our ability to meet our client's needs and the growth of our client and revenue base.

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, on a consolidated basis, we had approximately 3,322, 3,236, 2,682 and 2,250 employees, respectively.

As of March 31, 2014, we had approximately 75 Globers, principally at our delivery center located in Rosario, Argentina, who are covered by a collective bargaining agreement with FAECYS, which is renewed on an annual basis.

The following tables show our total number of full-time employees as of March 31, 2014 broken down by functional area and geographical location:

 
  Number of Employees
Technology     2,781  
Operations     250  
Sales and marketing     42  
Management and administration     249  
Total     3,322  

 
  Number of Employees
Argentina     2,512  
Brazil     59  
Colombia     232  
United Kingdom     9  
Uruguay     363  
United States     130  
Mexico     17  
Total     3,322  

In 2007, with the opening of our delivery center in Tandil, Argentina, we commenced shifting from a Buenos Aires-centric delivery model to a distributed organization with locations across Argentina, Latin America, and elsewhere. We believe that decentralizing our workforce and delivery centers improves our

118


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

access to talent and could mitigate the impact of IT professionals attrition on our business. Additionally, we provide employees with more choices of where to work, which improves satisfaction and helps us retain our Globers. We continue to draw talent primarily from Latin America’s abundant skilled talent base.

We believe our relations with our employees are good and we have not experienced any significant labor disputes or work stoppages.

Recruitment and Retention

We seek employees who embrace our “think big” core value and are motivated to be part of a leading Latin America based company that delivers best-in-class innovative software solutions to leading global companies. We hire highly qualified, experienced IT professionals and recruit students from leading technical institutions in countries where our delivery centers are based, including: the University of Buenos Aires, the Technological Institute of Buenos Aires, the National University of Córdoba and the National University of Tucumán in Argentina; Universidad Estadual de São Paulo, Brazil; and ORT University in Montevideo, Uruguay. Of our employee base, approximately 93.7% have obtained a university degree or are enrolled in a university while they are employed by our company, approximately 6.0% have obtained a graduate level degree, and many have specialized industry credentials or licensing, including in Systems Engineering, Electronic Engineering, Computer Science, Information Systems Administration, Business Administration and Graphic and Web Design. Since our inception, we believe we have become a preferred employment option for IT university graduates in Latin America. Our participation in a broad range of technology seminars and close involvement with the institutions of higher education in our region help foster our profile among our target audience and contribute to our recruitment efforts. Our de-centralization strategy has also yielded positive results by expanding and diversifying our sources of talent within Latin America.

Employee retention is one of our main priorities and a key driver of operational efficiency and productivity. We seek to retain top talent by providing the opportunity to work on cutting-edge projects for world-class clients, a flexible work environment, training and development programs, and non-traditional benefits. The total attrition rate among our Globers was 20.0% for the 12 months ended March 31, 2014, 22.2% in 2013, 20.9% in 2012, 20.7% in 2011.

Training and Development

We dedicate significant resources to the development and professional growth of our employees through training programs, career plans, mentoring, talent assessment, succession planning and performance management.

Our U-Grow and U-Certificate programs provide training, continuing education and career development in both soft and technical skills for entry-level and experienced IT professionals. Through our U-Grow program, we provide instruction in technologies, processes, methodologies and interpersonal skills to university students while they intern at Globant. The goal of this program is to provide us with a source of junior-level employees. Our U-Certificate program offers training modules and workshops on technical, delivery and people management to our existing employees. Boot camps and open-trainings are other programs to select, train and hire talented employees. We also opened a Design Center in La Plata to train university students and gradutates in user experience trends. “Learning on Demand” is the opportunity to learn or improve technical skills through courses, videos and material we share through our intranet and e-learning platform. We also provide English language training at all of our delivery centers to maintain and enhance the English language skills of our professionals.

Compensation

We offer our Globers a compensation package consisting of salary plus, for the top five percent of performers, an annual performance bonus. Sales employees also receive a sales commission linked to revenues generated by the accounts they cover. We offer our key employees a long-term incentive program in the form of share-based compensation.

We also offer several non-traditional benefits including: the option to work from home, subsidized company trips, flex-time policies, extended maternity and paternity leave, competitive health plans, corporate discount programs, yoga classes, stretching classes and massages, among others.

119


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporate and Social Responsibility

We believe corporate and social responsibility, or CSR, is an important extension of our founders’ original vision of creating a company, starting from Latin America, that is a leader in the delivery of innovative software solutions for global customers, while also generating world-class career opportunities for IT professionals not just in metropolitan areas but also outlying cities within countries in the region. Our signature CSR program is TesteAR, an initiative we launched three years ago that seeks to increase employment opportunities for disadvantaged youth in our surrounding communities ranging from 18 to 25 years old by training them in manual software testing.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely on a combination of intellectual property laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect the investment we make in research and development. We require our employees, independent contractors, vendors and clients to enter into written confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us.

We customarily enter into non-disclosure agreements with our clients with respect to the use of their software systems and platforms. Our clients usually own the intellectual property in the software solutions we deliver. Furthermore, we usually grant a perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, nonexclusive, transferable and non-revocable license to our clients to use our preexisting intellectual property, but only to the extent necessary in order to use the software solutions we deliver.

We have developed a number of proprietary internal tools that we use to manage our projects, build applications in specific software technologies, and assess software vulnerability. These tools include Glow, Katari, Nails, our Digital Platform, our semantic banking application, and Vulneris. See “— Methodologies and Tools.”

Our registered intellectual property consists of the trademark “Globant” (which is registered in eleven jurisdictions, including the United States and Argentina) and one pending patent application in the United States. Our patent application relates to an IT application that seeks to determine an action intended by a user of an online application by matching patterns of that user’s input with corresponding intended actions. The action corresponding to the matching pattern with the highest weight is presented to the user for confirmation that the action is what the user intended. This patent could be used for, among other things, an online banking application. We do not believe that any individual registered intellectual property right, other than our rights in our name and logo, is material to our business.

Facilities and Infrastructure

As of March 31, 2014, we had 25 delivery centers located in 16 cities throughout six countries (Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca, Mendoza, Mar del Plata and La Plata in Argentina; Montevideo, Uruguay; Bogotá and Medellín, Colombia; São Paulo, Brazil; Mexico City, Mexico and San Francisco in the United States). We also have client management locations in San Francisco, Boston, São Paulo, Bogotá, Montevideo, Buenos Aires and London. The main administrative offices of our principal subsidiary (which also include a delivery center) are located in Buenos Aires. All of our facilities (with the exception of Tucumán) are leased. We also have two offices under construction in Bahía Blanca and La Plata.

120


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The table below breaks down our locations by country and city and provides the aggregate square footage of our locations in each city as of March 31, 2014.

     
Country   City   Number of Offices   Square Feet
Argentina   Bahía Blanca   2   9,720
Argentina   Buenos Aires   5   151,491
Argentina   Córdoba   2   26,651
Argentina   La Plata   1   20,225
Argentina   Mar del Plata   1   17,384
Argentina   Mendoza   1   3,229
Argentina   Resistencia   1   9,688
Argentina   Rosario   2   23,046
Argentina   Tandil   3   13,175
Argentina   Tucumán   1   10,764
Brazil   São Paulo   1   3,229
Colombia   Bogotá   1   13,799
Colombia   Medellín   1   603
Mexico   Mexico City   1   600
United States   San Francisco   1   5,920
Uruguay   Montevideo   1   26,974
Total        25     

Regulations

Due to the industry and geographic diversity of our operations and services, our operations are subject to a variety of rules and regulations, and several Argentine, Uruguayan, Colombian, UK and U.S. federal and state agencies regulate various aspects of our business. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry — Our business results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by the various conflicting and/or onerous legal and regulatory requirements imposed on us by the countries where we operate” and “Regulatory Overview.” If we are not in compliance with applicable legal requirements, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties and other remedial measures, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

We benefit from certain tax incentives promulgated by the Argentine and Uruguayan governments. See “— Our Delivery Model — Government Support and Incentives.”

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to certain contingent liabilities with respect to existing potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings, including those involving tax and labor lawsuits and other matters. We accrue liabities when it is probable that future costs will be incurred and such cost can be reasonably estimated.

In Argentina, we are engaged in several legal proceedings, including tax and labor lawsuits. In the opinion of our management, the ultimate disposition of any threatened or pending matters, either individually or on a combined basis, will not have a material effect on our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.

On February 10, 2012, FAECYS filed a lawsuit against our principal Argentine subsidiary, Sistemas Globales, in which FAECYS is demanding the application of its collective labor agreement to the employees of that subsidiary. According to FAECYS’s claim, Sistemas Globales should have withheld and transferred to FAECYS an amount of 0.5% of the gross monthly salaries of Sistemas Globales’s employees from October 2006 through October 2011. Although we believe Sistemas Globales has meritorious defenses to this lawsuit, we cannot assure you what the ultimate outcome of this matter will be. In the opinion of our management and our legal advisers, an adverse outcome from this claim is not probable. Consequently, no amount has been accrued at December 31, 2012. Management estimates that the amount of possible loss as of March 31, 2014 ranges between $450 and $550, including legal costs and expenses. As of December 31, 2013, we were also party in certain labor claims where the risk of loss is considered possible. The final resolution of these claims is not likely to have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

121


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REGULATORY OVERVIEW

Argentine Taxation

The following is a summary of the material Argentine tax considerations relating to our operations in Argentina and it is based upon laws, regulations, decrees, rulings, income tax conventions (treaties), administrative practice and judicial decisions in effect as of the date of this prospectus. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may, however, be forthcoming. Any such changes or interpretations could affect the tax consequences to us, possibly on a retroactive basis, and could alter or modify the statements and conclusions set forth herein. This summary does not purport to be a legal opinion or to address all tax aspects that may be relevant to our operations in Argentina.

Software Promotion Law

The Software Promotion Law sets forth a promotion regime for the software industry that remains in effect until December 31, 2019. On September 16, 2013, the Argentine government published Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, which governs the implementation of the Software Promotion Law.

Pursuant to Section 2 of the Software Promotion Law, Argentine-incorporated companies whose activities are the creation, design, development, production, implementation or adjustment (upgrade) of developed software systems and their associated documents (in accordance with Section 4 of the Software Promotion Law) may participate in the benefits comtemplated by this regime provided they meet at least two of the following requirements: (i) proven expenses in software research and development activities; (ii) proven existence of a known quality standard applicable to the products or software processes, or the performance of activities in order to obtain such known standard recognition; or (iii) export of software (as defined in Section 5 of the Software Promotion Law).

As per Section 3 of the Software Promotion Law, Argentine-incorporated companies will be considered beneficiaries of the regime as from the effective date of their registration in the National Registry of Software Producers. The consequences of such registration are the following:

Fiscal stability throughout the period that the promotion regime is in force (i.e., through December 31, 2019 as per Section 1 of the Software Promotion Law). In accordance with Section 7 of the Software Promotion Law, fiscal stability means the right to maintain the aggregate federal tax rate in effect at the time of the beneficiary’s registration in the National Registry of Software Producers through December 31, 2019. Such stability does not comprise import or export duties nor export refunds (Section 7 of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013). The aggregate federal tax burden included under the fiscal stability benefit is that burden existing on the date of the beneficiary’s registration before the applicable registry, in accordance with laws and regulations in force by that time.
Beneficiaries of the promotion regime may convert up to 70% of certain monthly social security tax (contribution) payments into a tax credit (Section 8 of the Software Promotion Law) during the first year following the beneficiary’s registration in the National Registry of Software Producers. After the first year, such percentage will be determined annually by the competent authorities for each beneficiary, depending on the beneficiary’s degree of compliance with the regime’s requirements (Section 9 of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013). This tax credit may not be transferred to third parties. The tax credit can be used to offset the beneficiary’s income tax liability only up to certain percentage, determined by the ratio of annual software and computer services exports and the aggregate annual sales resulting from promoted activities declared by the beneficiary (Section 8 of the Software Promotion Law).
Beneficiaries of the promotion regime will not be subject to any value-added tax withholding or collection regimes (Section 8 bis of the Software Promotion Law).
Beneficiaries of the promotion regime will benefit from a 60% reduction in the total amount of corporate income tax as applied to income from the activities of creation, design, development, production, implementation or adjustment (upgrade) of developed software systems and their associated documents pursuant to Section 4 of the Software Promotion Law) due in each fiscal year beginning after the date of the beneficiary’s registration in the National Registry of Software

122


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Producers (Section 9 of the Software Promotion Law, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 and General Resolution No. 3,597). This benefit will be applicable both to Argentine-source and non-Argentine-source income, in the terms set forth by the application authority, but it would not be applicable to foreign source income obtained by permanent establishments held abroad by Argentine residents (Section 13 of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013).
Pursuant to Section 12 of the Software Promotion Law, imports of software products by the beneficiaries are excluded from any kind of present or future restriction on the currency transfers matching the payments for such imports, provided the imported goods are necessary for the software production activities.

In the event the company does not have a known quality standard applicable to the products or software processes, as per Section 10 of the Software Promotion Law, it will have a three-year period as from its accreditation, to obtain the known standard recognition. Failure to obtain such recognition within such period will subject the company to the sanctions set forth in Section 20 of the Software Promotion Law, which range from temporary suspension to exclusion from the promotion regime and the obligation to return all benefits obtained, as well as permanent prohibition to apply for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers.

On October 10, 2006, the Argentine Ministry of Economy approved our subsidiary IAFH Global S.A. as a beneficiary of the Software Promotion Law. On April 13, 2007, the Argentine Ministry of Economy approved our subsidiary Sistemas Globales as a beneficiary of the Software Promotion Law. As a result, these subsidiaries have enjoyed fiscal stability in their federal tax burden as in effect at the time they were notified of their inclusion in the promotion regime.

The Software Promotion Law was modified during 2011 through Law No. 26,692. Even though all benefits awarded under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted in 2004 remain in effect, pursuant to Section 10 bis of the Software Promotion Law, IAFH Global S.A., Sistemas Globales and Huddle Group S.A. will be obliged to reapply for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers by July 8, 2014 in order to obtain the benefits established in the Software Promotion Law as described above.

As noted above, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 introduced additional implementing rules, including, among other matters, further clarifications to qualify for the promotion regime and specific requirements to be met in order to remain registered in the National Rgistry of Software Producers during the years after such registration has taken place. These requirements include, among others, minimum annual revenue, minimum percentage of employees involved in the promoted activities, minimum aggregate amount spent in salaries paid to employees involved in the promoted activities, minimum research and development expenses and the filing of evidence of software-related services exports. In addition, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 states that the 60% reduction in corporate income tax provided under the Software Promotion Law shall only become effective as of the beginning of the fiscal year after the date on which the applicant is accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers. The implementing regulation also provides that upon the formal approval of an applicant’s registration in the National Registry of Software Producers, any promotional benefits previously granted to such person under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted in 2004 shall be extinguished. Finally, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 delegates authority to the Secretary of Industry and AFIP to adopt “complementary and clarifying” regulations in furtherance of the implementation of the Software Promotion Law.

On March 11, 2014, AFIP issued General Resolution No. 3,597, which provides that, as a further prerequisite to participation in the Software Promotion Law, exporters of software and related services must register in a newly established Special Registry of Exporters of Services ( Registro Especial de Exportadores de Servicios ). In addition, General Resolution No. 3,597 states that any tax credits generated under the Software Promotion Law by a participant in the Software Promotion Law will only be valid until September 17, 2014.

Income Tax

The Argentine Income Tax Law No. 20,628, as amended (“ITL”), establishes a federal tax on the worldwide income of Argentine resident individuals, legal entities incorporated in Argentina and Argentine

123


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

branches of foreign entities. The income tax is currently levied at 35% of taxable net income obtained in Argentina or abroad. As per the ITL, income taxes paid abroad for the conduct of foreign activities may be recognized as a tax credit up to the limit of the increase in the income tax liability derived from the recognition of income obtained abroad. The amount of income subject to tax is calculated according to the regulations of the ITL. Losses incurred during any fiscal year may be carried forward and set off against taxable income obtained during the following five fiscal years. Foreign resident individuals and foreign resident legal entities without a permanent establishment are taxed exclusively on their Argentine source income.

Law No. 26,893 (the“ITL Amendment Law”), published in the Official Gazzette on and effective as of September 23, 2013, modified the ITL. According to the ITL Amendment Law, income derived from the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of Argentine corporations by non-Argentine residents would be subject to income tax. Non-Argentine residents will have the option of choosing between applying a 13.5% effective income tax rate over the gross amount or a 15% effective income tax rate over the net amount derived from the transaction.

Individual Argentine residents would be exempt on the income derived from the sale of shares to the extent such participations are publicly traded and/or are authorized for its public offer.

Payments from Argentina to foreign residents representing an Argentine source of income ( i.e. , royalties, interest, etc.) are generally subject to income tax withholding levied at different rates depending on the type of payment. These rates may be reduced by application of a tax treaty for the avoidance of double taxation between Argentina and the receiving country.

The government has denounced the double taxation treaties that were in force with the Republic of Chile and Spain. The decision to denounce and therefore terminate the above-mentioned agreements was published in the Official Gazette on July 16, 2012 and July 13, 2012. In accordance with the denouncement provisions set forth in those treaties:

the double taxation treaty with the Republic of Chile ceased to have effect in both contracting states: (a) for individuals and undivided estates: as from January 1, 2013 and (b) for legal entities: as from the tax periods beginning after the communication of the termination of the treaty.
the double taxation treaty with Spain ceased to have effect in both contracting states: (a) in respect of taxes at source on payments to be made to foreign residents as from January 1, 2013 and (b) in respect of other taxes, as from the tax periods beginning as from January 1, 2013.

However, in February 2013, the Spanish cabinet approved the execution of a new double-taxation treaty with Argentina. On November 27, 2013, the Argentine Congress approved the aforementioned treaty, which was published in the Argentine Official Gazette on December 18, 2013. This new treaty with Spain entered into force on December 23, 2013. Such treaty replaces the previous double-taxation treaty between Argentina and Spain that was terminated on July 16, 2012 and applies retroactively from January 1, 2013.

Additionally, on January 31, 2012 through a notice published in the Official Gazette, the Argentine government issued a resolution ending the provisional application of the double taxation treaty in force with Switzerland, and notified this resolution to the Swiss government through a letter issued on January 16, 2012. According to the Argentine tax authorities, the effects of such termination have been applicable since January 16, 2012. On March 20, 2014, Argentina and Switzerland executed a new double-taxation treaty. However, this new treaty has not entered into force as of the date of this prospectus.

As a result of the termination of the double taxation treaties in force with Spain and the Republic of Chile, as well as the decision to end the provisional application of the double taxation treaty in force with Switzerland, the reduced withholding tax rates (pursuant to those treaties) will no longer be applicable after each of the corresponding dates of termination.

Thus, interest payments, royalty payments and the distribution of dividends from Argentina to Switzerland, Spain and the Republic of Chile will be subject to the withholding rates set forth in the ITL.

124


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Pursuant to the ITL, cross-border royalty payments are generally subject to withholding at a rate of 28%, or 21% if technology not available in Argentina is involved; in both cases the relevant agreement must be registered before the National Institute of Intellectual Property (“INPI”). Payments related to software licences are in general subject to a 31.5% tax withholding rate. In addition, interest payments are generally subject to withholding at a rate of 15.05% if the lender is a bank or financial institution controlled by the respective central bank or similar authority, located in jurisdictions (i) other than those considered as tax havens by Argentine law, or (ii) that have executed exchange information agreements with Argentina, and do not allow, among others, banking or stock market secrecy pursuant to their domestic law, and 35% in all other cases. The ITL Amendment Law provides a new 10% tax rate on dividend distributions, without prejudice to the application of the so-called “equalization tax,” which applies if the dividends distributed exceed the net accumulated taxable income of the distributing corporation. According to the ITL Amendment Law, the new 10% tax rate would not be applicable on dividends received by Argentine companies.

Tax on Presumed Minimum Income

This tax applies to assets of Argentine companies. The tax is only applicable if the total value of the assets is above 200,000 Argentine pesos at the end of the company’s fiscal year, and is levied at a rate of 1% on the total value of such assets. The amount of the tax paid on presumed minimum income is allowed as a credit toward income tax. Furthermore, to the extent that this tax cannot be credited against normal corporate income tax, it may be carried forward as a credit for the following ten years. Shares and other capital participations in the stock capital of entities subject to the minimum presumed income tax are exempted from the tax on presumed income.

Value-Added Tax

The value-added tax applies to the sale of goods, the provision of services and importation of goods. Under certain circumstances, services rendered outside of Argentina, which are effectively used or exploited in Argentina, are deemed to be rendered in Argentina and, therefore, subject to value-added tax. The current value-added tax general rate is 21%. Certain sales and imports of goods, such as computers and other hardware, are, however, subject to value-added tax at a lower tax rate of 10.5%. The sale of the shares held in Argentine or foreign companies is not subject to value-added tax.

Tax on Debits and Credits in Bank Accounts

This tax applies to debits and credits from and to Argentine bank accounts and to other transactions that, due to their special nature and characteristics, are similar or could be used in lieu of a bank account. There are certain limited exceptions to the application of this tax. The general tax rate is 0.6% applicable on each debit and/or credit; however there are increased rates of 1.2% and reduced rates of 0.075%. Taxpayers subject to this tax at the 0.6% and 1.2% rates are authorized to a tax credit of the tax paid (a 34% credit of the tax paid on credits levied at the 0.6% tax rate, and a 17% credit of the tax paid on transactions levied at the 1.2% tax rate) against the income tax and minimum presumed income tax. The remaining amount is deductible for income tax purposes.

Personal Assets Tax

Argentine companies are required to pay the personal assets tax corresponding to Argentine resident individuals, foreign individuals and foreign entities for holding shares and other capital participations in such company as of December 31 of each year. The applicable tax rate is 0.5% and is levied on the equity value ( valor patrimonial proporcional ) stated in the latest financial statements. Pursuant to the Argentine Personal Assets Tax Law, an Argentine company is entitled to seek reimbursement of such tax paid from the applicable foreign shareholders, including by withholding and/or foreclosing on the shares, or by withholding dividends.

As a result of the terminations of the double taxation treaties in force with Spain and the Republic of Chile, as well as the decision to end the provisional application of the double taxation treaty in force with Switzerland, the exemption from the personal assets tax that was available pursuant to those treaties for shares and other equity interests in local companies owned by Chilean, Spanish or Swiss residents will no longer be applicable after each of the corresponding dates of termination.

125


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Tax on Dividends

The ITL Amendment Law provides a new 10% tax rate on dividend distributions, without prejudice to the application of the so-called “equalization tax,” which applies if the dividends distributed exceed the net accumulated taxable income of the distributing corporation. The new 10% tax rate would not be applicable on dividends received by Argentine companies.

Turnover Tax

Turnover tax is a local tax levied on gross income. Each of the provinces and the City of Buenos Aires apply different tax rates. The tax is levied on the amount of gross income resulting from business activities carried on within the respective provincial jurisdictions. The provinces have signed an agreement to avoid the double taxation of activities performed in more than one province ( Convenio Multilateral del 18 de agosto de 1977 ). Under this agreement, gross income is allocated between the different provinces applying a formula based on income obtained and expenses incurred in each province. In the Province of Buenos Aires, we have received an exemption from the payment of the turnover tax for the period from 2011 through April 13, 2017.

Provincial Tax Advance Payment Regimes Applicable to Local Bank Accounts

Certain provincial tax authorities have established advance payment regimes regarding the turnover tax that are, in general, applicable to credits generated in bank accounts opened with financial institutions governed by the Argentine Financial Institutions Law. These regimes apply to local tax payers which are included in a list distributed — usually on a monthly basis — by the provincial tax authorities to the financial institutions aforementioned.

Tax rates applicable depend on the regulations issued by each provincial tax authority, in a range that, currently, could amount up to 5%. For tax payers subject to these advance payment regimes, any payment applicable qualifies as an advance payment of the turnover tax.

Stamp Tax

Stamp tax is a local tax that is levied based on the formal execution of public or private instruments. Documents subject to stamp tax include, among others, all types of contracts, notarial deeds and promissory notes. Each province and the City of Buenos Aires has its own stamp tax legislation. Stamp tax rates vary according to the jurisdiction and agreement involved. In general, stamp tax rates vary from 1% to 4% and are applied based on the economic value of the instrument. In the Province of Buenos Aires, we have received an exemption from the stamp tax since 2011.

Free Good Transmission Tax

The Province of Buenos Aires established this tax in 2009. According to Law 14,200, all debts accrued up to December 31, 2010 have been exempted from this tax. This tax is levied on any wealth increases resulting from free good or asset transmission (i.e. a donation, inheritance, etc.), provided the beneficiary (individual or company) is domiciled in the Province of Buenos Aires or the goods or assets are located in the Province of Buenos Aires. This tax will only be applicable if the benefit obtained by the individual or the company exceeds 60,000 Argentine pesos. In the case of parents, children and spouses, the threshold amount is increased up to 250,000 Argentine pesos. The tax rates are progressive and vary from 4% to 21.925%. The Province of Entre Ríos has enacted a tax that is similar to Law 14,200 described above.

The tax may become applicable in the event that our Argentine subsidiaries, IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A., receive any free transmission of goods or assets located within the Province of Buenos Aires or the Province of Entre Ríos. If either of the subsidiaries changes its domicile to the Province of Buenos Aires or to the Province of Entre Ríos, the tax will be levied upon any free transmission of goods or assets received by that subsidiary, wherever the goods or assets are located.

126


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Municipal Taxes

Municipalities may establish certain municipal taxes, provided they are not analogous with the national taxes, and they match an effective and individualized service provisioned by the local government. It should be noted that in many cases, the taxable income considered for the municipal tax will be the same as that for the turnover tax, though limited to the amount that belongs to the province where the municipality is located as per the agreement to avoid double taxation ( Convenio Multilateral del 18 de agosto de 1977 ).

Information Regime

General Resolution 3293/2012 of the Argentine Federal Tax Authority sets forth the obligation to report (through the website of the Argentine Federal Tax Authority) the total or partial (gratuitous or onerous) transfer and/or assignment of:

securities, shares, participations or equivalents in the capital of non-publicly traded Argentine companies (and certain other non-publicly traded Argentine entities) whether the buyer and/or the purchaser is a foreign or an Argentine resident;
securities, shares, participations or equivalents in the capital of non-publicly traded foreign companies if the transaction is performed by Argentine individuals or Argentine undivided estates; and
listed securities issued by Argentine or foreign residents in case the transaction results in the change of control of the company.

This obligation must be complied with concurrently by seller, purchaser and by the target company whose assets are being transferred. Also, the obligation applies to the notary public (if a notary public participates in the transaction).

The transaction must generally be reported within ten business days after the date of the transaction. Pursuant to AFIP General Resolution No. 3,572, AFIP created: (i) a related parties’ registry ( Registro de Sujetos Vinculados ) and (ii) an information regime concerning transactions in the domestic market among related parties ( Régimen informativo de operaciones en el mercado interno — Sujetos Vinculados ).

Notwithstanding that AFIP General Resolution No. 3,572 entered into force on January 3, 2014, the registration and information obligations provided therein shall be considered duly complied with by the following parties within the following terms:

on or before April 1, 2014: national major tax-payers ( Grandes Contribuyentes Nacionales ) for obligations due on or before March 31, 2014; and
on or before July 1, 2014: all other parties for obligations due on or before June 30, 2014.

Related Parties’ Registry

Pursuant to General Resolution No. 3,572, the following entities must register with the related parties’ registry: companies; one-person companies ( empresas unipersonales ); trusts; associations and foundations; and any other type of companies incorporated in Argentina that are “related” to any kind of entity (in Argentina or abroad). General Resolution No. 3,572 includes a definition of “related parties.” Parties may qualify as “related” through a variety of business transactions and therefore a case-by-case analysis is required.

The related parties must register with the related parties’ registry within 10 business days from the date of the transaction between the parties. Any amendments to the transaction must also be registered within a similar time frame. Withdrawal from the registry must be submitted upon termination of the event giving rise to the requirement to register.

Information Regime Concerning Transactions in the Domestic Market Among Related Parties

Unlike the related parties’ registry (which applies to transactions among related parties located in Argentina and abroad), the transactions’ information regime is applicable to transactions between related parties located in Argentina.

127


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Incoming Funds from Low or No Tax Jurisdictions

According to the legal presumption under Article 18.1 of Law No.11,683 and its amendments, incoming funds from jurisdictions with low or no taxation are deemed an unjustified increase in net worth for the Argentine party, regardless of the nature of the operation involved. Unjustified increases in net worth are subject to the following taxes:

(a) income tax at a 35% rate on 110% of the amount of the transfer; and

(b) value added tax at a 21% rate on 110% of the amount of the transfer.

The Argentine tax resident may rebut such legal presumption by proving before the Argentine Tax Authority that the funds arise from activities effectively performed by the Argentine taxpayer or a third party in such jurisdictions, or that such funds have been previously declared.

Through Decree 589/2013, Argentina modified the rule related to the list of low or no taxation jurisdictions, stating that all references to low or no taxation jurisdictions shall be deemed as referring to “non-cooperative countries for purposes of fiscal transparency.” Cooperative countries for purposes of fiscal transparency are those countries, territories, jurisdictions or special regimes that execute with the Argentine government a double tax agreement with a wide exchange of information clause or an exchange of information agreement. Jurisdictions that initiate negotiations to enter into one of the previously mentioned agreements would also be considered as “cooperative.” Decree 589/2013 entitles the Argentine Tax Authority to publish the list of the cooperative countries for fiscal transparency purposes, which shall be published (and updated) on its web site. On January 8, 2014, the National Tax Authority issued the list containing the jurisdictions that are considered cooperative. Such list includes the following jurisdictions: Albania, Germany, Andorra, Angola, Anguilla, Saudi Arabia, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Belgium, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Brazil, the Cayman Islands, Canada, Czech Republic, Chile, China, Vatican City, Colombia, South Korea, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cuba, Curaçao, Denmark, Ecuador, El Salvador, Arab Emirates, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, United States, Estonia, Faroe Islands, Philippines, Finland, France, Georgia, Ghana, Greece, Greenland, Guatemala, Guernsey, Haiti, Honduras, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Isle of Man, Iceland, Italy, Jamaica, Israel, Japan, Jersey, Kenya, Kuwait, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macao, Macedonia, Malta, Morocco, Mauritius, Mexico, Moldova, Monaco, Montenegro, Montserrat, Nicaragua, Nigeria, Norway, New Zealand, Panama, the Netherlands, Paraguay, Peru, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, the United Kingdom, the Dominican Republic, Romania, Russia, San Marino, Saint Maarten, Singapore, South Africa, Sweden, Switzerland, Tunisia, Turks and Caicos Islands, Turkmenistan, Turkey, Ukraine, Uruguay, Venezuela, Vietnam and British Virgin Islands.

This offering will not result in our becoming liable for this tax.

Foreign Exchange Controls

The following is a summary of the material foreign exchange control considerations relating to our operations in Argentina, and it is based upon laws, regulations, decrees, rulings, administrative practice and judicial decisions in effect as of the date of this prospectus. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may, however, be forthcoming. Any such changes or interpretations could affect us and could alter or modify the statements and conclusions set forth herein. This summary does not purport to be a legal opinion or to address all foreign exchange controls aspects that may be relevant to our operations in Argentina.

Argentina

In 1991, the Argentine Convertibility Law established a fixed exchange rate according to which the Argentine Central Bank was statutorily obliged to sell U.S. dollars to any individual at a fixed exchange rate of 1.00 Argentine pesos per $1.00. In 2001 Argentina experienced a period of severe political, economic and social crisis, and on January 6, 2002, the Argentine congress enacted the Argentine Public Emergency Law abandoning more than ten years of fixed Argentine peso-U.S. dollar parity. After devaluing the Argentine peso and setting the official exchange rate at 1.40 Argentine pesos per $1.00, on February 11, 2002, the Argentine government allowed the Argentine peso to float. The shortage of U.S. dollars and their heightened demand caused the Argentine peso to further devaluate significantly in the first half of 2002.

128


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Argentine Central Bank may indirectly affect this market through its active participation. Due to the deterioration of the economic and financial situation in Argentina during 2001 and 2002, in addition to the abandonment of the Argentine peso-U.S. dollar parity, the Argentine government established a number of monetary and currency exchange control measures, including a partial freeze on bank deposits, the suspension of payments of its sovereign foreign debt, restrictions on the transfer of funds out of, or into, Argentina, and the creation of the FX Market through which all purchases and sales of foreign currency must be made. Since 2003, these restrictions have been progressively eased to some extent, yet the following restrictions that could affect our Argentine operations still remain in effect.

Pursuant to Argentine regulations, Argentine resident entities have access to the FX Market for the purchase of foreign currency and its transfer abroad for, among other things:

(1) making payments of principal on foreign financial indebtedness at maturity or less than ten business days in advance of the stated maturity to the extent that the proceeds of the foreign indebtedness have remained in Argentina at least during the 365-day period from the date on which the proceeds of the new foreign financial indebtedness were transferred into Argentina and converted into Argentine pesos through the FX Market (the “Waiting Period”) or to make partial or full payments more than ten business days in advance of the stated maturity, provided that (i) the funds disbursed under the debt facility have remained in Argentina for at least 365 days; and (ii) either (a) the prepayment is totally financed with the disbursement of funds from outside Argentina with the purpose of carrying out capital contributions in a local company, or (b) the amount in foreign currency to be prepaid does not exceed the current value of the portion of the debt being prepaid, the prepayment is totally financed with a new cross-border loan granted by an international organization and its related agencies or an official credit agency or a foreign financial institution, and the terms and conditions of the new financing explicitly provide such prepayment as a condition to granting the new loan. In all cases, the foreign debt to be repaid must have been disclosed under the foreign debt information regime set forth in Communication “A” 3,602 of the Argentine Central Bank (the “Foreign Debt Information Regime”);

(2) making payments of interest on foreign indebtedness on the stated interest payment date or less than five days prior to such stated interest payment date, provided that the interest to be paid accrued starting either (i) on the date the proceeds received from foreign indebtedness were sold in the FX Market or (ii) on the date of disbursement of funds, provided that the foreign debt has been disclosed under the Foreign Debt Information Regime and that those funds were credited in accounts of correspondent banks that are authorized to sell foreign exchange proceeds in the FX Market within two days of disbursement thereof;

(3) making payments for services rendered by foreign residents, provided that certain requirements are met subject to prior authorization of the Argentine Central Bank in the case of related parties services;

(4) making payments for imported goods, on demand or in advance, provided that certain requirements are met ( e.g. , nationalization of the imported goods within certain specific terms and filing of the import documentation with the financial entity); and

(5) making payments of corporate profits and dividends to non-Argentine-resident shareholders, provided that the distribution of dividends is approved on the basis of audited financial statements issued by the Argentine entity and certified by external auditors with the requirements of annual financial statements.

In recent months the Argentine government has been restricting certain local companies from obtaining access to the FX Market for the purpose of making payments abroad, such as dividends (including capital reductions) and payment for importation of services and goods. In this regard, irrespective of whether Argentine residents comply with all legal requirements for purposes of executing any of the foreign exchange transactions listed above, we cannot exclude the possibility that de facto measures limiting or delaying the ability of an Argentine resident to have access to the FX Market may occur, for example through the imposition of general or ad hoc restrictions through local banks or by having the local bank require, even when not expressly provided by any regulation, the opinion of the Argentine Central Bank before executing any specific transaction.

129


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Argentine entities are required to transfer into Argentina and sell for Argentine pesos through the FX Market, among others, the proceeds from foreign financial indebtedness and from foreign indebtedness qualifying as pre-export financing within the periods established by the Argentine Central Bank (the “Pre-Export Financings”).

Argentine entities are required to transfer into Argentina and sell for Argentine pesos in the FX Market all foreign currency proceeds from exports of goods (except those that are applied to the repayment of Pre-Export Financings) and services within the periods established by the Argentine Central Bank. Argentine law does not require Argentine resident entities that export services to be paid only in foreign currency nor does it prohibit the receipt of in-kind payment by such exporters.

No payments on new foreign financial indebtedness (other than debt securities issued under a primary public offering and listed in self-regulated markets, Pre-Export Financings, and indebtedness with multilateral and bilateral credit institutions and official credit agencies granted to Argentine residents directly through related agencies) or their renewals or extensions may be made by any means before the Waiting Period unless the transaction qualifies for an exemption.

Upon their transfer into Argentina and sale for Argentine pesos through the FX Market, the proceeds of foreign financial indebtedness must be placed in a mandatory, non-interest bearing and non-transferable bank account in U.S. dollars with an Argentine financial entity in an amount equal to 30% of the aggregate amount of such proceeds so transferred for a term of 365 days (the “Mandatory Deposit”). The Mandatory Deposit will be applicable to the following transactions, among others: (i) incurrence of foreign indebtedness; (ii) primary offerings of capital stock or debt securities issued by companies domiciled in Argentina which are not listed on self-regulated markets, to the extent they do not constitute direct investments ( i.e. , less than 10% of capital stock); (iii) non-residents’ portfolio investments made for the purpose of holding Argentine currency and assets and liabilities in the financial and non-financial private sector, to the extent that such investments are not the result of primary subscriptions of debt securities issued pursuant to a public offering and listed in self-regulated markets and/or primary subscriptions of capital stock of companies domiciled in Argentina issued pursuant to a public offering and listed in self-regulated markets; (iv) non-residents’ portfolio investments made for the purpose of purchasing any right in securities in the secondary market issued by the public sector; (v) non-residents’ portfolio investments made for the purpose of purchasing primary offers of Argentine Central Bank securities issued in primary offerings; (vi) inflows of funds to the FX Market derived from the sale of foreign portfolio investments of Argentine residents within the private sector in an amount in excess of $2.0 million per calendar month; and (vii) any inflow of funds to the FX Market made for the purpose of primary offers of bonds and other securities issued by a trust, whether or not issued pursuant to a public offering and whether or not they are listed in self-regulated markets, to the extent that the funds to be used for the purchase of any of the underlying assets would be subject to the non-interest bearing deposit requirement.

The following transactions are exempted from the Mandatory Deposit, among others: (i) primary or secondary offerings of debt securities or stock issued pursuant to a public offering and listed on a self-regulated market; (ii) foreign currency-denominated loans granted by a local financial entity under certain conditions; (iii) indebtedness with multilateral and bilateral credit institutions and official credit agencies; (iv) the proceeds of foreign financial indebtedness; provided that (a) the proceeds from the exchange settlement, net of taxes and expenses, are used to purchase foreign currency in order to pay principal on foreign debt, or (b) the loan has a minimum average life of not less than two years, including payments of principal and interest, and to the extent the proceeds of such loan are applied to make investments which are then registered among other capitalized cost categories as property and equipment, research/exploration costs or intangible assets as part of the relevant debtor’s balance sheet or inventory; and (v) foreign trade financings.

Transfer into Argentina and sale for Argentine pesos through the FX Market of foreign investments of Argentine entities is subject to the Mandatory Deposit on the amounts exceeding $2.0 million per calendar month.

130


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Colombia

Under Colombian foreign exchange regulations, payments in foreign currency related to certain foreign exchange transactions must be conducted through the commercial exchange market, by means of an authorized financial intermediary, and declaring the payment to the Colombian Central Bank. This mechanism applies to payments in connection with, among others, imports and exports of goods, foreign loans and related financing costs, investment of foreign capital and the remittances of profits thereon, investment in foreign securities and assets and endorsements and guarantees in foreign currency. Transactions through the commercial exchange market are made at market rates freely negotiated with the authorized intermediaries.

In addition, the Colombian Central Bank may intervene in the foreign exchange market at its own discretion at any time and may, under certain circumstances, take actions that limit the availability of foreign currency to private sector companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Colombian Central Bank has never taken such action since the present foreign exchange regime was implemented in 1991.

131


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Director Nominees

The table below sets forth information concerning our directors and director nominees as of March 31, 2014.

       
Name   Position   Age   Date of
Appointment
  Current Term Expiring at
Annual Meeting of Shareholders
to Be Held in Year
Martín Migoya   Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer
  46   September 27, 2013   2014
Martín Gonzalo Umaran   Director and Chief of Staff   45   September 27, 2013   2014
Guibert Andrés Englebienne   Director and Chief Technology
Officer
  47   September 27, 2013   2014
Francisco Álvarez-Demalde   Director   35   September 27, 2013   2014
Michael E. Marks   Director   63   September 27, 2013   2014
Bradford Eric Bernstein   Director   47   September 27, 2013   2014
Mario Eduardo Vázquez   Director   78   September 27, 2013   2014
Philip A. Odeen   Director   78   September 27, 2013   2014
Robert David Norman   Director   54   October 16, 2013   2014
Marcos Galperin   Director Nominee   42   N/A   N/A
Timothy Mott   Director Nominee     N/A   N/A

Michael E. Marks will resign from our board of directors immediately prior to the pricing of this offering and will be replaced by Timothy Mott.

Marcos Galperin will be appointed to our board of directors immediately prior to the pricing of this offering.

Our directors are elected for staggered terms of four years. Directors may be re-elected for one or more further four-year terms. Directors appointed to fill vacancies remain in office until the next general meeting of shareholders.

Globant S.A. was incorporated in Luxembourg on December 10, 2012. References to the terms of service or appointment of our directors and senior management in the following biographies include their service to our predecessor companies, which were organized in Spain.

Martín Migoya

Mr. Migoya has served as Chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer since 2005. He has worked in the technology industry for over 18 years, including as a trainee and technology project coordinator at Repsol-YPF, a consultant at Origin BV Holland and a business development director at Tallion. He founded our company together with Messrs. Englebienne, Nocetti and Umaran in 2003. Mr. Migoya is frequently invited to lecture at various conventions and at universities like MIT and Harvard, and has been a judge at the Endeavor Entrepreneurs panel and at La Red Innova. Mr. Migoya was selected as an Endeavor Entrepreneur in 2005 and won a Konex Award as one of the most innovative entrepreneurs of 2008. He was selected as an Argentine Creative Individual of 2009 ( Círculo de Creativos de la Argentina ) and received the Security Award as one of the most distinguished Argentine businessmen of 2009. He also received in 2009 the America Economía Magazine’s “Excellence Award”, which is given to entrepreneurs and executives that contribute to the growth of Latin American businesses. In 2011, Latin Trade recognized Mr. Migoya as Emerging CEO of the Year. In 2013, Mr. Migoya received the “Entrepreneur of the Year Award” from Ernst & Young. He is a member of the Young President’s Organization and a board member of Endeavor Argentina. Mr. Migoya holds a degree in electronic engineering from Universidad Nacional de La Plata (UNLP) and a master’s degree in business administration, from the Universidad del Centro de Estudios Macroeconómicos de Argentina . We believe that Mr. Migoya is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his intimate familiarity with our company and the perspective, experience, and operational expertise in the technology services industry that he has developed during his career and as our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer.

132


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Martín Gonzalo Umaran

Mr. Umaran has served as a member of the board since 2012 as well as Chief of Staff since 2013. As Globant’s Chief of Staff, Mr. Umaran is responsible for coordinating our back office activities, supporting executives in daily projects and acting as a liaison to our senior management. He is also responsible for our mergers and acquisitions process and for strategic initiatives. From 2005 to 2012, he served as Globant’s Chief Operations Officer and Chief Corporate Business Officer, in charge of managing our delivery teams and projects. Together with his three Globant co-founders, Mr. Umaran was selected as an Endeavor Entrepreneur in 2005. Mr. Umaran holds a degree in mechanical engineering from Universidad Nacional de La Plata (UNLP). We believe that Mr. Umaran is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his intimate familiarity with our company and his perspective, experience, and operational expertise in the technology services industry that he has developed during his career as a co-founder of our company.

Guibert Andrés Englebienne

Mr. Englebienne has served as a member of the board and as Chief Technology Officer since 2003. He is one of Globant’s co-founders. As Globant’s Chief Technology Officer, Mr. Englebienne is the head of our Technology department and our Premier League, an elite team of Globers whose mission is to foster innovation by cross-pollinating their deep knowledge of emerging technologies and related market trends across our Studios and among our Globers. Together with his three Globant co-founders, Mr. Englebienne was selected as an Endeavor Entrepreneur in 2005. In addition to his responsibilities at Globant, Mr. Englebienne is Vice President of Endeavor Argentina. In 2011, he was included in Globalization Today’s “Powerful 25” list. Mr. Englebienne holds a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science and Software Engineering from the Universidad Nacional del Centro de la Provincia de Buenos Aires in Argentina. We believe that Mr. Englebienne is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his intimate familiarity with our company and his perspective, experience, and operational expertise in the technology services industry that he has developed during his career as a co-founder of our company.

Francisco Álvarez-Demalde

Mr. Álvarez-Demalde has been a member of the board since 2007. He is a founding partner of Riverwood Capital, a leading growth-capital private equity firm focused on the global technology industry, and one of the largest investors in Globant. From 2005 to 2007, he was an investment executive at Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., where he focused on leveraged buyouts in the technology industry and other sectors. Mr. Álvarez-Demalde was also an investment professional at Eton Park Capital Management, where he focused on private equity investments in emerging markets, and at Goldman Sachs & Co. Mr. Álvarez-Demalde also currently serves as a director of Alog Data Centers do Brasil, CloudBlue Technologies, Inc., LAVCA, Mandic, Motionpoint Corporation, Navent, GoIntegro and Synapsis SpA. Mr. Álvarez-Demalde earned a bachelor’s degree in economics from Universidad de San Andrés , Argentina, which included an exchange program at the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Álvarez-Demalde is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his considerable business experience in the technology industry and his experience serving as a director of other companies.

Michael E. Marks

Mr. Marks has been a member of the board since June 2012 and will resign and be replaced by Timothy Mott immediately prior to the pricing of this offering. Mr. Marks is a founding Partner of Riverwood Capital, a leading growth-capital private equity firm focused in the global technology industry, and one of the largest investors in Globant. Prior to establishing Riverwood, he was a partner and senior advisor at Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. in 2006 and 2007. Electronic Business Magazine named Mr. Marks one of the Top Ten Most Influential Executives in Silicon Valley History and CEO of the Year for 2003. In addition to his responsibilities at Globant, Mr. Marks is a director of iFly, The Melt, Liquid Robotics, Schlumberger Limited, The V Foundation for Cancer Research (a non-profit organization), Go Pro, Aptina Imaging, Quirky and a Trustee of the Juilliard School of Music. Mr. Marks earned a master’s degree in business administration from Harvard Business School and bachelor’s and master’s degrees from Oberlin College in Oberlin, Ohio. We believe that Mr. Marks is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his considerable business experience in the technology industry and his experience serving as a director of other companies.

133


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Bradford Eric Bernstein

Mr. Bernstein has served as a member of the board since 2008. He joined FTV Capital in 2003 and is currently a Partner and head of the New York office, managing staff and operations there. Prior to joining FTV Capital, Mr. Bernstein was a Partner at Oak Hill Capital Management and its predecessors, where he managed the business and financial services group. In addition to his responsibilities at Globant, Mr. Bernstein currently serves on the board of Apex Fund Services, World First Group and Utopia, Inc. Mr. Bernstein received a bachelor’s degree, magna cum laude , from Tufts University. We believe that Mr. Bernstein is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his considerable business experience in the technology industry and his experience serving as a director of other companies.

Mario Eduardo Vázquez

Mr. Vázquez has served as a member of the board and chairman of Globant’s audit committee since June 2012. From 2003 to 2006, he served as the Chief Executive Officer of Grupo Telefónica in Argentina. Mr. Vázquez worked in auditing for Arthur Andersen for 33 years until his retirement in 1993, including 23 years as a partner and general director in many of Globant’s markets, including Argentina, Chile, Uruguay, and Paraguay. As former partner and general director of Arthur Andersen, Mr. Vázquez has significant experience with U.S. GAAP accounting and in assessing internal control over financial reporting. Mr. Vázquez currently serves on the board of MercadoLibre, Inc. Mr. Vázquez served as a member of the board of directors of YPF, S.A. and as the president of the Audit Committee of YPF, S.A, until April 2012. He has also served as a member of the board of directors of Telefónica Argentina S.A., Telefónica Holding Argentina S.A., Telefónica Spain S.A., Banco Santander Rio S.A., Banco Supervielle Societe General, and CMF Banco S.A., and as alternate member of the board of directors of Telefónica de Chile S.A. Mr. Vázquez received a degree in public accounting from the Universidad de Buenos Aires . We believe that Mr. Vázquez is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his financial expertise and his experience serving as a director of other companies.

Philip A. Odeen

Mr. Odeen has served as a member of the board of directors since 2012. Mr. Odeen has also served as a director and proxy director of DRS Technologies, Inc. since 2013. From 2009 to 2013, Mr. Odeen served as the chairman of the board of directors and lead independent director of AES Corporation and as a director of AES Corporation from 2003 to 2013. From 2008 to 2013, Mr. Odeen served as the chairman of the board of Convergys Corporation and as a director of Convergys Corporation from 2000 to 2013. Mr. Odeen has served as a director of QinetiQ North America, Inc. since 2006, Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc. since 2008 and ASC Signal Corporation since 2009. From 2006 to 2007, Mr. Odeen served as chairman of the board of Avaya Corporation. He served on the board of Reynolds and Reynolds Company from 2000 to 2007, and as its chairman from 2006 to 2007. Mr. Odeen was a director of Northrop Grumman from 2003 to 2008. Mr. Odeen retired as chairman and chief executive officer of TRW Inc. in December 2002. We believe that Mr. Odeen is qualified to serve on our board due to his experience in leadership and guidance of public and private companies as a result of his varied global business, governmental and non-profit and charitable organizational experience.

Robert David Norman

Mr. Norman has served as a member of the board of directors since October 2013. He is the Chief Digital Officer of GroupM Worldwide, owned by WPP plc. Since 2013, Mr. Norman has served as a non-executive director of BBC Global News Ltd. and on the Board of Governors of the Center for the Digital Future at University of Southern California. Since 2007, Mr. Norman has served as a director of WPP Digital and of Wild Tangent. Mr. Norman is also a member of the Facebook Client Council and an advisor to Greycroft Partners, a venture capital fund. He received a degree, with honors, in business administration from Trent Polytechnic. We believe that Mr. Norman is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his considerable business expertise with digital media, data analytics and technology.

Marcos Galperin

Mr. Galperin has been approached and agreed to serve as a member of our board of directors immediately prior to the pricing of this offering. He is a co-founder of Mercadolibre, Inc. and has served as

134


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

its chairman, president and chief executive officer since October 1999. Mr. Galperin is a board member of Endeavor Global, Inc., a non-profit organization that is leading the global movement to catalyze long term economic growth by selecting, mentoring and accelerating the best high impact entrepreneurs around the world. He is also a board member of the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Galperin received a master’s degree in business administration from Stanford University and graduated with honors from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Galperin is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his comprehensive knowledge and experience in the technology industry and experience serving as a director of other companies.

Timothy Mott

Mr. Mott has been approached and has agreed to serve as a member of our board of directors in replacement of Michael E. Marks immediately prior to the pricing of this offering. Mr. Mott has been an independent private investor since 1994. He has been a director of Ruby Seven Studios since 2012 and the managing partner of Blue Farm Wines since 2013. From 2008 to 2013 he served as executive chairman of Flixlab; he was executive chairman of All Covered from 2000 to 2010; and from 1990 to 2007 he served as a director of Electronic Arts. Previously he co-founded Electronic Arts where he was a senior vice president from 1982 to 1990; from 1990 – 1994 he was CEO/chairman of Macromedia; he served on the board of Edmark from 1994 to 1996; and from 1994 to 1999 he was chairman of Audible. Mr. Mott has been a trustee of the California College of the Arts since 2004 and previously served on several other non-profit boards. Mr. Mott earned his bachelor of science degree (with honors) from Manchester University in England. We believe that Mr. Mott is qualified to serve on our board due to his extensive business and industry expertise in the technology sector, and his experience as a director and senior management of other technology companies.

Our Group Senior Management

Our group senior management is made up of the following members:

 
Name   Position
Martín Migoya   Chief Executive Officer
Martín Gonzalo Umaran   Chief of Staff
Guillermo Marsicovetere   Chief Operating Officer
Guibert Andrés Englebienne   Chief Technology Officer (Global)
Nestor Nocetti   Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs
Alejandro Scannapieco   Chief Financial Officer
Natalia Kanefsck   Chief Accounting Officer
Guillermo Willi   Chief People Officer
Gustavo Barreiro   Chief Information Officer
Andrés Angelani   Chief Solutions Officer
Patricio Pablo Rojo   General Counsel
Wanda Weigert   Director of Communications & Marketing

The business address of our group senior management is c/o Sistemas Globales S.A., Ing. Butty 240, 9th floor, Laminar Plaza Tower, C1101 AFB, Capital Federal, Argentina.

The following is the biographical information of the members of our group senior management other than Messrs. Migoya, Umaran and Englebienne, whose biographical information is set forth in “— Directors and Director Nominees.”

Guillermo Marsicovetere

Mr. Marsicovetere has been our Chief Operating Officer since July 2012. From 2007 to July 2012, Mr. Marsicovetere served as our Chief Business Officer. From 1993 to 2007, he worked at Sun Microsystems where he held several management positions including Latin America Partner and Sales Director, Southern Cone President and Managing Director, Sales Vice President of the United Kingdom and Ireland. As Globant’s Chief Operating Officer, he is responsible for supervising Globant’s product delivery. Mr. Marsicovetere holds a law degree from Universidad Central in Venezuela.

135


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Nestor Nocetti

Mr. Nocetti, a co-founder of our company, has been our Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs since July 2012. Mr. Nocetti manages our external affairs, including our relationships with government agencies, union, industry representatives and the media. Prior to that, he served as our Vice President, Innovation Labs. Together with Messrs. Migoya, Englebienne, and Umaran, Mr. Nocetti was selected as an Endeavor Entrepreneur in 2005. He holds a degree in electronic engineering from Universidad Nacional de La Plata (UNLP) and a certificate in business management from the Business School (IAE) of Universidad Austral .

Alejandro Scannapieco

Mr. Scannapieco has been our Chief Financial Officer since 2008. From 2002 to 2008, he worked as Chief Financial Officer at Microsoft South Cone, headquartered in Buenos Aires, where he was responsible for the Finance & Accounting, Business Support and Procurement & Facilities divisions for Microsoft in Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, Paraguay and Uruguay. As our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Scannapieco is in charge of corporate finance and business support, including mergers and acquisitions, treasury, accounting and tax, procurement, facilities and delivery center expansions. Mr. Scannapieco has a post-graduate degree in capital markets, a degree in public accounting and a bachelor’s degree in business administration from the Pontificia Universidad Católica Argentina “Santa María de los Buenos Aires.” He has also completed a post-graduate degree in finance from Torcuato Di Tella University.

Natalia Kanefsck

Ms. Kanefsck has been our Chief Accounting Officer since January 2012. From 2007 to January 2012, she worked as a Regional Financial Controller at Bally Technologies Inc. for the Latin American region based in Buenos Aires, where she was responsible for finance, treasury, accounting and tax for Bally operations in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Uruguay, Peru, Central America and Caribbean. From 2005 to June 2007, she worked as Accounting Lead for the Mosaic Company based in Buenos Aires, where she was responsible for finance and accounting for Mosaic Mexico. As our Chief Accounting Officer, Ms. Kanefsck is in charge of accounting, tax, external audit and reporting. Ms. Kanefsck has a degree in public accounting from the Universidad de Buenos Aires and a post-graduate degree in business administration from Centro de Estudios Macroeconomicos .

Guillermo Willi

Mr. Willi has been our Chief People Officer since September 2011. From 2009 to 2011, he served as the Human Resources Director for Microsoft Argentina and Uruguay, where he was in charge of leading Microsoft’s human resources policies, developing internal talent and maintaining diversity and inclusion. Between 2007 and 2009, he was the Human Resources Director for Pampa Energia, and from 2002 to 2007 he served as the Human Resources Director for EDS Argentina and Chile. As Globant’s Chief People Officer, he is responsible for overseeing the strategy for talent management and development, along with the creation of organizational capabilities and culture. Mr. Willi has a bachelor’s degree in political science from the Universidad de Buenos Aires and has completed post-graduate studies in management and human resources at Cornell University.

Gustavo Barreiro

Mr. Barreiro has been our Chief Information Officer since July 2012. From 2010 to July 2012, Mr. Barreiro served as our Executive Vice President, Delivery, managing our delivery partners, staffing, recruiting, project managers, and site managers. As Globant’s Chief Information Officer, Mr. Barreiro is responsible for our infrastructure team (IT operations and information security), enterprise applications, and IT services. He holds a bachelor’s degree in industrial engineering from the Universidad de Buenos Aires and a master’s degree in business administration from the Instituto para el Desarollo Empresario Argentino (IDEA).

Andrés Angelani

Mr. Angelani has been our Chief Solutions Officer since June 2012. Prior to joining Globant, Mr. Angelani was senior software architect at Electronic Data Systems, and a research & development director at Synthesis Information Technology, where he created suites of products for web, mobile, online communities

136


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and e-commerce. Since joining Globant in 2004, he has served in a number of capacities in several key areas of the company, leading our software and game development divisions. Prior to becoming our Chief Solutions Officer, Mr. Angelani was Senior Vice President in charge of engineering and consulting. As our Chief Solutions Officer, he is responsible to create high-value customer experiences through the development of our service practices, solutions and consulting engagements. Mr. Angelani holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from Universidad de Belgrano .

Patricio Pablo Rojo

Mr. Rojo has been our General Counsel since May 2013. From 2002 to 2006 and from 2007 to 2013, he worked as a corporate and banking law associate at the law firm of Marval, O’Farrell & Mairal. Between 2006 and 2007, he was an International Associate at the New York office of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP. Mr. Rojo has a law degree from the Pontificia Universidad Católica Argentina “Santa María de los Buenos Aires” and has completed post-graduate studies in law and economics at Torcuato Di Tella University.

Wanda Weigert

Ms. Weigert has been our Director of Communications and Marketing since 2011. From 2007 to 2011, she served as a communications manager. She joined Globant in 2005 and worked for two years in the Internet marketing department as a senior consultant. From 2002 to 2005, she worked at Jota Group, a publishing house where she was responsible for the development of corporate communications tools for different multinational customers. Ms. Weigert created and supervises Globant’s communications department. As our communications director, she coordinates Globant’s relationships with the press in Latin America, the United States and the United Kingdom. She is also responsible for developing both our internal and external communications strategies. Ms. Weigert holds a bachelor’s degree in social communications from Universidad Austral and she completed her post-graduate studies in marketing at the Pontificia Universidad Católica Argentina “Santa Maria de los Buenos Aires.”

Compensation

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

The total fixed and variable remuneration of our directors and senior management for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 amounted to $0.9 million, $4.2 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

We intend to adopt an equity incentive plan in connection with the completion on or around the closing date of this offering. In addition, we intend to replace our existing variable compensation arrangements with a new short-term incentive plan providing for the payment of cash bonuses based on the achievement of financial and operating performance measures to be defined. As a result of adopting these plans, we anticipate that the compensation of our directors and senior management will increase by approximately 10% in 2014 compared to the prior year.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors and shareholders approved and adopted our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan on         , 2014. The following description of the plan is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the plan, which has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Purpose.   We believe that the plan will promote our long-term growth and profitability by (i) providing key people with incentives to improve shareholder value and to contribute to our growth and financial success through their future services, and (ii) enabling us to attract, retain and reward the best-available personnel.

Eligibility; Types of Awards.   Selected employees, officers, directors and other individuals providing bona fide services to us or any of our affiliates, are eligible for awards under the plan. The administrator of the plan may also grant awards to individuals in connection with hiring, recruiting or otherwise before the date the individual first performs services; however, those awards will not become vested or exercisable before the date the individual first performs services. The plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance awards and other stock-based awards, or any combination of the foregoing.

137


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Common Shares Subject to the Plan.   The number of common shares that we may issue with respect to awards granted under the plan will not exceed an aggregate of 20,000,000 common shares. This limit will be adjusted to reflect any stock dividends, split ups, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, share exchanges, and similar transactions. If any award, or portion of an award, under the plan expires or terminates unexercised, becomes unexercisable, is settled in cash without delivery of common shares, or is forfeited or otherwise terminated or canceled as to any common shares, the common shares subject to such award will thereafter be available for further awards under the plan. Common shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or tax obligations will not be available again for other awards under the plan.

Administration.   The plan is administered by our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board. The administrator has the full authority and discretion to administer the plan and to take any action that is necessary or advisable in connection with the administration of the plan, including without limitation the authority and discretion to interpret and construe any provision of the plan or any agreement or other documents relating to the plan. The administrator’s determinations will be final and conclusive.

Awards.   The plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance awards and other stock-based awards.

Stock Options.   The plan allows the administrator to grant incentive stock options, as that term is defined in section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or non-statutory stock options. Only our employees or employees of our subsidiaries may receive incentive stock option awards. Options must have an exercise price that is at least equal to the fair market value of the underlying common shares on the date of grant and not lower than the par value of the underlying common shares. The option holder may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, by tendering common shares, by a combination of cash and common shares, or by any other means that the administrator approves. The options have a maximum term of ten years; however, the options will expire earlier if the optionee’s service relationship with the company terminates.

Stock Appreciation Rights.   The plan allows the administrator to grant awards of stock appreciation rights which entitle the holder to receive a payment in cash, in common shares, or in a combination of both, having an aggregate value equal to the product of the excess of the fair market value on the exercise date of the underlying common shares over the base price of the common shares specified in the grant agreement, multiplied by the number of common shares specified in the award being exercised.

Stock Awards.   The plan allows the administrator to grant awards denominated in common shares or other securities, stock equivalent units or restricted stock units, securities or debentures convertible into common shares or any combination of the foregoing, to eligible participants. Awards denominated in stock equivalent units will be credited to a bookkeeping reserve account solely for accounting purposes. The awards may be paid in cash, in common shares or in a combination of common shares or other securities and cash.

Performance Awards.   The plan allows the administrator to grant performance awards including those intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The administrator may establish performance goals relating to any of the following, as it may apply to an individual, one or more business units, divisions or subsidiaries, or on a company-wide basis, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies: revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA); operating income; pre- or after-tax income; cash flow; cash flow per share; net earnings; earnings per share; price-to-earnings ratio; return on equity; return on invested capital; return on assets; growth in assets; share price performance; economic value added; total shareholder return; improvement in or attainment of expense levels; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; relative performance to a group of companies comparable to the company, and strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on the company’s meeting specified goals relating to revenue, market penetration, business expansion, costs or acquisitions or divestitures. Performance targets may include minimum, maximum, intermediate and target levels of performance, with the size of the performance-based stock award or the lapse of restrictions with respect thereto based on the level attained.

A performance target may be stated as an absolute value or as a value determined relative to prior performance, one or more indices, budget, one or more peer group companies, any other standard selected by

138


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the administrator, or any combination thereof. The administrator shall be authorized to make adjustments in the method of calculating attainment of performance measures and performance targets in recognition of: (A) extraordinary or non-recurring items; (B) changes in tax laws; (C) changes in accounting policies; (D) charges related to restructured or discontinued operations; (E) restatement of prior period financial results; and (F) any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss that is separately identified and quantified in our financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator may, in its sole discretion, modify the performance results upon which awards are based under the plan to offset any unintended results arising from events not anticipated when the performance measures and performance targets were established.

Change in Control.   In the event of any transaction resulting in a “change in control” of Globant S.A. (as defined in the plan), outstanding stock options and other awards that are payable in or convertible into our common shares will terminate upon the effective time of the change in control unless provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation, assumption, or substitution of the awards by the surviving or successor entity or its parent. In the event of such termination, the holders of stock options and other awards under the plan will be permitted immediately before the change in control to exercise or convert all portions of such stock options or awards that are exercisable or convertible or which become exercisable or convertible upon or prior to the effective time of the change in control.

Amendment and Termination.   No award will be granted under the plan after the close of business on the day before the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the plan. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan at any time. Shareholder approval is required to reprice underwater options.

Corporate Governance Practices

Companies listed on the NYSE must comply with certain corporate governance standards provided under Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. NYSE listed companies that are foreign private issuers are permitted to follow home-country practices in lieu of Section 303A, except that such companies are required to comply with Sections 303A.06, 303A.11 and 303A.12(b) and (c) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. Under Section 303A.06, foreign private issuers must have an audit committee that meets the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under Section 303A.11, such companies must disclose any significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies under NYSE listing standards. Finally, under Section 303A.12(b) and (c), such companies must promptly notify the NYSE in writing after becoming aware of any non-compliance with any applicable provisions of this Section 303A and must annually make a written affirmation to the NYSE.

Notwithstanding the home-country practices exemption available under the NYSE Listed Company Manual for foreign private issuers, we intend to comply with the corporate governance listing standards of the NYSE that would apply if we were a domestic issuer.

Immediately prior to the pricing of this offering, Mr. Galperin and Mr. Mott will be appointed as directors.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee. We plan to establish a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, each member of these committees will be independent as defined under the rules of the SEC and the NYSE as currently in effect, and we intend to comply with additional requirements to the extent they become applicable to us. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, our audit committee:

is responsible for the appointment, compensation and retention of our independent auditors and reviews and evaluates the auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance;
oversees our auditors’ audit work and reviews and pre-approves all audit and non-audit services that may be performed by them;

139


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reviews and approves the planned scope of our annual audit;
monitors the rotation of partners of the independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law;
reviews our financial statements and discusses with management and our independent auditors the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;
reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates;
oversees the adequacy of our accounting and financial controls;
annually reviews the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance;
reviews and approves all related-party transactions; and
establishes and oversees procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters and oversees enforcement, compliance and remedial measures under our code of conduct.

The current members of our audit committee are Messrs. Bernstein, Odeen and Vázquez, with Mr. Vázquez serving as the chairman of our audit committee and our audit committee financial expert as currently defined under applicable SEC rules. Each of Messrs. Vázquez, Bernstein and Odeen satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE, but only Messrs. Vázquez and Odeen satisfy the “independence” requirements under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. We intend to appoint a third audit committee member that meets these independence requirements prior to the first anniversary of the closing date of this offering.

Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our audit committee, which will be available on our website at www.globant.com upon the closing of this offering.

Compensation Committee

We do not currently have a compensation committee; however, we plan to establish a compensation committee prior to the pricing of this offering. Immediately prior to the pricing of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Messrs. Ávarez-Demalde, Odeen and Galperin, with Mr. Ávarez-Demalde serving as the chairman. Our compensation committee will review, recommend and approve policy relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and directors, administers our common shares option and benefit plans and will review general policy relating to compensation and benefits. Duties of our compensation committee will include:

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our directors, chief executive officer and other members of senior management;
evaluating the performance of the chief executive officer and other members of senior management in light of those goals and objectives;
based on this evaluation, determining and approving the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation and recommending to our board of directors the proposed compensation of our other members of senior management;
administering the issuance of common shares options and other awards to members of senior management and directors under our compensation plans; and
reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance of the compensation committee with its charter.

We believe that the composition of our compensation committee following this offering will meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our compensation committee will comply with, the applicable requirements of the NYSE and the SEC rules and regulations.

Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our compensation committee, which will be available on our website at www.globant.com upon the closing of this offering.

140


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

We do not currently have a nominating and corporate governance committee; however, we plan to establish a nominating and corporate governance committee prior to the closing date of this offering. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Messrs. Odeen, Galperin and Vázquez, with Mr. Vázquez serving as the chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will identify individuals qualified to become directors; recommend to our board of directors director nominees for each election of directors; develop and recommend to our board of directors criteria for selecting qualified director candidates; consider committee member qualifications, appointment and removal; recommend corporate governance guidelines applicable to us; and provide oversight in the evaluation of our board of directors and each committee. We believe that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee will meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee complies with, the applicable requirements of the NYSE and the SEC rules and regulations.

Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our website at www.globant.com upon the closing of this offering.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code will be available on our website at www.globant.com upon the closing of this offering. We expect that any amendments to such code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Director Compensation

Except as noted below, prior to this offering, members of our board of directors have not received cash compensation for their services as directors, except for the reimbursement of reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by directors in connection with attending any meetings of the board of directors or any committees thereof. Members of our senior management who are members of our board of directors (Messrs. Migoya, Umaran and Englebienne) have received and will continue receiving cash compensation for their services as executive officers. See “Compensation — Compensation of Directors and Senior Management.” Riverwood Capital, of which Messrs. Álvarez-Demalde and Marks are partners, has received fees from us, as well as reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by it, pursuant to a services agreement. See “Related Party Transactions — Riverwood Advisory Services Agreement.”

Except as noted in the previous paragraph with respect to Riverwood Capital, we did not pay any cash or equity compensation to members of our board of directors during fiscal year 2011 because all of our directors were either employees of our company or affiliated with our principal shareholders, Riverwood Capital and FTV Capital. In 2012, we paid director fees of $33,336 to Mr. Vasquez for the period from May to December 2012.

After the closing of this offering, members of our senior management who are members of our board of directors and the directors who continue to provide services to, or are affiliated with, Riverwood Capital, WPP and FTV Capital, will not receive compensation from us for their service on our board of directors. Accordingly, Messrs. Migoya, Umaran, Englebienne, Álvarez-Demalde, Norman, Marks and Bernstein will not receive compensation from us for their service on our board of directors. Only those directors (other than Messrs. Álvarez-Demalde, Marks and Bernstein) who are considered independent directors under the corporate governance rules of the NYSE will be eligible, subject to our shareholders’ approval, to receive compensation from us for their service on our board of directors. Messrs. Galperin, Odeen and Vázquez and other independent directors (other than Messrs. Álvarez-Demalde, Marks and Bernstein) will be paid quarterly in arrears the following amounts:

a base annual retainer of $50,000 in cash;
an additional annual retainer of $10,000 in cash to the chairman of the audit committee; and
an additional annual retainer of $5,000 in cash to each of the chairmen of the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee.

141


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any director compensation paid to Messrs. Galperin, Mott, Vasquez and Odeen after the closing of the offering will be paid solely for periods after the date on which the director commences service.

In addition, upon initial election to our board of directors, each independent director (other than Messrs. Álvarez-Demalde, Marks and Bernstein) will be granted an option to purchase up to 266,043 of our common shares. We will also reimburse directors for reasonable expenses incurred to attend meetings of our board of directors or committees.

Benefits upon Termination of Employment

Neither we nor our subsidiaries maintain any directors’ service contracts providing for benefits upon termination of service. On December 27, 2012, we entered into non-competition agreements with our founders. Under such agreements, the founders agreed that during their employment with our company, and for a period of two years from the termination of such employment, they will not directly or indirectly perform any kind of activity or provide any service in other companies that provide the same kinds of services as those provided by us. In consideration of these non-competition covenants, the founders will receive compensation equal to 24 times the highest monthly salary paid to them during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of termination of their employment. This compensation will be paid in two equal installments.

Board of Advisors

Our Board of Advisors advises us regarding market trends and technologies. It is composed of recognized industry executives, none of whom are employed by us. Our management interacts with members of the Board of Advisors from time to time on matters related to:

An outside perspective on the business;
Guidance on new ideas and opportunities;
Strategic planning assistance and input;
Networking; and
Anticipation on market changes and trends.

Our Board of Advisors does not have voting or observatory powers on, or over, our board of directors or management. There are no formalized Board of Advisor meetings, we do not compensate members of the Board of Advisors, and they have no other special powers or functions with respect to our company. The current members of our Board of Advisors are listed below.

Martin Sorrell

Sir Martin Sorrel is CEO at WPP plc. He joined WPP plc in 1986 as a director, becoming Group Chief Executive in the same year. He is a non-executive director of Formula One and Alcoa Inc.

Reid Hoffman

Mr. Hoffman is a Partner at Greylock and Executive Chairman at LinkedIn, the company he co-founded in 2003. Reid currently serves on the boards of Airbnb, Edmodo, Mozilla (Firefox), Shopkick, Swipely and Zynga. He has co-led investments in Coupons.com, Groupon and Viki.

Nick Beim

Mr. Beim is a Partner at Venrock. He was a General Partner at Matrix Partners. Prior to joining Matrix Partners, Mr. Beim advised and worked with internet, media, and software companies on strategic, operational and financial issues in the high technology investment banking group at Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the technology and media group at McKinsey & Co., where he worked with internet, media and software companies on a variety of strategic, financial and operational issues.

Andrew McLaughlin

Mr. McLaughlin is Chief Executive Officer at Digg and SVP at Betaworks. Prior to that, he was Vice President at Tumblr. From 2009 to 2011, Mr. McLaughlin served as a member of President Obama's senior

142


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

White House staff as Deputy Chief Technology Officer of the United States. Mr. McLaughlin was also Director of Global Public Policy at Google.

Sal Giambanco

Mr. Giambanco leads the human capital and operations functions of Omidyar Network. From 2000 to 2009, he served as the Vice President of human resources and administration for PayPal and eBay Inc. Prior to joining PayPal, Mr. Giambanco worked for KPMG as the national recruiting manager for the information, communications, high-tech, and entertainment consulting practices, while also leading KPMG’s collegiate and MBA recruiting programs.

143


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common shares as of March 31, 2014, by:

each of our directors and members of senior management individually;
all directors and members of senior management as a group;
each shareholder whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of our common shares; and
all selling shareholders.

Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof, to receive the economic benefit of ownership of the securities, or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Common shares subject to options, warrants or other convertible or exercisable securities that are currently convertible or exercisable or convertible or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such securities. Common shares issuable pursuant to share options or warrants are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such options or warrants but are not outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our common shares. Immediately prior to this offering, we had three holders of record in the United States with approximately 38.89% of our issued and outstanding common shares.
 

         
  Common Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to this Offering   Number of Common Shares Offered   Common Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering(1)
     Number   Percent   Number   Percent
Directors and Members of Senior Management:
                                            
Francisco Álvarez-Demalde(2)           *                             
Michael E. Marks(3)           *                             
Bradford Eric Bernstein(4)           *                          
Mario Vazquez(5)     79,813       *                    
Philip A. Odeen(6)     79,813       *                    
Martín Migoya     19,098,656       5.49 %                             
Guibert Andrés Englebienne     19,098,656       5.49 %                             
Nestor Nocetti     19,098,656       5.49 %                             
Martín Gonzalo Umaran     18,061,238       5.19 %                             
Gustavo Barreiro     1,085,945       *                             
Guillermo Marsicovetere     1,596,258       *                             
Alejandro Scannapieco     1,809,092       *                             
Wanda Weigert     127,701       *                             
Guillermo Willi(7)     718,316       *                             
Andrés Angelani(8)     1,399,295       *                             
Patricio Pablo Rojo           *                             
Natalia Kanefsck(9)     47,888       *                             
All executive officers and directors as a group:     82,301,327       23.51 %                             
5% or More Shareholders:
                                            
Riverwood Capital LLC(10)     69,196,118       19.89 %                             
FTV Partnerships(11)     62,543,252       17.97 %                             
Riverwood Partnerships(12)     32,743,771       9.41 %                             
WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à. r.l.(13)     71,829,458       20.64 %                             
Paldwick S.A.(14)     19,421,760       5.58 %                          

144


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
  Common Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to this Offering   Number of Common Shares Offered   Common Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering(1)
     Number   Percent   Number   Percent
Certain Other Selling Stockholders:
                                            
Endeavor Global, Inc.(15)     3,601,691       1.03 %                             
All Other Selling
Shareholders
(16)
    11,387,580       3.25 %                    
Total     353,024,957       100.00 %                             

* Less than 1%.
(1) Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. See “Underwriting.”
(2) Riverwood Capital GP Ltd. is the general partner of Riverwood Capital L.P., which, in turn, is the general partner of each of Riverwood Capital Partners L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A) L.P., and Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P. (collectively, the “Riverwood Partnerships”). Ironwood Management, LLC (“Ironwood”) provides management services to Riverwood Capital LLC. Riverwood Strategic Partners, LLC (“Riverwood Strategic Partners”), for which Ironwood serves as manager, is a member of Riverwood Capital LLC but holds no units and has no capital commitment. Francisco Álvarez-Demalde is a shareholder of Riverwood Capital GP Ltd., a limited partner of Riverwood Capital L.P, a Managing Director of Ironwood, and a member of Riverwood Capital LLC and Riverwood Strategic Partners, and has shared voting and dispositive power together with the natural persons identified in Note 16 below with respect to the common shares owned by the Riverwood Partnerships. Riverwood Capital LLC’s address is 70 Willow Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(3) Riverwood Capital GP Ltd. is the general partner of Riverwood Capital L.P., which, in turn, is the general partner of each of the Riverwood Partnerships. Ironwood provides management services to Riverwood Capital LLC. Riverwood Strategic Partners, for which Ironwood serves as manager, is a member of Riverwood Capital LLC but holds no units and has no capital commitment. Mr. Marks is a shareholder of Riverwood Capital GP Ltd., a limited partner of Riverwood Capital L.P, a member of Ironwood, Riverwood Capital LLC and Riverwood Strategic Partners, and has shared voting and dispositive power together with the natural persons identified in Notes 14 and 16 below with respect to the common shares owned by Riverwood Capital LLC and the Riverwood Partnerships, respectively.
(4) Consists of the common shares listed in Note 13 below which are held of record by FTVentures III, L.P. and FTVentures III-N, L.P. (together, the “FTV Partnerships”). FTVentures Management III, LLC is the general partner of each of the FTV Funds. Bradford Bernstein is a managing member of FTVentures Management III, LLC and has shared voting and dispositive power with respect to such common shares with the natural persons identified in Note 13 below.
(5) The amounts listed under “Common Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” represent 79,813 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options. The amounts listed under “Common Shares Beneficially Owned After Offering” represent          common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.
(6) The amounts listed under “Common Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” represent 79,813 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options. The amounts listed under “Common Shares Beneficially Owned After Offering” represent          common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.
(7) The amounts listed under “Common Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” represent 125,000 common shares and 593,316 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options. The amounts listed under “Common Shares Beneficially Owned After Offering” represent          common shares and          common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.
(8) The amounts listed under “Common Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” represent 1,399,295 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options. The amounts listed under “Common Shares Beneficially Owned After Offering” represent       common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.

145


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(9) The amounts listed under “Common Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering” represent 47,888 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options. The amounts listed under “Common Shares Beneficially Owned After Offering” represent       common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.
(10) Ironwood provides management services to Riverwood Capital LLC. Riverwood Strategic Partners, LLC, for which Ironwood serves as manager, is a member of Riverwood Capital LLC but holds no units and no capital commitment. Michael Marks, Chris Varelas and Tom Smach, as the owners of Ironwood, exercise the voting and dispositive power over the 69,196,118 common shares held by Riverwood Capital LLC.
(11) FTVentures Management III, LLC is the general partner of each of the FTV Partnerships. The FTV Partnerships share the voting and dispositive power over the 62,543,252 common shares held by them. Bradford Bernstein, Eric Byunn, Benjamin Cukier, Richard Garman, James Hale, David Haynes, Robert Huret and Christopher Winship, as the managing members of FTVentures Management III, LLC, have voting and dispositive power with respect to these shares.
(12) Riverwood Capital GP Ltd. is the general partner of Riverwood Capital L.P., which, in turn, is the general partner of the Riverwood Partnerships. Michael Marks, Chris Varelas and Tom Smach are the directors of, and Nicholas Brathwaite, Francisco Álvarez-Demalde and Jeff Parks, as the managing directors of Riverwood Capital GP Ltd., exercise the voting and dispositive power over the 32,743,771 common shares held by the Riverwood Partnerships.
(13) Thierry Lenders is Manager of WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à. r.l. and holds voting and dispositive power over the 71,829,458 common shares indirectly held by WPP.
(14) Paldwick S.A. has advised us that, immediately prior to the closing of this offering, it may distribute 100% of the common shares owned by it to its shareholders. In the event of such a distribution, none of the individuals and entities receiving our common shares will own 5% or more of our issued and outstanding common shares. Alejandro Candioti is the director of Paldwick S.A. and possesses the voting and dispositive power over the 19,421,760 common shares held by Paldwick S.A.
(15) Endeavor Global, Inc.’s affiliate Endeavor Catalyst Inc. holds an option to purchase an additional 872,621 of our common shares. Linda Rottenberg, the chief executive officer of Endeavor Global, Inc., has voting and dispositive power with respect to the 2,729,070 common shares owned by Endeavor Global, Inc. and any common shares issuable upon the exercise of Endeavor Catalyst’s option to purchase our common shares.
(16) Represents common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options held by 52 selling shareholders not listed above who, as a group, owned 3.25% of our common shares as of March 31, 2014. Each of the individuals within this group owned less than 1% of our outstanding common shares as of March 31, 2014. 46 of these selling shareholders are current employees of our company.

146


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Private Placements

July 2007 Financing

On July 4, 2007, our predecessor IT Outsourcing, S.L. issued and sold an aggregate of 997,465 participation units in a private placement to Bigwood Capital, LLC, an affiliate of Riverwood Capital Management, at a price per unit of $3.01 for total consideration of $3.0 million. On July 20, 2007, in connection with the private placement, Bigwood Capital purchased an aggregate of 1,597,081 participation units from Messrs. Migoya, Umaran, Englebienne and Nocetti, Paldwick S.A. and other selling unitholders at the same price per unit for total consideration of $4.8 million.

November 2008 Financing

On November 12, 2008, IT Outsourcing, S.L. issued and sold an aggregate of 1,003,594 participation units in a private placement to Riverwood Capital, LLC (the successor to Bigwood Capital, LLC), at a price per unit of $4.62 for total consideration of $4,636,604. Concurrently with the private placement, Riverwood Capital purchased an aggregate of 1,810,260 participation units from Paldwick S.A. and other selling unitholders at the same price per unit for total consideration of $8,363,401.

FTVentures III, L.P. and FTVentures III-N, L.P., affiliates of FTV Capital, participated as co-investors in Riverwood Capital, LLC’s purchase of 2,813,854 participation units from IT Outsourcing, S.L., and those selling unitholders in the November 2008 transactions. Pursuant to their co-investment, FTVentures III, L.P. and FTVentures III-N, L.P. acquired a beneficial ownership interest in 2,164,503 of those participation units.

February 2011 Financing

On February 23, 2011, IT Outsourcing, S.L. issued and sold an aggregate of 923,077 participation units in a private placement to RW Holdings S.à. r.l., an affiliate of Riverwood Capital Management, and ITO Holdings S.à. r.l., an affiliate of FTV Capital, at a price per unit of $6.50 for total consideration of $5.8 million net of expenses. Concurrently with the private placement, RW Holdings S.à. r.l. and ITO Holdings S.à. r.l. purchased an aggregate of 1,384,616 participation units from Messrs. Migoya, Umaran, Englebienne and Nocetti, Paldwick S.A. and other selling unitholders at the same price per unit for total consideration of $9.0 million, with RW Holdings S.à. r.l. receiving 923,044 common shares for $5.8 million net of expenses and ITO Holdings S.à. r.l. receiving 461,539 common shares for $3.0 million.

January 2012 Financing

On January 18, 2012, IT Outsourcing, S.L. issued and sold an aggregate of 128,225 participation units, plus an option to purchase an additional 41,000 participation units, in a private placement to Endeavor Global, Inc. at a price per unit of $15.60 for total consideration of $2.0 million.

WPP Investment in Globant

On December 27, 2012, WPP plc, through its subsidiary WPP purchased 65,497,793 of our common shares, from our existing shareholders on a pro rata basis to their existing ownership, at a purchase price per share of $1.01842, for aggregate consideration of $66.7 million. Additionally, on January 15, 2013, WPP subscribed for an additional 6,331,665 of our common shares from us for total consideration of $6.5 million, which was used to retire 20% of the existing options to acquire our common shares held by certain of our employees and Endeavor Global, Inc. As a result of these two transactions, WPP owns a total of 71,829,458 common shares, representing 20% of our share capital on a fully diluted basis.

The parties also agreed that, upon consummation of this offering at any time prior to June 27, 2014, if the initial public offering price is lower than 125% of the per share purchase price paid by WPP (as may be adjusted by applicable anti-dilution rights), then the selling shareholders will transfer to WPP a number of additional Globant common shares so as to provide to it an effective entry price per share equal to an amount no greater than 80% of the initial public offering price. If, however, the initial public offering price is higher than 125% of the per share purchase price paid by WPP (as the same may be adjusted by applicable anti-dilution rights), then WPP will deliver to the selling shareholders a number of common shares so that its

147


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

effective entry price per share is an amount not less than 80% of the initial public offering price. In connection with the transaction, WPP acquired certain anti-dilution rights, rights of co-sale, a right of first offer upon a change of control, drag-along rights on substantially the same terms that apply to our other shareholders and the right to designate one of our directors and an observer to our board of directors, each of which rights terminates upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The stock purchase and subscription agreement related to this transaction contains representations and warranties by the selling shareholders and by us that will survive for thirty months, except for certain fundamental representations and warranties that survive until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. We have agreed to indemnify WPP for breaches of our representations and warranties. In addition, the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify WPP for breaches of their and certain of our representations and warranties. Our indemnification liability for any breach of our representation and warranties shall not exceed in the aggregate $20 million (except for certain fundamental representations and warranties as to which the limit is $30 million and certain unknown contingency obligations as to which the limit is $15 million, or in the event of fraud in which case no limit will apply). The indemnification liability of the selling shareholders for any breach of their or our representations and warranties shall not exceed in the aggregate $20 million (except for certain fundamental representations and warranties as to which the limit is $30 million and certain unknown contingency obligations as to which the limit is $15 million, or in the event of fraud in which case no limit will apply).

WPP plc and its subsidiaries comprise one of the largest marketing communications services businesses in the world. The ordinary shares of WPP plc are traded in the United States on the Nasdaq Global Select Market in the form of American Depositary Shares, which are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts. Globant has performed services for a number of WPP companies including JWT, Young & Rubicam, Grey, GroupM, and Kantar, among others.

WPP’s investment in us reinforces our position as a new-breed of technology services provider and is expected to enable us to extend the range of clients served.

Shareholders Agreement

In connection with the private placements in 2007, 2008, 2011 and 2012 and the concurrent transfers of participation units among our investors, our predecessor IT Outsourcing, S.L., our founders and the investors in our participation units entered into a Shareholders Agreement ( Convenio Social ) on July 4, 2007, which was subsequently amended and restated on November 14, 2008, February 23, 2011 and January 18, 2012 (the “Shareholders Agreement”). Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, we have granted certain registration rights to holders of our common shares.

The Shareholders Agreement also provides for other rights and obligations of the existing holders of our participation units. Among other things, the Shareholders Agreement places certain restrictions on the ability of the parties thereto to transfer their participation units. The Shareholders Agreement grants to the Riverwood- and FTV-affiliated investors the right under certain circumstances to require Paldwick S.A. and the founders to include the participation units held by them in a sale of Paldwick S.A.’s and the founders’ participation units to a third party. In addition, under certain circumstances, Paldwick S.A. and the founders’ may require the Riverwood- and FTV-affiliated investors to sell their participation units upon receipt of a bona fide offer from a third-party that meets a minimum price threshold. The Shareholders Agreement also provides that the parties thereto have preemptive rights upon a sale by us of additional participation units.

On December 10, 2012, we entered into an Assumption and Amendment of Shareholders Agreement with the parties to the Shareholders Agreement under which the signatories agreed to be bound by the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement.

On December 27, 2012, in connection with the sale of common shares to WPP, the parties to that transaction entered into a joinder agreement pursuant to which WPP agreed to be bound by the terms of the Shareholders Agreement among the existing shareholders (as amended and supplemented by the provisions set forth in such joinder agreement, including Exhibit D thereto, and the Assumption and Amendment of Shareholders Agreement described in the previous paragraph). Among other things, the joinder agreement provides to WPP certain anti-dilution rights with respect to new issuances of common shares, share splits or combinations and grants to it certain rights of co-sale, a right of first offer upon a change of control and drag

148


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

along rights substantially on the same terms that apply to our other shareholders. In addition, WPP has the right to designate a representative to serve on our board of directors, as well as an observer. The joinder agreement also provides that WPP will participate pro rata in the registration rights granted under the Shareholders Agreement. The joinder agreement and the Shareholders Agreement will terminate upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Riverwood and FTV Voting Agreement

The Riverwood- and FTV-affiliated investors in our company are parties to a Voting Agreement dated as of February 23, 2011 (the “Voting Agreement”). Under the Voting Agreement, as long as the FTV-affiliated investors own at least 5% of our outstanding equity, the Riverwood-affiliated investors agree not to consent to any of the following actions without obtaining the FTV-affiliated investors’ consent: (i) an amendment to our organizational documents; (ii) a capital increase, equity conversion, reclassification or other similar transaction pursuant to which the securities to be issued grant the holder thereof a dividend, liquidation or redemption preference ranking senior or equal to any preferences granted to the FTV-affiliated investors; (iii) any voluntary capital redemption; or (iv) the incurrence of indebtedness by us or any of our subsidiaries in excess of the greater of (i) $5,000,000, and (ii) the maximum amount of indebtedness that would cause the ratio of our total net debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization to exceed 1.5:1.0 for the last four fiscal quarters.

On December 10, 2012, the parties to the Voting Agreement entered into a substantially similar new Voting Agreement with respect to their common shares in Globant.

We have been advised that the Riverwood- and FTV-affiliated investors intend to enter into an amendment to the Voting Agreements terminating such agreements in its entirety effective upon the closing of this offering.

Riverwood Advisory Services Agreement

On November 14, 2008, IT Outsourcing, S.L. entered into an agreement with Riverwood Capital LLC for the provision of management and consulting services to it and its subsidiaries, under which IT Outsourcing, S.L. agreed to pay the advisor an annual fee of $100,000 for five years. The advisory fee that accrued in favor of Riverwood Capital was $0.1 million in 2012 and $0.1 million in 2011 and in each case was payable the following year. On December 10, 2012, we assumed the obligations of IT Outsourcing, S.L. under the advisory services agreement. We and Riverwood Capital have agreed to terminate our fee obligations under the advisory services agreement effective upon the closing of this offering.

Registration Rights Agreement

Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with Messrs. Migoya, Umaran, Englebienne and Nocetti (collectively, the “Founders”), Riverwood Capital LLC, Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners L.P. and Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A) (collectively, the “Riverwood Entities”) and the FTV Partnerships and WPP (collectively, the “Registration Rights Holders”) and Endeavor Global, Inc. and Endeavor Catalyst Inc. The registration rights agreement will replace the registration rights granted under the Shareholders Agreement and WPP’s joinder agreement. Under the registration rights agreement, we are responsible, subject to certain exceptions, for the expenses of any offering of our common shares held by the Registration Rights Holders other than underwriting fees, discounts and selling commissions. Additionally, under the registration rights agreement we may not grant superior registration rights to any other person without the consent of the Registration Rights Holders. The registration rights agreement contains customary indemnification provisions.

Demand Registration Rights

Under the registration rights agreement each of (i) the Riverwood entities (acting as a group), (ii) the FTV Partnerships (acting as a group), (iii) WPP and (iv) the Founders (acting as a group) and any two of (i) Riverwood, (ii) FTV, (iii) WPP and (iv) the Founders (acting as a group) may require us to effect a registration under the Securities Act for the sale of their common shares of our company. We are therefore obliged to effect up to five such demand registrations in total with respect to the common shares owned by such shareholders. However, we are not obliged to effect any such registration when (1) the request for

149


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

registration does not cover that number of common shares with an anticipated gross offering price of at least $10.0 million, or (2) the amount of common shares to be sold in such registration represents more than 15% of our share capital. If we have been advised by legal counsel that such registration would require a special audit or the disclosure of a material impending transaction or other matter and our board of directors determines reasonably and in good faith that such disclosure would have a material adverse effect on us, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days. We will not be required to effect a demand registration if we intend to effect a primary registration of our securities within 60 days of receiving notice of a demand registration, provided that we file such intended registration statement within the 60-day period. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning with the date of filing of, and ending 120 days following the completion of, a primary registered offering of our securities, except if any of the Registration Rights Holders had requested “piggyback” registration rights in connection with such offering. In any such demand registration, the managing underwriter will be selected by the majority of the shareholders exercising the demand.

Shelf Registration Rights

After the closing date of this offering, we will use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register securities pursuant to Form F-3, and each Registration Rights Holder may make one written request that we register the offer and sale of their common shares on a shelf registration statement on Form F-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form F-3 so long as the request covers at least that number of common shares with an anticipated aggregate offering sale of at least $5,000,000.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the closing date of this offering, if we propose to register for sale to the public any of our securities, in connection with the public offering of such securities, the Registration Rights Holders will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights in connection with such public offering, allowing them to include their common shares in such registration, subject to certain limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (1) a registration related to a company equity incentive plan and (2) a registration related to the exchange of securities in certain corporate reorganizations or certain other transactions or in other instances where a form is not available for registering securities for sale to the public, the Registration Rights Holders will be entitled to written notice of the registration and will have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of common shares included in the registration, to include their common shares in the registration.

Termination

As to each party to the Registration Rights Agreement, the rights of such party thereunder terminate upon the earlier to occur of the fifth anniversary of the date of the agreement or the date upon which the percentage of our total outstanding common shares held by such party ceases to be at least one percent.

Tag-Along Agreement

Upon the closing of this offering, the Founders, Paldwick S.A., the Riverwood Entities, the FTV Partnerships, Endeavor Global, Inc. and Endeavor Catalyst Inc. (collectively, the “Selling Shareholders”) will enter into a tag-along agreement pursuant to which if, during a period of four years as from the date this registration statement is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, any of the Selling Shareholders proposes to make a transfer of our shares to any other Selling Shareholder or WPP, each of (i) the Founders and Paldwick (individually and/or acting as a group), (ii) the RW Entities (individually and/or acting as a group), (iii) the FTV Partnerships (individually and/or acting as a group), and (v) Endeavor, shall have the right to participate in such sale with respect to any shares held by them on a pro rata basis, and on the same terms and conditions and the same total consideration, as those offered to the corresponding Selling Shareholder in the applicable transfer.

Equityholders Additional Agreement

On May 7, 2012, IT Outsourcing, S.L. entered into the Equityholders Additional Agreement with the founders, Riverwood Capital LLC, RW Holdings S.à. r.l., ITO Holdings S.à. r.l. and Endeavor Global, Inc.

150


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(the “Equityholders Additional Agreement”). Under the Equityholders Additional Agreement, among other things, we have agreed to provide to any of the parties (and any direct or indirect equityholder directly or indirectly affiliated with a party) that makes a “gain recognition election” under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.367(a)-8T with respect to our conversion to a sociedad anónima or the reorganization of any interest in us owned by an equityholder directly or indirectly affiliated with a party an annual certification that a triggering event has or has not occurred for purposes of such election. “Triggering event” is defined to include, without limitation, a transfer of all or a portion of the stock of a company or corporation owned by us at the time of such conversion, or the disposition of substantially all of the assets of any such company or corporation, subject to certain exceptions that generally apply to transfers that are tax-free under U.S. income tax rules. We are required to make this certification for each fiscal year ending on or before the close of the fifth fiscal year after the end of the fiscal year in which the conversion or reorganization occurs.

In addition, until the close of the fifth fiscal year after the end of the fiscal year in which the conversion or reorganization occurs, with respect to a party or any direct or indirect equityholder directly or indirectly affiliated with a party that has made a gain recognition election as described above, we agreed that we would not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the stock, or of substantially all the assets, of any subsidiary that is treated as a foreign corporation for US federal income tax purposes as of the date of our conversion to a sociedad anónima , unless we receive either an (i) approval from that equityholder, or (ii) an opinion of U.S. tax counsel reasonably satisfactory to that direct or indirect equityholder, to the effect that the disposition will not be a triggering event for purposes of the gain recognition election.

On December 10, 2012, in connection with the holding company reorganization completed on that date as described above under “Summary — Organizational Structure,” we entered into a Shareholders Additional Agreement with the parties to the Equityholders Additional Agreement. The Shareholders Additional Agreement contains substantially the same provisions as the Equityholders Additional Agreement, making those provisions applicable to us as though we had been a party to the Equityholders Additional Agreement when it was entered into.

Non-competition Agreements

On December 27, 2012, we entered into non-competition agreements with our founders. Under such agreements, the founders agreed that during their period of service to our company, and for a period of two years from the termination of such service, they will not directly or indirectly perform any kind of activity or provide any service in other companies that provide the same kinds of services as those provided by us. In consideration of these non-competition covenants, the founders will receive compensation equal to 24 times the highest monthly compensation paid to them during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of termination of their service to us. This compensation will be paid in two equal installments.

Other Related-Party Transactions

Until December 21, 2012, we purchased services related to travel and lodging from Globers S.A., an entity that was acquired by us on December 21, 2012. Prior to that date, Globers S.A. was 100% owned by Messrs. Migoya, Nocetti, Umaran and Englebienne, each of whom is a member of our senior management team. The total amount incurred for services purchased from Globers S.A. during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $4.3 million and $2.1 million, respectively. With effect from the date of our acquisition of Globers S.A., the related-party nature of such purchases of services has been eliminated, and revenues and expenses from such transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

During 2012, our predecessor, Globant Spain, paid a total of $0.2 million of expenses on behalf of certain of its shareholders, which are recorded in other receivables as of December 31, 2013.

For a summary of our revenue and expenses and receivables and payables with related parties, please see Note 21 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors will adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics for our company, which will be publicly available on our website at www.globant.com, upon the closing of this offering. The code of conduct and ethics was not in effect when we entered into the related party transactions discussed above. Under

151


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our code of business conduct and ethics, our employees, officers and directors will be discouraged from entering into any transaction that may cause a conflict of interest for us. In addition, they must report any potential conflict of interest, including related party transactions, to their managers or our corporate counsel who then will review and summarize the proposed transaction for our audit committee. Pursuant to its charter, our audit committee will be required to then approve any related-party transactions, including those transactions involving our directors. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions, the audit committee will be required to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including the material terms of the transactions, risks, benefits, costs, availability of other comparable services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a director’s independence. Our audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

152


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF COMMON SHARES

The following is a summary of some of the terms of our common shares, based on our articles of association in the form in which they will be effective prior to the pricing of the offering.

The following summary is not complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of our articles of association, the form of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable Luxembourg law, including Luxembourg Corporate Law. You may obtain copies of our articles of association as described under “Where You Can Find More Information” in this prospectus.

General

We are a Luxembourg joint stock company ( société anonyme ) and our legal name is “Globant S.A.” We were incorporated on December 10, 2012.

We are registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register ( Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg ) under number B 173 727 and have our registered office at 5 rue Guillaume Kroll, L-1882, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

Share Capital

Our issued share capital prior to the pricing of this offering is $35,067,848.40, represented by 29,223,207 common shares with a nominal value of $1.20 each, of which 228,059 are treasury shares held by us.

Prior to the pricing, we have an authorized share capital, excluding the issued share capital, of $            consisting of            common shares with a nominal value of $1.20 each.

Our shareholders’ meeting has authorized our board of directors to issue common shares within the limits of the authorized share capital at such times and on such terms as our board of directors may decide during a period of five years from the date of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on           , 2014, and ending on the fifth anniversary of the date of publication of the minutes of such shareholders’ meeting approving such authorization in the Luxembourg Official Gazette ( Mémorial C Recueil des Sociétés et Associations ), which period may be renewed. Accordingly, our board of directors may issue up to            common shares until such date. We currently intend to seek renewals and/or extensions as required from time to time.

Our authorized share capital is determined by our articles of association, as amended from time to time, and may be increased or reduced by amending the articles of association by approval of the requisite two-thirds majority of the votes at a quorate extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting. Under Luxembourg law, our shareholders have no obligation to provide further capital to us.

Under Luxembourg law, our shareholders benefit from a pre-emptive subscription right on the issuance of common shares for cash consideration. However, our shareholders have, in accordance with Luxembourg law, waived and suppressed, and have authorized the board of directors to waive, suppress or limit any pre-emptive subscription rights of shareholders provided by law to the extent the board of directors deems such waiver, suppression or limitation advisable for any issue or issues of common shares within the scope of our authorized unissued share capital. Such common shares may be issued above, at or below market value as well as above, at or below nominal value by way of incorporation of available reserves (including premium).

Form and Transfer of Common Shares

Our common shares are issued in registered form only and are freely transferable under Luxembourg law and our articles of association. Luxembourg law does not impose any limitations on the rights of Luxembourg or non-Luxembourg residents to hold or vote our common shares.

Under Luxembourg law, the ownership of registered shares is established by the inscription of the name of the shareholder and the number of shares held by him or her in the shareholder register. Transfers of common shares not deposited into securities accounts are effective towards us and third parties either through the recording of a declaration of transfer into the register of shares, signed and dated by the transferor and the transferee or their representatives or by us, upon notification of the transfer to, or upon the acceptance of the

153


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

transfer by, us. Should the transfer of common shares not be recorded accordingly, the shareholder is entitled to enforce his or her rights by initiating the relevant proceedings before the competent courts of Luxembourg.

In addition, our articles of association provide that our common shares may be held through a securities settlement system or a professional depositary of securities. The depositor of common shares held in such manner may have the same rights and obligations as if such depositor held the common shares directly and must inform the depositary of that decision. The depositary will give the holder a proxy in order to exercise the rights and obligations. Common shares held through a securities settlement system or a professional depositary of securities may be transferred from one account to another in accordance with customary procedures for the transfer of securities in book-entry form. The depositor whose common shares are held through such fungible securities accounts shall have the same rights and obligations as if such depositor held the common shares directly. However, we will make dividend payments (if any) and any other payments in cash, common shares or other securities (if any) only to the depositary recorded in the register or in accordance with its instructions.

Issuance of Common Shares

Pursuant to Luxembourg Corporate Law, the issuance of common shares requires the amendment of our articles of association by the approval of the requisite two-thirds majority of the votes at a quorate extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting. However, the general meeting may approve an authorized share capital and authorize the board of directors to issue common shares up to the maximum amount of such authorized unissued share capital for a period ending five years from the date of publication in the Luxembourg Official Gazette ( Mémorial C Recueil des Sociétés et Associations ) of the minutes of the relevant general meeting approving such authorization. The general meeting may amend or renew such authorized share capital and such authorization of the board of directors to issue common shares.

Prior to the pricing, we have an authorized share capital, excluding the issued share capital, of $            and the board of directors is authorized to issue up to             common shares (subject to stock splits, consolidation of common shares or like transactions) with a nominal value of $1.20 per common share.

Our articles provide that no fractional shares shall be issued or exist.

Pre-emptive Rights

Unless limited, waived or cancelled by our board of directors in the context of the authorized unissued share capital or by an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders pursuant to the provisions of the articles of association relating to amendments thereof, holders of our common shares have a pro rata pre-emptive right to subscribe for any new common shares issued for cash consideration. Our articles provide that pre-emptive rights can be waived, suppressed or limited by our board of directors for a period from the date of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on          , 2014, and ending on the fifth anniversary of the date of publication in the Luxembourg Official Gazette of the minutes of the shareholders’ meeting giving such authorization to the board of directors, in the event of an increase of the issued share capital by the board of directors within the limits of the authorized unissued share capital.

Repurchase of Common Shares

We cannot subscribe for our own common shares. We may, however, repurchase issued common shares or have another person repurchase issued common shares for our account, subject to the following conditions:

the repurchase complies with the principle of equal treatment of all shareholders;
prior authorization by a simple majority vote at an ordinary general meeting of shareholders is granted, which authorization sets forth the terms and conditions of the proposed repurchase, including the maximum number of common shares to be repurchased, the duration of the period for which the authorization is given (which may not exceed five years) and, in the case of a repurchase for consideration, the minimum and maximum consideration per common share;
the repurchase does not reduce our net assets (on a non-consolidated basis) to a level below the aggregate of the issued share capital and the reserves that we must maintain pursuant to Luxembourg law or our articles of association; and

154


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

only fully paid-up common shares are repurchased.

No prior authorization by our shareholders is required for us to repurchase our own common shares if:

we are in imminent and severe danger, in which case the board of directors must inform the general meeting of shareholders held subsequent to the repurchase of common shares of the reasons for, and aim of such repurchase, the number and nominal value of the common shares repurchased, the fraction of the share capital such repurchased common shares represented and the consideration paid for such shares; or
the common shares are repurchased by us or by a person acting for our account in view of a distribution of the common shares to our employees.

On     , 2014, the general meeting of shareholders according to the conditions set forth in article 49.2 of Luxembourg Corporate Law granted the board of directors the authorization to repurchase up to a maximum number of shares representing   % of the issued share capital immediately after the closing of this offering. The authorization will be valid for a period ending five years from the date of its authorization or the date of its renewal by a subsequent general meeting of shareholders. Pursuant to such authorization, the board of directors is authorized to acquire and sell our common shares under the conditions set forth in the minutes of such general meeting of shareholders. Such purchases and sales may be carried out for any purpose authorized by the general meeting of Globant S.A.

Capital Reduction

Our articles of association provide that our issued share capital may be reduced by a resolution adopted by the requisite two-thirds majority of the votes at a quorate extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting. If the reduction of capital results in the capital being reduced below the legally prescribed minimum, the general meeting of the shareholders must, at the same time, resolve to increase the capital up to the required level.

General Meeting of Shareholders

Any regularly constituted general meeting of our shareholders represents the entire body of shareholders.

Each of our common shares entitles the holder thereof to attend our general meeting of shareholders, either in person or by proxy, to address the general meeting of shareholders and to exercise voting rights, subject to the provisions of Luxembourg law and our articles of association. Each common share entitles the holder to one vote at a general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors shall adopt as it deems fit all other regulations and rules concerning the attendance to the general meeting.

Our articles of association provide that the board of directors may determine a date and time preceding the general meeting of shareholders (the “Record Date”), which may not be less than five days before the date of a general meeting. Any shareholder who wishes to attend the general meeting must inform us of his intent to so attend no later than three days prior to the date of the general meeting, in a manner to be determined by the board of directors in the notice convening the general meeting of the shareholders. In the case of common shares held through the operator of a securities settlement system or with a depositary, or sub-depositary designated by such depositary, a shareholder wishing to attend a general meeting of shareholders should receive from such operator or depositary a certificate certifying the number of common shares recorded in the relevant account on the Record Date and that such common shares are blocked until the closing of the general meeting to which it relates. The certificate should be submitted to us at our registered office no later than three business days prior to the date of such general meeting. In the event that the shareholder votes by means of a proxy, the proxy must be deposited at our registered office at the same time or with any of our agents duly authorized to receive such proxies. The board of directors may set a shorter period for the submission of the certificate or the proxy.

A shareholder may act at any general meeting of shareholders by appointing in writing another person (who need not be a shareholder) as his proxy by a signed document transmitted by mail, fax or other means authorized by the board of directors. Any shareholder may vote at a general meeting of shareholders by using our voting forms. Our articles of association provide that we will only take into account voting forms received

155


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

no later than three business days prior to the date of the general meeting. Our board of directors may set a shorter period for the submission of the proxy.

General meetings of shareholders shall be convened in accordance with the provisions of our articles of association and Luxembourg Corporate Law. Such law provides inter alia that convening notices for every general meeting shall contain the agenda of the meeting and shall take the form of announcements published twice, with a minimum interval of eight days between publication and at least eight days before the meeting, in the Luxembourg Official Gazette ( Mémorial C Recueil des Sociétés et Associations ) and in a Luxembourg newspaper. Notices by mail shall also be sent eight days before the meeting to registered shareholders but no proof need be given that this formality has been complied with. Where all the common shares are in registered form, the convening notices may be made only by registered letters.

In case an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders is convened to enact an extraordinary resolution (see below under “— Voting Rights” for further background information) and if such meeting is not quorate and a second meeting is convened, the second meeting will be convened by means of notices published twice, with a minimum interval of fifteen days between publication and at least fifteen days before the meeting, in the Luxembourg Official Gazette ( Mémorial C Recueil des Sociétés et Associations ) and in two Luxembourg newspapers. Such convening notice shall reproduce the agenda and indicate the date and the results of the previous meeting.

Pursuant to our articles of association, if all shareholders are present or represented at a general meeting of shareholders and state that they have been informed of the agenda of the meeting, the general meeting of shareholders may be held without prior notice.

Our annual general meeting is held in Luxembourg, at the registered office of the company or such other place as specified in the convening notice of the meeting on the third Friday of April of each year at 11:00 AM local time. If that day is a legal holiday in Luxembourg, the meeting will be held on the next following Luxembourg business day.

Luxembourg law and our articles of association provide that the board of directors is obliged to convene a general meeting of shareholders if shareholders representing, in the aggregate, 10% of the issued share capital so request in writing with an indication of the meeting agenda. In such case, the general meeting of shareholders must be held within one month of receipt of the request. Luxembourg law provides that if the requested general meeting of shareholders is not held within one month, shareholders representing, in the aggregate, 10% of the issued share capital may petition the competent president of the district court in Luxembourg to have a court appointee convene the meeting. Luxembourg law and our articles of association provide that shareholders representing, in the aggregate, 10% of the issued share capital may request that additional items be added to the agenda of a general meeting of shareholders. That request must be received by registered mail sent to the registered office of the company at least five business days before the general meeting of shareholders.

Voting Rights

Each share entitles the holder thereof to one vote at a general meeting of shareholders.

Luxembourg law distinguishes ordinary resolutions and extraordinary resolutions.

Extraordinary resolutions relate to proposed amendments to the articles of association and certain other limited matters. All other resolutions are ordinary resolutions.

Ordinary Resolutions .  Pursuant to our articles of association and Luxembourg Corporate Law, ordinary resolutions shall be adopted by a simple majority of votes validly cast on such resolution at a general meeting. Abstentions and nil votes will not be taken into account.

Extraordinary Resolutions .  Extraordinary resolutions are required for any of the following matters, among others: (a) an increase or decrease of the authorized capital or issued share capital, (b) a limitation or exclusion of preemptive rights, (c) approval of a merger ( fusion ) or de-merger ( scission ), (d) dissolution and (e) an amendment to our articles of association. Pursuant to Luxembourg law and our articles of association, for any extraordinary resolutions to be considered at a general meeting, the quorum must generally be at least half (50%) of our issued share capital. Any extraordinary resolution shall generally be adopted at a quorate

156


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

general meeting upon a two-thirds majority of the votes validly cast on such resolution. In case such quorum is not reached, a second meeting may be convened by the board of directors in which no quorum is required, and which must generally still approve the amendment with two-thirds of the votes validly cast. Abstentions and nil votes will not be taken into account.

Change in nationality .  Pursuant to Luxembourg law, we may only change our nationality with the unanimous consent of all shareholders. Moreover, if we have bondholders, the bondholders must approve the change of nationality at a general meeting with a quorum of at least half of the bonds issued and the resolution must be adopted by a two-thirds majority of the bondholder votes validly cast.

Appointment and Removal of Directors .  Members of our board of directors are elected by ordinary resolution at a general meeting of shareholders. Under the articles of association, all directors are elected for a period of up to four years. Any director may be removed with or without cause and with or without prior notice by a simple majority vote at any general meeting of shareholders. The articles of association provide that, in case of a vacancy, the board of directors may fill such vacancy on a temporary basis by a person designated by the remaining members of the board of directors until the next general meeting of shareholders, which will resolve on a permanent appointment. The directors shall be eligible for re-election indefinitely.

Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association contain any restrictions as to the voting of our common shares by non-Luxembourg residents.

Amendment to the Articles of Association

Shareholder Approval Requirements .  Luxembourg law requires that an amendment to our articles of association generally be made by extraordinary resolution. The agenda of the general meeting of shareholders must indicate the proposed amendments to the articles of association.

Pursuant to Luxembourg Corporate Law and our articles of association, for an extraordinary resolution to be considered at a general meeting, the quorum must generally be at least 50% of our issued share capital. Any extraordinary resolution shall be adopted at a quorate general meeting (save as otherwise provided by mandatory law) upon a two-thirds majority of the votes validly cast on such resolution. If the quorum of 50% is not reached at this meeting, a second general meeting may be convened, in which no quorum is required, and may approve the resolution at a majority of two-third of votes validly cast.

Formalities .  Any resolutions to amend the articles of association or to approve a merger, de-merger or dissolution must be taken before a Luxembourg notary and such amendments must be published in accordance with Luxembourg law.

Merger and Division

A merger by absorption whereby one Luxembourg company, after its dissolution without liquidation, transfers to another company all of its assets and liabilities in exchange for the issuance of common shares in the acquiring company to the shareholders of the company being acquired, or a merger effected by transfer of assets to a newly incorporated company, must, in principle, be approved at a general meeting of shareholders by an extraordinary resolution of the Luxembourg company, and the general meeting of shareholders must be held before a notary. Further conditions and formalities under Luxembourg law are to be complied with in this respect.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets remaining after allowing for the payment of all liabilities will be paid out to the shareholders pro rata according to their respective shareholdings. Generally, the decisions to liquidate, dissolve or wind-up require the passing of an extraordinary resolution at a general meeting of our shareholders, and such meeting must be held before a notary.

No Appraisal Rights

Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association provide for any appraisal rights of dissenting shareholders.

157


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Distributions

Subject to Luxembourg law, if and when a dividend is declared by the general meeting of shareholders or an interim dividend is declared by the board of directors, each common share is entitled to participate equally in such distribution of funds legally available for such purposes. Pursuant to our articles of association, the board of directors may pay interim dividends, subject to Luxembourg law.

Declared and unpaid distributions held by us for the account of the shareholders shall not bear interest. Under Luxembourg law, claims for unpaid distributions will lapse in our favor five years after the date such distribution became due and payable.

Any amount payable with respect to dividends and other distributions declared and payable may be freely transferred out of Luxembourg, except that any specific transfer may be prohibited or limited by anti-money laundering regulations, freezing orders or similar restrictive measures.

Annual Accounts

Under Luxembourg law, the board of directors must prepare annual accounts and consolidated accounts. Except in some cases provided for by Luxembourg Law, our board of directors must also annually prepare management reports on the annual accounts and consolidated accounts. The annual accounts, the consolidated accounts, the management report and the auditor’s reports must be available for inspection by shareholders at our registered office at least 15 calendar days prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders.

The annual accounts and consolidated accounts are audited by an approved statutory auditor ( réviseur d’entreprises agréé ).

The annual accounts and the consolidated accounts, after approval by the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders, will be filed with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register ( Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés of Luxembourg).

Information Rights

Luxembourg law gives shareholders limited rights to inspect certain corporate records 15 calendar days prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders, including the annual accounts with the list of directors and auditors, the consolidated accounts, the notes to the annual accounts and the consolidated accounts, a list of shareholders whose common shares are not fully paid up, the management reports and the auditor’s report.

In addition, any registered shareholder is entitled to receive a copy of the annual accounts, the consolidated accounts, the auditor’s reports and the management reports free of charge prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders.

Under Luxembourg law, it is generally accepted that a shareholder has the right to receive responses to questions concerning items on the agenda for a general meeting of shareholders, if such responses are necessary or useful for a shareholder to make an informed decision concerning such agenda item, unless a response to such questions could be detrimental to our interests.

Board of Directors

Globant S.A. is managed by our board of directors which is vested with the broadest powers to take any actions necessary or useful to fulfill our corporate purpose with the exception of actions reserved by law or our articles of association to the general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that the board of directors must consist of at least seven members and no more than fifteen members. The board of directors meets as often as company interests require.

A majority of the members of the board of directors present or represented at a board meeting constitutes a quorum, and resolutions are adopted by the simple majority vote of the board members present or represented. In the case of a tie, the chairman of the board shall have the deciding vote. The board of directors may also make decisions by means of resolutions in writing signed by all directors.

158


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Directors are elected by the general meeting of shareholders, and appointed for a period of up to four years; provided, however, that directors are elected on a staggered basis, with one-third of the directors being elected each year; and provided, further, that such three-year term may be exceeded by a period up to the annual general meeting held following the third anniversary of the appointment, and each director will hold office until his or her successor is elected. The general shareholders’ meeting may remove one or more directors at any time, without cause and without prior notice by a resolution passed by simple majority vote. If the board of directors has a vacancy, such vacancy may be filled on a temporary basis by a person designated by the remaining members of the board of directors until the next general meeting of shareholders, which will resolve on a permanent appointment. Any director shall be eligible for re-election indefinitely.

Within the limits provided for by law and our articles of association, our board of directors may delegate to one or more directors or to any one or more persons, who need not be shareholders, acting alone or jointly, the daily management of Globant S.A. and the authority to represent us in connection with such daily management. Our board of directors may also grant special powers to any person(s) acting alone or jointly with others as agent of Globant S.A.

Our board of directors may establish one or more committees, including without limitation, an audit committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee, and for which it shall, if one or more of such committees are set up, appoint the members, determine the purpose, powers and authorities as well as the procedures and such other rules as may be applicable thereto.

No contract or other transaction between us and any other company or firm shall be affected or invalidated by the fact that any one or more of our directors or officers is interested in, or is a director, associate, officer, agent, adviser or employee of such other company or firm. Any director or officer who serves as a director, officer or employee or otherwise of any company or firm with which we shall contract or otherwise engage in business shall not, by reason of such affiliation with such other company or firm only, be prevented from considering and voting or acting upon any matters with respect to such contract or other business.

Any director having an interest in a transaction submitted for approval to the board of directors that conflicts with our interest, must inform the board thereof and to cause a record of his statement to be included in the minutes of the meeting. Such director may not take part in these deliberations and may not vote on the relevant transaction. At the next general meeting, before any resolution is put to a vote, a special report shall be made on any transactions in which any of the directors may have had an interest that conflicts with our interest.

No shareholding qualification for directors is required.

Any director and other officer, past and present, is entitled to indemnification from us to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by such director in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he is involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been a director. We may purchase and maintain insurance for any director or other officer against any such liability.

No indemnification shall be provided against any liability to us or our shareholders by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of a director or officer. No indemnification will be provided with respect to any matter as to which the director or officer shall have been finally adjudicated to have acted in bad faith and not in our interest, nor will indemnification be provided in the event of a settlement (unless approved by a court or our board of directors).

Registrars and registers for the common shares

All our common shares are in registered form only.

We keep a register of common shares at our registered office in Luxembourg. This register is available for inspection by any shareholder. In addition, we may appoint registrars in different jurisdictions who will each maintain a separate register for the registered common shares entered therein. It is possible for our shareholders to elect the entry of their common shares in one of these registers and the transfer thereof at any time from one register to any other, including to the register kept at our registered office. However, our board

159


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of directors may restrict such transfers for common shares that are registered, listed, quoted, dealt in or have been placed in certain jurisdictions in compliance with the requirements applicable therein.

Our articles of association provide that the ownership of registered common shares is established by inscription in the relevant register. We may consider the person in whose name the registered common shares are registered in the relevant register as the full owner of such registered common shares.

In connection with a general meeting, our board of directors may forbid any entry in the relevant register of shareholders as well as any recognition of notices of transfer by us or the relevant registrar during the period starting on the Record Date and ending on the closing of such general meeting. Transfer to, and on, the register kept at our registered office may always be requested.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common shares is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

We intend to apply to list our common shares on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.

160


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently anticipate that we will retain all available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

Under Luxembourg law, at least 5% of our net profits per year must be allocated to the creation of a legal reserve until such reserve has reached an amount equal to 10% of our issued share capital. If the legal reserve subsequently falls below the 10% threshold, 5% of net profits again must be allocated toward the reserve until such reserve returns to the 10% threshold. If the legal reserve exceeds 10% of our issued share capital, the legal reserve may be reduced. The legal reserve is not available for distribution.

We are a holding company and have no material assets other than ownership of shares in Spain Holdco, RW Holdings S.à. r.l., ITO Holdings S.à. r.l. and their direct and indirect ownership of our operating subsidiaries. Spain Holdco, RW Holdings S.à. r.l., and ITO Holdings S.à. r.l. are holding entities with no material assets other than their direct and indirect ownership of shares in our operating subsidiaries. If we were to distribute a dividend at some point in the future, we would cause the operating subsidiaries to make distributions to Spain Holdco, RW Holdings S.à. r.l., and ITO Holdings S.à. r.l., which in turn would make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover any such dividends.

161


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for any of our securities, and, while we have applied for our common shares to be quoted on the NYSE, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in our common shares. Furthermore, because only a limited number of common shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have       common shares issued and outstanding. All of the common shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any common shares purchased by one of our existing “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Our remaining common shares held by our existing shareholders are “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 of the Securities Act. As a result of the contractual 180-day lock-up period described in “Underwriting” and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, these shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 
Number
of Shares
  Date
     On the date of this prospectus.
     After 90 days from the date of this prospectus.
     After 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).
     At various times after 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, an affiliate who beneficially owns common shares that were purchased from us, or any affiliate is entitled to sell, upon the expiration of the lock-up agreement described in “Underwriting” and within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of common shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of our then-outstanding common shares, which will equal approximately    of our common shares immediately after this offering, or the average weekly trading volume of our common shares on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice of the sale with the SEC. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person that is not an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months, may sell common shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us, and any such person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common shares for at least one year may sell common shares without restriction.

We are unable to estimate the number of common shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our common shares, the personal circumstances of the shareholder and other factors.

162


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased common shares from us in connection with a compensatory share or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirements or other restrictions contained in Rule 701.

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the common shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of the prospectus. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than affiliates, as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirement.

163


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TAXATION

The following is a summary of the material Luxembourg and U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common shares. This summary is based upon Luxembourg tax laws and U.S. federal income tax laws (including the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, rulings, judicial decisions and administrative pronouncements), all currently in effect as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change or changes in wording or administrative or judicial interpretation occurring after the date hereof, possibly with retroactive effect. To the extent that the following discussion relates to matters of Luxembourg tax law, it represents the opinion of Arendt & Medernach, Luxembourg, our Luxembourg counsel, and to the extent that the discussion relates to matters of U.S. federal income tax law, it represents the opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US), our U.S. counsel.

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of one or more of our common shares:

(a) that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes one of the following:
(i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States,
(ii) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or
(iii) an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source;
(b) who holds the common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
(c) who owns, directly, indirectly or by attribution, less than 10% of the share capital or voting shares of Globant; and
(d) whose holding is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment in Luxembourg.

This summary does not address all of the tax considerations that may apply to holders that are subject to special tax rules, such as U.S. expatriates, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, certain financial institutions, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, dealers and certain traders in securities, persons holding common shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction, persons who acquired their common shares pursuant to the exercise of employee shares options or otherwise as compensation, partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. Such holders may be subject to U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. In addition, this summary does not address all of the Luxembourg tax considerations that may apply to holders that are subject to special tax rules.

If a partnership holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partnership, or partner in a partnership, that holds common shares is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the specific tax consequences of owning and disposing of the common shares.

Potential investors in our common shares should consult their own tax advisors concerning the specific Luxembourg and U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common shares in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Luxembourg Tax Considerations

Introduction

The following is an overview of certain material Luxembourg tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of the common shares issued by us. It does not purport to be a complete analysis of all possible tax situations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, own or deposit our common shares. It is included herein solely for preliminary information purposes and is not intended to be, nor should it construed to be, legal or tax advice. Prospective purchasers of our common shares should consult their own tax advisers

164


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

as to the applicable tax consequences of the ownership of our common shares, based on their particular circumstances. The following description of Luxembourg tax law is based upon the Luxembourg law and regulations as in effect and as interpreted by the Luxembourg tax authorities as of the date of this prospectus and is subject to any amendments in law (or in interpretation) later introduced, whether or not on a retroactive basis. Please be aware that the residence concept used under the respective headings below applies for Luxembourg income tax assessment purposes only. Any reference in this section to a tax, duty, levy impost or other charge or withholding of a similar nature refers to Luxembourg tax laws and/or concepts only. Also, please note that a reference to Luxembourg income tax encompasses corporate income tax ( impôt sur le revenu des collectivités ), municipal business tax ( impôt commercial communal ), a solidarity surcharge ( contribution au fonds pour l’emploi ) and personal income tax ( impôt sur le revenu ) generally. Corporate taxpayers may further be subject to net worth tax ( impôt sur la fortune ), as well as other duties, levies or taxes. Corporate income tax, municipal business tax, as well as the solidarity surcharge invariably applies to most corporate taxpayers resident of Luxembourg for tax purposes. Individual taxpayers are generally subject to personal income tax and the solidarity surcharge. Under certain circumstances, where an individual taxpayer acts in the course of the management of a professional or business undertaking, municipal business tax may apply as well.

Luxembourg tax residency of the holders of our common shares

A holder of our common shares will not become resident, nor be deemed to be resident, in Luxembourg by reason only of the holding and/or disposing of our common shares or the execution, performance or enforcement of his/her rights thereunder.

Withholding tax

Dividends paid by us to the holders of our common shares are as a rule subject to a 15% withholding tax in Luxembourg, unless a reduced withholding tax rate applies pursuant to an applicable double tax treaty or an exemption pursuant to the application of the participation exemption, and, to the extent withholding tax applies, we are responsible for withholding amounts corresponding to such taxation at its source.

A withholding tax exemption may apply under the participation exemption if cumulatively (i) the holder of our shares is an eligible parent (an “Eligible Parent”) and (ii) at the time the income is made available, the holder of our shares has held or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months a direct participation of at least 10% of our share capital or a direct participation of an acquisition price of at least €1.2 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). Holding a participation through an entity treated as tax transparent from a Luxembourg income tax perspective is deemed to be a direct participation in proportion to the net assets held in this entity. An Eligible Parent includes (a) a company covered by Article 2 of Directive 2011/96/EU of November 30, 2011 (the “EU Parent-Subsidiary Directive”) or a Luxembourg permanent establishment thereof, (b) a company resident in a State having a double tax treaty with Luxembourg and subject to a tax corresponding to Luxembourg corporate income tax or a Luxembourg permanent establishment thereof, (c) a company limited by share capital ( société de capitaux ) or a cooperative society ( société coopérative ) resident in the European Economic Area other than an EU Member State and liable to a tax corresponding to Luxembourg corporate income tax or a Luxembourg permanent establishment thereof or (d) a Swiss company limited by share capital ( société de capitaux ) which is effectively subject to corporate income tax in Switzerland without benefiting from an exemption. No withholding tax is levied on capital gains and liquidation proceeds.

Income tax

Luxembourg resident holders

Dividends and other payments derived from our common shares by resident individual holders of our common shares, who act in the course of the management of either their private wealth or their professional or business activity, are subject to income tax at the ordinary progressive rates. A tax credit may be granted, under certain circumstances, for Luxembourg withholding tax levied and any excess may be refundable. 50% of the gross amount of dividends received from Globant by resident individual holders of our common shares are exempt from income tax.

Capital gains realized on the disposal of our common shares by resident individual holders of our common shares, who act in the course of the management of their private wealth, are not subject to income

165


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

tax, unless said capital gains qualify either as speculative gains or as gains on a substantial participation. Capital gains are deemed to be speculative and are subject to income tax at ordinary rates if our common shares are disposed of within six months after their acquisition or if their disposal precedes their acquisition. Speculative gains are subject to income tax as miscellaneous income at ordinary rates. A participation is deemed to be substantial where a resident individual holder of our common shares holds or has held, either alone or together with his spouse or partner and / or minor children, directly or indirectly at any time within the five years preceding the disposal, more than 10% of the share capital of the company whose common shares are being disposed of. A holder of our common shares is also deemed to alienate a substantial participation if he acquired free of charge, within the five years preceding the transfer, a participation that was constituting a substantial participation in the hands of the alienator (or the alienators in case of successive transfers free of charge within the same five-year period). Capital gains realized on a substantial participation more than six months after the acquisition thereof are taxed according to the half-global rate method, ( i.e. the average rate applicable to the total income is calculated according to progressive income tax rates and half of the average rate is applied to the capital gains realized on the substantial participation). A disposal may include a sale, an exchange, a contribution or any other kind of alienation of the participation.

Capital gains realized on the disposal of our common shares by resident individual holders of our common shares, who act in the course of their professional or business activity, are subject to income tax at ordinary rates. Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which our common shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value.

Luxembourg fully-taxable corporate residents

Dividends and other payments derived from our common shares by Luxembourg-resident, fully-taxable companies are subject to income taxes, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. A tax credit may, under certain circumstances, be granted for any Luxembourg withholding tax levied and any excess may be refundable. If the conditions of the participation exemption regime are not met, 50% of the gross amount of dividends received by Luxembourg-resident, fully-taxable companies from our common shares are exempt from income tax.

Under the participation exemption regime, dividends derived from our common shares may be exempt from income tax at the level of the holder of our common shares if cumulatively (i) the holder of our common shares is a Luxembourg-resident, fully-taxable company and (ii) at the time the dividend is put at the holder of our common shares’ disposal, the holder of our common shares has held or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months a qualified shareholding (“Qualified Shareholding”). A Qualified Shareholding means common shares representing a direct participation of at least 10% in the share capital of Globant or a direct participation in Globant of an acquisition price of at least €1.2 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). Liquidation proceeds are assimilated to a received dividend and may be exempt under the same conditions. Common shares held through a tax-transparent entity are considered as being a direct participation proportionally to the percentage held in the net assets of the transparent entity.

Capital gains realized by a Luxembourg-resident, fully-taxable company on our common shares are subject to income tax at ordinary rates, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. Under the participation exemption regime, capital gains realized on our common shares may be exempt from income tax at the level of the holder of our common shares if cumulatively (i) the holder of our common shares is a Luxembourg fully-taxable corporate resident and (ii) at the time the capital gain is realized, the holder of our common shares has held or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months our common shares representing a direct participation in the share capital of Globant of at least 10% or a direct participation in Globant of an acquisition price of at least €6 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which our common shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value.

Luxembourg residents benefiting from a special tax regime

Holders of our common shares who are either (i) an undertaking for collective investment governed by the amended law of December 17, 2010, (ii) a specialized investment fund governed by the amended law of February 13, 2007 or (iii) a family wealth management company governed by the amended law of May 11,

166


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2007 are exempt from income tax in Luxembourg. Dividends derived from and capital gains realized on our common shares are thus not subject to income tax in their hands.

Taxation of Luxembourg non-resident holders

Non-resident holders of our common shares who have neither a permanent establishment nor a permanent representative in Luxembourg to which or whom our common shares are attributable, are not liable to any Luxembourg income tax on income and gains derived from our common shares provided they own such shares for more than six months.

Non-resident holders of our common shares which have a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in Luxembourg to which our common shares are attributable, must include any income received, as well as any gain realized, on the sale, disposal or redemption of our common shares, in their taxable income for Luxembourg tax assessment purposes, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied.

Under the participation exemption regime, dividends derived from our common shares may be exempt from income tax if cumulatively (i) our common shares are attributable to a qualified permanent establishment (“Qualified Permanent Establishment”) and (ii) at the time the dividend is put at the disposal of the Qualified Permanent Establishment, it has held or commits itself to hold a Qualified Shareholding for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months. A Qualified Permanent Establishment means (a) a Luxembourg permanent establishment of a company covered by Article 2 of the EU Parent-Subsidiary Directive, (b) a Luxembourg permanent establishment of a company limited by share capital ( société de capitaux ) resident in a State having a tax treaty with Luxembourg, and (c) a Luxembourg permanent establishment of a company limited by share capital ( société de capitaux ) or a cooperative society ( société coopérative ) resident in the European Economic Area other than a EU Member State. Under the participation exemption regime, capital gains realized on our common shares may be exempt from income tax if (i) our common shares are attributable to a Qualified Permanent Establishment and (ii) at the time the capital gain is realized, the Qualified Permanent Establishment has held or commits itself to hold, for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months, our common shares representing a direct participation in the share capital of Globant of at least 10% or a direct participation in Globant of an acquisition price of at least €6 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which our common shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value.

Net Wealth Tax

Luxembourg resident holders of our common shares, as well as non-resident holders of our common shares who have a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in Luxembourg to which our common shares are attributable, are subject to Luxembourg net wealth tax on our common shares, except if the holder is (i) a resident or non-resident individual, (ii) an undertaking for collective investment governed by the amended law of December 17, 2010, (iii) a securitization company governed by the amended law of March 22, 2004 on securitization, (iv) a company governed by the amended law of June 15, 2004 on venture capital vehicles, (v) a specialized investment fund governed by the amended law of February 13, 2007 or (vi) a family wealth management company governed by the amended law of May 11, 2007.

Under the participation exemption, a Qualified Shareholding held in Globant by a Qualified Parent or attributable to a Qualified Permanent Establishment may be exempt. The net wealth tax exemption for a Qualified Shareholding does not require the completion of the 12-month holding period.

Other Taxes

The issuance of our common shares is currently subject to a €75 fixed duty. The disposal of our common shares is not subject to a Luxembourg registration tax or stamp duty, unless recorded in a Luxembourg notarial deed or otherwise registered in Luxembourg.

Under Luxembourg tax law, where an individual holder of our common shares is a resident of Luxembourg for tax purposes at the time of his or her death, our common shares are included in his or her taxable basis for inheritance tax purposes.

167


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gift tax may be due on a gift or donation of our common shares, if the gift is recorded in a Luxembourg notarial deed or otherwise registered in Luxembourg.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

Taxation of dividends

Distributions received by a U.S. Holder on common shares, including the amount of any Luxembourg taxes withheld, other than certain pro rata distributions of common shares to all shareholders, will constitute foreign source dividend income to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Because Globant does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that such distributions (including any Luxembourg taxes withheld) will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. Although it is Globant’s intention, if it pays any dividends, to pay such dividends in U.S. dollars, if dividends are paid in euros, the amount of the dividend a U.S. Holder will be required to include in income will equal the U.S. dollar value of the euro, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the payment is received by the U.S. Holder, regardless of whether the payment is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt. If the dividend is converted to U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of its receipt. If a U.S. Holder realizes gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of euro, it will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. Corporate U.S. Holders will not be entitled to claim the dividends received deduction with respect to dividends paid by Globant. Subject to applicable limitations, dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders of common shares will generally be taxable at the reduced rate that otherwise applies to long-term capital gains. Non-corporate U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are subject to any special rules that limit their ability to be taxed at this favorable rate. Certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares to all shareholders are not generally subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Instead of claiming a credit, a U.S. Holder may elect to deduct foreign taxes (including any Luxembourg taxes) in computing its taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations. An election to deduct foreign taxes (instead of claiming foreign tax credits) applies to all taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year to foreign countries and possessions of the United States. The limitations on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex. Therefore, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of foreign tax credits in their particular circumstances.

Taxation upon sale or other disposition of common shares

A U.S. Holder will recognize U.S. source capital gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of common shares, which will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder has held such common shares for more than one year. The amount of the U.S. Holder’s gain or loss will be equal to the difference between such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the common shares sold or otherwise disposed of and the amount realized on the sale or other disposition.

Passive foreign investment company rules

Globant believes that it will not be a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes for its current taxable year and does not expect to become one in the foreseeable future. However, because PFIC status depends upon the composition of a Globant’s income and assets and the market value of its assets (including, among others, less than 25% owned equity investments) from time to time, there can be no assurance that Globant will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. Because Globant has valued its goodwill based on the market value of its equity, a decrease in the price of common shares may also result in Globant becoming a PFIC. The composition of Globant’s income and our assets will also be affected by how, and how quickly, Globant spends the cash raised in this offering. Under circumstances where the cash is not deployed for active purposes, Globant’s risk of becoming a PFIC may increase. If Globant were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held common shares, certain adverse tax consequences could apply to the U.S. Holder.

168


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If Globant were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held common shares, gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of a common shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before Globant became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and an interest charge would be imposed on the resulting tax liability. The same treatment would apply to any distribution in respect of common shares to the extent it exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on common shares received by the U.S. Holder during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter. Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as mark-to-market treatment) of the common shares.

In addition, if Globant were treated as a PFIC in a taxable year in which it pays a dividend or in the prior taxable year, the reduced rate discussed above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting and to backup withholding unless the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or, in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

169


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

We and the selling shareholders are offering the common shares described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as representatives of the underwriters. William Blair & Company, L.L.C., Cowen and Company, LLC and LOYAL3 Securities, Inc. are acting as co-managers.

We and the selling shareholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of common shares listed next to its name in the following table:

 
Underwriters   Principal Amount
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC   $           
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.         
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC         
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.         
Cowen and Company, LLC         
LOYAL3 Securities, Inc.                    
Total   $           

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the common shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these common shares are purchased. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per common share. After the initial public offering of the common shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of common shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters’ share. The representatives have advised us and the selling shareholders that the underwriters do not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of common shares offered by them.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to a total of additional common shares from the selling shareholders to cover sales of common shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of common shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option. If any common shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase common shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional common shares are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional common shares on the same terms as those on which the common shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per common share less the amount paid by the underwriters to us or the selling shareholders per common share. The underwriting fee is $         per common share. The following table shows the per common share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional common shares.

       
  Per common share   Total
     Without
over-allotment
exercise
  With
over-allotment
exercise
  Without
over-allotment
exercise
  Without
over-allotment
exercise
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us   $              $              $              $           
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by selling shareholders   $              $              $              $           

170


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        , and will be paid by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses relating to clearing this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses in connection with this offering.

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of common shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the web sites of the representatives is not part of this prospectus.

For a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we have agreed that we will not (1) offer, pledge, sell, announce the intention to sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act or in Luxembourg or any other jurisdiction relating to, any common shares, other share capital or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common shares, other share capital, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common shares, other share capital or any other such securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery common shares, other share capital or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., other than the common shares to be sold hereunder.

The selling shareholders, our other shareholders, certain share option holders and our directors and senior management, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., (1) offer, pledge, sell, announce the intention to sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common shares or other share capital or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common shares or other share capital (including, without limitation, common shares, other share capital or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, members of our senior management, option holders and shareholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a share option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common shares, other share capital or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common shares, other share capital or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any common shares, other share capital or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., subject to certain exceptions.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, have no current intent or arrangement to release any of the share capital subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period. There is no contractually specified condition for the waiver of lock-up restrictions, and any waiver is at the discretion of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., on behalf of the underwriters.

There are no specific criteria for the waiver of lock-up restrictions, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, may not in advance determine the circumstances

171


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

under which a waiver might be granted. Any waiver will depend on the relevant facts and circumstances existing at the time. Among the factors that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, may consider in deciding whether to release common shares are the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of common shares involved, the reason for the requested release, market conditions, the trading price of our common shares, historical trading volumes of our common shares, and whether the person seeking the release is an officer, director or affiliate of our company. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, will not consider their own positions, or those of any underwriter, in our securities, if any, in determining whether or not to consent to a waiver of a lock-up agreement.

We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 1.0% of the common shares to be sold by us in this offering to be offered through the LOYAL3 platform at the initial public offering price. Purchases through the LOYAL3 platform will be in dollar amounts and may include fractional shares. The LOYAL3 platform is designed to facilitate participation of individual purchasers residing in the United States in initial public offerings in amounts of between $100 and $10,000. Any purchase of our common shares in this offering through the LOYAL3 platform will be at the same initial public offering price, and at the same time, as any other purchases in this offering, including purchases by institutions and other large investors. Individual investors in the United States who are interested in purchasing common shares in this offering through the LOYAL3 platform may go to LOYAL3’s website or Facebook page for information about how to become a customer of LOYAL3, which is required to purchase common shares through the LOYAL3 platform. The LOYAL3 platform is available fee-free to investors, and is administered by LOYAL3 Securities, Inc., which is a U.S.-registered broker-dealer unaffiliated with our company. Sales of common shares through the LOYAL3 platform will be completed through a batch or combined order process no less than once per day. The LOYAL3 platform and information on the LOYAL3 website and Facebook page do not form a part of this prospectus.

We will apply to have our common shares approved for listing/quotation on the NYSE under the symbol “GLOB.” Our common shares will not be listed on any exchange or otherwise quoted for trading in Luxembourg.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling common shares in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common shares, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of common shares than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing common shares on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing common shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase common shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase common shares in the open market to cover the position.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares, and, as a result, the price of the common shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

172


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

None of us, the selling shareholders, or any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common shares. In addition, none of us, the selling shareholders, or any of the underwriters makes any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for any of our securities. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling shareholders and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;
our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
an assessment of our management;
our prospects for future earnings;
the general condition of the securities markets, and the initial public offering market in particular, at the time of this offering;
the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded equity of generally comparable companies; and
other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the common shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. Furthermore, certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may, from time to time, enter into arms-length transactions with us in the ordinary course of their business.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and/or instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, the

173


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities referred to by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or solicitation is unlawful.

Argentina

The common shares are not authorized for public offering in Argentina and they may not be sold publicly under the Argentine Capital Markets Law No. 26,831, as amended. Therefore, any such transaction must be made privately.

Australia

No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia (“Corporations Act”)) in relation to the common shares has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission (“ASIC”). This document has not been lodged with ASIC and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

(a) you confirm and warrant that you are either:
(i) a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;
(ii) a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to us which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;
(iii) a person associated with the company under section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or
(iv) a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act, and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance; and
(b) you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the common shares for resale in Australia within 12 months of that common shares being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Brazil

The offering will not be carried out by any means that would constitute a public offering in Brazil under Law 6385, of December 7, 1976, as amended, and under CVM Rule ( instruçao ) No. 400, of December 29, 2003, as amended. The issuance, placement and sale of the common shares have not been and will not be registered with the Brazilian Securities Commission ( Comissao de Valores Mobiliarios , “CVM”). Any representation to the contrary is untruthful and unlawful. Any public offering or distribution, as defined under Brazilian laws and regulations, of the new units in Brazil is not legal without such prior registration. Documents relating to the offering of the common shares, as well as information contained therein, may not be supplied to the public in Brazil, as the offering of the common shares is not a public offering of securities in Brazil, nor may they be used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the common shares to the public in Brazil. The underwriters have agreed to offer or sell the common shares in Brazil only under circumstances which do not constitute a public offering of securities under Brazilian laws and regulations.

Chile

Neither we nor the common shares have been registered with the Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros pursuant to Law No. 18.045, the Ley de Mercado de Valores , and regulations thereunder. This prospectus does not constitute an offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the common shares in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified buyers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Ley de Mercado de Valores (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public”).

174


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Colombia

The common shares have not been and will not be offered in Colombia through a public offering of securities pursuant to Colombian laws and regulations, nor will it be registered in the Colombian National Registry of Securities and Issuers or listed on a regulated securities trading system such as the Colombian Stock Exchange.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus or taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in the Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), an offer to the public of any common shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any common shares may be made with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of common shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any common shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State; the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State; and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

France

This offering document has not been prepared in the context of a public offering of securities in France ( offre au public ) within the meaning of Article L.411-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier and Articles 211-1 et seq. of the Autorité des marchés financiers (“AMF”) regulations and has therefore not been submitted to the AMF for prior approval or otherwise, and no prospectus has been prepared in relation to the securities.

The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France, and neither this offering document nor any other offering material relating to the securities has been distributed or caused to be distributed or will be distributed or caused to be distributed to the public

175


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in France, except only to persons licensed to provide the investment service of portfolio management for the account of third parties and/or to “qualified investors” (as defined in Article L.411-2, D.411-1 and D.411-2 of the French Code monétaire et financier ) and/or to a limited circle of investors (as defined in Article L.411-2 and D.411-4 of the French Code monétaire et financier ) on the condition that no such offering document nor any other offering material relating to the securities shall be delivered by them to any person or reproduced (in whole or in part). Such “qualified investors” and the limited circle of investors referred to in Article L.411-2II2 are notified that they must act in that connection for their own account in accordance with the terms set out by Article L.411-2 of the French Code monétaire et financier and by Article 211-3 of the AMF Regulations and may not re-transfer, directly or indirectly, the securities in France, other than in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and, in particular, those relating to a public offering (which are, in particular, embodied in Articles L.411-1, L.412-1 and L.621-8 et seq. of the French Code monétaire et financier ).

You are hereby notified that in connection with the purchase of these securities, you must act for your own account in accordance with the terms set out by Article L.411-2 of the French Code monétaire et financier and by Article 211-3 of the AMF Regulations and may not re-transfer, directly or indirectly, the securities in France, other than in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and, in particular, those relating to a public offering (which are, in particular, embodied in Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 et seq. of the French Code monétaire et financier ).

Germany

Any offer or solicitation of common shares within Germany must be in full compliance with the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz — WpPG ). The offer and solicitation of securities to the public in Germany requires the approval of the prospectus by the German Federal Financial Services Supervisory Authority ( Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht — BaFin ). This prospectus has not been and will not be submitted for approval to the BaFin. This prospectus does not constitute a public offer under the WpPG. This prospectus and any other document relating to the common shares, as well as any information contained therein, must not be supplied to the public in Germany or used in connection with any offer for subscription of the common shares to the public in Germany, any public marketing of the common shares or any public solicitation for offers to subscribe for or otherwise acquire the common shares in Germany. The prospectus and other offering materials relating to the offer of common shares are strictly confidential and may not be distributed to any person or entity other than the designated recipients hereof.

Hong Kong

The common shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance.

No advertisement, invitation or document, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) has been issued or will be issued in Hong Kong or elsewhere, other than with respect to the common shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

176


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WARNING

The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.

Ireland

The securities will not be placed in or involving Ireland otherwise than in conformity with the provisions of the Intermediaries Act 1995 of Ireland (as amended) including, without limitation, Sections 9 and 23 (including advertising restrictions made thereunder) thereof and the codes of conduct made under Section 37 thereof.

Italy

The offering of the common shares has not been registered with the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa (“CONSOB”), in accordance with Italian securities legislation. Accordingly, the common shares may not be offered or sold, and copies of this offering document or any other document relating to the common shares may not be distributed in Italy except to Qualified Investors, as defined in Article 34-ter, subsection 1, paragraph b of CONSOB Regulation no. 11971 of May 14, 1999, as amended (the Issuers’ Regulation), or in any other circumstance where an express exemption to comply with public offering restrictions provided by Legislative Decree no. 58 of February 24, 1998 (the Consolidated Financial Act) or Issuers’ Regulation applies, including those provided for under Article 100 of the Finance Law and Article 34-ter of the Issuers’ Regulation; provided, however, that any such offer or sale of the common shares or distribution of copies of this offering document or any other document relating to the common shares in Italy must (i) be made in accordance with all applicable Italian laws and regulations; (ii) be conducted in accordance with any relevant limitations or procedural requirements that CONSOB may impose upon the offer or sale of the common shares; and (iii) be made only by (a) banks, investment firms or financial companies enrolled in the special register provided for in Article 107 of Legislative Decree no. 385 of September 1, 1993, to the extent duly authorized to engage in the placement and/or underwriting of financial instruments in Italy in accordance with the Consolidated Financial Act and the relevant implementing regulations; or (b) foreign banks or financial institutions (the controlling shareholding of which is owned by one or more banks located in the same EU Member State) authorized to place and distribute securities in the Republic of Italy pursuant to Articles 15, 16 and 18 of the Banking Act, in each case acting in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.

Japan

The common shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law). Accordingly, no resident of Japan may participate in the offering of the common shares, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any common shares, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Mexico

The common shares have not been registered in Mexico with the Securities Section ( Sección de Valores ) of the National Securities Registry ( Registro Nacional de Valores ) maintained by the National Banking and Securities Commission ( Comisión Nacional Bancaria y de Valores ), and that no action has been or will be taken that would permit the offer or sale of the common shares in Mexico absent an available exemption under Article 8 of the Mexican Securities Market Law ( Ley del Mercado de Valores ).

Netherlands

The common shares may not, directly or indirectly, be offered or acquired in the Netherlands and this offering document may not be circulated in the Netherlands, as part of an initial distribution or any time

177


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

thereafter, other than to individuals or (legal) entities who or which qualify as qualified investors within the meaning of Article 1:1 of the Financial Supervision Act ( Wet op het financieel toezicht ) as amended from time to time.

Peru

The common shares and the information contained in this prospectus supplement have not been and will not be registered with or approved by the Peruvian Securities Commission or the Lima Stock Exchange. Accordingly, the common shares cannot be offered or sold in Peru, except if such offering is considered a private offering under the securities laws and regulations of Peru.

Portugal

No document, circular, advertisement or any offering material in relation to the common shares has been or will be subject to approval by the Portuguese Securities Market Commission ( Comissão do Mercado de Valores Mobiliários , the “CMVM”). No common shares may be offered, re-offered, advertised, sold, re-sold or delivered in circumstances which could qualify as a public offer ( oferta pública ) pursuant to the Portuguese Securities Code ( Código dos Valores Mobiliários ), and/or in circumstances which could qualify the issue of the common shares as an issue or public placement of securities in the Portuguese market. This prospectus and any document, circular, advertisements or any offering material may not be directly or indirectly distributed to the public. All offers, sales and distributions of the common shares have been and may only be made in Portugal in circumstances that, pursuant to the Portuguese Securities Code, qualify as a private placement ( oferta particular ), all in accordance with the Portuguese Securities Code. Pursuant to the Portuguese Securities Code, the private placement in Portugal or to Portuguese residents of the common shares by public companies ( sociedades abertas ) or by companies that are issuers of securities listed on a market must be notified to the CMVM for statistical purposes. Any offer or sale of the common shares in Portugal must comply with all applicable provisions of the Portuguese Securities Code and any applicable CMVM Regulations and all relevant Portuguese laws and regulations. The placement of the common shares in the Portuguese jurisdiction or to any entities which are resident in Portugal, including the publication of a prospectus, when applicable, must comply with all applicable laws and regulations in force in Portugal and with the Prospectus Directive, and such placement shall only be performed to the extent that there is full compliance with such laws and regulations.

Singapore

The offer or invitation which is the subject of this document is only allowed to be made to the persons set out herein. Moreover, this document is not a prospectus as defined in the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore (the “SFA”), and, accordingly, statutory liability under the SFA in relation to the content of the document will not apply.

As this document has not been and will not be lodged with or registered as a document by the Monetary Authority of Singapore, this document and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA; (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the common shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person who is:

(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, common shares, debentures and units of common shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall

178


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common shares under Section 275 of the SFA except:
(1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of common shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets;
(2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or
(3) by operation of law.

By accepting this document, the recipient hereof represents and warrants that he or she is entitled to receive such report in accordance with the restrictions set forth above and agrees to be bound by the limitations contained herein. Any failure to comply with these limitations may constitute a violation of law.

Spain

This offer of our common shares has not been and will not be registered with the Spanish National Securities Market Commission ( Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores , “CNMV”), and, therefore, none of our common shares may be offered, sold or distributed in any manner, nor may any resale of the common shares be carried out in Spain except in circumstances which do not constitute a public offer of securities in Spain or are exempted from the obligation to publish a prospectus, as set forth in Spanish Securities Market Act ( Ley 24/1988, de 28 de julio, del Mercado de Valores ) and Royal Decree 1310/2005, of 4 November, and other applicable regulations, as amended from time to time, or otherwise without complying with all legal and regulatory requirements in relation thereto. Neither the prospectus nor any offering or advertising materials relating to our common shares have been or will be registered with the CNMV, and, therefore, they are not intended for the public offer of our common shares in Spain.

Switzerland

The common shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other shares exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland.

This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under article 652a or article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under article 27 et seq. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other shares exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company or the common shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of common shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, FINMA, and the offer of common shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of common shares.

United Arab Emirates

This offering has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates (“UAE”), Securities and Commodities Authority of the UAE and/or any other relevant licensing authority in the UAE, including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”), a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”). This offering does not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and Nasdaq Dubai Listing Rules, accordingly, or otherwise. The common shares may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones.

179


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The common shares may be offered and issued only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the common shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the common shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

180


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are a Luxembourg joint stock company ( société anonyme ). Most of our assets are located outside the United States. Furthermore, most of our directors and officers and some experts named in this prospectus reside outside the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, investors may not be able to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons or to enforce judgments obtained against us or these persons, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal securities law. Likewise, it may also be difficult for an investor to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against us or these persons in courts located in jurisdictions outside the U.S., including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.

Luxembourg

It may be difficult for an investor to bring an original action in a Luxembourg court predicated solely upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us, our directors or our officers. There is doubt as to whether Luxembourg courts would permit such actions or enforce any civil liabilities thereon. Furthermore, Luxembourg law does not recognize a shareholder’s right to bring a derivative action on behalf of the company except in limited cases.

As there is no treaty in force on the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters between the United States and the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, courts in Luxembourg will not automatically recognize and enforce a final judgment rendered by a U.S. court. A valid judgment in civil or commercial matters obtained from a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States may be entered and enforced through a court of competent jurisdiction in Luxembourg, subject to compliance with the enforcement procedures ( exequatur ). The enforceability in Luxembourg courts of judgments rendered by U.S. courts will be subject, prior to any enforcement in Luxembourg, to the procedure and the conditions set forth in the Luxembourg procedural code, which conditions may include the following as of the date of this prospectus (which may change):

the judgment of the U.S. court is final and enforceable ( exécutoire ) in the United States;
the U.S. court had jurisdiction over the subject matter leading to the judgment (that is, its jurisdiction was in compliance both with Luxembourg private international law rules and with the applicable domestic U.S. federal or state jurisdictional rules);
the U.S. court has applied to the dispute the substantive law that would have been applied by Luxembourg courts;
the judgment was granted following proceedings where the counterparty had the opportunity to appear and, if it appeared, to present a defense, and the decision of the foreign court must not have been obtained by fraud, but in compliance with the rights of the defendant;
the U.S. court has acted in accordance with its own procedural laws;
the judgment of the U.S. court does not contravene Luxembourg international public policy; and
the U.S. court proceedings were not of a criminal or tax nature.

Argentina

It may be difficult for an investor to bring an original action in an Argentine court predicated solely upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us, our directors or our officers. There is doubt as to whether Argentine courts would permit such actions or enforce any civil liabilities thereon.

Prior to any enforcement in Argentina, a judgments entered by a U.S. court will be subject to the procedures and conditions set forth in of Article 517 of the Argentine Civil and Commercial Procedure Code (approved by Law No. 17,454 as amended by Law No. 22, 434), which includes the following conditions:

(i) the judgment must be final in the jurisdiction where rendered, issued by a competent court in accordance with Argentine jurisdictional principles and result from (a) a personal action or (b) in rem action with respect to personal property which was transferred to Argentina during or after the prosecution of the foreign action;

181


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(ii) the defendant against whom enforcement of the judgment is sought must be personally served with the summons, in accordance with due process of law, and given an opportunity to defend against the foreign action;
(iii) the judgment must be valid in the jurisdiction where rendered and its authenticity must be established in accordance with the requirements of Argentine law;
(iv) the judgment cannot contravene Argentine principles of public order; and
(v) the judgment cannot be contrary to a prior or simultaneous judgment of an Argentine court.

182


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, all amounts are estimates.

 
SEC Registration Fee   $       
New York Stock Exchange Listing Fee   $       
Financial Industry Regulatory Association Filing Fee   $       
Printing and Delivery Expenses   $       
Legal Fees and Expenses   $       
Roadshow Expenses   $       
Accounting Fees and Expenses   $       
Miscellaneous   $       
Total   $       

183


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

Arendt & Medernach, Luxembourg will pass upon the validity of the common shares offered by this prospectus for us with respect to the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. Certain matters under United States federal and New York state law will be passed upon for us by DLA Piper LLP (US), New York, New York, our United States counsel. Certain matters with respect to United States federal and New York state law will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Certain matters with respect to the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg will be passed upon for the underwriters by Elvinger, Hoss & Prussen, Luxembourg.

184


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Globant S.A. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Co. S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, and an Argentine member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Ltd. located in the City of Buenos Aires, Argentina as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

185


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including relevant exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act covering the common shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, summarizes material provisions of contracts and other documents that we refer to in the prospectus. Since this prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement, you should read the registration statement on Form F-1 and its exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and our common shares.

Immediately upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. However, we are allowed four months to file our annual report with the SEC instead of approximately three, and we are not required to disclose certain detailed information regarding executive compensation that is required from United States domestic issuers. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently as companies that are not foreign private issuers whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. Also, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing of proxy statements to shareholders, and our senior management, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

As a foreign private issuer, we are also exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. We are, however, still subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5. Since many of the disclosure obligations required of us as a foreign private issuer are different than those required by other United States domestic reporting companies, our shareholders, potential shareholders and the investing public in general should not expect to receive information about us in the same amount, and at the same time, as information is received from, or provided by, other United States domestic reporting companies. We are liable for violations of the rules and regulations of the SEC which do apply to us as a foreign private issuer.

You may review and copy the registration statement, reports and other information we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You may also request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC.

For further information on the Public Reference Room, please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov . This site contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The information on that website is not part of this prospectus.

186


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Globant S.A.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012
and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
        
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-2  
Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011     F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011     F-6  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011     F-7  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements     F-9  
Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 2014
and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013
        
Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the Three Months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013     F-73  
Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013     F-74  
Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013     F-75  
Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013     F-76  
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements     F-78  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

 
  Deloitte & Co. S.A.
Florida 234, Piso 5 º
C1005AAF
C.A.B.A., Argentina
  
Tel: (54-11) 4320-2700
Fax: (54-11) 4325-8081
www.deloitte.com/ar

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Globant S.A.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Globant S.A. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Globant S.A. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows and changes in equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

City of Buenos Aires, Argentina
May 14, 2014

Deloitte & Co. S.A.

/s/ Daniel S. Vardé
Partner

Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, a UK private company limited by guarantee, and its network of member firms, each of which is a legally separate and independent entity. Please see www.deloitte.com/about for a detailed description of the legal structure of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited and its member firms.

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

       
    For the year ended December 31,
     Notes   2013   2012   2011
Revenues (1)              158,324       128,849       90,073  
Cost of revenues (2) (4)     5.1       (99,603 )       (80,612 )       (53,604 )  
Gross profit              58,721       48,237       36,469  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (3) (4)     5.2       (54,841 )       (47,680 )       (26,538 )  
Impairment of tax credits     3.7.1.1       (9,579 )              
(Loss) Profit from operations              (5,699 )       557       9,931  
Gain on transactions with bonds – proceeds received as payment for exports     3.12.7       29,577              
Finance income     6       4,435       378        
Finance expense     6       (10,040 )       (2,687 )       (1,151 )  
Finance expense, net           (5,605 )       (2,309 )       (1,151 )  
Other income and expenses, net (5)           1,505       291       (3 )  
Profit (Loss) before income tax           19,778       (1,461 )       8,777  
Income tax (6)     7.1       (6,009 )       160       (1,689 )  
Profit (Loss) for the year           13,769       (1,301 )       7,088  
Other comprehensive loss
                                
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss:
                                   
 – Exchange differences on translating foreign operations           (269 )       (9 )        
Other comprehensive loss for the year           (269 )       (9 )        
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year           13,500       (1,310 )       7,088  
Profit (Loss) attributable to:
                                   
Owners of the Company              13,900       (1,301 )       7,088  
Non-controlling interest           (131 )              
Profit (Loss) for the year           13,769       (1,301 )       7,088  
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year
attributable to:
                                   
Owners of the Company              13,631       (1,310 )       7,088  
Non-controlling interest           (131 )              
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year           13,500       (1,310 )       7,088  
Earnings (Loss) per share
                                   
Basic (7)     8       0.04       (0.01 )       0.02  
Diluted (7)     8       0.04       (0.01 )       0.02  
Weighted average of outstanding shares (in thousands)
                                   
Basic     8       334,687       327,458       324,230  
Diluted     8       346,611       327,458       324,230  

(1) Includes transactions with related parties for 8,532 as of December 31, 2013 (See note 21.3).
(2) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of 3,215, 1,964 and 1,545 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also includes transactions with related parties for an amount of 2,901 and 1,169 for 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 
 
The accompanying notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

(3) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of 3,941, 2,806 and 954 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also, includes transactions with related parties in amounts of 1,381 and 931 for 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(4) Includes share-based compensation expense of 190 and 4,644 under cost of revenues and 603 and 7,065 under selling, general and administrative expenses for 2013 and 2012, respectively. See note 5.
(5) Includes the gain of 1,703 on remeasurement of the contingent consideration explained in note 27.9.
(6) Includes deferred income tax gain arising from the recognition of the allowance of 1,317 for impairment of tax credit in 2013 and the recognition of 2,441 of share-based compensation expense for 2012 (see Note 7).
(7) The Company has given retroactive effect to December 31, 2011 to the number of shares in order to reflect the new capital structure after the reorganization explained in note 1.1.

 
 
The accompanying notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS OF
DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

     
    As of December 31,
     Notes   2013   2012
ASSETS
                          
Current assets
                          
Cash and cash equivalents              17,051       7,685  
Investments     9       9,634       914  
Trade receivables (1)     10       34,418       27,847  
Other receivables (2)     11       6,346       7,347  
Total current assets           67,449       43,793  
Non-current assets
                          
Other receivables (2)     11       5,987       10,650  
Deferred tax assets     7       3,117       2,588  
Other financial assets     3.12.6       1,284        
Property and equipment     12       14,723       10,865  
Intangible assets     13       6,141       4,305  
Goodwill     14       13,046       9,181  
Total non-current assets           44,298       37,589  
TOTAL ASSETS           111,747       81,382  
LIABILITIES
                          
Current liabilities
                          
Trade payables (3)     15       8,016       3,994  
Payroll and social security taxes payable     16       17,823       13,703  
Borrowings     17       1,048       11,717  
Other financial liabilities     23       6,023       3,378  
Tax liabilities     18       5,190       1,440  
Other liabilities           24       700  
Total current liabilities           38,124       34,932  
Non-current liabilities
                          
Borrowings     17       10,747       65  
Other financial liabilities     23       2,740       3,159  
Provisions for contingencies     19       271       288  
Total non-current liabilities           13,758       3,512  
TOTAL LIABILITIES
          51,882       38,444  
Capital and reserves
                          
Issued capital              34,794       32,749  
Additional paid-in capital              12,468       11,709  
Foreign currency translation reserve              (278 )       (9 )  
Retained earnings (losses)           12,389       (1,511 )  
Total equity attributable to owners of the Company              59,373       42,938  
Non-controlling interests           492        
Total equity           59,865       42,938  
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES           111,747       81,382  

(1) Includes balances due from related parties of 1,454 and 414 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively (see note 21.3).
(2) Includes balances due from related parties of 246 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (see note 21.2).
(3) Includes balances due to related parties of 23 as of December 31, 2013 (see note 21.2).

 
 
The accompanying notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011
(in thousands of U.S. dollars except number of shares issued)

               
               
  Number of Shares
Issued (1)
  Issued capital   Additional paid-in capital   Retained earnings (losses)   Foreign currency translation reserve   Attributable to owners of the Parent   Non- controlling interests   Total
Balance at January 1, 2011     11,453,710       1,562       16,489       2,151             20,193       9       20,202  
Decrease in non-controlling interest                                   9       (9 )        
Contributions by owners (2)     923,077       130       5,636                   5,766             5,766  
Reduction of additional paid-in capital (3)                 (307 )                   (307 )             (307 )  
Profit of the year                       7,088             7,088             7,088  
Balance at December 31, 2011     12,376,787       1,692       21,818       9,239             32,749             32,749  
Contributions by owners (4)     128,225       1,959                         1,959             1,959  
Repurchase of shares (5)     (195,389 )       (25 )       (1,705 )                   (1,730 )             (1,730 )  
Reduction of additional paid-in capital (3)                 (439 )                   (439 )             (439 )  
Company reorganization (6)     315,179,347       29,123       (19,674 )       (9,449 )                          
Share-based compensation plan (7)                 11,709                   11,709             11,709  
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax                             (9 )       (9 )             (9 )  
Loss for the year                       (1,301 )             (1,301 )             (1301 )  
Balance at December 31, 2012     327,488,970       32,749       11,709       (1,511 )       (9 )       42,938             42,938  
Contributions by owners (8)     6,331,665       633       5,815                   6,448             6,448  
Issuance of shares under share-based compensation plan (9)     18,200,552       1,820       790                   2,610             2,610  
Repurchase of shares (see note 29.2)     (4,079,421 )       (408 )       (3,747 )                   (4,155 )             (4,155 )  
Repurchase of options (see note 29.3)                 (1,971 )                   (1,971 )             (1,971 )  
Share-based compensation plan (7)                 793                   793             793  
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax                             (269 )       (269 )             (269 )  
Non-controlling interest arising on acquisition (see note 23)                                         623       623  
Call and put option over non-controlling interest (see note 23)                 (921 )                   (921 )             (921 )  
Profit for the year                       13,900             13,900       (131 )       13,769  
Balance at December 31, 2013     347,941,766       34,794       12,468       12,389       (278 )       59,373       492       59,865  

(1) All shares are issued, authorized and fully paid. Each share is issued at a nominal value of EUR 0.10 up to the reorganization date and is entitled to one vote. After the reorganization, each share is issued at a nominal value of $0.10 and is entitled to one vote.
(2) Contribution by Riverwood Holding S.à.r.l. and ITO Holdings S.à.r.l. (see note 29.1).
(3) Preferred dividend to Paldwick S.A. (“Paldwick”) approved by the shareholders meeting (see note 20).
(4) Contribution by Endeavor Global, Inc. (see note 29.1).
(5) Repurchase of shares to Paldwick (see note 29.2).
(6) See note 1.1.
(7) See note 22.
(8) Contribution by WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à.r.l. (see note 29.1).
(9) Common shares issued in respect of vested option on January 28, 2013 and November 28, 2013 (see note 29.1).

 
 
The accompanying notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

     
  For the year ended December 31,
     2013   2012   2011
Cash flows from operating activities
                          
Profit (Loss) for the year     13,769       (1,301 )       7,088  
Adjustments to reconcile profit (loss) for the year to net cash flows from operating activities:
                          
Share-based compensation expense     793       11,709        
Current income tax     6,538       2,319       1,798  
Deferred income tax     (529 )       (2,479 )       (109 )  
Depreciation of property and equipment     4,967       3,889       1,968  
Amortization of intangible assets     2,189       881       531  
Allowance for doubtful accounts     922       121       20  
Allowance for claims and lawsuits     18       19       (91 )  
Allowance for impairment of tax credits (note 3.7.1.1)     9,579              
Gain on remeasument of contingent consideration (Note 27.9)     (1,703 )              
Accrued interest     700       1,296       273  
Gain on transactions with bonds     (29,577 )              
Net gain arising on financial assets classified as held-for-trading     (850 )              
Exchange differences     2,093              
Changes in working capital:
                          
Net increase in trade receivables     (5,971 )       (7,172 )       (6,662 )  
Net increase in other receivables     (2,987 )       (4,760 )       (6,055 )  
Net increase in trade payables     1,451       579       433  
Net increase in payroll and social security taxes payable     3,424       3,544       3,715  
Net increase (decrease) in tax liabilities     193       (917 )       (143 )  
Utilization of provision of contingencies     (40 )              
Net (decrease) increase in other liabilities     (827 )       736       (197 )  
Cash provided by operating activities     4,152       8,464       2,569  
Income tax paid     (2,941 )       (749 )       (1,395 )  
Net cash provided by operating activities     1,211       7,715       1,174  
Cash flows from investing activities
                          
Acquisition of property and equipment (2)     (5,047 )       (6,029 )       (5,404 )  
Proceeds from disposals of property and equipment     59              
Acquisition of intangible assets (3)     (2,335 )       (1,354 )       (650 )  
Acquisition of debt instruments           (216 )       (855 )  
Acquisition of short term investments     (30,153 )              
Proceeds from sale of short term investments     21,082              
Payments to acquire other financial assets     (182 )              
Proceeds from redemption of financial instruments           1,536       906  
Acquisition of bonds     (57,634 )              
Proceeds from sale of bonds     87,211              
Acquisition of business, net of cash (note 23) (1)     (2,210 )       (3,099 )       (1,123 )  
Seller financing     (3,022 )              
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     7,769       (9,162 )       (7,126 )  

 
 
The accompanying notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011 – (Continued)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

     
  For the year ended December 31,
     2013   2012   2011
Cash flows from financing activities
                          
Capital contributions by owners     6,448       1,959       5,766  
Reduction of additional paid-in capital           (439 )       (307 )  
Proceeds from the issuance of shares under the share-based compensation plan     2,610              
Repurchase of options     (1,971 )              
Repayment of borrowings     (3,783 )       (7,887 )       (6,033 )  
Proceeds from borrowings     4,393       10,673       11,150  
Repurchase of shares     (4,155 )       (848 )        
Payment of offering costs     (936 )       (151 )        
Cash provided by financing activities     2,606       3,307       10,576  
Interest paid     (535 )       (1,106 )       (257 )  
Net cash provided by financing activities     2,071       2,201       10,319  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     (1,685 )       (82 )       (91 )  
Increase in cash and cash equivalents     9,366       672       4,276  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year     7,685       7,013       2,737  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year     17,051       7,685       7,013  

Supplemental information

(1) Cash paid for assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of subsidiaries (note 23):

     
Cash paid     3,436       3,363       1,395  
Less: cash and cash equivalents acquired     (1,226 )       (264 )       (272 )  
Total consideration paid net of cash and cash equivalents
acquired
    2,210       3,099       1,123  
(2) In 2013, there were 185 and 3,533 of acquisition of property and equipment financed with borrowings and trade payables, respectively. In 2012 and 2011, there were 744 and 780 of acquisition of property and equipment financed with trade payables, respectively.
(3) In 2012, there were 294 of acquisition of intangibles financed with trade payables.

 
 
The accompanying notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 1 — COMPANY OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Globant S.A. is a company organized in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, primarily engaged in the designing and engineering of software development through its subsidiaries (hereinafter the “Company” or “Globant Lux” or “Globant Group”). The Company specializes in providing services such as application development, testing, infrastructure management, application maintenance and outsourcing, among others.

The Company’s principal operating subsidiaries and countries of incorporation as of December 31, 2013 were the following: Sistemas UK Limited in the United Kingdom, Globant LLC and Huddle Group Corp. in the United States of America (the “U.S.”), Sistemas Globales S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Huddle Group S.A. in Argentina, Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. in Colombia, Global Systems Outs S.R.L. de C.V. in Mexico, Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. in Uruguay, TerraForum Consultoria Ltda. in Brazil, Sistemas Globales Chile Ases. Ltda. and Huddle Group S.A. in Chile.

The Globant Group provides services from development and delivery centers located in the U.S. (San Francisco and Washington), Argentina (Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucuman, Córdoba, Chaco, Bahia Blanca, La Plata and Mendoza), Uruguay (Montevideo), Colombia (Bogota and Medellin) and Brazil (São Paulo) and it also has client management centers in the U.S. (San Francisco and Boston) and the United Kingdom (London). The Company also has centers of software engineering talent and educational excellence, primarily across Latin America.

Substantially all revenues are generated in the U.S. and United Kingdom, through subsidiaries located in those countries. Substantially all the Company’s workforce is located in Argentina. The Argentine subsidiaries bill the use of such workforce to those U.S. and United Kingdom subsidiaries.

The Company’s address is 5 rue Guillaume Kroll, L-1882, Luxembourg.

1.1 — Basis of presentation

Until December 9, 2012, the Company (formerly IT Outsourcing S.L., which in turn changed its legal name to “Globant S.A.” and its corporate structure from a limited liability company to a corporation —  hereinafter “Globant Spain”), conducted its business through a sociedad anónima , organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain, and its operating subsidiaries. On December 10, 2012 the shareholders of Globant Spain elected to change the country of domicile of such entity from Spain to Luxembourg through a holding company reorganization that was completed on such date, as a result of which Globant Spain became the 100% owned subsidiary of Globant Lux, a newly formed Luxembourg holding company with an issued share capital of 32,749, represented by 327,488,970 shares with a nominal value of $0.10 each.

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 1 — COMPANY OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION  – (continued)

As of December 9, 2012, Globant Spain share capital was represented by 12,309,623 shares, which were held as follows:

   
Shareholder   Shares   Interest
Martin Gonzalo Umaran (1)     848,605       6.8938 %  
Martin Migoya (1)     897,348       7.2898 %  
Guibert Andres Englebienne (1)     897,348       7.2898 %  
Nestor Augusto Noceti (1)     897,348       7.2898 %  
Riverwood Capital LLC     3,251,171       26.4116 %  
Endeavor Global, Inc.     128,255       1.0419 %  
Paldwick S.A.     912,529       7.4131 %  
RW Holdings S.à.r.l. (an entity wholly owned by Riverwood Capital, L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A) L.P. and Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P.)     1,538,462       12.4980 %  
ITO Holdings S.à.r.l. (an entity wholly owned by FTVentures III, L.P. and FTVentures III-N, L.P.)     2,938,587       23.8723 %  
Total     12,309,623       100.0000 %  

(1) Collectively known as “Founders” of the Company.

At the time of the reorganization, substantially all of the assets of RW Holdings S.à.r.l. and ITO Holdings S.à.r.l. consisted of their investment in Globant Spain.

The reorganization was implemented through the following series of transactions:

1. The Founders of the Company, Riverwood Capital LLC, Endeavor Global, Inc. and Paldwick S.A. contributed all of their shares of Globant Spain to Globant Lux in exchange for newly issued shares of Globant Lux on a 26.60431-to-1 basis.
2. Riverwood Capital, L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A) L.P. and Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P. contributed all of their shares of RW Holdings S.à.r.l. to Globant Lux in exchange for newly issued shares of Globant Lux equivalent to the product of the number of outstanding shares of Globant Spain held by RW Holdings S.à.r.l. on a 26.60431-to-1 basis,
3. FTVentures III, L.P. and FTVentures III-N, L.P. contributed all of their shares of ITO Holdings S.à.r.l. to Globant Lux in exchange for newly issued shares of Globant Lux equivalent to the product of the number of outstanding shares of Globant Spain held by ITO Holdings S.à r.l. on a 26.60431-to-1 basis.

Pursuant to the terms of the reorganization:

(i) Globant Lux assumed the obligation to purchase 1,393,763 stock options previously issued by Globant Spain at a weighted average exercise price of $6.49 per share, which were previously granted to certain of key employees, which (based on the 26.60431 multiplier referred to above) will be exercisable for 37,080,102 at a weighted average price of $0.2439; and
(ii) Globant Lux granted to Endeavor Catalyst Inc., an option to purchase 1,090,777 of Globant Lux common shares at an exercise price of $0.5864 per share in consideration for cancellation of the option to purchase 41,000 shares of Globant Spain previously granted to Endeavor Global, Inc. pursuant to an Option Purchase Agreement dated December 28, 2011, as amended.

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 1 — COMPANY OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION  – (continued)

Due to this series of transactions, Globant Lux became the succesor parent company of Globant Spain, RW Holdings S.à. r.l., ITO Holdings S.à. r.l. and all of Globant Spain’s subsidiaries.

In connection with the legal reorganization, the Company issued 327,488,970 shares of $0.10 par value with substantially the same rights and preferences, that were distributed on a 26.60431-to-1 basis to the shareholders of Globant Spain and of RW Holdings S.à.r.l. and ITO Holdings S.à.r.l. in exchange for their shares in Globant Spain and in RW Holdings S.à.r.l. and ITO Holdings S.à.r.l. Upon completion of this transaction, Globant Lux replaced Globant Spain and RW Holding S.a.r.l. and ITO Holding S.a.r.l. as the ultimate parent company and Globant Spain became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Globant Lux. This transaction was accounted for as a merger between entities under common control; accordingly, the historical financial statements of Globant Spain for periods prior to this transaction are considered to be the historical financial statements of Globant Lux. No changes in capital structure, assets or liabilities resulted from this transaction, other than the increase in share capital, which has been treated similar to a stock dividend. Weighted Average shares for purposes of calculating earnings per share have been retrospectively restated to reflect the shares issued in the exchange.

NOTE 2 — BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). These consolidated financial statements are presented in thousands of United States dollars (“U.S. dollars”) and have been prepared under the historical cost convention except as disclosed in the accounting policies below.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of shares in the United States of America.

2.1 — Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards

Adoption of new and revised standards

The Company has adopted all of the new and revised standards and interpretations issued by the IASB that are relevant to its operations and that are mandatorily effective at December 31, 2013.

New accounting pronouncements

The Company has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet mandatorily effective:

 
IFRS 9 (as revised in 2010)   Financial Instruments
Amendments to IAS 32   Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (1)
Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7   Mandatory effective date of IFRS 9 and Transition disclosures
Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27   Investment Entities (1)
Amendments to IAS 39   Provide Relief for Novation of Derivatives (1)
IFRIC 21   Levies (1)
Amendments to IAS 36   Disclosure of recoverable value (2)
Amendments to IAS 19   Employee Benefits (3)
IFRS 14   Regulatory Deferral Accounts (4)

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 2 — BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  – (continued)

(1) Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014.
(2) Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. Early adoption is permitted for entities that have already adopted IFRS 13.
(3) Effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2014. Early application permitted.
(4) Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016. Early application permitted.
In November 2009, the IASB issued IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and introduced new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets. IFRS 9 was amended in October 2010, to include the requirements for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities and for derecognition.

Key requirements of IFRS 9 (as revised in 2010) are described below:

 —  IFRS 9 (as revised in 2010) requires all recognised financial assets that are within the scope of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement to be subsequently measured at amortized cost or fair value. Specifically, debt investments that are held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows, and that have contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal outstanding, are generally measured at amortized cost at the end of subsequent accounting periods. All other debt investments and equity investments are measured at their fair values at the end of subsequent accounting periods.
 —  The most significant effect of IFRS 9 (as revised in 2010) regarding the classification and measurement of financial liabilities relates to the accounting for changes in the fair value of a financial liability (designated as at fair value through profit or loss) attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability. Specifically, under IFRS 9, for financial liabilities that are designated as at fair value through profit or loss, the amount of change in the fair value of the financial liability that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability is presented in other comprehensive income, unless the recognition of the effects of changes in the liability’s credit risk in other comprehensive income would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in profit or loss. Changes in fair value attributable to a financial liability’s credit risk are not subsequently reclassified to profit or loss. Previously, under IAS 39, the entire amount of the change in the fair value of the financial liability designated as at fair value through profit or loss was presented in profit or loss.

On November 19, 2013, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 9 as part of the hedge accounting phase of its project on accounting for financial instruments. The changes include (1) the introduction of a new hedge accounting model, along with disclosure requirements related to risk management activity; (2) an option for entities to recognize fair value changes of financial liabilities for which they have elected the fair value option in Other Comprehensive Income rather than in profit and loss; and (3) the removal of IFRS 9’s mandatory effective date (which formerly was January 1, 2015) to give the IASB more time to finalize other aspects of its project on accounting for financial instruments.

The Company’s management will finalize the analysis of the effects of IFRS 9 on the financial statements, if any, once the adoption is effective.

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 2 — BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  – (continued)

The amendments to IAS 32 clarify existing application issues relating to the offset of financial assets and financial liabilities requirements. Specifically, the amendments clarify the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off” and “simultaneous realisation and settlement”.

The amendments to IAS 32 are not effective until annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014, with retrospective application required. The amendments will not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

On May 2013, the IFRS Interpretations Committee issued Interpretation 21, which clarifies when a reporting entity should recognize a liability related to a levy (other than for income taxes) assessed by a governmental entity. Interpretation 21 explains that “the obligating event that gives rise to a liability to pay a levy is the activity that triggers the payment of the levy, as identified by the legislation.”

Interpretation 21 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. The Company’s management anticipates that IFRIC 21 will not have impact on amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements.

On May 2013, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 36 to clarify the scope of some of the standard’s disclosure requirements. The amendments reduce the circumstances in which entities must disclose the recoverable amount of assets or cash-generating units and explicitly require entities to disclose the discount rate used to determine impairment (or reversals) when a present value technique is used to calculate the recoverable amount (based on fair value less disposal costs).

The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. Early adoption is permitted for entities that have already adopted IFRS 13. The Company’s management anticipates that IAS 36 will not have impact on amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements.

On June 2013, the IASB released limited-scope amendments to IAS 39 that allow reporting entities to maintain hedge accounting when “a derivative, which has been designated as a hedging instrument, is novated to effect clearing with a central counterparty (“CCP”) as a result of laws or regulation, if specific conditions are met.” The amendments were issued to address reporting entities’ concerns about the effect of proposed and recently enacted regulations (e.g., the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) that require central clearing of certain over-the-counter derivatives in existing hedge relationships. To benefit from the amendments to IAS 39, an entity must meet all of the following criteria:
1. Novation to a CCP must occur as a result of laws or regulations or the introduction of laws or regulations.
2. After the novation, the CCP would become the new counterparty to each of the original parties to the derivative.
3. Any changes to the hedging instrument would be limited to those necessary to effect such a replacement of the counterparty.

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. The Company’s management anticipates that the amendment to IAS 39 will not have an impact on the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements.

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 2 — BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  – (continued)

On November 2013, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 19 that simplifies the accounting for contributions that employees and third parties make to defined benefit plans. The amendments would permit entities to recognize “such contributions as a reduction in the service cost in the period in which the related service is rendered, instead of attributing the contributions to the periods of service.”

The amendments will become effective on July 1, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. The Company’s management anticipates that the amendments to IAS 19 will not have impact on amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements.

In January 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 14 Regulatory Deferral Accounts. The objective of this Standard is to specify the financial reporting requirements for regulatory deferral account balances that arise when an entity provides goods or services to customers at a price or rate that is subject to rate regulation. An entity shall apply this Standard if its first annual IFRS financial statements are for a period beginning on or after 1 January 2016. Earlier application is permitted. If an entity applies this Standard in its first annual IFRS financial statements for an earlier period, it shall disclose that fact. The Company’s management anticipates that IFRS 14 will not have impact on amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements.
The amendments to IFRS 10 define an investment entity and require a reporting entity that meet the definition of an investment entity not to consolidate its subsidiaries but instead measure its subsidiaries at fair value through profit or loss in its consolidated and separate financial statements. To qualify as an investment entity, a reporting entity is required to:
- Obtain funds from one or more investors for the purpose of providing them with professional investment management services.
- Commit to its investor(s) that its business purpose is to invest funds solely for returns from capital appreciation, investment income, or both.
- Measure and evaluate performance of substantially all of its investments on a fair value basis. Consequential amendments have been made to IFRS 12 and IAS 27 to introduce new disclosure requirements for investment entities.

The amendment to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 did not have impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Company has adopted, when applicable, the following new and revised IFRSs as from January 1, 2013:

 
IFRS 10   Consolidated Financial Statements
IFRS 11   Joint Arrangements
IFRS 12   Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities
Amendments to IFRS 7   Disclosures — Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
IFRS 13 (Revised 2010)   Fair Value Measurement
IAS 19 (as revised in 2011)   Employee Benefits
IAS 28 (as revised in 2011)   Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures
In May 2011, a package of five Standards on consolidation, joint arrangements, associates and disclosures was issued, including IFRS 10, IFRS 11, IFRS 12 and IAS 28 (as revised in 2011).

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 2 — BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  – (continued)

Key requirements of these five Standards are described below.

IFRS 10 replaces the portions of IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements that address consolidated financial statements. SIC-12 Consolidation — Special Purpose Entities has been withdrawn upon the issuance of IFRS 10. Under IFRS 10, the only basis for consolidation is control. In addition, IFRS 10 includes a new definition of control that contains three elements: (a) power over an investee, (b) exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee, and (c) the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the investor’s returns. Extensive guidance has been added in IFRS 10 to deal with complex scenarios.

IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures . IFRS 11 addresses how a joint arrangement in which two or more parties have joint control should be classified. SIC-13 Jointly Controlled Entities — Non-monetary Contributions by Venturers has been withdrawn upon the issuance of IFRS 11. Under IFRS 11, joint arrangements are classified as joint operations or joint ventures (as amended in IAS 28 (revised in 2011)), depending on the rights and obligations of the parties to the arrangements. In contrast, under IAS 31, there are three types of joint arrangements: jointly controlled entities, jointly controlled assets and jointly controlled operations.

In addition, joint ventures under IFRS 11 are required to be accounted for using the equity method of accounting, whereas jointly controlled entities under IAS 31 can be accounted for using the equity method of accounting or proportionate accounting.

IFRS 12 is a disclosure standard and is applicable to entities that have interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and/or unconsolidated structured entities. Since the Company has no interest in unconsolidated entities, the adoption of IFRS 12 did not imply increased disclosures with respect to prior financial statements.

The adoption of IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IAS 28 did not have impact on the accompanying financial statements.

In May 2011, the IASB published IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement . IFRS 13 establishes a single source of guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures about fair value measurements, and defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. The scope of IFRS 13 is broad; it applies to both financial instrument items and non-financial instrument items for which other IFRS require or permit fair value measurements and disclosures about fair value measurements, except in specified circumstances. In general, the disclosure requirements in IFRS 13 are more extensive than those required in the current standards. For example, quantitative and qualitative disclosures based on the three-level fair value hierarchy currently required for financial instruments only under IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures will be extended by IFRS 13 to cover all assets and liabilities within its scope.

The adoption of IFRS 13 implied more disclosure about description of the valuation techniques and inputs used in the fair value measurement. For recurring fair value measurements categorized within level 3, the Company has included a reconciliation from the opening to the closing balances, the valuation processes and a sensitivity analysis of unobservable inputs.

The amendments to IFRS 7 require entities to disclose information about rights of offset and related arrangements (such as collateral posting requirements) for financial instruments under an enforceable master netting agreement or similar arrangement.

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 2 — BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  – (continued)

These amendments to IFRS 7 did not have effect on disclosures regarding transfers of trade receivables previously affected. However, if the Company enters into other types of transfers of financial assets in the future, disclosures regarding those transfers may be affected.

On June 30, 2011, the IASB published amendments to IAS 19. These amendments change the accounting for defined benefit plans and termination benefits. The most significant change relates to the accounting for changes in defined benefit obligations and plan assets. The amendments require the recognition of changes in defined benefit obligations and in fair value of plan assets when they occur, and hence eliminate the “corridor approach” permitted under the previous version of IAS 19 and accelerate the recognition of past service costs. The amendments require all actuarial gains and losses to be recognised immediately through other comprehensive income in order for the net pension asset or liability recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position to reflect the full value of the plan deficit or surplus.

The amendments to IAS 19 did not have an effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

2.2 — Basis of consolidation

These consolidated financial statements include the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. Control is achieved where the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. All intercompany transactions and balances between the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated in the consolidation process.

Non-controlling interest in the equity of consolidated subsidiaries is identified separately from the Company’s net liabilities therein. Non-controlling interest consists of the amount of that interest at the date of the original business combination and the non-controlling share of changes in equity since the date of the consolidation. Losses applicable to non-controlling shareholders in excess of the non-controlling interest in the subsidiary’s equity are allocated against the interest of the Company, except to the extent that the non-controlling interest has a binding obligation and is able to make an additional investment to cover the losses.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.

Acquired companies are accounted for under the acquisition method whereby they are included in the consolidated financial statements from their acquisition date.

Detailed below are the subsidiaries of the Company whose financial statement line items have been included in these consolidated financial statements.

         
Company   Country of
incorporation
  Main Activity   Percentage ownership
As of December 31,
  2013   2012   2011
Sistemas UK Limited     United Kingdom       Software development
and consultancy
      100.00 %       100.00 %       100.00 %  
Globant LLC     United States of
America
      Software development
and consultancy
      100.00 %       100.00 %       100.00 %  
Sistemas Globales Buenos
Aires S.R.L.
    Argentina       Investing activities       100.00 %       100.00 %       100.00%  

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 2 — BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  – (continued)

         
Company   Country of
incorporation
  Main Activity   Percentage ownership
As of December 31,
  2013   2012   2011
4.0 S.R.L.     Argentina       Investing activities       100.00 %       100.00 %       100.00 %  
Sistemas Colombia S.A.S.     Colombia       Software development
and consultancy
      100.00 %       100.00 %       100.00 %  
Global Systems Outs S.R.L.
de C.V.
    Mexico       Outsourcing and
consultancy
      100.00 %       100.00 %       100.00 %  
Software Product Creation S.L.     Spain       Investing activities       100.00 %       100.00 %       100.00 %  
Globant S.A.     Spain       Investing activities       100.00 %       100.00 %        
Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A.     Uruguay       Software development
and consultancy
      100.00 %       100.00 %       100.00 %  
Sistemas Globales S.A.     Argentina       Software development
and consultancy
      100.00 %       100.00 %       100.00 %  
IAFH Global S.A.     Argentina       Software development
and consultancy
      100.00 %       100.00 %       100.00 %  
Sistemas Globales Chile Ases. Ltda.     Chile       Software development
and consultancy
      100.00 %       100.00 %       100.00 %  
Globers S.A. (1)     Argentina       Travel organization
services
      100.00 %       100.00 %        
Globant Brasil Participações Ltda. (2)     Brazil       Investing activities       100.00 %       100.00 %        
TerraForum Consultoria Ltda. (3)     Brazil       Software development
and consultancy
      100.00 %       100.00 %        
ITO Holdings S.à.r.l. (4)     Luxembourg       Investing activities       100.00 %       100.00 %        
RW Holdings S.à.r.l. (4)     Luxembourg       Investing activities       100.00 %       100.00 %        
Huddle Investment LLP (5)     United Kingdom       Investing activities       86.25 %              
Huddle Group S.A. (5)     Argentina       Software development
and consultancy
      86.25 %              
Huddle Group S.A. (5)     Chile       Software development
and consultancy
      86.25 %              
Huddle Group Corp. (5)     United States       Software development
and consultancy
      86.25 %              

(1) Globers S.A. was acquired on December 21, 2012.
(2) Globant Brasil Participações Ltda. was incorporated on September 27, 2012.
(3) TerraForum Consultoria Ltda. was acquired on October 26, 2012.
(4) ITO Holdings S.à.r.l. and RW Holdings S.à.r.l. shares were contributed by their owners on December 9, 2012 (see note 1.1).
(5) The 86.25% interest in Huddle Investment LLP and its subsidiaries were acquired on October 18, 2013 (see note 23).

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

3.1 — Business combinations

Acquisitions of businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a business combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of the acquisition date fair values of the assets transferred to the Company, liabilities incurred by the Company to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued by the Company in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed are recognized at their fair value, except that:

deferred tax assets or liabilities, and assets or liabilities related to employee benefit arrangements are recognized and measured in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes and IAS 19 Employee Benefits respectively; and
liabilities or equity instruments related to share-based payment arrangements of the acquiree or share-based payment arrangements of the Company entered into to replace share-based payment arrangements of the acquiree are measured in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-based Payment at the acquisition date.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquired business, and the fair value of the acquiror’s previously held equity interest in the acquired business (if any) over the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. If, after reassessment, the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquired business and the fair value of the acquiror’s previously held equity interest in the acquired business (if any), the excess is recognized immediately in profit or loss as a bargain purchase gain.

Non-controlling interests that are present ownership interests and entitle their holders to a proportionate share of the entity’s net assets in the event of liquidation may be initially measured either at fair value or at the non-controlling interests’ proportionate share of the recognized amounts of the acquired business identifiable net assets. The choice of measurement basis is made on a transaction-by-transaction basis. Other types of non-controlling interests are measured at fair value or, when applicable, on the basis specified by IFRS. Non-controlling interest arising on the acquisition of Huddle (see note 23) has been measured considering the non-controlling interests’ proportionate share of the recognized amounts of the acquired business identifiable net assets.

Arrangements that include remuneration of former owners of the acquiree for future services are excluded of the business combinations and will be recognized in expense ratably during the required service period.

3.2 — Goodwill

Goodwill arising in a business combination is carried at cost as established at the acquisition date of the business less accumulated impairment losses, if any. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to the following cash generating units:

 —  Mobile
 —  Consumer Experience, Gaming, Cloud Computing & Infrastructure, Quality Engineering, Enterprise Consumerization, Creative & Social and Big Data & High Performance

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently when there is an indication that the business may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the business is less than its carrying amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the business and then to the other assets of the business pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the business. Any impairment loss for goodwill is recognized directly in profit or loss in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income. An impairment loss recognized for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

The Company has not recognized any impairment loss in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

3.3 — Revenue recognition

The Company generates revenue primarily from the provision of software development, testing, infrastructure management, application maintenance and outsourcing services. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.

The Company’s services are performed under both time-and-material (where materials costs consist of travel and out-of-pocket expenses) and fixed-price contracts. For revenues generated under time-and-material contracts, revenues are recognized as services are performed with the corresponding cost of providing those services reflected as cost of revenues when incurred. The majority of such revenues are billed on an hourly, daily or monthly basis whereby actual time is charged directly to the client.

The Company recognizes revenues from fixed-price contracts based on the percentage of completion method. In instances where final acceptance of the product, system or solution is specified by the client, revenues are deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. In absence of a sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, revenues are recognized upon receipt of final acceptance from the client. The cumulative impact of any revision in estimates is reflected in the financial reporting period in which the change in estimate becomes known. Fixed-price contracts are generally recognized over a period of 12 months or less.

3.4 — Leasing

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Finance leases which transfer to the Company substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalised at the commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recognised in finance costs in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. A leased asset is depreciated over the useful life of the asset. However, if there is no reasonable certainty that the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, the asset is depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company has recognized some agreements related to computer leases as finances leases, considering all the factors mentioned above.

Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

from the leased asset are consumed. Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.

In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognized as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed. The Company did not receive any lease incentives in any of the years presented.

There are no situations in which the Company qualifies as a lessor.

3.5 — Foreign currencies

Except in the case of TerraForum, Globant Brasil Participações Ltda. and Globers, the Company and the other subsidiaries’ functional currency is the U.S. dollar. In preparing these consolidated financial statements, transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar (“foreign currencies”) are recognized at the rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. At the end of each reporting period, monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at that date. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated. Exchange differences are recognized in profit and loss in the period in which they arise.

TerraForum and Globant Brasil Participações Ltda. and Globers functional currency is the Brazilian Real and Argentine Peso, respectively. Assets and liabilities are translated at current exchange rates, while income and expense are translated at the date of the transaction rate. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustment is recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the equity.

3.6 — Borrowing costs

The Company does not have borrowings attributable to the construction or production of assets. All borrowing costs are recognized in profit and loss under finance loss.

3.7 — Taxation

3.7.1 — Income taxes — current and deferred

Income tax expense represents the sum of income tax currently payable and deferred tax.

3.7.1.1 — Current income tax

The current income tax payable is the sum of the income tax determined in each taxable jurisdiction, in accordance with their respective income tax regimes.

Globant Lux, ITO Holdings S.à.r.l. and RW Holdings S.à.r.l. are subject to a corporate income tax rate of 20%.

In 2008, Globant Spain elected to be included in the Spanish special tax regime for entities having substantially all of their operations outside of Spain, known as “ Empresas Tenedoras de Valores en el Exterior ” (“ETVE”), on which dividends distributed from its foreign subsidiaries as well as any gain resulting from disposal are tax free. In order to be entitled to the tax exemption, among other requirements, Globant Spain’s main activity must be the administration and management of equity instruments from non-Spanish entities and such entities must be subject to a tax regime similar to that applicable in Spain for non-ETVEs companies.

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income because taxable profit excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in future years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Company’s liability for current income tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted as of the balance sheet dates. The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws in force in the countries in which the consolidated entities operate.

From a taxable income perspective, the Argentine subsidiaries respresent the Company’s most significant operations. Argentine companies are subject to a 35% corporate income tax rate. In January 2006, Huddle Group S.A. (“Huddle Argentina”) and, in May 2008, IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A. were notified by the Argentine Government through the Ministry of Economy and Public Finance that they had been included within the promotional regime for the software industry established under Law No. 25,922, as amended by Law No. 26,692 (the “Software Promotion Regime”).

The two principal benefits arising from Law No. 25,922 were:

a) The reduction of 60% of the income tax calculated for each year. This benefit could be applied for fiscal years ending after the notification to such subsidiaries of their inclusion in the Software Promotion Regime.
b) A tax credit of up to 70% of the social security taxes paid by such subsidiaries, under Argentine Law Nos. 19,032, 24,013 and 24,241. This credit can be used to cancel Argentine federal taxes originated from the software industry. The principal Argentine federal tax that could be cancelled with this credit was value-added-tax (“VAT”). Income tax was explicitly excluded from this benefit.

In 2011, the Argentine Congress passed Law No. 26,692, which maintains all benefits from Law No. 25,922 and includes additional benefits (subject to the issuance of implementing regulations). The principal characteristics of the Law No. 26,692 are the following:

a) The new law extends fiscal benefits contemplated by the Software Promotion Regime until December 31, 2019, providing certainty regarding these fiscal benefits for the Argentine software industry.
b) The new law maintains the reduced income tax rate (14%, instead of the otherwise applicable income tax rate of 35%) and the tax credit of up to 70% of social security taxes, but only with respect to the portion of the business related to the promoted activities.
c) Tax credits arising from the Software Promotion Regime can still be applied against VAT and other Argentine federal taxes. Additionally, the new law allows up to such tax credits to be applied to cancel income taxes, up to a percentage not greater than the ratio of the taxpayer’s export revenues to its total sales.

On September 16, 2013 the Argentine Government published Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, which governs the implmentation of the Software Promotional Regime (“Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013”). Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 introduced specific requirements needed to obtain the fiscal benefits contemplated under the Software Promotion Regime. Those requirements include, among others, minimum annual revenue, minimum percentage of employees involved in the promoted activities, minimum aggregate amount spent in salaries paid to employees involved in the promoted activities, minimum research and development expenses and the filing of evidence of software-related services exports.

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 further provides that:

from September 17, 2014 through December 31, 2019, only those companies that are accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers ( Registro Nacional de Productores de Software y Servicios Informaticos ) maintained by the Secretary of Industry ( Secretaria de Industria del Ministerio de Industria ) will be entitled to participate in the benefits of the Software Promotion Regime;
applications for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers must be made to the Secretary of Industry within 90 days after the publication in the Official Gazette ( Boletín Oficial ) of the relevant registration form (which period expires on July 8, 2014);
the 60% reduction in corporate income tax provided under the Software Promotion Regime shall only become effective as of the beginning of the fiscal year after the date on which the applicant is accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers; and
upon the Secretary of Industry’s formal approval of an applicant’s registration in the National Registry of Software Producers, any promotional benefits previously granted to such person under Law No. 25,922 shall be extinguished.

In addition, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 delegates authority to the Secretary of Industry and the Federal Administration of Public Revenue ( Administración Federal de Ingresos Publicos, or AFIP ) to adopt “complementary and clarifying” regulations in furtherance of the implementation of the Software Promotion Regime.

The Company’s Argentine subsidiaries intend to submit their applications for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers prior to July 8, 2014 and expect to become registered before December 31, 2014.

The Company is evaluating whether it has legal recourse to challenge the provision of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 that would extinguish any promotional benefits previously granted to its Argentine subsidiaries under Law No. 25,922 upon the Secretary of Industry’s formal approval of their application for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers under Law No. 26,692. The Company has not yet made a determination whether to bring such challenge or assessed its likelihood of success. Based on its interpretation of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, management believes that there is a substantial doubt as to the recoverability of the tax credit generated by its Argentine subsidiaries under Law No. 25,922 through December 31, 2013. Accordingly, on December 31, 2013 the Company recorded a valuation allowance of 9,579 to reduce the carrying value of such tax credit to its estimated net realizable value. Additionally, as noted above, under Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, further implementing regulations may be adopted by the Secretary of Industry and/or AFIP, necessitating regular review and assessment by management of its estimation process, which could result in recoverability of the tax credit that differs from its initial estimate.

On March 11, 2014 AFIP adopted General Resolution No. 3597. This measure provides that, as a further prerequisite to participation in the Software Promotion Regime, a company that exports software and related services must register in a newly established Special Registry of Exporters of Services ( Registro Especial de Exportadores de Servicios ). In addition, General Resolution No. 3597 states that any tax credits generated under Law No. 25,922 by a participant in the Software Promotion Regime will only be valid until September 17, 2014. Based on its interpretation of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, as supplemented by General Resolution No. 3597, management believes that any tax credit generated by the Company’s Argentine subsidiaries under Law No. 25,922 that has not previously been utilized to cancel their federal taxes shall expire upon the earlier of the effective date of their registration in the National Registry of Software Producers and September 17, 2014.

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Aggregate income tax relief arising under the Argentine Software Promotion Regime totaled 3,498; 1,611 and 1,371 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company’s Uruguayan subsidiary Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. is domiciled in a tax free zone and has an indefinite tax relief of 100% of the income tax rate and an exemption from VAT. Aggregate income tax relief arising under Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. as of the year ended December 31, 2013 was 284. There was no income tax relief from this subsidiary for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The Company’s Colombian subsidiary Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. is subject to federal corporate income tax at the rate of 25% and the CREE (“Contribución Empresarial para la Equidad”) at the rate of 9% calculated on profit before income tax, applicable till December 31, 2015. After that date, the rate will be reduced to 8%.

The Company’s U.S. subsidiary Globant LLC, as from 2011, is subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 34%. Until 2011, Globant LLC was registered as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Company’s U.S. subsidiary Huddle Group Corp. is subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 34%.

The Company’s English subsidiaries Sistemas UK Limited and Huddle Investment LLP, are subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 23%.

The Company’s Chilean subsidiaries Sistemas Globales Chile Ases. Ltda. y Huddle Group S.A. are subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 20%.

The Company’s Brazilian subsidiary Terraforum Consultoría Ltda., acquired in October 26, 2012, has changed into the Taxable Income Method (“Lucro real”) for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013. Under this method, taxable income is based upon a percentage of profit accrued by the Company, adjusted according to the add-backs and exclusions provided in the relevant tax law. The rate applicable to the taxable income derived from the subsidiary’s activity is 34%. Until the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, the Company adopted the Estimated Profit Method (“lucro presumido”). Under this method, taxable income is based upon a percentage of gross revenues accrued in each quarter. Gross revenues are understood as the product from the sale of goods or products, from the price of the services rendered and for the income earned on transactions for third parties. The rate applicable to the gross revenues derived from the subsidiary’s activity was 32%.

3.7.1.2 — Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences, and deferred tax assets including tax loss carry forwards are generally recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Such deferred assets and liabilities are not recognized if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, except where the entities are able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognized to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilize the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future. The carrying amount of

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realized, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Company expects, at the reporting date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Company intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Current and deferred tax are recognized in profit or loss, except when they relate to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case, the current and deferred tax are also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. The Company has not recorded any current or deferred income tax in other comprehensive income or equity in any each of the years presented.

Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.

Under IFRS, deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are classified as non-current assets (liabilities).

The Company does not have unrecognized tax benefits or reserve for uncertain tax positions that require disclosure in its consolidated financial statements.

3.8 — Property and equipment

Fixed assets are valued at acquisition cost, net of the related accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

Depreciation is recognized so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets less their residual values over their useful lives, using the straight-line method.

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

Properties under construction are carried at cost, less any recognized impairment loss. Such properties are classified to the appropriate categories of property and equipment when completed and ready for intended use. Depreciation of these assets, on the same basis as other property assets, commences when the assets are ready for their intended use.

An item of property and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognized in profit or loss.

The value of fixed assets, taken as a whole, does not exceed their recoverable value.

3.9 — Intangible assets

Intangible assets include licenses, trademarks, customer relationships and non-compete agreements. The accounting policies for the recognition and measurement of these intangible assets are described below.

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

3.9.1 — Intangible assets acquired separately

Intangible assets acquired separately (licenses) are reported at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis over the intangible assets estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives and amortization method are reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimates being accounted for on a prospective basis.

3.9.2 — Intangible assets acquired in a business combination

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination (trademarks, customer relationships and non-compete agreement) are recognized separately from goodwill and are initially recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their cost).

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets acquired separately.

3.9.3 — Derecognition of intangible assets

An intangible asset is derecognized on disposal, or when no future economic benefits are expected from use or disposal. Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset, measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, and are recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized.

3.10 — Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding goodwill

At each balance sheet date, the Company reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit or the business, as the case may be.

The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the year.

As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, no impairment losses were recorded.

3.11 — Provisions for contingencies

The Company has existing or potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings. Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Company will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation, and the advice of the Company’s legal advisors.

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, the receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably. The amount of the recognized receivable does not exceed the amount of the provision recorded.

3.12 — Financial assets

Financial assets are classified into the following specified categories: “held-to-maturity” investments, “available-for-sale” (“AFS”) financial assets, “fair value through profit or loss” (“FVTPL”) and “loans and receivables”. The classification depends on the nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition.

3.12.1 — Effective interest method

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of an instrument and of allocating interest income over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts (including all fees on points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the instrument, or (where appropriate) a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

3.12.2 — Financial assets at FVTPL

Financial assets are classified as at FVTPL when the financial asset is either held for trading or it is designated as at FVTPL. A financial asset is classified as held for trading if:

 —  It has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling it in the near term; or
 —  On initial recognition it is part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that the Company manages together and has a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or
 —  It is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.

A financial asset other than a financial asset held for trading may be designated as at FVTPL upon initial recognition if:

 —  Such designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise; or
 —  The financial asset forms part of a group of financial assets or financial liabilities or both, which is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with the Company’s documented risk management or investment strategy, and information about the grouping is provided internally on that basis; or
 —  It forms part of a contract containing one or more embedded derivatives, and IAS 39 permits the entire combined contract to be designated as at FVTPL.

Financial assets at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on remeasurement recognized in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognized in profit or loss incorporates any dividend or interest earned on the financial asset and is included in the ‘Finance income’ line.

3.12.3 — Held-to-maturity investments

Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity dates that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Subsequent to initial recognition, held-to-maturity investments are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method less any impairment.

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

3.12.4 — Available-for-sale financial assets (AFS financial assets)

AFS financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated as AFS or are not classified as (a) loans and receivables, (b) held-to-maturity investments or (c) FVTPL.

Listed redeemable notes held by the Company that are traded in an active market are classified as AFS and are stated at fair value at the end of each reporting period. Fair value is determined in the manner described in note 27.7. Changes in the carrying amount of AFS financial assets relating to changes in foreign currency rates, interest income calculated using the effective interest method are recognized in profit or loss. Other changes in the carrying amount of AFS financial assets are recognized in other comprehensive income.

The AFS financial assets denominated in a foreign currency is determined in that foreign currency and translated at the spot rate prevailing at the end of the reporting period. The foreign exchange gains and losses that are recognized in profit or loss are determined based on the amortized cost of the monetary asset. Other foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive income.

3.12.5 — Loans and receivables

Trade receivables, loans, and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as ‘loans and receivables’. Loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment.

Interest income is recognized by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

3.12.6 — Other Financial Assets

Investment in Dynaflows S.A.

On August 1, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with Dynaflows S.A., a company organized under Argentine laws and dedicated to provide tailored mobile applications and cloud technology, and its shareholders, through which Dynaflows S.A. agreed to increase its capital by issuing shares which will be subscribed by the Company in three steps, as follows: 1) in the first stage, in August 2013, Dynaflows S.A. issued 4,920 shares, from which the Company subscribed 1,776 shares that represent 9.9% of total shares issued by Dynaflows S.A., for an amount of 150; 2) in the second stage, in November 2013, Dynaflows S.A. issued 2,731 shares, from which the Company subscribed 1,775 shares for an amount of 150, thus increasing its participation in Dynaflows S.A. to 17.2% of total shares issued by Dynaflows, and 3) in the third stage, due in March 2014, Dynaflows S.A. will issue 2,733 shares, from which the Company will subscribe 1,776 shares for an amount of 150, thus increasing its participation in Dynaflows S.A. to 22.7%. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had subscribed 17.2% of total shares issued by Dynaflows S.A. for an amount of 300, valued at cost of acquisition. As of December 31, 2013, the liability related to the acquisition of Dynaflows S.A. amounted to 118, included in ‘Other financial liabilities’.

Call option over non-controlling interest in subsidiary

On October 11, 2013, the Company was granted a call option to acquire the remaining 13.75% interest in Huddle UK, which can be exercised on April 1, 2016. At the same moment, the Company has also agreed on a put option with the non-controlling shareholder which gives him the right to sell its remaining 13.75% interest also on April 1, 2016. As of December 31, 2013, the Company accounted for the call option at its fair value of 984 in a similar way to a call option over an entity’s own equity shares and the initial fair value of the option was recognized in equity. For further explanation see note 23.

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

3.12.7 — Short-term investments - BODEN

As from January 2013, the U.S. subsidiary of the Company started paying for certain services rendered by the Argentine subsidiaries of the Company through the delivery of Argentine sovereign bonds (denominated in U.S. dollars), hereinafter refered to as “BODEN”, acquired in the U.S. market (in U.S. dollars). The BODEN trade both in the U.S. and Argentine markets. The Company considers the Argentine market to be the principal market for the BODEN.

After receiving the BODEN and after holding them for a period of, on average, 10 to 30 days, the Argentine subsidiaries, sell those BODEN in the Argentine market. The fair value of the BODEN in the Argentine market (in Argentine pesos) during the year ended December 31, 2013 was higher than its quoted price in the U.S. market (in U.S. dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina, which is the rate used to convert these transactions in foreign currency into the Company’s functional currency; thus, generating a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the bonds in Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

The Company has designated the BODEN at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), and it has concluded that the BODEN fall into the category of held for trading considering that they are acquired with the sole purpose of being sold in the short-term (i.e. on average, more than 10 days and less than 30 days).

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a gain amounting to 29,577, due to the above-mentioned transactions that were disclosed under the caption “Gain on transactions with bonds — proceeds received as payment for exports” in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

3.12.8 — Impairment of financial assets

Financial assets, other than those at FVTPL, are assessed for indicators of impairment at the end of each reporting period. Financial assets are considered to be impaired when there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have been affected.

For AFS equity investments, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost considered to be objective evidence of impairment. When an AFS financial asset is considered to be impaired, cumulative gains or losses previously recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss in the period.

In respect of AFS equity securities, impairment losses previously recognized in profit or loss are not reversed through profit or loss. Any increase in the fair value subsequent to an impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated under the heading of investments revaluation reserve. In respect of AFS debt securities, impairment losses are subsequently reversed through profit or loss if an increase in the fair value of the investment can be objectively related to an event occurring after the recognition of the impairment loss.

For financial assets measured at amortized cost, the amount of the impairment loss recognized is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate.

For financial assets measured at amortized cost, if, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized, the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss to the extent that the

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

carrying amount of the investment at the date the impairment is reversed does not exceed what the amortized cost would have been had the impairment not been recognized.

Trade receivables carrying amount is reduced through the use of an allowance account. When a trade receivable is considered uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognized in profit and loss.

3.12.9 — Derecognition of financial assets

The Company derecognizes a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another entity. If the Company neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred asset, the Company recognizes its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may have to pay.

If the Company retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Company continues to recognize the financial asset and also recognizes a collateralized borrowing for the proceeds received.

3.13 — Financial liabilities and equity instruments

3.13.1 — Classification as debt or equity

Debt and equity instruments issued by the Company and its subsidiaries are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument.

3.13.2 — Equity instruments

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Company are recognized at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Repurchase of the Company’s own equity instruments is recognized and deducted directly in equity. No gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Company’s own equity instruments.

3.13.3 — Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs.

Financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognized on an effective yield basis.

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial liability, or (where appropriate) a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

3.13.4 — Derecognition of financial liabilities

The Company derecognizes financial liabilities when, and only when, the Company’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or they expire. The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognized and the consideration paid and payable is recognized in profit or loss.

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

3.14 — Cash and cash equivalents

For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and in banks and short-term highly liquid investments (original maturity of less than 90 days). In the consolidated statements of financial position, bank overdrafts are included in borrowings within current liabilities.

Cash and cash equivalents as shown in the statement of cash flows only includes cash and bank balances.

3.15 — Reimbursable expenses

Out-of-pocket and travel expenses are recognized as expense in the statements of income for the year. Reimbursable expenses are billed to customers and recorded net of the related expense.

3.16 — Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist primarily of direct incremental accounting and legal fees related to the Company’s proposed initial public offering (“IPO”) of its common shares that will take place after the effectiveness of the Company’s form F-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Approximately 1,620 and 761 of deferred offering costs are included in other receivables on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Upon completion of the Company’s IPO, this amount will be offset against the proceeds of the offering and included in equity.

3.17 — Share-based compensation plan

The Company has a share-based compensation plan for executives and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Equity-settled share-based payments to employees are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set forth in note 22.

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest, with a corresponding increase in equity.

3.18 — Components of other comprehensive income

Components of other comprehensive income are items of income and expense that are not recognised in profit or loss as required or permitted by other IFRSs. The Company included gains and losses arising from translating the financial statements of a foreign operation.

3.19 — Foreign exchange controls in Argentina

During 2012, the Argentine Government implemented formal and informal controls on the ability of companies and individuals to purchase foreign currency. Those controls include, among others, the requirement to obtain the previous validation from the Argentine Tax Authority of the foreign currency transaction, which approval process could delay or even restrict the ability to purchase foreign currency through the Mercado Unico Libre de Cambios (the Single Free Exchange Market, or “MULC,” administered by the Argentine Central Bank as the only environment where exchange transactions can be lawfully made). Although the transfer of funds abroad by Argentine companies to pay dividends to foreign shareholders, based on approved and audited financial statements, does not currently require formal approval by the Argentine Central Bank, there can be no assurance as to whether the Company’s Argentine subsidiaries could obtain all or part of the requested foreign currency in the MULC at the moment they approve a dividend distribution. As of the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements, the Company’s Argentine subsidiaries do not intend to distribute cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

3.20 — Loans granted to employees

During the last quarter of the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company granted to its employees the possibility to get a loan from the Company with a preferential interest annual rate of 2%, cancellable in 18 installments, starting in April 2014. The total amount of loans granted to employees arose to 6,902 Argentine Pesos (equivalent to 1,160) distributed among 346 employees.

NOTE 4 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

In the application of the Company’s accounting policies, which are described in note 3, the Company’s management is required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the year in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year or in the year of the revision and future years if the revision affects both current and future years.

The critical accounting estimates concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting year that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next year are the following:

1. Revenue recognition

The Company generate revenues primarily from the provision of software development services. The Company recognizes revenues when realized or realizable and earned, which is when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. If there is an uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for the consulting services, revenues are deferred until the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved.

Recognition of revenues under fixed-price contracts involves significant judgment in the estimation process including factors relating to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent with the application of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting affecting the amounts of revenues and related expenses reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under this method, total contract revenue during the term of an agreement is recognized on the basis of the percentage that each contract’s total labor cost to date bears to the total expected labor cost. This method is followed where reasonably dependable estimates of revenues and costs can be made. A number of internal and external factors can affect these estimates, including labor hours and specification and testing requirement changes.

Revisions to these estimates may result in increases or decreases to revenues and income and are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the periods in which they are first identified. If the estimates indicate that a contract loss will be incurred, a loss provision is recorded in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable. Contract losses are determined to be the amount by which the estimated costs of the contract exceed the estimated total revenues that will be generated by the contract and are included in cost of revenues in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income. Contract losses for the periods presented in these consolidated financial statements were immaterial.

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 4 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY  – (continued)

2. Held-to-maturity financial assets

Up to the last quarter of 2012, the Company’s management had reviewed the Group’s held-to- maturity financial assets in the light of its capital maintenance and liquidity requirements and had confirmed the Group’s positive intention and ability to hold those assets to maturity. The carrying amount of the held-to-maturity financial assets was 1,909 at December 31, 2011. During the last quarter of 2012, the Company sold a substantial portion of the investments originally classified as held-to-maturity and, as of December 31, 2012, reclassified the remaining amount as AFS financial assets. See note 27.11.

3. Goodwill impairment analysis

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the sum of the amounts assigned to tangible and intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. The determination of the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to the following cash-generating units:

 —  Mobile
 —  Consumer Experience, Gaming, Cloud Computing & Infrastructure, Quality Engineering, Enterprise Consumerization, Creative & Social and Big Data & High Performance

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. When determining the fair value of the Company’s reporting units, the Company utilizes the income approach using discounted cash flow. The income approach considers various assumptions including increase in headcount, headcount utilization rate and revenue per employee, income tax rates and discount rates.

Any adverse changes in key assumptions about the businesses and their prospects or an adverse change in market conditions may cause a change in the estimation of fair value and could result in an impairment charge. Based upon the Company’s evaluation of goodwill, no impairments were recognized during 2013, 2012 and 2011.

4. Income taxes

Determining the consolidated provision for income tax expenses, deferred income tax assets and liabilities requires significant judgment. The provision for income taxes includes federal, state, local and foreign taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences in each of the jurisdictions where the Company operates of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which the temporary differences are expected to be reversed. Changes to enacted tax rates would result in either increases or decreases in the provision for income taxes in the period of changes.

The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow the benefit of part or all of the deferred tax assets to be utilized. This assessment requires judgments, estimates and assumptions by management. In evaluating the Company’s ability to utilize its deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 4 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY  – (continued)

the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are recoverable. The Company’s judgments regarding future taxable income are based on expectations of market conditions and other facts and circumstances. Any adverse change to the underlying facts or the Company’s estimates and assumptions could require that the Company reduces the carrying amount of its net deferred tax assets.

5. The allowance for doubtful accounts

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its clients to make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined by evaluating the relative credit-worthiness of each client, historical collections experience and other information, including the aging of the receivables. If the financial condition of customers of the Company were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

6. The allowance for impairment of tax credits

The Company maintains an allowance for impairment of tax credits for estimated losses resulting from substantial doubt about the recoverability of the Software Promotion Regime tax credit. The allowance for impairment of tax credits is determinated by estimating future uses of tax credits against value-added tax positions.

7. Share-based compensation plan

The Company’s grants under its share-based compensation plan with employees are measured based on fair value of the Company’s shares at the grant date and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, with a corresponding impact reflected in additional paid-in capital.

Determining the fair value of the share-based awards at the grant date requires judgments. The Company calculated the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s shares, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

Fair value of the shares:   Because the Company’s shares are not publicly traded the fair value was determined using the market approach technique based on the value per share of private placements. The Company had gone in the past through a series of private placements in which new shares have been issued. The Company understands that the price paid for those new shares is a fair value of those shares at the time of the placement. In January 2012, Globant Spain had a capital contribution from a new shareholder, which included cash plus stock options granted to the new shareholder, therefore, the Company considered that amount to reflect the fair value of their shares. The fair value of the shares related to this private placement results from the following formula: cash minus fair value of stock options granted to new shareholder divided by number of newly issued shares. The fair value of the stock options granted to the new shareholder was determined using the same variables and methodologies as the stock options granted to the employees. After the reorganization described in note 1.1, in December 2012, shares of Globant Lux were sold by existing shareholders in a private placement to WPP. The fair value of the shares related to this private placement results from the total amount paid by WPP to the existing shareholders.

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 4 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY  – (continued)

Expected volatility:   As the Company does not have trading history for their shares, the expected volatility for their shares was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility of the NASDAQ 100 Telecommunication Index.

Expected term:   The expected life of options represents the period of time the granted options are expected to be outstanding.

Risk free rate:   The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Federal Treasury yield curve with maturities similar to the expected term of the options.

Dividend yield:   The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

8. Call option over non-controlling interest

The Company holds a call option to acquire the 13.75% of the remaining interest in Huddle UK, which can be exercised on April 1, 2016. The Company calculated the fair value of this option using the Black-Scholes option model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected volatility, maturity, risk-free interest rate, value of the underlying asset and dividend yield.

Expected volatility:   The Company has considered annualized volatility as multiples of EBITDA of publicly traded companies in the technology business in the U.S., Europe and Asia from 2008.

Maturity:   The combination between the call and put options (explained in note 23) implies that, assuming no liquidity restrictions as part of the Company at the moment that the option is exercisable and considering that both parties want to maximize their benefits, the Company will acquire Mr. Spitz’s shares at the date that this option is exercisable. Therefore, the Company has assumed that the maturity date of both options is April 1, 2016.

Risk free rate:   The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Federal Treasury yield curve with maturities similar to the expected term of the option.

Value of the underlying assets:   The Company considered a multiple of EBITDA resulting from the implied multiple in Hudde UK adjusted by the lack of control.

Dividend yield:   The Company does not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 5 — COST OF REVENUES AND SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

5.1 — Cost of revenues

     
     For the year ended December 31,
     2013   2012   2011
Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes     (90,540 )       (70,775 )       (49,094 )  
Share-based compensation expense     (190 )       (4,644 )        
Depreciation and amortization expense     (3,215 )       (1,964 )       (1,545 )  
Travel and housing     (4,390 )       (1,908 )       (1,412 )  
Office expenses     (715 )       (840 )       (1,034 )  
Professional services     (266 )       (278 )       (213 )  
Recruiting, training and other employee expenses     (210 )       (177 )       (221 )  
Taxes     (77 )       (26 )       (85 )  
TOTAL     (99,603 )       (80,612 )       (53,604 )  

5.2 — Selling, general and administrative expenses

     
     For the year ended December 31,
     2013   2012   2011
Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes     (17,594 )       (13,269 )       (9,949 )  
Share-based compensation expense     (603 )       (7,065 )        
Rental expenses     (8,193 )       (7,025 )       (5,811 )  
Office expenses     (7,207 )       (6,782 )       (3,711 )  
Professional services     (6,720 )       (4,258 )       (2,391 )  
Travel and housing     (3,093 )       (1,818 )       (1,124 )  
Taxes     (4,537 )       (2,668 )       (1,314 )  
Depreciation and amortization expense     (3,941 )       (2,806 )       (954 )  
Promotional and marketing expenses     (1,251 )       (1,074 )       (710 )  
Recruiting, training and other employee expenses     (780 )       (499 )       (283 )  
Charge to allowance for doubtful accounts     (922 )       (416 )       (291 )  
TOTAL     (54,841 )       (47,680 )       (26,538 )  

NOTE 6 — FINANCE INCOME/EXPENSE

     
     For the year ended December 31,
     2013   2012   2011
Finance income
                          
Interest     38       68        
Gain on sale of corporate bonds           310        
Foreign exchange gain     3,547              
Gain arising on held for trading assets     850              
Subtotal     4,435       378        
Finance expense
                          
Interest expense on borrowings     (786 )       (587 )       (371 )  
Foreign exchange loss     (7,785 )       (1,098 )       (548 )  
Other interest     (1,033 )       (710 )        
Other     (436 )       (292 )       (232 )  
Subtotal     (10,040 )       (2,687 )       (1,151 )  
TOTAL     (5,605 )       (2,309 )       (1,151 )  

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 7 — INCOME TAXES

7.1 — INCOME TAX RECOGNIZED IN PROFIT AND LOSS

     
  For the year ended December 31,
     2013   2012   2011
Tax expense:
                          
Current tax expense     (6,538 )       (2,319 )       (1,798 )  
Deferred tax gain     529       2,479       109  
TOTAL INCOME TAX (EXPENSE) GAIN     (6,009 )       160       (1,689 )  

Substantially all revenues are generated in the U.S. and United Kingdom, through subsidiaries located in those countries. Substantially all of the Company’s workforce is located in Argentina. The Argentine subsidiaries bill the use of such workforce to those U.S. and United Kingdom subsidiaries.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate. As the operations of the Argentine subsidiaries are the most significant source of profit before income tax of the Company, before intercompany eliminations, the following reconciliation has been prepared using the Argentine statutory tax rate:

     
  For the year ended December 31,
     2013   2012   2011
Profit (Loss) before income tax     19,778       (1,461 )       8,777  
Tax rate (note 3.7.1.1)     35 %       35 %       35 %  
Income tax (expense) gain     (6,922 )       511       (3,072 )  
Permanent differences
                          
Argentine Software Promotion Regime (note 3.7.1.1)     3,498       1,611       1,371  
Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in countries other than Argentina (1)     86       (1,002 )       265  
Non-deductible expenses     (225 )       (76 )       (65 )  
Tax loss carry forward not recognized     (416 )       (702 )       (111 )  
Gain on remeasurement of contingent liabilities     (545 )              
Exchange difference     (1,420 )             (77 )  
Other     (65 )       (182 )        
INCOME TAX (EXPENSE) GAIN RECOGNIZED IN PROFIT AND LOSS     (6,009 )       160       (1,689 )  

(1) In 2011, corresponds mainly to Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A., whose profit was not subject to income tax. In 2013 and 2012, mainly corresponds to the effect on Globant Lux of the accounting for share-based compensation plan expense and other expenses considering the income tax rate of 20% applicable in Luxembourg, net of the effect in Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. whose profit was not subject to income tax.

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 7 — INCOME TAXES  – (continued)

7.2 — DEFERRED TAX ASSETS

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Share-based compensation plan     1,670       2,441  
Allowances and provisions     1,399       73  
Other     48 (1)       74  
TOTAL DEFERRED TAX ASSETS     3,117       2,588  

(1) The Company’s subsidiary Sistemas UK Limited has a tax loss carry forward for an amount of 208 which does not expire.

NOTE 8 — EARNINGS (LOSSES) PER SHARE

The earnings (losses) and weighted average number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows.

     
  For the year ended December 31,
     2013   2012   2011
Profit (Loss) for the year attributable to owners of
the Company
    13,900       (1,301 )       7,088  
Preferred dividends (note 20)           (439 )       (307 )  
Adjusted profit (loss) for the year attributable to owners of the Company     13,900       (1,740 )       6,781  
Weighted average number of shares (in thousands) for the purpose of basic earnings per share (1)     334,687       327,458       324,230  
Weighted average number of shares (in thousands) for the purpose of diluted earnings per share (1)     346,611       327,458       324,230  
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSSES) PER SHARE   $ 0.04     $ (0.01 )     $ 0.02  
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSSES) PER SHARE   $ 0.04     $ (0.01 )     $ 0.02  

(1) The Company has given retroactive effect to the number of shares in order to reflect the new capital structure after the reorganization as described in note 1, for all the years presented. The Company did not have any dilutive shares outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 9 — INVESTMENTS

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Corporate bonds (1)           373  
Time deposits (2)           325  
Mutual funds (3)     9,634       216  
TOTAL     9,634       914  

(1) Available for sale financial asset (AFS).
(2) With original maturity exceeding three months.
(3) Held for trading investment.

NOTE 10 — TRADE RECEIVABLES

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Accounts receivable (1)     29,520       23,313  
Unbilled revenue     5,092       4,688  
Subtotal     34,612       28,001  
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts     (194 )       (154 )  
TOTAL     34,418       27,847  

(1) Includes amounts due from related parties of 1,454 and 414 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (see note 21.3).
Rollforward of the allowance for doubtful accounts

     
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012   2011
Balance at beginning of year     (154 )       (33 )       (13 )  
Additions (1)     (922 )       (416 )       (291 )  
Write-off of receivables     876       295       271  
Translation     6              
Balance at end of year     (194 )       (154 )       (33 )  

(1) The impairment recognized represents the difference between the carrying amount of these trade receivables and the present value of the recoverable amounts included those expected in liquidation proceeds. The Company does not hold any collateral over these balances. In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the Company considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable from the date credit was initially granted up to the end of the each fiscal year.
Aging of past due not impaired trade receivables

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
60 – 90 days     2,433       2,389  
91+ days     548       775  
Balance at end of year     2,981       3,164  

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 10 — TRADE RECEIVABLES  – (continued)

The average credit period on sales is 67 days. No interest is charged on trade receivables. The Company reviews past due balances on a case-by-case basis. The Company has recognized an allowance for doubtful accounts of 100% against all receivables over 180 days because historical experience has been that receivables that are past due beyond 180 days are usually not recoverable.

Aging of impaired trade receivables

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
180+ days     194       154  
Balance at end of year     194       154  

NOTE 11 — OTHER RECEIVABLES

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Other receivables
                 
Current
                 
Tax credit – VAT     905       4,735  
Tax credit – Software Promotion Regime (1)     1,264        
Income tax credits     100       34  
Other tax credits     267       512  
Director's fees (note 21.2)           586  
Advanced to suppliers     314       130  
Prepaid expenses     469       467  
Deferred offering costs (note 3.16)     1,620       761  
Loans granted to employees (note 3.20)     1,161        
Shareholders and other related parties (note 21.2)     246        
Other           122  
TOTAL     6,346       7,347  
Non-current
                 
Tax credit – Software Promotion Regime (1)     9,579       9,621  
Tax credit – VAT     5,438        
Other tax credits     49       71  
Guarantee deposits     500       712  
Shareholders and other related parties (note 21.2)           246  
Subtotal     15,566       10,650  
Allowance for impairment of tax credits     (9,579 )        
TOTAL     5,987       10,650  

(1) Corresponds to the tax credit of up to 70% of certain social security taxes paid by the Company’s Argentine subsidiaries generated under Law No. 25,922. The main federal tax that could be cancelled with this credit is VAT (See note 3.7.1.1).

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 11 — OTHER RECEIVABLES  – (continued)

Rollforward of the allowance for impairment of tax credits:

 
  As of December 31,
  2013
Balance at beginning of year      
Additions (1)     (9,579 )  
Write-off of receivables      
Translation      
Balance at end of year     (9,579 )  

(1) Represents the valuation allowance recorded by the Company at December 31, 2013 based on its analysis of the adverse impact of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 on the recoverability of the tax credit generated by its Argentine subsidiaries under Law No. 25,922.

NOTE 12 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2013 included the following:

         
  Computer equipment
and software
  Furniture and office supplies   Office
fixtures
  Properties under construction   Total
Useful life (years)     3       5       3                    
Cost
                                            
Values at beginning of year     6,604       1,960       11,304             19,868  
Additions related to business combinations (note 23)     233                         233  
Additions     580       287       488       7,122       8,477  
Additions through finance lease
(note 26)
    185                         185  
Disposals     (22 )       (150 )       (176 )             (348 )  
Transfers                 426       (426 )        
Currency translation difference     (37 )       (6 )       (25 )             (68 )  
Values at end of year     7,543       2,091       12,017       6,696       28,347  
Depreciation
                                            
Accumulated at beginning of year     4,822       1,090       3,091             9,003  
Disposals     (11 )       (124 )       (154 )             (289 )  
Additions     1,295       825       2,847             4,967  
Currency translation difference     (35 )       (1 )       (21 )             (57 )  
Accumulated at end of year     6,071       1,790       5,763             13,624  
Carrying amount     1,472       301       6,254       6,696       14,723  

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 12 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT  – (continued)

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2012 included the following:

         
  Computer equipment
and software
  Furniture and office supplies   Office fixtures   Properties under construction   Total
Useful life (years)     3       5       3                 
Cost
                                            
Values at beginning of year     5,475       1,272       4,657       2,250       13,654  
Additions related to business combinations (note 23)     214       5                   219  
Additions     915       509       969       3,602       5,995  
Transfers           174       5,678       (5,852 )        
Values at end of year     6,604       1,960       11,304             19,868  
Depreciation
                                            
Accumulated at beginning of year     3,502       625       987             5,114  
Additions     1,320       465       2,104             3,889  
Accumulated at end of year     4,822       1,090       3,091             9,003  
Carrying amount     1,782       870       8,213             10,865  

NOTE 13 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 included the following:

       
  Licenses   Trademarks and customer relationships   Non-compete agreement   Total
Useful life (years)     5       10       3           
Cost
                                   
Values at beginning of year     3,165       2,678       586       6,429  
Additions related to business combinations
(note 23)
          2,210             2,210  
Additions     2,040                   2,040  
Currency translation difference     (7 )       (284 )             (291 )  
Values at end of year     5,198       4,604       586       10,388  
Amortization
                                   
Accumulated at beginning of year     1,729       361       34       2,124  
Additions     1,640       498       51       2,189  
Currency translation difference     (2 )       (64 )             (66 )  
Accumulated at end of year     3,367       795       85       4,247  
Carrying amount     1,831       3,809       501       6,141  

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 13 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS  – (continued)

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 included the following:

       
  Licenses   Trademarks and customer relationships   Non-compete agreement   Total
Useful life (years)     5       10       3           
Cost
                                   
Values at beginning of year     1,517       1,214             2,731  
Additions related to business combinations
(note 23)
          1,464       586       2,050  
Additions     1,648                   1,648  
Values at end of year     3,165       2,678       586       6,429  
Amortization
                                   
Accumulated at beginning of year     895       348             1,243  
Additions     834       13       34       881  
Accumulated at end of year     1,729       361       34       2,124  
Carrying amount     1,436       2,317       552       4,305  

NOTE 14 — GOODWILL

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Cost
                 
Balance at beginning of year     9,181       6,389  
Additions (note 23)     4,226       2,792  
Translation     (361 )        
Balance at end of year     13,046       9,181  

NOTE 15 — TRADE PAYABLES

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Suppliers     6,172       3,029  
Shareholders and other related parties (note 21.2)     23        
Expenses accrual     1,821       965  
TOTAL     8,016       3,994  

NOTE 16 — PAYROLL AND SOCIAL SECURITY TAXES PAYABLE

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Salaries     4,349       3,677  
Social security tax     3,580       2,828  
Accrued vacation and bonus     9,528       7,087  
Other     366       111  
TOTAL     17,823       13,703  

F-42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 17 — BORROWINGS

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Current
                 
Bank and financial institutions (note 25)     1,048       11,717  
TOTAL     1,048       11,717  
Non-current
                 
Bank and financial institutions (note 25)     10,747       65  
TOTAL     10,747       65  

NOTE 18 — TAX LIABILITIES

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Income tax     4,100       503  
Periodic payment plan     16       73  
VAT payable     454       671  
Other     620       193  
TOTAL     5,190       1,440  

NOTE 19 —  PROVISIONS FOR CONTINGENCIES

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of its business. The Company has recorded a provision for tax and labor claims where the risk of loss is considered probable. The final resolution of these potential claims is not likely to have a material effect on the results of operations, cash flow or the financial position of the Company.

Breakdown of reserves for lawsuits claims and other disputed matters include the following:

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Reserve for tax claims     200       200  
Reserve for labor claims     71       88  
TOTAL     271       288  

Roll forward is as follows:

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Balance at beginning of year     288       269  
Additions     40       19  
Recovery     (22 )        
Write-off of contingencies     (40 )        
Translation     5        
Balance at end of year     271       288  

F-43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 20 — PREFERRED DIVIDENDS

Preferred dividends of Class C, D, E, F, G and H shares

Classes C, D, E, F, G and H shares shall have the right to receive a Preferred Dividend, enjoying the following capital preferences:

1. On every occasion the general meeting of shareholders approves, with the affirmative vote of more than the fifty percent of the share capital, the distribution of dividends, the above mentioned classes of shares shall firstly receive for their interest in the share capital, the amount of 1,909 or the equivalent amount in Euros as per the official exchange rate on the day prior to the date of actual payment, in the case of Classes C, D and E shares, and the amount of 680 or the equivalent amount in Euros as per the official exchange rate on the day prior to the date of actual payment, in the case of Classes F, G and H shares (hereinafter, the “Preferred Dividend”). The balance of the dividends approved at such general meeting of shareholders in excess of the Preferred Dividend (hereinafter, “Ordinary Dividends”) shall be distributed among all the shares, including the shares that already received a Preferred Dividend, in proportion to their percentage in the share capital or they shall be allocated to the total or partial payment of unpaid Preferred Dividends from previous fiscal years not approved or approved and not paid.
2. If, in a fiscal year, the general meeting of shareholders does not approve the distribution of dividends of any kind or the amount of approved dividends is lower than the Preferred Dividend, the portion of unpaid Preferred Dividend shall be treated as Accumulated Preferred Dividends (the “Accumulated Preferred Dividends”) as follows: a) they accumulate annually retroactively to January 1; b) they accrue an annual compound interest equal to eight (8%) as from the accumulation date to the date of actual payment; c) the said interest is annually capitalized and is part of the account Accumulated Preferred Dividends; and d) each fiscal year, they can only be paid once the Preferred Dividends approved for such fiscal year are paid and subject to the special majority.
3. The general meeting of shareholders shall not agree on any distribution of Ordinary Dividends without prior compliance with the distribution of the Preferred Dividend.
4. Any payment of dividends, whether as Preferred Dividend, Ordinary Dividends or Accumulated Preferred Dividends shall be made within ninety (90) calendar days as from the approval by the general meeting of shareholders.
5. The general meeting of shareholders, on approving the dividends for each fiscal year, may also resolve:
a. not to make any payment as Accumulated Preferred Dividends and thus postpone payment for later fiscal years, without prejudice of the additional interest accruing in accordance with the precedent paragraph. In such case, once the Preferred Dividend related to the pertinent fiscal year is paid, the Ordinary Dividends for all the shares shall be paid.
b. Subject to the special majority, make a total or partial payment of the Accumulated Preferred Dividends once the approved Preferred Dividend for the related fiscal year is paid.

In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, no Preferred Dividends were approved by the Company’s shareholders’ meetings.

F-44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 20 — PREFERRED DIVIDENDS  – (continued)

Considering that the Preferred Dividends are not due until they are declared and approved by the Company’s shareholders’ meeting in the event there is an approval of dividend distribution, and that the Company does not have control over this decision, the Company has concluded that it did not have a present obligation for any of the years presented in these consolidated financial statements. Thus, all of Company’s shares were classified as equity instruments as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Preferred dividends of Class A shares

Class A shares shall be entitled to a capital preference consisting in a preferred dividend (the “Class A Preferred Dividend”) to be declared on each opportunity when the general meeting of shareholders approves the annual accounts. To the extent allowed by applicable law, these preferred dividends shall be paid in advance within two (2) months after the closing of the fiscal year.

For the purpose of fixing the amount to be paid as Class A Preferred Dividend a special committee shall be established (the “Class A Dividend Committee”). Such Class A Dividend Committee shall have two members appointed by the majority of the Class C, B and D shares collectively. The decisions by the Class A Dividend Committee shall be made unanimously. The Parties agree that, in no case, the Class A Preferred Dividend shall be over 350, or the equivalent amount in Euros as per the official exchange rate on the day prior to the adoption of the resolution (the “Class A Maximum Dividend”) or lower than zero. The Class A Maximum Dividend may be increased by the Class A Dividend Committee, but never decreased.

The Class A Preferred Dividend, if determined by the Class A Dividend Committee, may be paid by the Company regardless and previously to any payment for Preferred Dividend or Unpaid Preferred Dividend. However, the payment of the Class A Preferred Dividend shall be decided solely by the Class A Dividend Committee and if such Class A Dividend Committee decides not to pay any amount as Class A Preferred Dividend or its members do not reach to an agreement, Class A shares shall not receive any credit against the Company.

The Class A Preferred Dividend shall also apply in cases of merger, spin-off, sale or transfer, under any title, of one hundred percent of the share capital or a significant part of the assets or business of the Company and/or its subsidiaries/affiliates.

Since the inception of Globant Spain, the preferred dividend to Class A shares has been approved by the shareholders’ meetings held on June 20, 2009, June 7, 2010, June 7, 2011 and June 8, 2012 for an amount of 115, 170, 307 and 439, respectively. Under Spanish Law, dividends are distributed when there are accumulated gains for the Company on a stand-alone basis. Since Globant Spain had accumulated losses on a stand-alone basis since inception, the shareholders approved the distribution of the preferred dividends to Class A shares as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. As the determination of the amount of the preferred dividend to be paid to Class A Shares is at the discretion of the Class A Dividend Committee and requires to be declared and approved by the shareholders’ meeting, the Company does not have control over this decision and, consequently, the Company has concluded that it did not have a present obligation for any of the years presented in these consolidated financial statements. Consequently, all of the Company’s shares were classified as equity instruments as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

The above preferences will be extinguished upon the occurrence of an IPO.

F-45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 21 — RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS

21.1 — Globers S.A.

The Company purchases services (related to travel and lodging expenses) from Globers S.A. which was owned by certain of the Company’s shareholders (Martín Migoya, Guibert Englebienne, Martin Umaran and Nestor Nocetti). As described in note 23, the Company acquired Globers S.A. on December 21, 2012. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized expenses from Globers S.A. totaling 4,282 and 2,100, respectively, which included 2,901 and 1,169 as costs of revenue, and 1,381 and 931 as selling, general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

21.2 — Shareholders and other related parties

The Company paid certain expenses on behalf of certain shareholders and other related parties and provided some expense reimbursement to certain shareholders, as detailed below. Such amounts are recorded in current and non-current other receivables and trade payables as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and were the following:

       
  Other receivables
As of December 31,
  Trade payables
As of December 31,
     2013   2012   2013   2012
Riverwood Capital LLC                 23        
Paldwick S.A.     246       246              
Total     246       246       23        

Globant had made advances to directors’ fees to some of the founders for an amount of 586 as of December 31, 2012.

21.3 — WPP

The Company provides software and consultancy services to certain WPP subsidiaries. Outstanding balances as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Grey     87       102  
Group M     345       39  
Kantar Group           11  
Kantar Media     59       75  
Kantar Operations     164       31  
TNS     178       119  
Young & Rubicam     55       31  
Rockfish     56        
Digitarias     41        
JWT     241        
Kantar World Panel     228       6  
Total     1,454       414  

F-46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 21 — RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized revenues for 8,532 as follows:

 
Grey     635  
Group M     1,741  
Kantar Group     306  
Kantar Media     254  
Kantar Operations     213  
TNS     1,229  
Young & Rubicam     442  
Hogarth     40  
AkQA     266  
Mindshare     423  
Rockfish     122  
Digitarias     43  
JWT     921  
Kantar World Panel     1,897  
Total     8,532  

21.4 — Management fees  — Riverwood Capital LLC

On November 14, 2008, Globant Spain signed an agreement with Riverwood Capital LLC for the provision of management and consulting services to the Globant Group, for a term of five years. Globant Spain accrued 100 for the provision of these services as of December 31, 2012. These agreement wasn’t renewed as of December 31, 2013 and therefore no provision was accrued.

21.5 — Compensation of key management personnel

The remuneration of directors and other members of key management personnel during each of the three years are as follows:

     
  For the year ended December 31,
     2013   2012   2011
Salaries and bonuses     4,153       2,635       1,345  
Total     4,153       2,635       1,345  

The remuneration of directors and key executives is determined by the Board of Directors based on the performance of individuals and market trends.

During 2013, the Company granted 299,990 share-based options at a strike price of 1.0184.

NOTE 22 — EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

22.1 — Stock appreciation rights (“SARs”)

From 2006 to June 30, 2012, the Company granted SARs to a limited number of employees. Pursuant to the contracts under which such SARs were granted, SARs holders were entitled to receive the difference between the Company’s share price and the strike price set forth in each contract. The contracts had a vesting period but only entitled SARs holders to exchange them at the board of directors’ discretion, in the event that (i) the employee continued to be employed by the Company and (ii) the Company was sold, merged, or transferred and for which the shareholders of the Company received as consideration (cash, or payment in

F-47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 22 — EMPLOYEE BENEFITS  – (continued)

kind) representing at least 55% of the equity of the Company (“SAR event of liquidity”). Upon termination of the employee’s employment with the Company for any reason, other than for resignation or termination with justified cause, the employee was permitted to retain the SARs (“SARs Type I”). The Company also granted SARs under a contract (“SARs Type II”) with the same characteristics as SARs Type I and also entitling the SARs holders to benefit in the case of an IPO.

Total outstanding SARs Type I and SARs Type II as of June 29, 2012 amounted to 1,293.

SARs Type I and II were considered cash-settle liability awards. As the Company concluded that an event of liquidity or an IPO were not considered probable at December 31, 2011, the Company did not recognize any liability or expense related to the SARs.

22.2 — Share-based compensation plan

In June 2012, the Company decided to replace its SAR program with a share-based compensation program, under which the beneficiary employee has an option to be exercised at the earliest of (i) the effective date of the stock option agreement, provided that the employee has been in the continuous employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries), (ii) under a liquidity event, as defined in the agreement, or (iii) under an IPO, registered in the U.S. The strike price of the stock options was not changed from the original SAR contracts, and has to be paid by the employee in cash at the date of exercise.

Share-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments to employees and non-employee directors is determined based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. Fair value is calculated using Black & Scholes model.

The share-based compensation agreement related to the change of compensation program was signed by the employees on June 30, 2012. Under this share-based compensation plan, during the year 2013, other share-based compensation agreements were signed for a total of 1,154,759 options granted.

Each employee share option converts into one ordinary share of the Company on exercise. No amounts are paid or payable by the recipient on receipt of the option. The options carry neither rights to dividends nor voting rights. Options may be exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiry (seven years after the effective date).

The following reconciles the share options outstanding from the beginning of the years ended at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

       
  As of December 31, 2013   As of December 31, 2012
     Number of options   Weighted average exercise price   Number of options   Weighted average exercise price
Balance at the beginning of year     38,170,879       0.22              
Options granted during the year     1,184,766       1.06       38,942,564       0.28  
Forfeited during the year     (932,731 )       0.48       (771,685 )       0.38  
Exercised during the year     (18,200,552 )       0.27              
Repurchased during the year (1)     (2,312,114 )       0.31              
Balance at end of year     17,910,248       0.38       38,170,879       0.22  

(1) The average price amounted to 0.86

F-48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 22 — EMPLOYEE BENEFITS  – (continued)

The following table summarizes the share-based compensation plan at the end of the year:

         
Grant date   Excerise price ($)   Number of stock options   Number of stock options vested as of December 31, 2013   Fair value at grant date ($)   Fair value vested ($)
2006     0.07       406,067       406,067       184       184  
2007     0.06       4,098,402       4,098,402       1,937       1,937  
       0.12       198,575       198,575       83       83  
2009     0.17       234,012       234,012       85       85  
2010     0.21       213,098       219,044       71       73  
       0.24       234,118       234,118       72       72  
       0.28       2,139,492       2,193,007       589       604  
2011     0.21       38,284       38,284       13       13  
       0.23       1,941,278       1,409,192       625       453  
       0.28       344,473       344,473       95       95  
2012     0.30       2,572,041       1,241,825       677       327  
       0.56       2,341,179       1,566,994       322       216  
       0.59       293,712       45,094       39       6  
       0.75       665,108       665,108       53       53  
2013     1.02       266,043       79,813       65       16  
       1.02       299,990             65        
       1.10       500,000             84        
       1.12       28,733             4        
       1.05       90,000                    
Subtotal           16,904,605       12,974,008       5,063       4,217  
Non employees stock options
                                            
2010     0.19       133,022       133,022       47       47  
2011     0.59       872,621       872,621       114       114  
Subtotal           1,005,643       1,005,643       161       161  

All options vested on the date of modification of the plan or all other non-vested options expire within seven years after the effective date or seven years after the period of vesting finalizes.

The Company accrued social security payables related to share-based payments at December 31, 2013 considering tax obligations in each jurisdiction as a private company. Taxable amount is the excess between the book value per share of Globant S.A. on the date of the exercise and the Exercise Price (purchase price).

If an IPO had taken place before the exercise date, the fair market value of the Globant S.A. stock (e.g. the closing price quoted on the relevant exchange or market on the exercise date) would have been taken into account to calculate the taxable income, after deducting the respective exercise price. Management estimates that the amount of the social security taxes payable related to this compensation, as of December 31,

F-49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 22 — EMPLOYEE BENEFITS  – (continued)

2013, ranges between 1,500 and 1,550 (net of income tax). This estimate was calculated considering a Globant S.A. stock price of $1.0148 per share.

Deferred income tax asset arising from the recognition of the share-based compensation plan amounted to 2,424 and 2,441 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Share options exercised during the year:

     
  Number of options
exercised
  Exercise
date
  Exercise
price
Granted in 2006     1,268,355       March 27       0.07  
Granted in 2006     5,073,412       December 28       0.07  
Granted in 2007     879,320       March 27       0.11  
Granted in 2007     3,012,225       December 28       0.11  
Granted in 2008     578,007       March 27       0.15  
Granted in 2008     2,445,918       December 28       0.14  
Granted in 2009     108,572       March 27       0.17  
Granted in 2009     200,277       December 28       0.17  
Granted in 2010     1,129,869       March 27       0.24  
Granted in 2010     3,096,465       December 28       0.24  
Granted in 2011     115,298       March 27       0.24  
Granted in 2011     124,987       December 28       0.29  
Granted in 2012     167,847       December 28       0.58  
Balance at end of the year     18,200,552              

No options were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2012.

22.3 — Fair value of share-based compensation granted

Determining the fair value of the stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. The Company calculated the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s shares, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

The Company estimated the following assumptions for the calculation of the fair value of the stock options:

   
Assumptions   Granted in
2013
  Granted in
2012
Stock price     1.018         0.53    
Expected option life     4 years         4 years    
Volatility     22%       33 %  
Risk-free interest rate     1.24 %       0.57 %  

See Note 4 for a description of the assumptions.

F-50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Acquisition of Nextive Solutions LLC and Tecnología Social S.A.

On July 29, 2011 the Company purchased the 100% of shares of Nextive Solutions LLC and Tecnología Social S.A. (“Nextive” and “Tecnología Social”, respectively) and obtained control of the acquired entities.

Nextive and Tecnología Social were engaged in the software development for mobile business and Internet applications. During 2011, these companies were merged into Globant LLC and Sistemas Globales S.A., respectively.

The purchase price agreed for Nextive and Tecnología Social was as follows:

1. On July 29, 2011, the Company paid 1,395.
2. On July 29, 2012, the Company paid 1,705 (including 305 of interest) plus 40 to Mr. Burgert.
3. On July 29, 2013, the Company paid 1,595 (including 220 of interest) plus 80 to Mr. Burgert.
4. On July 29, 2014, the Company will pay the amount of 1,375, plus interest at the rate of 8% compounded per annum, plus the amount of 120 (to be paid to Mr. Burgert) if Nextive’s revenues for fiscal year 2013 are equal or higher than 8.03 million.

The remaining payment (other than the portion of the payment corresponding to Mr. Burgert) will be reduced in an amount equal to 2.0 times the percentage amount of the shortfall that the actual revenue of Nextive represents in the target revenue of the company for such partial payment.

If the shortfall is greater than 20%, then the corresponding partial payment will be forfeited in its entirety for that period and no payments on accounts of such partial payment are due to the seller.

Any revenue in excess of the target revenue applicable to each payment entitles the seller to receive stock options of the Company. Mr. Burgert received 512,319 and 931,975 stock options on July 29, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

The conditions for payment were as follows:

a) The retention by the Company of Mr. Burgert as an employee of Nextive (or the Globant subsidiary which may have employed Mr. Burgert) unless the employment is terminated for reasons other than dismissal without cause by the Company (or such Globant subsidiary) or the permanent disability or death of Mr. Burgert.
b) The deduction of any losses including losses not deducted from previous payments or otherwise paid by the Company.

Amounts paid to Mr. Burgert as additional payment as well as the SARs are not considered part of the consideration paid for the business combination, instead they are regarded as remuneration to Mr. Burgert employment.

The consideration transferred for Nextive and Tecnología Social acquisition was calculated as follows:

 
Purchase Price   Amount
Down payment     1,395  
Installment payment     4,046 (a)  
Total consideration     5,441  

F-51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS  – (continued)

(a) The outstanding balance as of December 31, 2012 amounted to 2,904, classified 1,675 and 1,229 as current and non-current other financial liabilities, respectively. The outstanding balance as of December 31, 2013 amounted to 1,530, classified as current other financial liabilities.

Acquisition of Terraforum

On October 26, 2012, the Company purchased the 100% of shares of Terraforum Consultoria Ltda. (“Terraforum”) and has obtained control of the acquired entity. Terraforum is a limited liability company organized under the laws of Brazil and is engaged in the software development, consulting services and digital applications. Terraforum has generated total revenue of 3.2 million for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2012. Terraforum has four different locations in Brazil: São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Curitiba and Belo Horizonte. The total headcount was 58 employees distributed in the four different locations.

The purchase price is payable as follows:

1. On October 26, 2012 the Company paid R$3,724 (equivalent to 1,837) in cash.
2. Second payment:
a. On January 31, 2013, the Company paid 427 including interest.
b. On March 29, 2013, the Company paid 384 including interest.
c. No stock options were granted to the Individual Stockholders.
3. Third Payment:
a. On July 31, 2013, the Company paid 467 including interest.
b. As of September 30, 2013, gross revenue and gross profit target defined for the third payment were not met, thus, no payment was required (See note 27.9).
4. Fourth Payment:
a. On January 31, 2014, the Company paid 604, including, interest.
b. Not later than March 31, 2014, the amount of R$1,306 (equivalent to 653), provided that such amount shall be increased or reduced in proportion to the percentage of gross revenue achievement by Terraforum of the following financial milestones during the fiscal year closed on December 31, 2013, provided that the gross profit milestone is achieved as well: (A) gross revenue target (net of Bad Debt) of R$14,700, and (B) a gross profit of either thirty five percent (35%) or R$4,500; and it was further agreed that:
 —  if the actual gross revenue (net of Bad Debt) is equal to or greater than R$17,640, the amount to be paid shall be R$1,568 only, and
 —  if the actual gross revenue (net of Bad Debt) is lower than R$10,290, the sellers shall receive no payment.
c. Each of the Individual Stockholders shall have the right, but not the obligation, to receive up to twenty percent (20%) of his payment under the forth payment, by means of the delivery of Globant Shares. The Company shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to revoke the option granted to the Individual Stockholders, and to effect the respective payment in cash to each of the Individual Stockholders in the amount that would have become due to each of them had they opted to receive cash instead of Globant Shares under this Agreement.

F-52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS  – (continued)

d. The amount of R$1,698 (equivalent to 848), subject to the condition that during the fiscal year closed on December 31, 2013: (A) Terraforum’s gross revenue (net of Bad Debt) is R$16,000 or higher, and (B) Terraforum gross profit is R$6,400 or higher. If any of these two conditions is not met, the sellers shall receive no payment.

As of the date of issuance of these financial statements, gross revenue and gross profit target defined for the fourth payment were not met, thus, no payment was required (See note 27.9).

The consideration transferred for Terraforum acquisition was calculated as follows:

 
Purchase Price   Amount
Down payment     1,838  
Installment payment     3,341 (a)  
Total consideration     5,179  

(a) The outstanding balance as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to 572 and 3,341 including interest, respectively; classified 572 and 1,411 as current and 1,930 as non-current other financial liabilities, respectively.

Acquisition of Globers S.A.

On December 21, 2012, the Company through its subsidiaries Sistemas Globales Buenos Aires S.R.L. and 4.0 S.R.L. purchased the 100% of shares of Globers S.A. (“Globers”) and has obtained control of the acquired entity. Globers is a company organized under the laws of Argentina and is engaged in the travel organization services. Globers had generated total revenue of 595 for the twelve months period ended December 21, 2012. The total headcount was 8 employees.

The purchase price agreed for Globers was as follows:

1. First payment at December 31, 2012: Sistemas Globales Buenos Aires S.R.L. paid 150 in cash.
2. Second payment at March 1, 2013: Sistemas Globales Buenos Aires S.R.L. paid 150 in cash.
3. Third payment at June 1, 2013: Sistemas Globales Buenos Aires S.R.L. paid 150 in cash.

The consideration transferred for Globers acquisition was calculated as follows:

 
Purchase Price   Amount
Down payment     150  
Installment payment     292 (a)  
Total consideration     442  

(a) As of December 31, 2012 included in current other financial liabilities.

Acquisition of Huddle Group

On October 11, 2013, the Company, by accepting the Offer Letter dated October 11, 2013, executed and submitted by Pusfel S.A., a company organized and existing under the laws of Uruguay and ACX Partners One LP, a limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of England (“ACX”, and together with Pusfel, the “Sellers”), entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to purchase 86.25% of the capital interests of Huddle Investment LLP, a company organized and existing under the laws of England (“Huddle UK”) (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”). Huddle UK owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the capital stock and voting

F-53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS  – (continued)

rights of the following subsidiaries: Huddle Argentina; Huddle Group S.A., a corporation ( sociedad anónima ) organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Chile (“Huddle Chile”); and Huddle Group Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington (“Huddle US”, and together with Huddle Argentina and Huddle Chile, the “Huddle Subsidiaries”, and together with Huddle UK, the “Huddle Group”). The closing of the transaction contemplated in the Stock Purchase Agreement took place on October 18, 2013 (the “Closing Date”).

The Huddle Group is engaged in the software development, consulting services and digital applications. As of the date of the Offer letter the total headcount of the Huddle Group was 156 employees distributed in four different locations: Argentina, Chile, United States and United Kingdom.

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement is 8,395. Such purchase price may be subject to adjustments based on the future performance of the Huddle Group, and will be payable to the Sellers in seven installments, pro rata to each of the sellers’ ownership percentage (62.802% and 37.198% in the case of ACX and Pusfel, respectively), as follows:

1. On October 21, 2013 and November 4, 2013, the Company paid a total of 3,436 including interest.
2. The second installment of 2,156 shall be paid upon the earlier of: (a) ten (10) business days following the closing of an initial public offering (IPO) of the share capital of Globant or any of its affiliates and (b) six months as of the Closing Date. On April 21, 2014, this installment was paid.
3. The third installment shall be made no later than March 31, 2014, as described below:
3.1 2013 Revenue Earn-Out : The amount of 970, as adjusted, if during the twelve-month period ended on December 31, 2013, the Huddle Group overachieves or underachieves an annual Gross Revenue Target as defined in the agreement.
3.2 2013 Gross Profit Margin Earn-Out : The amount of 323, as adjusted, if during the twelve-month period ended on December 31, 2013, the Huddle Group achieves an annual Gross Profit Margin Target as defined in the agreement.
3.3 Cap to Third Payment : Regardless of the achievement of the Huddle Group under points 3.1 and 3.2 above, in no event shall the Third Payment (including the 2013 Revenue Earn-Out and 2013 Gross Profit Margin Earn-Out) exceed the total aggregate amount of 992.

As of December 31, 2013, based on gross revenue and gross profit achieved by the Huddle Group for the year, the third installment, paid on April 22, 2014, amounted to 861 and a gain for 109 has arisen on the remeasurement of the liability, included in other income and expense, net.

4. The fourth installment of 863 shall be paid on the first anniversary of the Closing Date.
5. The fifth installment of 647 shall be paid no later than March 31, 2015.
6. The sixth installment of 187 shall be paid no later than March 31, 2016.
7. The seventh installment of 115 shall be paid no later than the fifth anniversary date of Closing Date.

F-54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS  – (continued)

The consideration transferred for Huddle Group acquisition was calculated as follows:

 
Purchase Price   Amount
Down payment     3,019  
Installment payment     5,117 (a) (b)  
Total consideration     8,136  

(a) Net present value of future installment payments including interest.
(b) The outstanding balance as of December 31, 2013 amounted to 4,638 including interest; classified 3,803 as current and 835 as non-current other financial liabilities, respectively.

Minority interest purchase agreement

On October 11, 2013, the Company, by accepting the Offer Letter dated October 11, 2013, executed and submitted by Gabriel Eduardo Spitz (“Mr. Spitz”), entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Minority Interest SPA”) to purchase an additional 13.75% of the capital interests of Huddle UK (the “Spitz Interest”). The consideration for the purchase by the Company of the Spitz Interest and for all the other obligations of Mr. Spitz in accordance with the Minority Interest SPA shall be 1,272 and shall be paid to Mr. Spitz in common shares of Globant (“G Shares”) to be transferred and delivered by the Company in three tranches, subject to adjustments based on the future performance of the Huddle Group, as follows:

1.1. As of December 31, 2013, the Huddle Group had not achieved the gross revenue and gross profit target established by the First Tranche payment, as defined in the purchase agreement. Thus, no payment related to the first Tranche will be required.
2.1. Second Tranche. Achievement.   Subject to the achievement by the Huddle Group, during the twelve — month period ended on December 31, 2014, of (i) an annual Gross Revenue (net of Bad Debt) of an amount of at least 14,000 (the “Second Tranche Gross Revenue Target”), AND (ii) an EBITDA of at least 15% (the “Second Tranche EBITDA Target”, and together with the Second Tranche Gross Revenue Target, the “Second Tranche Targets”), the following acts shall occur simultaneously, no later than March 31, 2015:
(a) Mr. Spitz shall transfer to the Company a portion of Spitz Interest equivalent to 4.125% of the capital stock of Huddle UK (specifically, 30% of the Spitz Interest) (the “Second Tranche Base Interest”).
(b) The Company shall transfer to Mr. Spitz a number of G Shares equivalent to (A) the value of the Second Tranche Base Interest, plus (B) the value of 1.875% of the capital stock of Huddle UK (the “Second Tranche Additional Interest”, and together with the Second Tranche Base Interest, the “Second Tranche Interest”), resulting in an aggregate number of G Shares equivalent to the value of six percent (6%) of the capital stock of Huddle UK (“Second Tranche G Shares”).
2.2. Second Tranche . Partial Achievement.   In case that the Huddle Group achieves (i) an annual Gross Revenue (net of Bad Debt) of an amount equal or higher than 12,000 and less than 14,000, AND (ii) an EBITDA equal or higher than 12% and lower than 15%, then (X) Mr. Spitz shall transfer to the Company the Second Tranche Base Interest, and (Y) the Company shall transfer to Mr. Spitz the Second Tranche G Shares, which shall be decreased in proportion to the shortage in the achievement

F-55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS  – (continued)

of the Second Tranche Targets. For purposes of calculating the number of G Shares corresponding to Mr. Spitz, the Second Tranche Gross Revenue Target and the Second Tranche EBITDA Target shall be weighted on a 50/50% basis.
2.3. Second Tranche . Underachievement.   In case that the Huddle Group does not achieve (i) an annual Gross Revenue (net of Bad Debt) of an amount of at least 12,000, AND (ii) an EBITDA of at least of 12%, then (X) Mr. Spitz shall not make any transfer of Second Tranche Base Interest to the Company under the Second Tranche, and (Y) the Company shall not make any transfer of Second Tranche G Shares to Mr. Spitz under the Second Tranche.
3.1. Third Tranche. Achievement.   Subject to the achievement by the Huddle Group, during the twelve-month period ended on December 31, 2015, of (i) an annual Gross Revenue (net of Bad Debt) of an amount of at least 17,500 (the “Third Tranche Gross Revenue Target”), AND (ii) an EBITDA of at least 15% (the “Third Tranche EBITDA Target”, and together with the Third Tranche Gross Revenue Target, the “Third Tranche Targets”), the following acts shall occur simultaneously, no later than March 31, 2016:
(a) Mr. Spitz shall transfer to the Company a portion of Spitz Interest equivalent to 4.125% of the capital stock of Huddle UK (specifically, 30% of the Spitz Interest) (the “Third Tranche Base Interest”).
(b) The Company shall transfer to Mr. Spitz a number of G Shares equivalent to (A) the value of the Third Tranche Base Interest, plus (B) the value of 1.875% of the capital stock of Huddle UK (the “Third Tranche Additional Interest”, and together with the Third Tranche Base Interest, the “Third Tranche Interest”), resulting in an aggregate number of G Shares equivalent to the value of six percent (6%) of the capital stock of Huddle UK (“Third Tranche G Shares”).
3.2. Third Tranche. Partial Achievement.   In case that the Huddle Group achieves (i) an annual Gross Revenue (net of Bad Debt) of an amount equal or higher than 12,000 and less than 17,500, AND (ii) an EBITDA equal or higher than 12% and lower than 15%, then (X) Mr. Spitz shall transfer to the Company the Third Tranche Base Interest, and (Y) the Company shall transfer to Mr. Spitz a number of G Shares equivalent to the value of the Third Tranche Interest, which shall be decreased in proportion to the shortage in the achievement of the Third Tranche Targets. For purposes of calculating the number of G Shares corresponding to Mr. Spitz, the Third Tranche Gross Revenue Target and the Third Tranche EBITDA Target shall be weighted on a 50/50% basis.
3.3. Third Tranche. Underachievement.   In case that the Huddle Group does not achieve (i) an annual Gross Revenue (net of Bad Debt) of an amount of at least 12,000, AND (ii) an EBITDA of at least 12%, then (X) Mr. Spitz shall not make any transfer of Third Tranche Base Interest to the Company under the Third Tranche, and (Y) the Company shall not make any transfer of Third Tranche G Shares to Mr. Spitz under the Third Tranche.
4. For purposes of the calculations to be made under the Minority Interests SPA, (A) the 100% of the capital stock of Huddle UK shall be valued at the amount of United States Dollars nine million two hundred and fifty thousand (9,250), on a fully diluted basis; (B) the G Shares shall be valued at a price per G Share resulting from dividing (i) the amount of United States Dollars four hundred and fifty million (450,000), representing the aggregate value of Globant, by (ii) all of the outstanding G Shares.

F-56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS  – (continued)

At the closing on October 18, 2013, the Company paid the portion of the first installment of the purchase price (1,896) and the portion of the excess cash in the Huddle Group at the date of the majority interest purchase agreement (262) corresponding to ACX. The portion of the first installment and the excess cash corresponding to Pusfel (1,123 and 155, respectively) was paid on November 4, 2013.

Shareholder’s agreement — Call and put options on minority interest

Pursuant to the shareholders’ agreement, the Company agreed on a put option over the 13.75% of the remaining interest in Huddle UK effective on April 1, 2016, or in the event of the death or full permanent disability of the non-controlling shareholder, pursuant to which the non-controlling shareholder shall have the right (the “Put Option”) to sell and Globant shall purchase all, but not less than all the shareholder’s non-controlling interest. The aggregate purchase price to be paid by Globant upon exercise of the Put Option shall be equal to the price resulting from valuating the Company at six (6) times EBTTDA according to the Company's most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put Option.

The Company implemented the IFRIC Interpretation DI/2012/2 “Put Options Written on Non-controlling Interests” issued in May 2012 that requires a financial liability initially measured at the present value of the redemption amount in the parent’s consolidated financial statements for written puts on non-controlling interest. Subsequently, the financial liability is measured in accordance with IFRS 9.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has recognized as non-current other financial liabilities the written put option for an amount of 1,905 equal to the present value of the amount that could be required to be paid to the counterparty discounted at an interest rate of 6.5%. Changes in the measurement of the gross obligation will be recognized in profit or loss.

Pursuant to the shareholders’ agreement, the Company also agreed on a call option over non-controlling interest effective on April 1, 2016 or in the event of termination of employment of the non-controlling shareholder for any reason pursuant to which the Company shall have the right to purchase and the non-controlling interest shareholder shall sell all but not less than all the shareholder’s non-controlling interest then owned by the non-controlling shareholder. The Company calculated the fair value of call option on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the maturity, exercise price, spot, risk-free and standard deviation. See Note 4 for a description of the assumptions.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has accounted for the call option at its fair value of 984 in a similar way to a call option over an entity’s own equity shares and the initial fair value of the option was recognized in equity.

F-57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS  – (continued)

Outstanding balances of financial liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

       
  As of December 31, 2013   As of December 31, 2012
     Other financial liabilities – 
current
  Other financial liabilities – 
non current
  Other financial liabilities – 
current
  Other
financial liabilities – 
non current
Nextive and Tecnología Social S.A.     1,530             1,675       1,229  
Globers S.A.                 292        
Terraforum consultoría Ltda.     572             1,411       1,930  
Huddle Group     3,803       835              
Dynaflows (note 3.12.6)     118                    
Put option on minority interest           1,905              
Total     6,023       2,740       3,378       3,159  

Purchase Price Allocation

Assets acquired and liabilities incurred at the date of acquisition in the business combinations above mentioned are as follows:

       
  Nextive and Tecnología
Social S.A.
  Globers S.A.   Terraforum consultoría Ltda.   Huddle
Group
Current Assets
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents     272       235       29       1,226  
Trade receivables     924       350       585       1,475  
Other receivables     48       125       28       54  
Non current assets
                                   
Property and equipment     350       5       214       233  
Intangibles                 2,050       2,210  
Other receivables                       915  
Goodwill (1)     4,082       111       2,681       4,226  
Current liabilities
                                   
Trade and other payables     (229 )       (384 )       (408 )       (378 )  
Borrowings                       (441 )  
Deferred tax liabilities     (6 )                    
Payroll and social security                       (761 )  
Non controlling interest                       (623 )  
Total consideration     5,441       442       5,179       8,136  

(1) Goodwill arising from the acquisitions of Nextive and Tecnología Social S.A., Globers S.A. and the Huddle Group are not deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill arising from the acquisition of Terraforum Consultoria Ltda. is deductible for tax purposes.

F-58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS  – (continued)

Goodwill arising in the acquisition of Nextive and Tecnología Social because the cost of the equity interest acquired included a control premium. In addition, the consideration paid for this acquisition effectively included amounts in relation to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of Nextive and Tecnología Social. These benefits are not recognized separately from goodwill because they do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.

Goodwill arose in the acquisition of TerraForum because the cost of the equity interest acquired included a control premium. In addition, the consideration paid for this acquisition effectively included amounts in relation to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, customer relationships, non-compete agreement, future market development and the assembled workforce of TerraForum. Only the customer relationships and non-compete agreements are recognized as intangibles. The other benefits are not recognized separately from goodwill because they do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.

Goodwill arising in the acquisition of Globers because the cost of the equity interest acquired included a control premium. In addition, the consideration paid for this acquisition effectively included amounts in relation to the benefit of expected synergies and the assembled workforce of Globers. These benefits are not recognized separately from goodwill because they do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.

Goodwill has arisen in the acquisition of Huddle Group because the cost of the equity interest acquired included a control premium. In addition, the consideration paid for this acquisition effectively included amounts in relation to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, customer relationships, future market development and the assembled workforce of Huddle Group. Only the customer relationships are recognized as intangibles. The other benefits are not recognized separately from goodwill because they do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.

The fair values of the receivables acquired do not differ from their gross contractual amount.

Acquisition expenses in the four above mentioned acquisitions were not material.

Impact of acquisitions on the results of the Company

The net profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes 603 attributable to the business generated by Nextive and Tecnología Social. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 included 3,994 related to the business of both companies. Had the business combination been effected at January 1, 2011, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 94,284, the net profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 would have been 7,680 and earnings per unit would have amounted to $0.02.

The net loss for the year ended December 31, 2012 includes a loss of 64 attributable to the business generated by Terraforum. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 included 881 related to the business of that company. Had the business combination of Terraforum and Globers been effected at January 1, 2012, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 132,702, the net loss for the year ended December 31, 2012 would have been 1,658 and losses per share would have amounted to ($0.01).

The net profit for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes a loss of 60 attributable to the business generated by the Huddle Group. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 included 2,112 related to the business of that company. Had the business combination of the Huddle Group been effected at January 1, 2013, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 166,076, the net profit for the year ended December 31, 2013 would have been 23,275 and earnings per share would have amounted to $0.07.

F-59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS  – (continued)

Directors consider these “pro-forma” numbers to represent an approximate measure of the performance of the combined group on an annualized basis and to provide a reference point for comparison in future periods.

NOTE 24 — SEGMENT INFORMATION

Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) in deciding on how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is considered to be the Company’s chief executive officer (“CEO”). The CEO reviews financial information presented on an entity level basis for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance. Therefore, the Company has determined that it operates in a single operating and reportable segment.

The Company provides services related to application development, testing, infrastructure management and application maintenance.

The following table summarizes revenues by geography:

     
  For the year ended December 31,
     2013   2012   2011
North America
                          
United States of America     126,038       103,905       71,521  
Canada     2,805       2,023       3,555  
Subtotal North America     128,843       105,928       75,076  
Europe
                          
Spain     2,389       1,263       809  
Ireland     1,431       1,636       1,085  
United Kingdom     8,122       7,978       6,917  
Others     922       581       13  
Subtotal Europe     12,864       11,458       8,824  
Latin America and others
                          
Argentina     5,484       4,935       3,966  
Brazil     3,848       1,671       28  
Colombia     3,913       4,296       1,948  
Chile     1,756       45        
Uruguay     1,571       445        
Others     45       71       231  
Subtotal Latin America and others     16,617       11,463       6,173  
TOTAL     158,324       128,849       90,073  

The revenues by geography were determined based on the country where the sale took place. There are no revenues generated in the country of the Company’s domicile, Luxembourg, for any of the years presented.

The Company had one customer that accounted for 12.7% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.

F-60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 24 — SEGMENT INFORMATION  – (continued)

The following table summarizes non-current assets other than deferred taxes as stated in IFRS 8, paragraph 33.b, by jurisdiction:

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Argentina     26,980       25,267  
Spain     509       924  
United States of America     879       1,024  
Brazil     3,814       4,910  
Uruguay     1,849       2,035  
Luxembourg     6,383        
Other countries     2,059       841  
TOTAL     41,181       35,001  

NOTE 25 — BORROWINGS

25.1 — Bank and financial institutions

The principal balances of outstanding borrowings under lines of credit with banks and financial institutions were as follows:

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
HSBC bank (Argentina)     438       967  
Banco Santander Rio (Argentina)     1,596       863  
Citibank (Argentina)           1,973  
Banco del Chaco (Argentina)     35       65  
Banco Galicia (Argentina)     67        
Banco Ciudad (Argentina)     40        
Banco Comafi (Argentina)     129        
Apple Financial Services (United States)     71        
Bridge Bank (United States)     9,419       7,914  
TOTAL     11,795       11,782  

Such balances were included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows:

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Current borrowings     1,048       11,717  
Non-current borrowings     10,747       65  
TOTAL     11,795       11,782  

F-61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 25 — BORROWINGS  – (continued)

Movements in borrowings are analyzed as follows:

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Balance at the beginning of year     11,782       8,936  
Proceeds of new borrowings     4,393       10,673  
Payment of borrowings     (3,783 )       (7,887 )  
Accrued interest     82       92  
Foreign exchange     (679 )       (32 )  
TOTAL     11,795       11,782  

25.1.1 — Bridge Bank

On May 6, 2011, the Company through its subsidiary, Globant LLC, signed a revolving credit line with Bridge Bank to finance its activities. The initial amount of the credit line was up to 10,000. The credit line allows Globant LLC to request the bank to advance funds. The initial maturity date of the credit line was May 6, 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2013, Globant LLC renewed this loan agreement with Bridge Bank, for a revolving line of credit of up to 15,000. The maturity date was extended to May 6, 2015.

The advances bear interest at a rate equal to the last variable rate published by the Bridge Bank plus 0.25%, subject to the condition that the applicable rate is at least equal or greater than an annual rate of 3.25%. Moreover, if any payment is not made within 10 days after the date such payment (capital on interest) is due, Globant LLC must pay to the bank a late fee equal to the lesser of 5% of the amount of such unpaid amount or the maximum amount permitted to be charged under applicable U.S. law, not in any case to be less than 25 U.S. dollars.

Interest is due and payable on the tenth calendar day of each month. Globant LLC may prepay any advance in whole or in part at any time without penalty or premium.

During 2013, Globant LLC increased its borrowings by 1,500. At December 31, 2013, Globant LLC had outstanding borrowings of 9,419, including interest.

In obtaining the credit line, Globant LLC became subject to several covenants, mainly involving the delivery of certain financial information, reports on any legal actions, complying with tax payments, certain limitation on dividend distribution investments (Globant LLC may pay dividends of up to 80% of its profit as long as an event of default does not exist). Globant LLC is also required to maintain an account with Wells Fargo Bank, JPMorgan Chase Bank and Citibank, limitations on the sale of assets, limitations on liens of certain assets, limitations on the borrower or any of its affiliates becoming a party in merger or spin-off operations, with certain exceptions.

Globant LLC is also required to maintain a net worth during 2013 of at least 4 million U.S. dollars plus 40% of Globant LLC’s cumulative quarterly net income. Globant LLC is also required to maintain an asset coverage ratio between 1.5 and 1. This coverage ratio is derived from the sum of cash maintained with Bridge Bank plus the balance of accounts billed and collected by Globant LLC through Bridge Bank to any obligations that Globant LLC owes to Bridge Bank.

In addition, the loan will become due and payable: 1) upon Globant LLC defaulting on any of the commitments assumed under the credit line; 2) upon Globant LLC becoming insolvent; 3) if Globant LLC or its affiliates are unable to comply with their obligations; 4) upon any changes in Globant LLC’s main business activity or change in control, or relocation of Globant LLC’s chief executive officer or state of incorporation or name; or 5) if there are changes in Globant LLC’s equity, economic and financial situation that due to their

F-62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 25 — BORROWINGS  – (continued)

adverse nature may affect Globant LLC’s ability to comply with the obligations assumed in the agreement relating to the credit line or if there are restrictions that may limit the ability of Globant LLC to repay its debts.

The credit line is guaranteed by Globant Lux and Globant Spain and is secured by Globant LLC’s trade receivables, equipment and certain other personal property.

As of December 31, 2013, Globant LLC was in compliance with all covenants under the credit line.

25.1.2 — Argentine subsidiary’s loan agreements

The Company, through its Argentine subsidiaries, Sistemas Globales S.A. and Huddle Group S.A., entered into several loan agreements with HSBC, Santander Rio, Galicia, Ciudad and Nuevo Banco del Chaco. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 outstanding balances amounted to 2,176 and 3,868, respectively. In 2012, all agreements were expressed in Argentine pesos, except for one credit line with Banco Santander Rio which was expressed in U.S. dollars. In 2013, all agreements were expressed in Argentine pesos. Outstanding balances in Argentine pesos amounted to 14,127, equivalent to 2,176 as of December 31, 2013.

Balances as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were the following:

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
HSBC bank (Argentina)     438       967  
Banco Santander Rio (Argentina)     1,596       863  
Citibank (Argentina)           1,973  
Banco del Chaco (Argentina)     35       65  
Banco Galicia (Argentina)     67        
Banco Ciudad (Argentina)     40        
Banco Comafi (Argentina)     129        
TOTAL     2,305       3,868  

These loans contain accelerating clauses applicable to Sistemas Globales S.A. that would cause outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable mainly under the following circumstances: 1) upon default on any of the commitments assumed under the loan agreement; 2) upon Sistemas Globales S.A. becoming insolvent or bankrupt; 3) if Sistemas Globales S.A. is unable to comply with its obligations; 4) if any governmental authority confiscates, nationalizes or expropriates some or all assets or all equity interest of Sistemas Globales S.A.; 5) if the board of directors of Sistemas Globales S.A. authorizes the liquidation of the entity; 6) if Sistemas Globales S.A. does not comply with duly tax payments; 7) if Sistemas Globales S.A. pledges its equity shares; or 8) if Sistemas Globales S.A. grants a pledge or mortgage on its assets.

As of December 31, 2013, Sistemas Globales S.A. was in compliance with all the covenants including in the financing agreements.

As of December 31, 2013, Huddle Group S.A.’s loans did not contain covenants.

F-63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 26 — OPERATING AND FINANCE LEASES

The Company is obligated under various operating leases for office space and office equipment. Total lease expense incurred under these leases was approximately 8,193, 7,025 and 5,811 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized some agreements related to computer leases as finance leases. Thus, the amount of computer equipment and software included 185 under finance lease agreements. The related liability arises to 200, classified 165 as current borrowings and 35 as non-current borrowings, ending in the year 2015.

Future fixed minimum annual lease commitments are as follows at December 31, 2013:

 
Year   Amount
2014     6,679  
2015     5,080  
2016     2,260  
2017     997  
2018     931  

NOTE 27 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

27.1 — Categories of financial instruments

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Financial assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents     17,051       7,685  
Times deposits           325  
AFS financial assets           589  
HFT assets     10,618        
Other financial assets     300        
Loans and receivables     46,751       45,844  
Financial liabilities
                 
Amortized cost
                 
Trade payables     8,016       3,994  
Payroll and social security taxes     17,823       13,703  
Borrowings     11,795       11,782  
Other financial liabilities (1)     7,900       6,537  
Tax liabilities     5,190       1,440  
Other liabilities     24       700  

(1) As of December 31, 2013, Other financial liabilities includes 861 related to the contingent liability arose in Huddle Group acquisition, which is measured at fair value (see note 27.9).

At the end of the reporting years, there were no loans or receivables designated at fair value through profit or loss. The carrying amounts reflected above represents the Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk for such loans and receivables.

F-64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 27 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  – (continued)

27.2 — Market risk

The Company is exposed to a variety of risks: market risk, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, and liquidity risk.

The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial performance. The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge its exposure to risks.

27.3 — Foreign currency risk management

The Company undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies; consequently, exposures to exchange rate fluctuations arise.

Except in TerraForum and Globers, the subsidiary’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. In 2013, 89% of the Company’s revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars. Because the majority of its personnel are located in Latin America, the Company incurs the majority of its operating expenses and capital expenditures in non-U.S. dollar currencies, primarily the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Brazilian Real and Colombian peso.

Foreign exchange sensitivity analysis

The Company is mainly exposed to Argentine pesos.

The following table details the Company’s sensitivity to a 30% increase and decrease in the U.S. dollar against the relevant foreign currency. The sensitivity analysis includes outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items at December 31, 2013 and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a 30% change in U.S. dollars against the relevant foreign currency and the same change that affects net income as certain costs are incurred in Argentine pesos.

       
      Gain/(loss)
Account   Currency   Amount   30% Increase   30% Decrease
Net balances     Argentine pesos       9,594       (1,599 )       1,919  
       Total       9,594       (1,599 )       1,919  

       
      Gain/(loss)
Account   Currency   Amount   30% Increase   30% Decrease
Costs     Argentine pesos       (101,032 )       23,315       (30,310 )  
       Total       (101,032 )       23,315       (30,310 )  

The estimated effect in net gain for the year ended December 31, 2013 due to a 30% increase in the U.S. dollar against the Argentine peso is a gain of 21,716 and such effect due to a 30% decrease in the U.S. dollar against the Argentine peso is a loss of a 28,391.

27.4 — Interest rate risk management

The Company’s exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to its cash and bank balances and its credit facilities. The Bridge Bank loan bears interest at rate ranging from 3.25% to 4% (depending on the amount drawn). The Company’s credit lines in Argentina bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 15.25% and 22.5% in local currency (equivalent to an interest rate around 3.75% and 5.25%). The Company does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge its risk of interest rate volatility.

F-65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 27 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  – (continued)

27.5 — Liquidity risk management

The Company’s primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under credit facilities. See note 25.1.1.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Company’s liquidity position on the basis of expected cash flow.

The table below analyses financial liabilities into relevant maturity groups based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

         
  Expected Maturity Date
     2014   2015   2016   Thereafter   Total
Borrowings     1,048       9,965       403       379       11,795  
Interest to be paid     640       344       117       56       1,157  
Finance leases     165       35                   200  
Other financial liabilities     6,023       592       2,064       84       8,763  
TOTAL     7,876       10,936       2,584       519       21,915  

27.6 — Concentration of credit risk

The Company derives revenues from clients in the U.S. (approximately 89%) and clients related from diverse industries. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company’s top five clients accounted for 25.3%, 27.8% and 39.9% of its revenues, respectively. One customer accounted for 12.7% of its revenues in 2011 and trade receivables from this client were 9.6% of total trade receivables as of December 31, 2011. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

27.7 — Fair value of financial instruments that are not measured at fair value

The carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities related to cash and bank balances, investments, trade receivables, other current and non-current receivables, trade payables, payroll and social security taxes payables, tax liabilities and other liabilities included in the consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, approximate to their fair values. Fair value of borrowings and other financial liabilities that are not measured at fair value are estimated considering the interest rate available to the Company, that do not differ from the contractual interest rate, due to their short-term maturity.

27.8 — Fair value measurements recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into a three-level fair value hierarchy as mandated by IFRS 13, as follows:

 –  Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted market prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 –  Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices).
 –  Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities.

F-66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 27 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  – (continued)

       
  As of December 31, 2013
     Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Financial assets
                                   
Mutual funds           9,634             9,634  
Call option on minority interest (see note 23)                 984       984  
Financial liabilities
                                
Put option on minority interest (see note 23)                 1,905       1,905  

       
  As of December 31, 2012
     Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Financial assets
                                   
Mutual funds           216             216  
Corporate bonds     270       103             373  
Financial liabilities
                                   
Contingent consideration                 2,179       2,179  

There were no transfers of financial assets between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period.

The Company has applied the market approach technique in order to estimate the price at which an orderly transaction to sell the asset or to transfer the liability would take place between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable (i.e., similar) assets, liabilities or a group of assets and liabilities.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company’s financial assets valued at fair value consisted of assets valued using i) unadjusted quoted prices in active markets (Level 1) and ii) other observable inputs (Level 2). Level 1 instrument valuations are obtained from observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets in active markets. As of December 31, 2012, the fair value of the corporate bonds classified as Level 2 instruments were derived from interpolation of directly observable inputs, which consist of market transactions of identical instruments near valuation date. With regards to mutual funds, their fair values were obtained from available pricing sources that reflect the value at which the investments can be realized.

27.9 Level 3

27.9.1 Contingent consideration

As explained in note 23, the acquisition of Terraforum included a contingent consideration agreement which was payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to reduction upon the occurrence of certain events relating, among other things, to the acquired company’s gross revenue and gross profit for the year ending December 31, 2013.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration related to the acquisition of Terraforum described above, considering that the gross revenue and gross profit target established by the Third payment and Forth payment, as defined in the purchase agreement, was not met. Thus, no further payment will be required. Gain arising from the change in fair value amounted to 1,703.

As of December 31, 2012, the contingent consideration amounted to 2,328. The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement was between

F-67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 27 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  – (continued)

1,260 and 3,588 as of December 31, 2012. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 2,179 as of December 31, 2012 was estimated by discounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.

A reconciliation of the contingent consideration from opening to closing balances is as follows:

 
Balance as of January 1, 2013     2,179  
Payments     (571 )  
Accrued interest     160  
Remeasurement of contingent consideration     (1,703 )  
Foreign exchange     (65 )  
Balance as of December 31, 2013      —   

27.9.2 Put and call option on minority interests

The discounted consideration of the put option over non-controlling interest of 1,906 as of December 31, 2013, was estimated by discounting six (6) times EBITDA according to the Huddle Group’s most recent audited annual financial statements by using a risk-adjusted discount rate.

The expected payment is determined by considering possible scenarios. The significant unobservable inputs used are: (i) forecasted EBITDA of the Huddle Group’s most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the put option and (ii) the risk-adjusted discount rate (6.5%).

Changing one or more of the significant unobservable inputs used in the reasonably possible alternative assumptions would have the following effects:

   
  Increase (Decrease) in
unobservable input
  Increase (Decrease)
in put option
Risk-adjusted discount rate     0.5 %       (20 )  
       (0.5 %)       20  
Expected EBITDA     5 %       130  
       (5 %)       (95 )  

The fair value of the call option on minority interest of 984, as of December 31, 2013, was estimated by using the Black & Sholes method considering the EBITDA of the Huddle Group’s most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the call option to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.

The expected payment is determined by considering possible scenarios. The significant unobservable inputs used are: (i) forecasted EBITDA of the Huddle Group’s most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the call option and (ii) risk-adjusted discount rate (0.5%).

F-68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 27 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  – (continued)

Changing one or more of the significant unobservable inputs used in the reasonably possible alternative assumptions would have the following effects:

   
  Increase (Decrease) in
unobservable input
  Increase (Decrease)
in put option
Risk-adjusted discount rate     0.25 %       (10 )  
       (0.25 %)       10  
Annual EBITDA     5 %       49  
       (5 %)       (49 )  

27.10 — Reclassification of Financial Assets

On December 31, 2012 the Company reclassified certain financial assets, originally classified as held-to-maturity that were deemed to be no longer held-to-maturity for accounting purposes. As a result of a change in intention, it is no longer appropriate to classify the financial assets as held-to-maturity and have been reclassified to AFS and remeasured at fair value. The reclassified assets comprised corporate bonds.

As of December 31, 2012, the assets had a carrying value of 373. The effective interest rates on these assets ranged from 4.5% to 9.0%.

Since the reclassification date, no movements on the assets and accrued interest resulted in changes in the carrying value as of December 31, 2013. Thus, no difference between the carrying value and its fair value needed to be recognized in other comprehensive income.

NOTE 28 — CONTINGENCIES

On February 10, 2012, Federacion Argentina de Empleados de Comercio y Servicios (“FAECYS”) filed a lawsuit against the Company’s Argentine subsidiary, Sistemas Globales S.A., in which FAECYS is demanding the application of its collective labor agreement to the employees of that subsidiary. According to FAECYS’s claim, Sistemas Globales should have withheld and transferred to FAECYS an amount of 0.5% of the gross monthly salaries of Sistemas Globales’s employees from October 2006 through October 2011.

Although the Company believes Sistemas Globales has meritorious defenses to this lawsuit, no assurance can be provided as to what the ultimate outcome of this matter will be. In the opinion of the Company’s management and its legal advisors, an adverse outcome from this claim is not probable. Consequently, no amount has been accrued at December 31, 2013. Management estimates that the amount of possible loss as of the date of issuance of these financial statements ranges between 550 and 600, including legal costs and expenses.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company is also a party in certain labor claims where the risk of loss is considered possible. The final resolution of these claims is not likely to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

NOTE 29 — CAPITAL AND RESERVES

As a result of the reorganization discussed in note 1, the Company accounted for this transaction as a merger between entities under common control; accordingly, the historical financial statements of Globant Spain for periods prior to this transaction are considered to be the historical financial statements of Globant Lux. No changes in capital structure, assets or liabilities resulted from this transaction, other than the increase in share capital which has been treated similar to a stock dividend.

F-69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 29 — CAPITAL AND RESERVES  – (continued)

29.1 Issuance of common shares

On November 28, 2013, 12,778,422 common shares were issued in respect of vested options arising from the 2012 share based compensation plan, exercised by 57 employees. Options were exercised at an average price of 0.17 per share. Additionally, the Company delivered 1,342,709 common shares, held as treasury stock until that date, in respect of vested options arising from the 2012 share based compensation plan, exercised by 8 employees. Options were exercised at an average price of 0.07 per share.

Additionally, on January 28, 2013, 4,079,421 common shares were issued in respect of vested options arising from the 2012 share-based compensation plan were exercised by 115 employees. Options were exercised at an average price of 0.15 per share, amounting to a total of 622.

In January 2013, WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à.r.l (“WPP”) subscribed 6,331,665 common shares with nominal value of 0.10 each and additional paid-in-capital of 5,815 for a total of 6,448. The Company used these proceeds to retire 20% of the existing options (see note 22.2.) and to acquire shares held by certain employees and Endeavor Catalyst Inc.

In January 18, 2012, Endeavor Global, Inc. made a capital contribution in Globant Spain in the amount of 1,559 Euros (equivalent to 2,000) and 41,000 stock options in exchange for 128,225 shares. The costs of this transaction amounted to 41.

In February 16, 2011, Riverwood Holding S. à r.l. and ITO Holdings S. à r.l. made a capital contribution in Globant Spain in the amount of 92 Euros (equivalent to 130) in exchange for 923,077 shares with per value of 0.10 Euros each and additional paid-in capital of 4.71 Euros per share (equivalent to 5,636 in total).

29.2 Repurchase of shares

In April 2013, the Company repurchased 4,079,421 shares from its employees for an amount of 4,155, recorded as a reduction in equity.

On January 10, 2012, the Company repurchased from Paldwick 195,389 shares for an amount of 1,730, recorded as a reduction in equity.

29.3 Repurchase of options

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company repurchased 2,312,114 share options from its employees and deducted them directly from additional paid in capital for an amount of 1,971. No gain or loss was recognized on the purchase of share options.

NOTE 30 — APPROPRIATION OF RETAINED EARNINGS UNDER SUBSIDIARIES’ LOCAL LAW

In accordance with Argentine and Uruguayan Law, subsidiaries of the Company must appropriate at least 5% of net income for the year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 20% of their respective capital stock amounts. As of December 31, 2013, the legal reserve amounted to 820 for all Argentine subsidiaries and as of that date was fully constituted.

As of December 31, 2013, the legal reserve amounted to 42 for the Company’s Uruguayan subsidiary and as of that date was fully constituted.

In accordance with Colombian law, the Company’s Colombian subsidiary must appropriate at least 10% of net income for the year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 50% of its respective capital stock amount. As of December 31, 2013, there was a legal reserve of 0.4 that was fully constituted.

F-70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 30 — APPROPRIATION OF RETAINED EARNINGS UNDER SUBSIDIARIES’ LOCAL LAW  – (continued)

Under Spanish law, Globant Spain must appropriate 10% of its standalone profit to a legal reserve until such reserve equals to 20% of their respective capital stock amounts. As of December 31, 2013, no reserve had been constituted.

In accordance with Brazilian Law, 5% of the net profit shall be allocated to form the Legal Reserve, which may not exceed 20% of the capital. The corporation may refrain from allocating resources to the legal reserve during any fiscal year in which the balance of such reserve, exceeds 30% of the capital. The Company’s Brazilian subsidiary did not have a legal reserve as of December 31, 2013.

Under Luxembourg law, at least 5% of our net profits per year must be allocated to the creation of a legal reserve until such reserve has reached an amount equal to 10% of our issued share capital. If the legal reserve subsequently falls below the 10% threshold, at least 5% of net profits again must be allocated toward the reserve. If the legal reserve exceeds 10% of our issued share capital, the legal reserve may be reduced. The legal reserve is not available for distribution. As of December 31, 2013, no reserve had been constituted.

NOTE 31 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated transactions occurring after December 31, 2013 in accordance to IAS 10 Events after the reporting period , through May 26, 2014, which is the date that the consolidated financial statements were made available for issuance.

31.1 Depreciation of Argentine Peso

The Argentine peso has fluctuated significantly against de U.S. dollar since December, 2013 (approximately 25%). This fluctuation will cause during the year 2014 a significant reduction in the Company’s costs and expenses generated by Company’s Argentine subsidiaries in Argentine pesos, as expressed in U.S. dollars. However, this fluctuation will not have a significant impact on the Company's revenues, as revenues are mostly in U.S. dollars. The sensitivity analysis related to the fluctuation of foreign exchange rate is detailed in note 27.3 to these consolidated financial statements.

31.2 Service agreement signed with customer

On January 31, 2014, the Company, through its subsidiary IAFH Global S.A., entered into a service agreement with a U.S.-based business process outsourcing service provider (“U.S. Telco”) for a term of 12 months beginning on January 31, 2014. In exchange of the service, U.S. Telco shall pay a fixed amount of 8,232 based on monthly payment schedule. At the same time, IAFH Global S.A. entered into an agreement with U.S. Telco’s Argentine subsidiary, by which 160 employees have been incorporated into IAFH Global S.A. and certain equipment was acquired in the amount of 164.

31.3 Software Promotion Regime regulation

During the three-month period ended March 31, 2014, the Argentine Government issued additional regulations governing the implementation of the Software Promotion Regime. On March 11, 2014, AFIP issued General Resolution No. 3597, which introduces further prerequisites for participation in the Software Promotion Regime. See note 3.7.1.1.

F-71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are
stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 32 — APPROVAL OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

These consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorized for issue on May 26, 2014.

Martín Migoya
President

F-72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (UNAUDITED)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

     
    Three months ended
     Notes   March 31, 2014   March 31, 2013
Revenues (1)              43,125       34,351  
Cost of revenues (2) (4)     7.1       (26,359 )       (22,076 )  
Gross profit              16,766       12,275  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (3) (4)     7.2       (12,941 )       (11,567 )  
Impairment of tax credits     6.1       (416 )        
Profit from operations              3,409       708  
Gain on transactions with bonds (5)     4.4       2,606       3,107  
Finance income     8       4,516       123  
Finance expense     8       (5,458 )       (862 )  
Finance expense, net           (942 )       (739 )  
Other income and expenses, net           (33 )        
Profit before income tax           5,040       3,076  
Income tax           (1,616 )       (687 )  
Profit for the period           3,424       2,389  
Other comprehensive loss net of income tax
                          
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss:
                          
 – Exchange differences on translating foreign operations           154       69  
Total comprehensive income for the period           3,578       2,458  
Profit attributable to:
                          
Owners of the Company              3,372       2,389  
Non-controlling interest           52        
Profit for the period           3,424       2,389  
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to:
                          
Owners of the Company              3,526       2,458  
Non-controlling interest           52        
Total Comprehensive income for the period           3,578       2,458  
Earnings per share
                          
Basic              0.0097       0.0070  
Diluted              0.0094       0.0069  
Weighted average of outstanding shares (in thousands)
                          
Basic              347,942       332,148  
Diluted              359,478       357,127  

(1) Includes transactions with related parties for 2,422 and 1,365 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively (see Note 19).
(2) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of 855 and 681 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(3) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of 938 and 948 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(4) Includes share-based compensation expense of 4 and 33 as cost of revenues and 4 and 49 as selling, general and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(5) Includes gain on transactions with bonds of 2,606 acquired with proceeds received by Argentine subsidiaries through capitalizations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and gains on transactions with bonds of 3,107 from proceeds received as payments from exports for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 
 
The accompanying notes 1 to 20 are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements

F-73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 

CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS OF
MARCH 31, 2014 AND DECEMBER 31, 2013 (UNAUDITED)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

     
  Notes   March 31, 2014   December 31, 2013
ASSETS
                          
Current assets
                          
Cash and cash equivalents              13,191       17,051  
Restricted cash equivalent     5.2.1       361        
Investments     4.3       11,493       9,634  
Trade receivables (1)              34,390       34,418  
Other receivables           6,776       6,346  
Total current assets           66,211       67,449  
Non-current assets
                          
Other receivables              6,087       5,987  
Deferred tax assets              3,406       3,117  
Investment in associates     9       450        
Other financial assets     10       984       1,284  
Property and equipment     11       15,952       14,723  
Intangible assets     12       5,786       6,141  
Goodwill           13,128       13,046  
Total non-current assets           45,793       44,298  
TOTAL ASSETS           112,004       111,747  
LIABILITIES
                          
Current liabilities
                          
Trade payables              4,499       8,016  
Payroll and social security taxes payable              17,994       17,823  
Borrowings     14       815       1,048  
Other financial liabilities              6,090       6,023  
Tax liabilities              5,885       5,190  
Other liabilities           210       24  
Total current liabilities           35,493       38,124  
Non-current liabilities
                          
Borrowings     14       10,373       10,747  
Other financial liabilities              2,300       2,740  
Other liabilities              112        
Provisions for contingencies           275       271  
Total non-current liabilities           13,060       13,758  
TOTAL LIABILITIES           48,553       51,882  
Capital and reserves
                          
Issued and paid-in capital              34,794       34,794  
Additional paid-in capital              12,476       12,468  
Foreign currency translation reserve              (124 )       (278 )  
Retained earnings           15,761       12,389  
Total equity attributable to owners of the Company              62,907       59,373  
Non-controlling interests           544       492  
Total equity           63,451       59,865  
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES           112,004       111,747  

(1) Includes balances due from related parties of 1,615 and 1,454 as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively (Note 19).

 
 
The accompanying notes 1 to 20 are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements

F-74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013 (UNAUDITED)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars except number of shares issued)

               
               
  Number of Shares Issued (1)   Issued and paid-in capital   Additional paid-in capital   Retained earnings (losses)   Foreign currency translation reserve   Attributable to owners of the Parent   Non- controlling interests   Total
Balance at December 31, 2012     327,488,970       32,749       11,709       (1,511 )       (9 )       42,938             42,938  
Contributions by owners (see note 13.1)     6,331,665       633       5,815                   6,448             6,448  
Issuance of shares under shared-based compensation plan
(see note 13.1)
    4,079,421       408       214                   622             622  
Repurchase of options (see note 13.2)                 (1,433 )                   (1,433 )             (1,433 )  
Shared-based compensation plan                 82                   82             82  
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax                             69       69             69  
Profit for the period                       2,389             2,389             2,389  
Balance at March 31, 2013     337,900,056       33,790       16,387       878       60       51,115             51,115  
Balance at December 31, 2013     347,941,766       34,794       12,468       12,389       (278 )       59,373       492       59,865  
Shared-based compensation plan                 8                   8             8  
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax                             154       154             154  
Profit for the period                       3,372             3,372       52       3,424  
Balance at March 31, 2014     347,941,766       34,794       12,476       15,761       (124 )       62,907       544       63,451  

(1) All shares are issued, authorized and fully paid. Each share is issued at a nominal value of $0.10 and is entitled to one vote.

 
 
The accompanying notes 1 to 20 are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements

F-75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013 (UNAUDITED)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

   
  Three months ended
     March 31, 2014   March 31, 2013
Cash flows from operating activities
                 
Profit for the period     3,424       2,389  
Adjustments to reconcile profit for the period to net cash flows from operating activities:
                 
Shared-based compensation expense     8       82  
Income tax     1,616       687  
Depreciation of property and equipment     1,114       1,238  
Amortization of intangible assets     679       391  
Allowance for doubtful accounts     199       86  
Allowance for claims and lawsuits     10        
Accrued interest     366       222  
Gain on transactions with bonds     (2,606 )       (3,107 )  
Net gain arising on financial assets classified as held-for-trading     (658 )        
Allowance for impairment of tax credits     416        
Exchange differences     1,837       115  
Changes in working capital:
                 
Net increase in trade receivables     (127 )       (1,994 )  
Net increase in other receivables     (946 )       (727 )  
Net increase in trade payables     250       437  
Net increase (decrease) in payroll and social security taxes payable     169       (62 )  
Net increase (decrease) in tax liabilities     618       (330 )  
Net increase in other financial liabilities     22        
Net (decrease) increase in other liabilities     (128 )       257  
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities     6,263       (316 )  
Income tax paid     (1,530 )       (350 )  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     4,733       (666 )  
Cash flows from investing activities
                 
Acquisition of property and equipment (1)     (5,809 )       (244 )  
Acquisition of intangible assets (2)     (216 )       (514 )  
Acquisition of short term investments     (16,190 )        
Proceeds from sales of short term investments     13,071        
Acquisition of bonds     (6,990 )       (5,073 )  
Proceeds from sale of bonds     9,596       3,373  
Proceeds from sale of financial instruments           705  
Seller financing     (366 )       (811 )  
Net cash used in investing activities     (6,904 )       (2,564 )  

 
 
The accompanying notes 1 to 20 are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements

F-76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
 
CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013 (UNAUDITED) – (Continued)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

   
  Three months ended
     March 31, 2014   March 31, 2013
Cash flows from financing activities
                 
Capital contributions by owners           6,448  
Proceeds from the issuance of shares under the shared-based compensation plan           622  
Repurchase of options           (1,433 )  
Repayment of borrowings     (99 )       (353 )  
Payment of offering costs     (346 )       (342 )  
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (445 )       4,942  
Interest paid     (138 )       (167 )  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (583 )       4,775  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     (1,106 )       (241 )  
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (3,860 )       1,304  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     17,051       7,685  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period     13,191       8,989  

(1) For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 included 64 and 33 of acquisition of property and equipment financed with trade payables, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2014 the Company paid 3,533 related to a building acquired in 2013.
(2) For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 included 47 and 45 of acquisition of intangible assets financed with trade payables, respectively.

 
 
The accompanying notes 1 to 20 are an integral part of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements

F-77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 1 — COMPANY OVERVIEW

Globant S.A. is a company organized in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, primarily engaged in the designing and engineering of software development through its subsidiaries (hereinafter the “Company” or “Globant Lux” or “Globant Group”). The Company specializes in providing services such as application development, testing, infrastructure management, application maintenance and outsourcing, among others.

The Company’s principal operating subsidiaries and countries of incorporation as of March 31, 2014 were the following: Sistemas UK Limited in the United Kingdom, Globant LLC and Huddle Group Corp. in the United States of America (the “U.S.”), Sistemas Globales S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Huddle Group S.A. in Argentina, Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. in Colombia, Global Systems Outs S.R.L. de C.V. in Mexico, Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. in Uruguay, TerraForum Consultoria Ltda. in Brazil and Sistemas Globales Chile Ases. Ltda. and Huddle Group S.A. in Chile.

The Globant Group provides services from development and delivery centers located in the U.S. (San Francisco and Washington), Argentina (Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucuman, Córdoba, Chaco, Bahia Blanca, Mendoza and La Plata), Uruguay (Montevideo), Colombia (Bogota and Medellin) and Brazil (São Paulo) and it also has client management centers in the U.S. (San Francisco and Boston) and the United Kingdom (London). The Company also has centers of software engineering talent and educational excellence, primarily across Latin America.

Substantially all revenues are generated in the U.S. and United Kingdom, through subsidiaries located in those countries. Substantially all the Company’s workforce is located in Argentina. The Argentine subsidiaries bill the use of such workforce to those U.S. and United Kingdom subsidiaries.

The Company’s address is 5 rue Guillaume Kroll, L-1882, Luxembourg.

NOTE 2 — BASIS OF PREPARATION

The accompanying condensed interim consolidated statement of financial position as of March 31, 2014, the condensed interim consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and the condensed interim consolidated statements of changes in equity for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and the explanatory notes to the condensed interim consolidated financial statements are unaudited and are prepared for interim financial information. These condensed interim consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard (“IAS”) 34, Interim Financial Reporting.

Consequently, all of the disclosures required in accordance with IFRS for annual financial statements are not included herein, hence, these unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. In the opinion of management, these unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments, which are necessary for a fair representation of financial results for the interim periods presented.

The financial information as of December 31, 2013 presented in these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The results of operations for three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full years. The Company believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading.

These condensed consolidated interim financial statements were approved for issue by the Board of Directors on May 26, 2014.

F-78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 3 — BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

These condensed interim consolidated financial statements include the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. The basis of consolidation and subsidiaries included are the same as for the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

NOTE 4 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Except as described below, these condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared using the same accounting policies as used in the preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013.

4.1 — Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards

Adoption of new and revised standards

The Company has adopted all of the new and revised standards and interpretations issued by the IASB that are relevant to its operations and that are mandatorily effective at March 31, 2014.

New accounting pronouncements

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, there were no new accounting pronouncements. The new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet mandatorily effective are described in Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013.

The Company has adopted, when applicable, the following new and revised IFRSs as from January 1, 2014:

 
Amendments to IAS 32   Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27   Investment Entities
Amendments to IAS 39   Provide Relief for Novation of Derivatives
IFRIC 21   Levies
Amendments to IAS 36   Disclosure of recoverable value
The amendments to IAS 32 clarify existing application issues relating to the offset of financial assets and financial liabilities requirements. Specifically, the amendments clarify the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off” and “simultaneous realisation and settlement”. The amendments did not have effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In May 2013, the IFRS Interpretations Committee issued Interpretation 21, which clarifies when a reporting entity should recognize a liability related to a levy (other than for income taxes) assessed by a governmental entity. Interpretation 21 explains that “the obligating event that gives rise to a liability to pay a levy is the activity that triggers the payment of the levy, as identified by the legislation.” IFRIC 21 did not have significant impact on amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements.
In May 2013, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 36 to clarify the scope of some of the standard’s disclosure requirements. The amendments reduce the circumstances in which entities must disclose the recoverable amount of assets or cash-generating units and explicitly require entities to disclose the discount rate used to determine impairment (or reversals) when a present value technique is used to calculate the recoverable amount (based on fair value less disposal costs). IAS 36 did not have impact on amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements.

F-79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 4 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

In June 2013, the IASB released limited-scope amendments to IAS 39 that allow reporting entities to maintain hedge accounting when “a derivative, which has been designated as a hedging instrument, is novated to effect clearing with a central counterparty (“CCP”) as a result of laws or regulation, if specific conditions are met”. The amendments were issued to address reporting entities’ concerns about the effect of proposed and recently enacted regulations (e.g., the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) that require central clearing of certain over-the-counter derivatives in existing hedge relationships. To benefit from the amendments to IAS 39, an entity must meet all of the following criteria:
1. Novation to a CCP must occur as a result of laws or regulations or the introduction of laws or regulations.
2. After the novation, the CCP would become the new counterparty to each of the original parties to the derivative.
3. Any changes to the hedging instrument would be limited to those necessary to effect such a replacement of the counterparty.

IAS 39 did not have impact on amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements.

The amendments to IFRS 10 define an investment entity and require a reporting entity that meet the definition of an investment entity not to consolidate its subsidiaries but instead of measure its subsidiaries at fair value through profit or loss in its consolidated and separate financial statements.

To qualify as an investment entity, a reporting entity is required to:

 —  Obtain funds from one or more investors for the purpose of providing them with professional investment management services.
 —  Commit to its investor(s) that its business purpose is to invest funds solely for returns from capital appreciation, investment income, or both.
 —  Measure and evaluate performance of substantially all of its investments on a fair value basis.

Consequential amendments have been made to IFRS 12 and IAS 27 to introduce new disclosure requirements for investment entities.

The amendment to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 did not have impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

4.2 — Derivative financial instruments

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts. Further details are disclosed in note 5.2. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the derivative contracts are entered into and are subsequently remeasured to fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss.

4.3 — Investments

   
  March 31, 2014   December 31, 2013
Mutual funds (1)     11,493       9,634  
TOTAL     11,493       9,634  

(1) Held for trading investment. See note 5.2.

F-80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 4 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

A financial asset is classified as held for trading if:

1) it is acquired principally for the purpose of sale in the near term;
2) on initial recognition it is part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or
3) it is a derivative (except for a derivative that is a designated and effective hedging instrument).

Held for trading financial assets are measured at Fair Value through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”).

4.4 — Gain on transactions with bonds

4.4.1 — Proceeds received by Argentine subsidiaries as payment for exports .

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the U.S. subsidiary of the Company paid for certain services rendered by the Argentine subsidiaries of the Company through the delivery of Argentine sovereign bonds (denominated in U.S. dollars) hereinafter “BODEN”, acquired in the U.S. market (in U.S. dollars). The BODEN trade both in the U.S. and Argentine markets. The Company considered the Argentine market to be the principal market for the BODEN.

After receiving the BODEN and after holding them for a period of, on average, 10 to 30 days, the Argentine subsidiaries, sold those BODEN in the Argentine market. The fair value of the BODEN in the Argentine market (in Argentine pesos) during the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 was higher than its quoted price in the U.S. market (in U.S. dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina, which is the rate used to convert these transactions in foreign currency into the Company’s functional currency; thus, generating a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the bonds in Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

The Company has designated the BODEN at FVTPL, and it has concluded that the BODEN fall into the category of held for trading considering that they are acquired with the sole purpose of being sold in the short-term (i.e. on average, more than 10 days and less than 30 days).

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company recorded a gain amounting to 3,107, due to the above-mentioned transactions that were disclosed under the caption “Gain on transactions with bonds” in the condensed interim consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company did not engage in the above described transaction.

4.4.2 — Proceeds received by Argentine subsidiaries through capital contributions

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Argentine subsidiaries of the Company, through cash received from capital contributions, acquired Argentine sovereign bonds, including BODEN and Bonos Argentinos (“BONAR”), in the U.S. market denominated in U.S. dollars. These bonds trade both in the U.S. and Argentine markets. The Company considers the Argentine market to be the principal market for these bonds.

After receiving these bonds and after holding them for a certain period of time, the Argentine subsidiaries sell these bonds in the Argentine market. The fair value of these bonds in the Argentine market (in Argentine pesos) during the three-month period ended March 31, 2014 was higher than its quoted price in the U.S. market (in U.S. dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina, which is the rate used to convert these transactions in foreign currency into the Company’s functional currency; thus, generating a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the bonds in Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

F-81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 4 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company recorded a gain amounting to 2,606, due to the above-mentioned transactions that were disclosed under the caption “Gain on transactions with bonds” in the condensed interim consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

NOTE 5 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

The Company is exposed to a variety of risks: market risk, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and interest rates and liquidity risk.

These unaudited condensed interim financial statements do not include all financial risk management information and disclosures required in the annual audited financial statements; they should be read in conjunction with the Company’s annual audited financial statements as at December 31, 2013. There have been no changes in the risk management department or in any risk management policies since the year end.

5.1 — Financial instruments that are not measured at fair value

The carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities related to cash and bank balances, investments, trade receivables, other current and non-current receivables, trade payables, payroll and social security taxes payables, tax liabilities and other liabilities included in the condensed interim consolidated statement of financial position as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, approximate to their fair values. Other financial liabilities, including borrowings, are subsequently measured at amortized cost considering the interest rate, due to their short-term maturity.

5.2 — Fair value measurements recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into a three-level fair value hierarchy as mandated by IFRS 13, as follows:

 —  Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted market prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 —  Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices).
 —  Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities.

       
  As of March 31, 2014
     Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Financial assets
                                   
Mutual funds           11,493             11,493  
Call option on minority interest                       984       984  
Financial liabilities
                                   
Foreign exchange forward contracts                 22       22  
Put option on minority interest                 1,937       1,937  

F-82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 5 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY  – (continued)

       
  As of December 31, 2013
     Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Financial assets
                                   
Mutual funds           9,634             9,634  
Call option on minority interest                 984       984  
Financial liabilities
                                   
Put option on minority interest                 1,905       1,905  

There were no transfers of financial assets between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 during the period.

The Company has applied the market approach technique in order to estimate the price at which an orderly transaction to sell the asset or to transfer the liability would take place between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable (i.e., similar) assets, liabilities or a group of assets and liabilities.

5.3 — Level 3

5.3.1 — Put and call option on minority interests

The discounted consideration of the put option over non-controlling interest of 1,937 and 1,905 as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively was estimated by discounting six (6) times EBITDA according to the Huddle Group’s most recent audited annual financial statements by using a risk-adjusted discount rate.

The expected payment is determined by considering the possible scenarios. The significant unobservable inputs used are: (i) forecasted EBITDA of the Huddle Group’s most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the put option, and (ii) risk-adjusted discount rate (6.5%).

Changing one or more of the significant unobservable inputs used in the reasonably possible alternative assumptions would have the following effects:

   
  Increase (Decrease)
in unobservable input
  Increase (Decrease)
in put option
Risk-adjusted discount rate     0.5 %       (18 )  
       (0.5 %)       18  
Expected EBITDA     5 %       132  
       (5 %)       (97 )  

The fair value of the call option on minority interest of 984 as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, was estimated by using the Black & Sholes method considering the EBITDA of the Huddle Group’s most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the call option to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.

The expected payment is determined by considering the possible scenarios. The significant unobservable inputs used are: (i) forecasted EBITDA of the Huddle Group’s most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the call option, and (ii) risk-adjusted discount rate (0.5%).

F-83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 5 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY  – (continued)

Changing one or more of the significant unobservable inputs used in the reasonably possible alternative assumptions would have the following effects:

   
  Increase (Decrease)
in unobservable input
  Increase (Decrease)
in put option
Risk-adjusted discount rate     0.25 %       (10 )  
       (0.25 %)       10  
Annual EBITDA     5 %       49  
       (5 %)       (49 )  

5.3.2 — Foreign exchange forward contracts

     
  Foreign currency rate from contracts   Notional foreign currency rate   Fair value
assets/(liabilities)
Less than 3 months     8.58       8.52       (7 )  
3 to 6 months     8.78       8.72       (15 )  
Fair value as of March 31, 2014                 (22 )  

As of March 31, 2014, the Argentinian subsidiary, Sistemas Globales S.A. has entered into foreign exchange forward contracts with Capital Markets S.A. in U.S. dollars at a specified price, with settlement in June and July 2014. Sistemas Globales S.A. uses these foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce the risk of exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency. As of March 31, 2014, the foreign exchange forward contracts were recognized, according to IAS 39, as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, for an amount of 22. Pursuant to these contracts, the Company is required to maintain collateral in an amount equal to a percentage of the notional amounts purchased until settlement of the contracts. As of March 31, 2014, Globant S.A. held 361 in time deposits, restricted as to withdrawal.

The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing models. The models incorporate various inputs including: foreign exchange spot, interest rates curves of the respective currencies and the term of the contract.

Changing one or more of the significant unobservable inputs used in the reasonably possible alternative assumptions would have the following effects:

   
     Increase (Decrease)
in unobservable input
  Increase (Decrease)
in foreign exchange forward contracts
Foreign exchange spot     20 %       689  
    (20 %)       (827 )  

F-84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 6 — INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense is recognized based on management’s best estimate of the weighted average annual income tax rate expected for the full financial year. The effective tax rate calculated for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was 32% and 22%, respectively. The increase experienced by the effective tax rate for the Company during the three months ended March 31, 2014 is mainly explained by devaluation of the Argentine peso in an average of 22%. The devaluation of Argentine peso has caused a double effect:

1) the profit before income tax of Argentine subsidiaries’ in local currency includes a taxable foreign exchange gain from the devaluation of Argentine pesos, driven by accounts receivable expressed in U.S. dollars, increasing the current income tax for the period by 500; and
2) the profit before income tax on a consolidated level, expressed in U.S. dollars includes a foreign exchange loss derived from the convertion of tax credits in Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars, decreasing the profit before income tax by 1,200.

6.1 — Argentina’s Software Promotion Regime

From a taxable income perspective, the Argentine subsidiaries represent the Company’s most significant operations. Argentine companies are subject to a 35% corporate income tax rate. In January 2006, Huddle Group S.A. (“Huddle Argentina”) and, in May 2008, IAFH Global S.A., Sistemas Globales S.A. were notified by the Argentine Government through the Ministry of Economy and Public Finance that they had been included within the promotional regime for the software industry established under Law No. 25,922, as amended by Law No. 26,692 (the “Software Promotion Regime”).

The two principal benefits arising from Law No. 25,922 were:

a) The reduction of 60% of the income tax calculated for each year. This benefit could be applied for fiscal years ending after the notification to such subsidiaries of their inclusion in the Software Promotion Regime.
b) A tax credit of up to 70% of the social security taxes paid by such subsidiaries, under Argentine Law Nos. 19,032, 24,013 and 24,241. This credit can be used to cancel Argentine federal taxes originated from the software industry. The principal Argentine federal tax that could be cancelled with this credit was value-added-tax (“VAT”). Income tax was explicitly excluded from this benefit.

In 2011, the Argentine Congress passed Law No. 26,692, which maintains all benefits from Law No. 25,922 and includes additional benefits (subject to the issuance of implementing regulations). The principal characteristics of the Law No. 26,692 are the following:

a) The new law extends fiscal benefits contemplated by the Software Promotion Regime until December 31, 2019, providing certainty regarding these tax credits for the Argentine software industry.
b) The new law maintains the reduced income tax rate (14%, instead of the otherwise applicable income tax rate of 35%) and the tax credit equivalent of up to 70% of social security taxes, but only with respect to the portion of the business related to the promoted activities.
c) Tax credits arising from the Software Promotion Regime can still be applied against VAT and other Argentine federal taxes. Additionally, the new law allows such tax credits to be applied to cancel income taxes, up to a percentage not greater than the ratio of the taxpayer’s export revenues to its total sales.

On September 16, 2013, the Argentine Government published Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, which governs the implementation of the Software Promotional Regime (“Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013”).

F-85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 6 — INCOME TAXES  – (continued)

Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 introduced the specific requirements needed to obtain the fiscal benefits contemplated under the Software Promotion Regime. Those requirements include, among others, minimum annual revenue, minimum percentage of employees involved in the promoted activities, minimum aggregate amount spent in salaries paid to employees involved in the promoted activities, minimum research and development expenses and the filing of evidence of software-related services exports.

Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 further provides that:

 —  from September 17, 2014 through December 31, 2019, only those companies that are accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers ( Registro Nacional de Productores de Software y Servicios Informaticos ) maintained by the Secretary of Industry ( Secretaria de Industria del Ministerio de Industria ) will be entitled to participate in the benefits of the Software Promotion Regime;
 —  applications for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers must be made to the Secretary of Industry within 90 days after the publication in the Official Gazette ( Boletín Oficial ) of the relevant registration form (which period expires on July 8, 2014);
 —  the 60% reduction in corporate income tax provided under the Software Promotion Regime shall only become effective as of the beginning of the fiscal year after the date on which the applicant is accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers; and
 —  upon the Secretary of Industry’s formal approval of an applicant’s registration in the National Registry of Software Producers, any promotional benefits previously granted to such person under the Software Promotion Regime shall be extinguished.

In addition, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 delegates authority to the Secretary of Industry and the Federal Administration of Public Revenue ( Administración Federal de Ingresos Publicos , or AFIP) to adopt “complementary and clarifying” regulations in furtherance of the implementation of the Software Promotion Regime.

The Company’s Argentine subsidiaries intend to submit their applications for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers prior to July 8, 2014 and expect to become registered before December 31, 2014.

The Company is evaluating whether it has legal recourse to challenge the provision of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 that would extinguish any promotional benefits previously granted to its Argentine subsidiaries under the Software Promotion Regime upon the Secretary of Industry’s formal approval of their application for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers under the Software Promotion Regime. The Company has not yet made a determination whether to bring such challenge or assessed its likelihood of success. Based on its interpretation of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, management believes that there is a substantial doubt as to the recoverability of the tax credit generated by its Argentine subsidiaries under the Software Promotion Regime through December 31, 2013. Accordingly, on December 31, 2013 the Company recorded a valuation allowance of 9,579 to reduce the carrying value of such tax credit to its estimated net realizable value. Additionally, as noted above, under Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, further implementing regulations may be adopted by the Secretary of Industry and/or AFIP, necessitating regular review and assessment by management of its estimation process, which could result in recoverability of the tax credit that differs from its initial estimate.

Based on its interpretation of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, the Company also understands that its Argentine subsidiaries will lose the benefit of the 60% reduction in corporate income tax during the period

F-86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 6 — INCOME TAXES  – (continued)

from September 17, 2014 through December 31, 2014 (assuming that those subsidiaries become registered in the National Registry of Software Producers before December 31, 2014).

Subsequent to year-end, on March 11, 2014, AFIP adopted General Resolution No. 3,597 (“General Resolution No. 3,597”). This measure provides that, as a further prerequisite to participation in the Software Promotion Regime, a company that exports software and related services must register in a newly established Special Registry of Exporters of Services ( Registro Especial de Exportadores de Servicios ). In addition, General Resolution No. 3,597 states that any tax credits generated under Law No. 25,922 by a participant in the Software Promotion Regime will only be valid until September 17, 2014. Based on its interpretation of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, as supplemented by General Resolution No. 3,597, management believes that any tax credit generated by the Company’s Argentine subsidiaries under the Software Promotion Regime that has not previously been utilized to cancel their federal taxes shall expire upon the earlier of the effective date of their registration in the National Registry of Software Producers and September 17, 2014.

NOTE 7 — COST OF REVENUES AND SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE

7.1 — Cost of revenues

   
  Three months ended
     March 31, 2014   March 31, 2013
Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes     (23,809 )       (20,711 )  
Share-based compensation expense     (4 )       (33 )  
Depreciation and amortization expense     (855 )       (681 )  
Travel and housing     (1,338 )       (352 )  
Office expenses     (173 )       (163 )  
Professional services     (130 )       (63 )  
Recruiting, training and other employee expenses     (33 )       (54 )  
Taxes     (17 )       (19 )  
TOTAL     (26,359 )       (22,076 )  

7.2 — Selling, general and administrative expenses

   
  Three months ended
     March 31, 2014   March 31, 2013
Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes     (4,856 )       (3,996 )  
Share-based compensation expense     (4 )       (49 )  
Rental expenses     (1,950 )       (2,153 )  
Office expenses     (1,572 )       (1,830 )  
Professional services     (1,349 )       (1,232 )  
Travel and housing     (686 )       (303 )  
Taxes     (1,098 )       (727 )  
Depreciation and amortization expense     (938 )       (948 )  
Promotional and marketing expenses     (289 )       (243 )  
Charge to allowance for doubtful accounts     (199 )       (86 )  
TOTAL     (12,941 )       (11,567 )  

F-87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 8 — FINANCE INCOME/EXPENSE

   
  March 31, 2014   March 31, 2013
Finance income
                 
Interest gain           5  
Gain arising on held-for-trading assets     658       118  
Foreign exchange gain     3,858        
Subtotal     4,516       123  
Finance expense
                 
Interest expense on borrowings     (144 )       (272 )  
Foreign exchange loss     (5,027 )       (334 )  
Other interest     (184 )       (170 )  
Other     (103 )       (86 )  
Subtotal     (5,458 )       (862 )  
TOTAL     (942 )       (739 )  

NOTE 9 — INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES

On August 1, 2013, the Company signed an agreement with Dynaflows S.A., a company organized under Argentinean laws and dedicated to provide tailored mobile applications and cloud technology, and its shareholders, through which Dynaflows S.A. agreed to increase its capital by issuing shares which will be subscribed by the Company in three steps, as follows: 1) In the first stage, due in August 2013, Dynaflows S.A. issued 4,920 shares, from which the Company subscribed 1,776 shares that represent 9.9% of total shares issued by Dynaflows, for an amount of 150; 2) In the second stage, due in November 2013, Dynaflows S.A. issued 2,731 shares, from which the Company subscribed 1,775 shares for an amount of 150, thus increasing its participation in Dynaflows S.A. to 17.2% of total shares issued by Dynaflows, and 3) in the third stage, due in March 2014, Dynaflows S.A. issued 2,733 shares, from which the Company subscribed 1,776 shares for an amount of 150, thus increasing its participation in Dynaflows S.A. to 22.7%. As of March 31, 2014, the Company subscribed 22.7% of total shares issued from Dynaflows S.A. for an amount of 450, valued at cost of acquisition. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the liability related to the acquisition of Dynaflows S.A. amounted to 150 and 198, respectively, included in “other financial liabilities”. As of December 31, 2013, the Company valuated this investment at cost and classified it as “Other financial asset”. As of March 31, 2014, the Company has a 22.7% of participation in Dynaflows S.A. and valuated this investment at equity method considering that the Company has significant influence over the operating and governance decisions of Dynaflows S.A. As a result of a change in participation, it is no longer appropriate to classify the investment as “Other financial assets” and has been reclassified to “Investment in associate”.

As of March 31, 2014, the total amount of assets and liabilities of Dynaflows SA amounted to 112 and 148, respectively. For the period ended March 31, 2014, total revenues amounted to 23 and the total loss amounted to 40.

F-88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 10 — OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS

10.1 — Call option over non-controlling interest in subsidiary

On October 11, 2013, the Company was granted a call option to acquire the 13.75% of the remaining interest in Huddle UK, which can be exercised on April 1, 2016. At the same moment, the Company has also agreed on a put option with the non-controlling shareholder which gives him the right to sell its remaining 13.75% interest also on April 1, 2016. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company accounted for the call option at its fair value of 984 in a similar way to a call option over an entity’s own equity shares and the initial fair value of the option was recognized in equity. For further explanation see note 23 of consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013.

NOTE 11 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

   
  As of
     March 31, 2014   December 31, 2013
Furniture and office supplies     2,248       2,097  
Computer equipment and software     7,863       7,580  
Office fixtures     12,345       12,042  
Buildings     2,672        
Work in progress     5,927       6,696  
Subtotal     31,055       28,415  
Less accumulated depreciation     (15,084 )       (13,681 )  
Less foreign currency translation     (19 )       (11 )  
TOTAL     15,952       14,723  

Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014 amounted to 1,114. The additions for the three months ended March 31, 2014 amounted to 2,640. The main acquisition is related to a building in Tucuman.

F-89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 12 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS

   
  As of
     March 31, 2014   December 31, 2013
Licenses     5,474       5,205  
Trademark and customer relations     4,888       4,888  
Non-compete agreement     586       586  
Subtotal     10,948       10,679  
Less accumulated depreciation     (4,992 )       (4,313 )  
Less foreign currency translation     (170 )       (225 )  
TOTAL     5,786       6,141  

Amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014 amounted to 679. The additions for the three months ended March 31, 2014 amounted to 269.

NOTE 13 — CAPITAL AND RESERVES

13.1 — Issuance of common shares

On January 28, 2013, 4,079,421 common shares were issued after vested options arising from the 2012 share-based compensation plan were exercised by 115 employees. Options were exercised at an average price of 0.15 per share amounting to a total of 622.

On January 2013, WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à.r.l (“WPP”) subscribed 6,331,665 common shares with nominal value of 0.10 each and additional paid-in-capital of 5,815 for a total of 6,448. The Company used these proceeds to retire 20% of the existing options and to acquire shares held by certain employees and Endeavor Catalyst Inc.

13.2 — Reduction of additional paid-in capital

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company repurchased 1,659,891 share options and deducted directly from additional paid in capital for an amount of 1,433. No gain or loss was recognized on the purchase of share options.

NOTE 14 — BORROWINGS

   
  As of
     March 31, 2014   December 31, 2013
Current     815       1,048  
Non-current     10,373       10,747  
TOTAL     11,188       11,795  

F-90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 14 — BORROWINGS  – (continued)

Movements in borrowings are analyzed as follows:

   
  Three months ended
     March 31, 2014   March 31, 2013
Balance at the beginning of year     11,795       11,782  
Payment of borrowings     (234 )       (353 )  
Accrued interest     178       55  
Foreign exchange     (551 )       (126 )  
TOTAL     11,188       11,358  

NOTE 15 — SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION — EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

15.1 — Movements in share options during the period

The following reconciles the share options outstanding at the end of the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013:

       
  March 31, 2014   March 31, 2013
     Number of options   Weighted average exercise price   Number of options   Weighted average exercise price
Balance at the beginning of year     17,910,246       0.24       38,170,879       0.24  
Options granted during the period     131,009       1.10             1.10  
Forfeited during the period     (887,706 )       0.45       (382,443 )       0.45  
Exercised during the period           0.00       (4,079,421 )       0.15  
Repurchase during the period           0.00       (1,659,891 )       0.15  
Balance at end of period     17,153,549       0.34       32,049,124       0.27  

NOTE 16 — CONTINGENCIES

As of the date of issuance of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements, no significant changes have occurred with respect to the contingencies included in note 28 to the consolidated financial statements for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013.

NOTE 17 — SEGMENT INFORMATION

Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) in deciding on how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is considered to be the Company’s chief executive officer (“CEO”). The CEO reviews financial information presented on an entity level basis for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance. Therefore, as of March 31, 2014, the Company has determined that it operates in a single operating and reportable segment.

The Company provides services related to application development, testing, infrastructure management and application maintenance.

F-91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 17 — SEGMENT INFORMATION  – (continued)

The following table summarizes revenues by geography:

   
  Three months ended
     March 31, 2014   March 31, 2013
North America
                 
United States of America     33,648       27,915  
Canada     807       167  
Subtotal North America     34,455       28,082  
Europe
                 
Spain     756       269  
Ireland     180       290  
United Kingdom     1,801       1,571  
Others     330       38  
Subtotal Europe     3,067       2,168  
Latin America and others
                 
Argentina     978       1,661  
Brazil     746       1,198  
Colombia     993       832  
Uruguay     1,307       134  
Others     1,577       276  
Subtotal Latin America and others     5,603       4,101  
TOTAL     43,125       34,351  

The revenues by geography were determined based on the country where the sale took place. There are no revenues generated in the country of the Company’s domicile, Luxembourg, for any of the periods presented.

The following table summarizes non-current assets other than deferred taxes as stated in IFRS 8, paragraph 33.b, by jurisdiction:

   
  March 31, 2014   December 31, 2013
Argentina     27,517       26,980  
Spain     478       509  
United States of America     719       879  
Brazil     3,847       3,814  
Uruguay     1,666       1,849  
Luxembourg     7,287       6,383  
Other countries     873       767  
TOTAL     42,387       41,181  

F-92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 18 — SEASONALITY OF OPERATIONS

Due to seasonal nature of the geographic segments, higher revenues and operating profits are usually expected in the second half of the year than in the first six months. In the financial year ended December 31, 2013, 45% of revenues accumulated in the first half of the year, with 55% accumulating in the second half.

NOTE 19 — RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS

19.1 — Other related parties

The Company provides software and consultancy services to certain WPP subsidiaries. Outstanding trade account balances as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are as follows:

   
  March 31, 2014   December 31, 2013
Grey     75       87  
Group M     268       345  
Kantar Media     54       59  
Kantar Operations     163       164  
TNS     312       178  
Young & Rubicam     76       55  
Rockfish     79       56  
Digitarias           41  
JWT     68       241  
VML     17        
Burson Marsteller     14        
Geometry Global     56        
Mindshare     57        
Ogilvy     48        
Kantar World Panel     328       228  
Total     1,615       1,454  

F-93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOBANT S.A.
  
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currency)

NOTE 19 — RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized revenues, as follows:

   
  March 31, 2014   March 31, 2013
Burson Marsteller     9        
Fbiz Comunicação Ltda.     33        
Geometry Global     56        
Grey Global Group Inc.     239       127  
GROUPM WORLDWIDE INC     434       371  
J. Walter Thompson Company     11        
JWT     221       226  
Kantar Media     84       60  
Kantar Group     82       50  
Kantar World Panel     462       293  
Kantar Operations     56       37  
Mindshare     62        
Ogilvy & Mather Brasil Comuni     74        
Rockfish Interactive Corporation     119        
TNS     323       124  
VML     31        
Wunderman Cato Johnson S.A     7        
Young & Rubicam     119       77  
Total     2,422       1,365  

NOTE 20 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated transactions occurring after March 31, 2014 in accordance with IAS 10, Events after the reporting period, through May 26, 2014, which in the date that these condensed interim consolidated financial statements were made available for issuance. No significant event has occurred after March 31, 2014 up to the date of issuance of these condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

F-94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

    

 

COMMON SHARES
  
  
  
  
  

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

  
  
  
  
  

                               COMMON SHARES

  
  
  
  
  
  



 

PROSPECTUS



 

  
  
  
  

   
J.P. Morgan   Citigroup   Credit Suisse


 

   
William Blair        Cowen and Company

LOYAL3 Securities
  

                        , 2014
  
  
  

Until       , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our directors are not held personally liable for the indebtedness or other obligations of Globant S.A. As agents of Globant S.A., they are responsible for the performance of their duties. Subject to the exceptions and limitations set forth below and mandatory provisions of law, every person who is, or has been, a director or officer of Globant S.A. will be indemnified by Globant S.A. to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him or her in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding which he or she becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his or her being or having been such a director or officer and against amounts paid or incurred by him or her in the settlement thereof. The words “claim,” “action,” “suit” or “proceeding” refer to all claims, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal or otherwise including appeals) actual or threatened and the words “liability” and “expenses” include without limitation attorneys’ fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in settlement and other liabilities.

No indemnification, however, will be provided to any director or officer: (i) against any liability to Globant S.A. or its shareholders by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office; (ii) with respect to any matter as to which he or she shall have been finally adjudicated to have acted in bad faith and not in the interest of Globant S.A.; or (iii) in the event of a settlement, unless the settlement has been approved by a court of competent jurisdiction or by our board of directors.

The rights of indemnification described above are severable, do not affect any other rights to which any director or officer may otherwise be entitled, continue as to a person who has ceased to be such director or officer and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Nothing contained in Globant S.A.’s Articles of Association affect any rights to indemnification to which corporate personnel, including directors and officers, may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law.

Expenses in connection with the preparation and representation of a defense of any claim, action, suit or proceeding of the character described above will be advanced by Globant S.A. prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of any undertaking by or on behalf of the officer or director, who must repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification.

The registrant maintains an insurance policy that protects its directors and officers from liabilities incurred as a result of actions taken in their official capacity.

Item 7.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In the three years ended December 31, 2013, the registrant has offered and sold its equity securities in the following unregistered transactions:

private placements made to funds affiliated with Riverwood and FTV in 2008 and 2011, as described in “Related Party Transactions — Private Placements”;
a private placement to Endeavor Global, Inc. in January 2012, as described in “Related Party Transactions — Private Placements”;
a private placement to WPP plc through its subsidiary, WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à. r.l., in December 2012, as described in “Related Party Transactions — Private Placements”; and
issuances of options to certain members of its senior management and other key employees pursuant to share option agreements dated June 30, 2012, as described in “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — We have incurred significant share-based compensation expense in the current fiscal year, and may in the future continue to incur equity-based compensation expense in 2012, which could adversely impact our profits or the trading price of our shares.”

The registrant believes that these issuances did not require registration under the Securities Act, because these securities were offered and sold outside the United States in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act or, alternatively, in a transactions exempt pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

II-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 8.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

 
Exhibit   Description
 1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
 2.1   Stock Purchase and Subscription Agreement, dated December 27, 2012, by and among Paldwick, S.A., Martín Migoya, Martín Gonzalo Umaran, Néstor Augusto Nocetti, Guibert Andrés Englebienne, Riverwood Capital LLC, Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A) L.P., FTVentures III L.P., FTVentures IIIN L.P., and Endeavor Global, Inc., as Sellers, Globant S.A., and WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à. r.l., as Buyer.
 2.2†   Joinder Agreement, dated December 27, 2012, by and between Paldwick S.A., Martín Migoya, Martín Gonzalo Umaran, Néstor Augusto Nocetti, Guibert Andrés Englebienne, Endeavor Global, Inc., Riverwood Capital LLC, Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A) L.P., FTVentures III, L.P., FTVentures III-N L.P., WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à. r.l. and Globant S.A.
 2.3†   Price Reset Agreement, dated December 27, 2012, by and between Paldwick S.A., Endeavor Global, Inc., Riverwood Capital LLC, Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A) L.P., FTVentures III, L.P., FTVentures IIIN L.P., WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à. r.l., Martín Migoya, Martín Gonzalo Umaran, Néstor Augusto Nocetti, Guibert Andrés Englebienne, Carolina Pincirolli, Maria Victoria Albornoz, Silvana Laura Gaggiotti and Maria Alejandra Fasce
  3.1*   Form of Articles of Association
 5.1   Form of opinion of Arendt & Medernach, Luxembourg as to the validity of the common shares
 8.1   Form of opinion of Arendt & Medernach, Luxembourg as to Luxembourg tax matters
 8.2   Form of opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) as to U.S. tax matters
10.1†   Form of Registration Rights Agreement
10.2†   Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 6, 2011, as amended on May 6, 2013, by and between Bridge Bank, National Association and Globant, LLC
10.3†   Lease, dated May 31, 2010, by and between Laminar S.A. de Inversiones Inmobiliarias and Sistemas Globales S.A.
10.4    Globant S.A. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.5    Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Notice
10.6    Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Notice — International
10.7    Equityholders Additional Agreement, dated May 7, 2012, by and among Paldwick S.A., Martín Migoya, Martín Gonzalo Umaran, Néstor Augusto Nocetti, Guibert Andrés Englebienne, Riverwood Capital LLC, RW Holdings S.à. r.l., ITO Holdings S.à. r.l., Endeavor Global, Inc. and IT Outsourcing S.L.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Co. S.A.
23.2*   Consent of Arendt & Medernach, Luxembourg (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3*   Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibit 8.2)
24.1†   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
24.2†   Power of Attorney of Robert David Norman
99.1†   Consent of Director Nominee by Marcos Galperin
99.2    Consent of Director Nominee by Timothy Mott

* To be filed by amendment

II-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

** Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment
Previously filed
(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto or the additional information thereto.

Item 9.   Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities, other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding, is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless, in the opinion of its counsel, the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question, whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A, and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(3) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Buenos Aires, Argentina on the 27 th day of May, 2014.

GLOBANT S.A.

By: /s/ Alejandro Scannapieco
Name: Alejandro Scannapieco
Title: Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated indicated on May 27, 2014.

 
Signature   Title
 * 
  Martín Migoya
Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer (Principal executive officer)
/s/ Alejandro Scannapieco
  Alejandro Scannapieco
Chief Financial Officer (Principal
financial officer)
*
  Natalia Kanefsck
Chief Accounting Officer (Principal
accounting officer)
*
  Martín Gonzalo Umaran
Director and Chief of Staff
*
  Guibert Andrés Englebienne
Director and Chief Technology Officer
*
  Francisco Álvarez-Demalde
Director
*
  Bradford Eric Bernstein
Director
*
  Mario Eduardo Vázquez
Director
*
  Michael E. Marks
Director
*
  Philip A. Odeen
Director
*
  Robert David Norman
Director

*  By:

/s/ Alejandro Scannapieco  
Alejandro Scannapieco
Attorney-in-Fact

II-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States for Globant S.A., has signed this amendment to the registration statement in the City of San Francisco, State of California, on the 27 th day of May, 2014.


/s/ Roger A. Burgert

Name: Roger A. Burgert
Title: Authorized Representative

II-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXHIBIT INDEX

 
Exhibit Number   Description
 1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
 2.1   Stock Purchase and Subscription Agreement, dated December 27, 2012, by and among Paldwick, S.A., Martín Migoya, Martín Gonzalo Umaran, Néstor Augusto Nocetti, Guibert Andrés Englebienne, Riverwood Capital LLC, Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A) L.P., FTVentures III L.P., FTVentures IIIN L.P., and Endeavor Global, Inc., as Sellers, Globant S.A., and WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à. r.l., as Buyer.
 2.2†   Joinder Agreement, dated December 27, 2012, by and between Paldwick S.A., Martín Migoya, Martín Gonzalo Umaran, Néstor Augusto Nocetti, Guibert Andrés Englebienne, Endeavor Global, Inc., Riverwood Capital LLC, Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A) L.P., FTVentures III, L.P., FTVentures III-N L.P., WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à.r.l. and Globant S.A.
 2.3†   Price Reset Agreement, dated December 27, 2012, by and between Paldwick S.A., Endeavor Global, Inc., Riverwood Capital LLC, Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A) L.P., FTVentures III, L.P., FTVentures IIIN L.P., WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à.r.l., Martín Migoya, Martín Gonzalo Umaran, Néstor Augusto Nocetti, Guibert Andrés Englebienne, Carolina Pincirolli, Maria Victoria Albornoz, Silvana Laura Gaggiotti and Maria Alejandra Fasce
 3.1*   Form of Articles of Association
 5.1    Form of opinion of Arendt & Medernach, Luxembourg as to the validity of the common shares
 8.1    Form of opinion of Arendt & Medernach, Luxembourg as to Luxembourg tax matters
 8.2    Form of opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) as to U.S. tax matters
10.1†   Form of Registration Rights Agreement
10.2†   Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 6, 2011, as amended on May 6, 2013, by and between Bridge Bank, National Association and Globant, LLC
10.3†   Lease, dated May 31, 2010, by and between Laminar S.A. de Inversiones Inmobiliarias and Sistemas Globales S.A.
10.4   Globant S.A. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.5    Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Notice
10.6    Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Notice — International
10.7    Equityholders Additional Agreement, dated May 7, 2012, by and among Paldwick S.A., Martín Migoya, Martín Gonzalo Umaran, Néstor Augusto Nocetti, Guibert Andrés Englebienne, Riverwood Capital LLC, RW Holdings S.à. r.l., ITO Holdings S.à. r.l., Endeavor Global, Inc. and IT Outsourcing S.L.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries
23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Co. S.A.
23.2*   Consent of Arendt & Medernach, Luxembourg (included in Exhibits 5.1)
23.3*   Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibit 8.2)
24.1†   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
24.2†   Power of Attorney of Robert David Norman
99.1†   Consent of Director Nominee by Marcos Galperin
99.2    Consent of Director Nominee by Timothy Mott

* To be filed by amendment
Previously filed

II-6


Exhibit 2.1

 

STOCK PURCHASE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

Paldwick S.A.,

 

Martín Migoya,

 

Martín Gonzalo Umaran,

 

Néstor Augusto Nocetti,

 

Guibert Andrés Englebienne,

 

Riverwood Capital LLC,

 

Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P.,

 

Riverwood Capital Partners L.P.,

 

Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A) L.P.,

 

FTVentures III L.P.,

 

FTVentures IIIN L.P.,

 

and

 

Endeavor Global Inc.,

 

as “Sellers”,

 

Globant S.A.

 

and

 

WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à r.l. ,

 

as “Buyer”

 

dated as of December 27, 2012

  

 
 

 

section 1
 
SALE AND PURCHASE OF purchased SHARES
   
1.1. Sale of Purchased Shares.   4
1.2. Purchase Price of the Purchased Shares.   4
1.3. Purchase Closing. 4
1.4. Purchase Closing Actions and Deliveries by the Parties. 4
1.5. Sole Act.   5
1.6. Post Purchase Closing Covenants.   6
   
section 2
 
Subscription FOR newly issued shares
   
2.1. Subscription for Newly Issued Shares.   7
2.2. Conditions Precedent to Subscription of Newly Issued Shares.   7
2.3. Subscription Closing. 8
2.4. Subscription Closing Actions and Deliveries by the Parties. 9
2.5. Sole Act.   10
   
section 3
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS
   
3.1. Organization, Standing and Power. 10
3.2. Authority; No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents. 10
3.3. Litigation . 11
3.4. Ownership of Purchased Shares . 11
3.5. No Other Agreements to Sell the Purchased Shares. 11
3.6. Shareholder Agreements.   12
3.7. Prior Legal Matters.   12
3.8. No Options.   12
3.9. B rokers. 12
3.10. Tax residence. 13

 

 
 

 

section 4
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
   
4.1. Organization, Standing and Power. 13
4.2. Authority; No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents. 14
4.3. Litigation . 15
4.4. No Other Agreements to Sell the Purchased Shares. 15
4.5. Capitalization. 15
4.6. Activity and Business of the Company.   18
4.7. Corporate Documents. 19
4.8. Taxes. 19
4.9. Activities and Businesses of the Globant Subsidiaries.   21
4.10. Employee Matters. 23
4.11. Employee Benefit Matters. List of Plans.    24
4.12. Environmental Matters.   24
4.13. Data Privacy. 25
4.14. Intellectual Properties. 25
4.15. Related Party Contracts. 27
4.16. Contracts.   27
4.17. Claims of the Sellers.   28
4.18. Properties; Title to Properties.   28
4.19. Rights of Registration and Voting Rights. 28
4.20. Insurance.   28
4.21. Absence of Material Adverse Change.   28
4.22. Client Relations.   30
4.23. Corporate Controls.   31
4.24. Form F-1.   31
4.25. Copies of Documents.   31
   
section 5
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER
   
5.1. Organi zation, Standing and Power. 32
5.2. A uthority; No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents. 32
5.3. Litiga tion. 32
5.4. Br okers. 33
5.5. I nvestment Intent. 33
5.6. Acknowledgment and Representations by the Buyer. 33
5.7. Sufficient Funds. 33
   
section 6
 
INDEMNIFICATION
   
6.1. Survival.   34
6.2. Indemnification by the Sellers and the Company. 34
6.3. Termination of Indemnification Obligations.   35
6.4. Limitations on Indemnification. 36

 

 
 

 

6.5. Notice of Claims; Settlements; Payments. 37
6.6. Indemnification by the Buyer. 40
6.7. Exclusive Remedies.   41
   
section 7
 
FURTHER COVENANTS
   
7.1. Cooperation of the Sellers and the Company.   42
7.2. Cooperation of the Buyer.   42
   
section 8
 
MISCELLANEOUS
   
8.1. Fees and Expenses.   42
8.2. Notices.   42
8.3. Construction.   45
8.4. Assignment; Binding Effect.   45
8.5. Amendment; Waiver.   46
8.6. Counterparts.   46
8.7. Severability.   46
8.8. Entire Agreement.   46
8.9. Governing Law.   46
8.10. Consent to Jurisdiction and Service. 46
8.11. Publicity.   47
8.12. Confidentiality.   48
8.13. No Third Party Beneficiaries.   49
8.14. Several but not Joint Liability.   49
8.15. [Intentionally left blank.] 49
8.16. Definitions.   49
8.17. Spousal Consent. 57

  

 
 

  

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A: Holdings of Globant Lux

 

Exhibit B: Purchased Shares

 

Exhibit C: Newly Issued Shares

 

Exhibit 1.2: Seller’s Accounts

 

Exhibit 1.4(a)(i): Purchase Price

 

Exhibit 1.4(b)(iv): Form of Indemnification Agreement

  

SCHEDULES

  

Schedule 1.4(b)(v): Copy of IRS Recognition Letter for Globant, LLC.

 

Schedule 3.5: No Other Agreements to Sell the Purchased Shares.

 

Schedule 4.3: Litigation.

 

Schedule 4.4: No Other Agreements to Sell the Purchased Shares.

 

Schedule 4.5(a)(i): Capitalization. Issued Share Capital of Globant Lux.

 

Schedule 4.5(a)(ii): Capitalization.Globant Lux Organizational Documents.

 

Schedule 4.5(c): Capitalization. Capital Stock of the Globant Subsidiaries.

 

Schedule 4.5(e): Capitalization.

 

Schedule 4.5(g): Stock Purchase and Option Agreements.

 

Schedule 4.5(i): Dividends; distributions.

 

Schedule 4.8: Taxes.

 

Schedule 4.9(b)(i): Activities and Businesses of the Globant Subsidiaries. Financial Statements.

 

Schedule 4.9(b)(ii): Activities and Businesses of the Globant Subsidiaries. Consolidated Reference Financial Statements.

 

Schedule 4.10(a): Employee Matters.

 

 
 

  

Schedule 4.11: Employee Benefit Plans.

 

Schedule 4.14: Intellectual Properties.

 

Schedule 4.15: Related Party Contracts.

 

Schedule 4.17: Claims of the Sellers.

 

Schedule 4.18: Properties; Title to Properties. 

 

Schedule 4.19: Rights of Registration and Voting Rights.

 

Schedule 4.21: Absence of Material Adverse Change.

 

Schedule 4.22: Client Relations.

 

Schedule 8.16(a): Contribution Agreement.

 

Schedule 8.16(b): Organizational Chart.

  

 
 

 

STOCK PURCHASE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (including all Exhibits and Disclosure Schedules hereto, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 27, 2012, by and among:

 

(i) Paldwick S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of the Oriental Republic of Uruguay (“ Paldwick ”), domiciled at Avenida Luis Alberto de Herrera 1052, Montevideo, Uruguay;

 

(ii) Martín Migoya, Argentinean, Argentine I.D. (D.N.I.) No. 20,252,614, domiciled at Ingeniero Butty 240, 9 th floor, City of Buenos Aires, Argentina, represented in this act by the individual who signs at the end of this instrument and acting in the capacity therein stated (hereinafter, " MM ");

 

(iii) Martín Gonzalo Umaran, Argentinean, Argentine I.D. (D.N.I.) No. 20,233,654, domiciled at Ingeniero Butty 240, 9 th floor, City of Buenos Aires, Argentina, represented in this act by the individual who signs at the end of this instrument and acting in the capacity therein stated (hereinafter, " MU ");

 

(iv) Néstor Augusto Nocetti, Argentinean, Argentine I.D. (D.N.I.) No. 18,363,547, Ingeniero Butty 240, 9 th floor, City of Buenos Aires, Argentina, represented in this act by the individual who signs at the end of this instrument and acting in the capacity therein stated (hereinafter, " NN ");

 

(v) Guibert Andrés Englebienne, Argentinean, Argentine I.D. (D.N.I.) No. 18,261,896, Ingeniero Butty 240, 9 th floor, City of Buenos Aires, Argentina, represented in this act by the individual who signs at the end of this instrument and acting in the capacity therein stated (hereinafter, " GE ");

 

(vi) Riverwood Capital LLC, a limited liability company, incorporated and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ RW Capital ”) , having its registered office at c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808 ;

 

(vii) Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ RW Parallel B ”) with registered office at c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands;

 

 
 

  

(viii) Riverwood Capital Partners L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ RW CP ”)with registered office at c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands;

 

(ix) Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A) L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ RW Parallel A ”)with registered office at c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands (RW Parallel A, together with RW Capital, RW Parallel B and RW CP, the “ Riverwood Entities ”);

 

(x) FTVentures III L.P., a limited partnership, existing under the laws of Delaware (“ FTV III ”), having its registered office at 555, California Street, Suite 2900, CA 94104 San Francisco, USA;

 

(xi) FTVentures IIIN L.P., a limited partnership, existing under the laws of Delaware (“ FTV IIIN ”), having its registered office at 555, California Street, Suite 2900, CA 94104 San Francisco, USA;

 

(xii) Endeavor Global Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the state of Delaware, United States of America (“ Endeavor ”, and together with Paldwick, MM, MU, NN, GE, RW Capital, RW Parallel B, RW CP, RW Parallel A, FTV III and FTV IIIN, the “ Sellers ”), domiciled at 900 Broadway, Suite 600, NY 10003, New York, USA;

 

(xiii) Globant S.A., a corporation ( Société anonyme ) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 5, rue Guillaume Kroll, L-1882 Luxembourg, not yet registered with the Trade and Companies Register of Luxembourg (indistinctly, “ Globant Lux ” or the “ Company ”) and

 

(xiv) WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à.r.l., a private limited liability company ( société responsabilité limitée ) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 124 Boulevard de la Petrusse, Luxembourg, L-2330, and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under registration number B 108.492 (the “ Buyer ” and together with the Company and the Sellers, each a “ Party ” and, collectively, the “ Parties ”).

 

2
 

  

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Sellers collectively own three hundred twenty-seven million four hundred eighty-eight thousand nine hundred seventy (327,488,970) shares of the Company, having a nominal value of US$0.10 per share, representing 100% of the issued share capital and voting rights of Globant Lux, in accordance with the holdings set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “ Globant Lux Shares ”);

 

WHEREAS, Globant Lux owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the capital stock and voting rights of the following subsidiaries: Globant S.A., a corporation ( sociedad anónima ) organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain (“ ITO ”); ITO Holdings S.à.r.l, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“ ITO Holdings ”); RW Holdings S.à.r.l, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“ RW Holdings ”); Sistemas Globales S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of Argentina (“ Sistemas Globales ”); Sistemas Globales Buenos Aires S.R.L., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Argentina (“ Sistemas Globales Buenos Aires ”); 4.0 S.R.L., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Argentina (“ 4.0 ”); IAFH Global S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of Argentina (“ IAFH ”); Globant LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America (“ Globant LLC ”); Sistemas UK Limited, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the United Kingdom (“ Sistemas UK ”); Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Limitada, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Republic of Chile (“ SG Chile ”); Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of the Oriental Republic of Uruguay (“ SG Uruguay ”); Global Systems Outsourcing S.R.L. De C.V., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the United Mexican States (“ GS Mexico ”); Software Product Creation S.L., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain (“ SP Creation ”); Sistemas Colombia S.A.S., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of Colombia (“ Sistemas Colombia ”); Globant Brasil Participações Ltda., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Brazil (“ Globant Brazil ”); and TerraForum Consultoria Ltda., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Brazil (“ Terraforum ”, and together with ITO, ITO Holdings, RW Holdings, Sistemas Globales, Sistemas Globales Buenos Aires, 4.0, IAFH, Globant LLC, Sistemas UK, SG Chile, SG Uruguay, GS Mexico, SP Creation, Sistemas Colombia and Globant Brazil, the “ Globant Subsidiaries ”);

 

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Sellers desire to sell to the Buyer, and the Buyer desires to acquire from the Sellers, 20% of each of the Seller’s outstanding shares in Globant Lux, on a pro rata basis, which collectively will imply a transfer from the Sellers to the Buyer of 65,497,793 shares of Globant Lux, as specified in Exhibit B hereto (the “ Purchased Shares ”), so that following such acquisition, the Buyer will own 20% of each class of Globant Lux Shares, constituting 20% of the issued share capital of Globant Lux; and

 

3
 

  

WHEREAS, as part of the transaction, the Buyer also desires, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, to invest in the Company by making a capital contribution in the form of a share capital increase of Globant Lux in an amount of six million four hundred and forty-eight thousand two hundred and ninety-seven Dollars (US$6,448,297) to such purpose in exchange for 6,331,665 additional common shares with no economic or voting preferences of Globant Lux, as specified in Exhibit C hereto (the “ Newly Issued Shares ”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

  

SECTION 1

SALE AND PURCHASE OF purchased SHARES

 

1.1           Sale of Purchased Shares .

 

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, each of the Sellers hereby severally (but not jointly) agrees to, on the Purchase Closing Date, sell to the Buyer (and the Buyer hereby agrees to purchase from the Sellers) all of the right, title and interest of the Sellers in and to the Purchased Shares, free and clear of all Liens (the “ Purchase Transaction ”).

 

1.2           Purchase Price of the Purchased Shares .

 

As full consideration for the sale by the Sellers to the Buyer of the Purchased Shares, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Buyer shall pay to the Sellers on the Purchase Closing Date an aggregate purchase price of sixty-six million seven hundred four thousand two hundred ninety-one Dollars (US$66,704,291) (the “ Purchase Price ”), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Sellers’ Accounts, as set forth in Exhibit 1.2 hereto.

 

1.3           Purchase Closing .

 

The closing (the “ Purchase Closing ”) of the Purchase Transaction shall take place on the date hereof (the “ Purchase Closing Date ”) at the offices of Davis & Gilbert LLP, 1740 Broadway, New York, New York.

 

1.4           Purchase Closing Actions and Deliveries by the Parties .

 

a) At the Purchase Closing, the Buyer shall:

 

4
 

  

(i) Make payment of the Purchase Price in immediately available funds into the Sellers’ Accounts, as detailed in Exhibit 1.4(a)(i) .

 

(ii) Execute and deliver the Joinder Agreement.

 

(iii) Deliver to the Sellers a certificate duly signed by an officer of the Buyer with sufficient powers confirming the authority of the Buyer’s signatories to this Agreement to sign this Agreement on behalf of the Buyer.

 

b) At the Purchase Closing, the Sellers shall:

 

(i) Deliver to the Buyer a copy of the shares register of Globant Lux reflecting the ownership by the Buyer of 20% of each class of Globant Lux Shares and revised ownership of all Sellers, as outlined in Exhibit B .

 

(ii) Execute and deliver the Joinder Agreement.

 

(iii) Deliver to the Buyer a certificate signed by the Secretary of the Company or any two directors of the Company signing jointly certifying (i) the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company (a) approving the Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Agreements and (b) approving the execution of the Indemnification Agreement by the Company; and (ii) the resolutions of the Company’s shareholders approving the Transaction Agreements.

 

(iv) Upon confirmation that the Purchase Price has been received, deliver to the Buyer one or more stock certificates representing the Purchased Shares, and, to the extent required under Applicable Law, deliver to the Company all stock certificates representing shares of the Company held by each Seller immediately prior to the Purchase Closing Date for cancellation.

 

(v) Deliver to the Buyer a copy of the U.S. Internal Revenue Services (“ IRS ”) recognition letter delivered with respect to Globant, LLC, evidencing that the IRS has accepted Globant, LLC’s election to be taxed as a corporation for U.S. tax purposes (which is attached as Schedule 1.4(b)(v)).

  

1.5           Sole Act .

 

All acts contemplated under this Agreement to be carried out at the Purchase Closing shall be deemed to take place simultaneously.

 

5
 

  

1.6           Post Purchase Closing Covenants .

 

(a) After the consummation of the Purchase Closing, the Sellers shall:

  

(i) As promptly as possible from receipt of a written notice from the Buyer stating its intention to nominate a director to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ New Shareholder Director ”), who shall not be a resident of the United States of America unless otherwise agreed by the Sellers, cause to take and take all necessary corporate action to appoint such New Shareholder Director to the Board as provided in Exhibit D to the Joinder Agreement.

 

(ii) Upon appointment of the New Shareholder Director, cause the Company to execute and deliver, as promptly as possible, an indemnification agreement (the “ Indemnification Agreement ”) to the New Shareholder Director (of similar tenor to the ones entered into with the other Directors of the Company), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.6(ii) ,

 

(iii) Make commercially reasonable efforts to complete the registration of the Company with the Trade and Companies Register of Luxembourg as promptly as possible.

 

(iv) Make commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company to, and the Company hereby undertakes to use commercially reasonable efforts to, purchase twenty per cent (20 %) of the outstanding and vested share options of the Company at an implied price equal to the Purchase Price per share, i.e., US$1.01842.

 

(b) The Company and the Buyer shall use good faith efforts to enter into an agreement providing for mutually beneficial business collaboration between the Company and the Buyer and/or any of their respective Affiliates.

 

6
 

   

SECTION 2

 

Subscription FOR newly issued shares

 

2.1           Subscription for Newly Issued Shares .

  

(a)          Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, prior to or on the Subscription Closing Date (i) each of the Sellers shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, waive any preemptive rights that may correspond to them, and together with the Buyer shall, to the extent required under Applicable Laws, unanimously vote and approve, and take all Necessary Action to approve, a capital increase in the Company in the amount of six million four hundred forty-eight thousand two hundred ninety-seven Dollars (US$6,448,297) and increase the authorized number of common shares of the Company in order to issue and sell the Newly Issued Shares (the “ Capital Increase ”), which shall be allocated to share capital and share premium to the extent applicable, and, if required, shall cause the members of the Board appointed by each of them to take any relevant corporate action for such purpose, and (ii) the Buyer shall subscribe and simultaneously pay the Capital Increase through a capital contribution in the same amount (the “ Subscription Price ”), for which the Company shall issue in favor of the Buyer the Newly Issued Shares (free and clear of any Liens), which shall be authorized and issued in accordance with the terms specified in the Articles of Association, and with all the economic and other rights pertaining to common shares of the Company (the “ Subscription Transaction ”).

 

(b)          In the event that prior to the Subscription Closing, there has been an adjustment to the Purchase Price (as such term is defined and used in Exhibit D to the Joinder Agreement) under Section 3.1 of Exhibit D to Joinder Agreement and/or the Buyer has been issued additional shares of the Company pursuant thereto, then the number of the Newly Issued Shares (and the corresponding per share price of each Newly Issued Share) in the Subscription Transaction shall be adjusted such that the Subscription Price would purchase the number of Newly Issued Shares as would have been adjusted in the same manner under Section 3.1 of Exhibit D to Joinder Agreement.

 

2.2           Conditions Precedent to Subscription for Newly Issued Shares .

 

2.2.1.       Conditions Precedent of the Buyer .

 

The obligation of the Buyer to consummate the subscription and payment for the Newly Issued Shares is subject, at the option of the Buyer, to the fulfillment on or prior to the Subscription Closing Date of the following conditions:

 

(a)          The Purchase Closing has occurred.

 

(b)          The Company be in good standing in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg on the Subscription Closing Date and there shall be no grounds to reasonably believe that the Company shall not remain in good standing in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg after the Subscription Closing Date.

 

(c)          The Company shall have opened a bank account in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg in order to implement the Capital Increase in accordance with Applicable Laws.

 

(d)          All corporate action required by Applicable Law for the issuance of the Newly Issued Shares (other than the shareholders’ meeting of the Company referred to in Section 2.4(b)) has been completed to the Buyer’s satisfaction in its reasonable discretion.

 

7
 

  

(e)          The Company shall have convened the shareholders’ meeting of the Company referred to in Section 2.4.b).

 

(f)           There shall be no legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceeding pending before any Governmental or Regulatory Authority, or any temporary restraining order or permanent injunction or other order issued by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority shall be in effect, prohibiting consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or making the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement illegal or that requires such transactions to be rescinded.

 

(g)          The representations and warranties of Sellers and the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct as of the Subscription Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date, but not including the Purchase Closing Date).

 

(h)          The Company and the Sellers shall have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by them under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement on or prior to the Subscription Closing Date.

 

(i)           There shall not have been any event or occurrence that would constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(j)           The Company and the Sellers, as applicable, shall have sent a written notice to the Buyer stating that the conditions set forth in (a) to (i) above have been fulfilled (the “ Subscription Notice ”), provided that it shall be understood that the Company shall make commercially reasonable efforts to open the bank account referred to in paragraph (c) above before January 31, 2013, to take all the corporate actions indicated in paragraph (d) above, and to send the notice contemplated in this paragraph (e) as promply as practicable after having completed the condition set forth in (c) above.

 

(k)          The Buyer shall have received an officer’s or directors’ certificate of the Company certifying as to the matters set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h) and (i).

 

2.2.2.       Conditions Precedent of each of the Sellers and the Company .

 

The obligation of the Sellers to cause the Company to consummate the Capital Increase, to waive their preemptive rights to allow the subscription of the Newly Issued Shares by the Buyer and to consummate the sale of the Newly Issued Shares is subject, at the option of the Sellers, to the occurrence of the Purchase Closing.

 

2.3           Subscription Closing .

 

(a)          The closing of the Subscription Transaction (the “ Subscription Closing ”) shall occur at the offices of Davis & Gilbert LLP, 1740 Broadway, New York, New York , or at other place as the Parties may agree, on or before the fifth Business Day following the date on which the Company has sent to the Buyer the Subscription Notice, or at such other time as the Parties may agree in writing (the “ Subscription Closing Date ”), which Subscription Closing shall occur no later than January 31, 2013.

 

8
 

  

(b)           In the event that all of the conditions set forth in Section 2.2.1 have been satisfied on or before the Subscription Closing Date and the Company has provided to Buyer the wire instructions required under Section 2.4(a), if within thirty (30) days following the Subscription Closing Date the Buyer has failed to take the actions and make the deliveries required to be taken or made by it under Section 2.4, then the Company may terminate any and all obligations under this Section 2 by giving written notice of such termination to the Buyer. If the obligations set forth in this Section 2 are terminated pursuant to the preceding sentence, no Party, nor any of its Affiliates, and none of their respective officers, directors, agents or Representatives shall thereafter have any Liability hereunder, except that such termination shall not relieve any Party from Liability for intentional breach or Fraud, prior to such termination, of any representation or warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein.

 

2.4           Subscription Closing Actions and Deliveries by the Parties .

 

a) At the Subscription Closing, the Buyer shall make payment of the Subscription Price by wire transfer in immediately available funds into the Company’s bank account, At least two (2) Business Days before the day proposed for the Subscription Closing the Company shall provide to the Buyer the relevant information of the Company’s bank account to pay the Subscription Price on the Subscription Closing Date.

 

b) At the Subscription Closing, the Sellers and the Buyer shall, to the extent required under Applicable Law, attend or participate at a shareholders’ meeting of the Company in which each of the Sellers and the Buyer shall vote and approve the Capital Increase and the issuance of the Newly Issued Shares, and if addition, if required, shall cause the members of the Board appointed by each of them to take any relevant corporate action for such purpose, which will be subscribed in its entirety by the Buyer and delivered to the Buyer free and clear from any Liens, in accordance with Section 2.1.

 

c) At the Subscription Closing, the Company shall:

 

(i) Deliver copies of the shares register reflecting the ownership by the Buyer of the Newly Issued Shares and the related notarial deed.

 

(ii) Deliver a certificate signed by a duly authorized representative of the Company certifying the resolutions of the Company’s Board and the Company’s shareholders, to the extent required under Applicable Law, approving the Capital Increase and subscription of the Newly Issued Shares by the Buyer.

 

9
 

 

d) Within a reasonable period of time following the Subscription Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Buyer a stock certificate representing the Newly Issued Shares.

 

2.5           Sole Act .

 

All acts contemplated under this Agreement to be carried out at the Subscription Closing shall be deemed to take place simultaneously.

 

SECTION 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS

 

Each Seller severally (but not jointly) represents and warrants to the Buyer that the following representations are true and complete as of the date hereof with respect to each such Seller and not with respect to any other Seller.

 

3.1           Organization, Standing and Power .

 

Such Seller, if not a natural person, is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Applicable Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted. It is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where any failure to be so qualified or in good standing would reasonably be expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.2           Authority; No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents .

 

(a)          Such Seller has the full legal right and capacity, and all requisite power and authority, to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements (collectively, the “ Transactions ”). The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the Transactions by such Seller have been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part. This Agreement and the Transaction Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by such Seller and constitute its valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar Applicable Laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity) (the “ Bankruptcy and Equity Exception ”). There is no vote or consent of any partner, general or limited, or any other equity holder of such Seller, required in connection with its entry into this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement to which it is a party, or with the consummation of the Transactions.

 

10
 

 

(b)          The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements by such Seller does not, and the consummation by it of the Transactions shall not, (i) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or default under, any provision of its organizational documents, (ii) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) a default (or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation, amendment or acceleration of any obligation or loss of any benefit) under, require a consent or waiver under, require the payment of a penalty under or result in the imposition of any Lien on its assets under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any agreement or contract to which it is a party or by which its properties or assets may be bound, or conflict with or violate any Applicable Law applicable to it or any of its properties or assets, except for any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults, terminations, cancellations, accelerations, losses, penalties or Liens, and for any consents or waivers not obtained, that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)          No consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration, notice or filing with, any Governmental or Regulatory Authority is required by or with respect to such Seller in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by it or the consummation by it of the Transactions, except for such other consents, approvals, Permits, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations, notices and filings which, if not obtained or made, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.3           Litigation .

 

There is no legal, administrative, arbitral, governmental or other proceeding pending against it, or to such Seller’s Knowledge, investigation or allegation, whether at law or at equity, before or by any court or Governmental or Regulatory Authority, any arbitrator or other tribunal, which individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.4          Ownership of Purchased Shares .

 

Such Seller is the holder of record and beneficial owner of the Purchased Shares set forth across from its name in Exhibit B hereto, and has good and valid title to such Purchased Shares, and such Purchased Shares are free and clear of all Liens (other than transfer restrictions under Applicable Law and the articles of association or other organizational documents of the Company and the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement (as defined in the Joinder Agreement), as amended).

 

3.5          No Other Agreements to Sell the Purchased Shares .

 

Except as set forth on Schedule 3.5 , such Seller does not have any agreement with any other Person to sell any of the capital stock of the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries, or all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries, or to effect any merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries.

 

11
 

  

3.6          Shareholder Agreements .

 

Except as set forth on Schedule 3.6 and as contemplated by or disclosed in the Transaction Agreements, such Seller is not a party to and has no Knowledge of any agreements, written or oral, relating to (i) the acquisition, disposition or registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (as amended, the “ Securities Act ”) of the securities of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary, or (ii) voting of the securities of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary.

 

3.7          Prior Legal Matters .

 

Such Seller has not been, during the last three (3) years, (a) subject to voluntary or involuntary petition under applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws or the appointment of a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer by a court for its business or property; (b) convicted in a criminal proceeding or named as a subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses); (c) subject to any order, judgment, or decree (not subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated) of any court of competent jurisdiction permanently or temporarily enjoining it from engaging, or otherwise imposing limits or conditions on its engagement in any securities, investment advisory, banking, insurance, or other type of business or acting as an officer or director of a public company; or (d) found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by a Governmental or Regulatory Authority to have violated any applicable securities, commodities or unfair trade practices law or other similar foreign laws, which such judgment or finding has not been subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated.

 

3.8          No Options.

 

Except for the Endeavor Option, there are no options of any kind to acquire any shares of capital stock of the Company, or other similar rights, owned by such Seller and there are no agreements or understandings with respect to the sale or transfer of such shares of capital stock owned by such Seller or other similar rights of the Company owned by such Seller.

 

3.9          B rokers .

 

No agent, broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other firm or Person is or shall be entitled, as a result of any action, agreement or commitment of such Seller, to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the Transactions.

 

12
 

  

3.10        Tax residence .

  

Such Sellers’ jurisdiction of organization (in the case of an entity) or residence (in the case of an individual) set forth in the preamble of this Agreement is true and correct. Such Seller does not have a permanent (and, as of the Purchase Closing Date, any) tax presence in any jurisdiction other than, in the case of an entity, its jurisdiction of organization, or, in the case of an individual, his residence, in each case, as set forth in the preamble of this Agreement, provided that RW Parallel B, RW CP and RW Parallel A file U.S. Tax returns.

 

SECTION 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Buyer that the following representations are true and complete as of the date hereof and as of the Subscription Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date).

 

4.1          Organization, Standing and Power .

 

(a)          Except as indicated in paragraph (b) below, each of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Applicable Laws of its respective jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, and has all requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a corporation or other legal entity in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties it owns, operates or leases or the nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary, except for such failures that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)          The Company is validly incorporated and existing since December 10, 2012. Upon registration of the Company with the Trade and Companies Register of Luxembourg and its publication in Memorial C, the Luxembourg official gazette for companies, the Lux Reorganization shall have been completed in compliance with Applicable Laws in all material respects. The Company, ITO and their shareholders (as the case may be), had all corporate authorities, requisite power and authority to enter into the Lux Reorganization. The consummation of the Lux Reorganization by the Company and ITO was duly authorized by all necessary action on their part and all applicable board, shareholder and member consents were duly obtained. The Lux Reorganization did not conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or constitute a default under, require a consent or waiver under, require the payment of a penalty under or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on, any of the Company’s material assets under any agreement or contract to which it is a party, or by which its material properties or assets may be bound, or conflict with or violate any material Applicable Law.

 

13
 

 

4.2          Authority; No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents .

 

(a)          The Company has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements and to consummate the Transactions. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the Transactions by it has been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part. This Agreement and the Transaction Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by it and constitute the valid and binding obligation of it, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, subject to the Bankruptcy and Equity Exception. There is no vote or consent of any partner, general or limited, or any other equity holder of it, required in connection with its entry into this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement to which it is a party, or with the consummation of the Transactions.

 

(b)          The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements by the Company does not, and the consummation by it of the Transactions shall not, (i) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or default under, any provision of its organizational documents, (ii) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) a default (or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation, amendment or acceleration of any obligation or loss of any benefit) under, require a consent or waiver under, require the payment of a penalty under or result in the imposition of any Lien on any of its assets under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any agreement or contract to which it is a party, or by which its properties or assets may be bound, or conflict with or violate any Applicable Law applicable to it or any of its properties or assets, except for any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults, terminations, cancellations, accelerations, losses, penalties or Liens, and for any consents or waivers not obtained, that, individually or in the aggregate, could not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)          No consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration, notice or filing with, any Governmental or Regulatory Authority is required to be obtained or made by the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries or with respect to any of them in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company or the consummation by it of the Transactions, except for such other consents, approvals, Permits, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations, notices and filings which, if not obtained or made, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

14
 

  

4.3          Litigation .

 

Except as set forth on Schedule 4.3 , there is no material claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, complaint, charge or investigation pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened (i) against the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries or any of the Founders; (ii) that questions the validity of the Transaction Agreements or the right of the Company and/or the Sellers to enter into them, or to consummate the Transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements; or (iii) that would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of the Globant Subsidiaries, to Knowledge of the Company, is a party or is named as subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority (in the case of the Founders, directors or employees, such as would affect the Company) that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the material assets or business of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries pending or that the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries intends to initiate that would individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the assets or business of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis.

 

4.4          No Other Agreements to Sell the Purchased Shares .

 

Except as set forth on Schedule 4.4 , neither the Company nor any of the Globant Subsidiaries has any agreement with any other Person to sell any of the capital stock of the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries, or all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries, or to effect any merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries.

 

4.5          Capitalization .

 

a) Issued Share Capital of Globant Lux . The issued share capital of Globant Lux consists of 327,488,970 Globant Lux Shares, par value ten cents of Dollars (US$ 0.10) divided into (i) 24,227,220 Class A Shares, (ii) 94,196,507 Class B Share, (iii) 86,301,627 Class C Shares, (iv) 193,520 Class D Shares, (v) 40,929,714 Class E Shares, (vi) 20,464,856 Class F Shares, (vii) 16,910,468 Class G Shares, (viii) 40,803,741 Class H Shares, and (ix) 3,411,337 Class I Shares. Schedule 4.5(a)(i) sets forth the capitalization of Globant Lux (on a fully diluted basis, including all share capital issuable upon exercise or conversion of any outstanding options, warrants or other derivative securities (“ Options ”), as of December 31, 2012) immediately before the Purchase Transaction, immediately after the Purchase Closing Date and immediately after the Subscription Closing Date (assuming that no Option holders have exercised any Options before those dates). The rights and privileges of the Globant Lux Shares are as set forth in the organizational documents of Globant Lux attached hereto as Schedule 4.5(a)(ii) . All the Globant Lux Shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued in compliance with Applicable Laws and the articles of association or other organizational or governing documents of the Company.

 

b) Authorized Share Capital of Globant Lux . The authorized capital of Globant Lux, excluding the issued share capital, consists of 44,657,587 shares, par value ten U.S. cents (US$ 0.10).

 

15
 

 

c) Capital Stock of the Globant Subsidiaries . The authorized capital stock of each of the Globant Subsidiaries, and any capital contributions therein not represented by shares, are described on Schedule 4.5(c) . All the capital stock of each of the Globant Subsidiaries is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid (except as disclosed on Schedule 4.5(c) ) and non-assessable and has been issued in compliance with Applicable Laws and the by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of the relevant Globant Subsidiary.

 

d) Transfer of the Purchased Shares and the Newly Issued Shares to the Buyer . Upon the consummation of the Purchase Transaction, the Buyer shall receive good and marketable title to, and sole legal and beneficial ownership of, the Purchased Shares free and clear of any Lien (other than transfer restrictions under Applicable Law and the articles of association or other organizational documents of the Company and the Existing Shareholder’s Agreement (as defined in the Joinder Agreement), as amended). Upon the consummation of the Subscription Transaction, the Buyer shall receive good and marketable title to, and sole legal and beneficial ownership of, the Newly Issued Shares free and clear of any Lien (other than transfer restrictions under Applicable Law and the articles of association or other organizational documents of the Company and the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement (as defined in the Joinder Agreement), as amended) and all such Newly Issued Shares shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will have been issued in compliance with Applicable Laws and the articles of association or other organizational or governing documents of the Company. Shares of the Company issued to the Buyer pursuant to the Joinder Agreement and the Reset Agreement shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will have been issued in compliance with Applicable Laws and the articles of association or other organizational or governing documents of the Company.

 

16
 

 

e) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.5(e) and the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, (A) there are no equity securities of any class of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary, or any security exchangeable into, convertible into or exercisable for any such equity securities, issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding, (B) there are no existing or authorized subscriptions, options, warrants, equity securities, calls or commitments, preemptive rights, rights of exchange, rights of first offer, rights of first refusal or similar rights or other agreements or contracts of any character to which the Company or any Globant Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any Globant Subsidiary is bound obligating the Company or any Globant Subsidiary to issue, exchange, transfer, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, exchanged, transferred, delivered or sold, additional shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary or any security or rights convertible into or exchangeable into or exercisable for any such shares or other equity interests, or obligating the Company or any Globant Subsidiary to grant, extend, otherwise modify or amend or enter into any such option, warrant, equity security, call, right or agreement issued or outstanding, (C) there are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights with respect to the capital stock of, or other equity or voting interests in, the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries, (D) there is no authorized or outstanding Indebtedness of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary having a right to vote (or convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for or acquire securities having the right to vote) on any matter on which holders of capital stock may vote, and (E) there are no obligations, contingent or otherwise, of the Company or of any Globant Subsidiary to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of the capital stock of the Company.

 

f) The Company has not given the notice set forth in Section 3 of the Stock Option Agreement dated December 10, 2012, entered into by and between Endeavor Catalyst, Inc. and the Company, and thus, as of the date hereof, the condition triggering Endeavor Catalyst, Inc.’s right to purchase equity securities of the Company pursuant to that Option Agreement is has not yet been fulfilled.

 

g) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.5(g) , none of the Company’s stock purchase agreements or stock option documents contains a provision for acceleration of vesting (or lapse of a repurchase right) or other changes in the vesting provisions or other terms of such agreement or document upon the occurrence of any event or combination of events, including without limitation in the case where the Company’s stock option plan is not assumed in an acquisition. The Company has no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or redeem any of its capital stock.

 

h) The Company has obtained valid waivers of any rights by any of the Sellers or any other parties to purchase any of the Shares covered by this Agreement.

 

i) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.5(i) , (i) the Company has not declared or paid any dividends or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any equity securities of the Company, and (ii) no Globant Subsidiary has declared or paid any dividends or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any equity securities of such Globant Subsidiary, in each case, in the three (3) calendar years prior to the date hereof.

 

17
 

  

4.6          Activity and Business of the Company .

 

a) Business . The Company is a holding company and its business has been and is limited to holding shares of the Globant Subsidiaries. Schedule 4.6(a) sets forth each direct and indirect subsidiary of the Company and its jurisdiction of formation. The Company is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement. All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or equity interests (as applicable) of each of the Globant Subsidiaries are owned directly or indirectly by the Company free and clear of all Liens (other than transfer restrictions under Applicable Laws). Except for its ownership interests in the Globant Subsidiaries, the Company does not own, of record or beneficially, directly or indirectly, any shares of outstanding capital stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for capital stock of, or any other equity interest in, any other Person. The Company was incorporated on December 10 th , 2012 and since then there has been no Material Adverse Change with respect to the Company.

 

b) Permits; Compliance with Applicable Law . (i) The Company and the Globant Subsidiaries hold all material Permits; (ii) such Permits are in full force and effect and the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries are presently in material compliance in all respects with their terms; (iii) the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries are presently in material compliance with all Applicable Laws including, as applicable to the Argentine Globant Subsidiaries, with Argentine foreign exchange control regulations, as promulgated by the Argentine Central Bank (communiques A 5264 and 5330, etc.); (iv) no event has occurred or exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time) is reasonably likely to constitute a violation of a material Permit or Applicable Law; (v) neither the Company nor any of the Globant Subsidiaries has received written or oral notice regarding a potential violation of a material Permit or Applicable Law; and (vi) all material applications required to be filed to renew any material Permits have been filed within the relevant periods prescribed for the filing of any such application.

 

c) Compliance with Other Instruments . None of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries is in violation or default (i) of any provisions of its respective organizational documents, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or of any provision of any relevant statute, rule or regulation promulgated by a Governmental or Regulatory Authority, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the Transactions will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either (i) a default under any such material provision, instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, contract or agreement or (ii) an event that results in the creation of any Lien, charge or encumbrance upon any material assets of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary or the suspension, revocation, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit or license applicable to the Company or any Globant Subsidiary.

 

18
 

  

4.7          Corporate Documents .

 

The Articles of Association of the Company are in the form provided to the Buyer. The copies of the minute books of the Globant Subsidiaries provided to the Buyer contain minutes of all meetings of directors and shareholders thereof and all actions by written consent without a meeting by the directors and shareholders thereof since the date of incorporation of the relevant Globant Subsidiary and accurately reflect in all material respects all actions by the directors (and any committee of directors) and shareholders thereof with respect to all transactions referred to in such minutes.

 

4.8          Taxes .

 

The Company and each of the Globant Subsidiaries has timely filed, or caused to be filed (taking into account any valid extensions of due dates), completely and accurately in all material respects, all national, state, local, city, or other Tax or information Returns required under the statutes, rules or regulations of any jurisdiction(s) to be filed by the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries with respect to any Tax, and in such cases in which the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries has failed to do so, it filed or has caused to be filed all additional or supplementary Returns and has paid any and all applicable interest amounts and/or fines purported to cure the relevant failure or delay, as required under Applicable Laws. All Taxes shown on said Returns to be due and all other Taxes due and owing (whether or not shown on any Return) have been paid in full and all additional assessments received prior to the Relevant Closing Date have been paid in full or are being contested in good faith or an appropriate accrual has been set up for payment of such Taxes and the Company or the relevant Globant Subsidiary has entered into a payment plan, if applicable, for the payment of such Taxes and is in full compliance with such plan as required under Applicable Laws, provided that the amount of Taxes included in such payment plan do not exceed for the Company or each of the Globant Subsidiaries five percent (5%) of the total Taxes paid or payable by the Company or such Globant Subsidiary for the fiscal year ended as of December 31, 2012. The amounts set up as accruals for Taxes on the balance sheets contained in the Consolidated Reference Financial Statements and the Financial Statements are, to the Knowledge of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries, sufficient in the aggregate (considering therefore underestimated and overestimated accruals) with respect to the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the payment of all unpaid Taxes of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary, as the case may be, whether or not disputed, for all periods ended on and prior to the date thereof. Since the Relevant Fiscal Year End, neither the Company nor any of the Globant Subsidiaries has incurred any Liabilities for Taxes other than in the ordinary course of business. The Company and each Globant Subsidiary has collected all sales, use, goods and services or other commodity Taxes required to be collected and remitted or will remit the same to the appropriate taxing authority within the prescribed time periods. The Company and each Globant Subsidiary has withheld all amounts required to be withheld on account of Taxes from amounts paid to employees, former employees, directors, officers, service providers, members, residents and non-residents (other than Taxes that are being contested by the appropriate proceeding) and remitted or will remit the same to the appropriate taxing authorities within the prescribed time periods. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.8 , none of the Tax Returns of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary has ever been audited by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority. No examination of any Return of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary is currently in progress, and none of the Company nor any Globant Subsidiary has received notice of any proposed audit or examination. The Company and the Globant Subsidiaries have not waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency. No material deficiency in the payment of Taxes by the Company or any Globant Subsidiary for any period has been asserted in writing by any taxing authority and remains unsettled as of the date of this Agreement. To the Knowledge of the Company and each Globant Subsidiary, no taxing authority has any reasonable basis to assess any additional Taxes against the Company or any Globant Subsidiary.

 

19
 

  

None of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries has made any election that could result in the treatment of any of Globant or any Globant Subsidiary as if had made a deemed or actual sale of its assets subject to Tax in any jurisdiction. None of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary has entered into any agreement, waiver or other arrangement providing for any extension of time with respect to the assessment or collection of any Taxes. None of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries has been a member of any combined Tax filing group, either voluntarily or involuntarily. None of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries is a party to any Tax allocation or tax sharing agreement. None of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries will be required as a result of a change in Tax accounting method for any period ending on or before the Relevant Closing Date or as a result of the Transactions contemplated herein to include any adjustment under any Tax law in income for any period ending after the Relevant Closing Date. None of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries has made an election, and none have elected, or are required to elect, to treat any asset owned for non-Tax purposes by any of them as owned by another Person for any Tax purpose. None of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries has participated in a transaction that under the Tax laws of the relevant jurisdiction must be reported to any Governmental or Regulatory Authority in order to reduce or avoid penalties or other legal sanction. The Company and each of the Globant Subsidiaries, as applicable, has made any and all disclosures to Governmental Authorities necessary and/or helpful in reducing potential penalties under relevant Tax laws. None of the Company or the Globant Subsidiaries is obligated to make any payments or is a party to any Contract that under certain circumstances could obligate the Company or the Globant Subsidiary, as the case may be, to make any payments to or for the direct or indirect benefit of any service provider to any thereof that will not be deductible under any income Tax law due to its connection with a change in control. None of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, Taxable income for any Taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Relevant Closing Date as a result of any: (a) closing agreement with any Tax authority; (b) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Relevant Closing Date; or (c) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Relevant Closing Date. None of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries is required to pay any Taxes due or payable by it with respect to any of the Pre-Closing Periods or to any acts or events occurring prior to the Purchase Closing Date, except for such Taxes with respect to which the Company or any Globant Subsidiary, as applicable, has entered into a payment plan for the payment of such Taxes and is in full compliance with such plan as required under Applicable Laws; provided that the amount of Taxes included in such payment plan do not exceed for the Company or each of the Globant Subsidiaries five percent (5%) of the total Taxes paid or payable by the Company or such Globant Subsidiary for the fiscal year ended as of December 31, 2012.

 

20
 

  

No action has been taken to have Globant, LLC, ITO or the Company treated as other than a corporation for U.S. Tax purposes.

 

4.9          Activities and Businesses of the Globant Subsidiaries .

 

a) Business . Since the Relevant Fiscal Year End, there has been no Material Adverse Change with respect to any Globant Subsidiary.

 

b) Financial Statements .

 

(i) (a) The audited financial statements of each Globant Subsidiary as of the Relevant Fiscal Year End and the unaudited financial statements (including the balance sheet (the “ Balance Sheet ”), income statement and statement of cash flows) for the most recent completed fiscal quarter of each Globant Subsidiary (other than Globant Brazil and GS Mexico) are attached hereto as Schedule 4.9(b)(i) (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with Relevant GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved, except that the unaudited Financial Statements may not contain all footnotes required by Relevant GAAP. The Financial Statements present fairly the financial condition of the Globant Subsidiaries in all material respects as at such dates and the results of their operations, changes in shareholder equity and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject in the case of the unaudited Financial Statement to normal year-end audit adjustments. Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Globant Subsidiaries have no Liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than (i) Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to the end of their respective most recent fiscal quarters, (ii) obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) Liabilities and obligations of a type or nature not required under Relevant GAAP to be reflected in financial statements, which, in all such cases, individually and in the aggregate could not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Globant Subsidiaries maintain a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with Relevant GAAP.

 

21
 

  

(ii) (a) The audited consolidated financial statements of ITO for the year ended as of December 31, 2011, which include all the Globant Subsidiaries except for ITO Holdings, RW Holdings, Globant Brazil and Terraforum, and (b) the unaudited consolidated financial statements of ITO for the 6-month period ended June 30, 2012, which are attached hereto as Schedule 4.9(b)(ii) (collectively, the “ Consolidated Reference Financial Statements ”), have been prepared in accordance with Relevant GAAP applied consistently throughout the period involved, except that the unaudited Consolidated Reference Financial Statements may not contain all footnotes required by Relevant GAAP. The Consolidated Reference Financial Statements present fairly the financial condition of ITO in all material respects as at such date and the results of its operations for the period then ended, subject in the case of the unaudited Consolidated Reference Financial Statements to normal year-end audit adjustments. Except as set forth in the Consolidated Reference Financial Statements, ITO has no Liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than (i) Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to the end of its most recent fiscal quarter, (ii) obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) Liabilities and obligations of a type or nature not required under Relevant GAAP to be reflected in financial statements, which, in all such cases, individually and in the aggregate could not have a Material Adverse Effect. ITO maintains a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with Relevant GAAP.

 

22
 

 

4.10        Employee Matters .

  

a) Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.10(a) , (i) neither the Company nor any of the Globant Subsidiaries has engaged in any unfair labor practice; (ii) no unfair labor practice complaint against the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries is pending before any Governmental or Regulatory Authority; (iii) there is no organized labor strike, dispute, slowdown or stoppage actually pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company and the Sellers, threatened against or involving the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries; (iv) there are no labor unions representing or, to the Knowledge of the Company and the Sellers, attempting to represent the employees of the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries; (v) no claim or grievance nor any arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is pending against the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries and, to the Knowledge of the Company and the Sellers, no such claim or grievance has been threatened; (vi) no collective bargaining agreement is currently being negotiated by the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries; and (vii) neither the Company nor any of the Globant Subsidiaries has experienced any work stoppage or similar organized labor dispute during the last three (3) years. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.10(a) , there is no legal action, suit, proceeding or claim pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened between the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries and any of their respective employees, former employees, agents, former agents, job applicants or any association or group of employees that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the material assets or business of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis.

 

b) To the Knowledge of the Company, neither the execution or delivery of the Transaction Agreements, nor the carrying on of the business of the Globant Subsidiaries by their employees, nor the conduct of the business of the Globant Subsidiaries as now conducted and presently proposed to be conducted will, to the Knowledge of the Company, conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions, or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any contract, covenant or instrument under which any such employee or prospective employee is now obligated.

 

c) None of the Globant Subsidiaries is delinquent in payments to any of its employees, consultants or independent contractors for any wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses, or other direct compensation for any service performed for it to the date hereof or amounts required to be reimbursed to such employees, consultants or independent contractors that, individually or in aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Globant Subsidiary has complied in all material respects with all applicable laws related to employment, including those related to wages, hours, worker classification, and collective bargaining. Each Globant Subsidiary has withheld and paid to the appropriate Governmental or Regulatory Authorities, or is holding for payment not yet due to such Governmental or Regulatory Authorities, all amounts required to be withheld from employees of such Globant Subsidiary and is not liable for any arrears of wages, taxes, penalties, or other sums for failure to comply with any of the foregoing, except for such withholdings or payments that, individually or in aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Knowledge of the Company and the Sellers, no key employee intends to terminate employment with any Globant Subsidiary or is otherwise likely to become unavailable to continue as a key employee, nor does any Globant Subsidiary have a present intention to terminate the employment of any of the foregoing.

 

23
 

  

4.11        Employee Benefit Matters; List of Plans . Schedule 4.11 lists all employee benefit plans sponsored by the Company or any Globant Subsidiary for the benefit of any employee (each item listed on Schedule 4.11 being referred to herein individually, as an “ Employee Benefit Plan ” and collectively, as “ Employee Benefit Plans ”). Each Employee Benefit Plan (and each related trust, contract or fund) has been substantially maintained, funded and administered in accordance with its terms and complies in form and in operation in all material respects with the requirements of all Applicable Laws.  No Employee Benefit Plan provides severance, other termination-related benefits, or an acceleration of rights contingent upon the consummation of the Transactions contemplated under this Agreement or the Lux Reorganization and none of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries has maintained or contributed to any Employee Benefit Plan that is a “defined benefit plan” or that provides retiree or self-funded welfare benefits.  All material contributions, premiums or other payments (including all employer contributions, and if applicable, all employee salary reduction contributions) that are due have been made on behalf of each Employee Benefit Plan and each trust that is intended to meet the requirements of all relevant Applicable Laws meets such requirements.  No event has occurred and no condition exists, with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan, that has subjected or could subject the Company, any Globant Subsidiary, any Seller or the Buyer (by virtue of the consummation of the Transactions contemplated under this Agreement), to any Tax, fine, penalty or other liability.  Each Employee Benefit Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” has been operated in good faith compliance with all Applicable Laws.

 

4.12       Environmental Matters .

 

(a) The Company and the Globant Subsidiaries are in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (b) there has been no release or threatened release of any pollutant, contaminant or toxic or hazardous material, substance or waste, or petroleum or any fraction thereof, (each a “ Hazardous Substance ”) on, upon, into or from any site currently or heretofore owned, leased or otherwise used by the Company or any Globant Subsidiary; (c) there are no pending legal, administrative proceedings (including any regulatory audit), arbitral or other proceeding or governmental investigations concerning Environmental Matters or, to the Knowledge of the Company and the Sellers, threatened legal, arbitral or other proceedings or governmental investigations concerning Environmental Matters, against the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries or to which any of the Globant Subsidiaries is a party which, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), individually or in aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect .

 

For purposes of this Section 4.12 , “ Environmental Laws ” means any law, regulation, or other applicable requirement relating to (a) releases or threatened release of Hazardous Substances; (b) pollution or protection of employee health or safety, public health or the environment; or (c) the manufacture, handling, transport, use, treatment, storage, or disposal of Hazardous Substances.

 

24
 

  

4.13        Data Privacy .

 

In connection with its collection, storage, transfer (including without limitation, any transfer across national borders) and/or use of any personally identifiable information from any individuals, including, without limitation, any customers, prospective customers, employees and/or other third parties (collectively, “ Personal Information ”), each Globant Subsidiary is and has been in compliance with all applicable laws in all relevant jurisdictions, the privacy policies of such Globant Subsidiary, and the requirements of any contract or codes of conduct to which such Globant Subsidiary is a party, except when the failure to so comply, individually or in aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Globant Subsidiary has commercially reasonable physical, technical, organizational and administrative security measures and policies in place to protect all Personal Information collected by it or on its behalf from and against unauthorized access, use and/or disclosure. Each Globant Subsidiary is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all laws relating to data loss, theft and breach of security notification obligations, except when the failure to so comply, individually or in aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.14        Intellectual Properties .

 

4.14.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following definitions:

 

(a)  “ Company Owned IP ” shall mean Registered IP and Unregistered IP.

 

(b)  “ Intellectual Property of the Company ” shall mean Company Owned IP and Licensed IP.

 

(c)  “ Licensed IP ” shall mean any Intellectual Property that is necessary to or used in the operation of the business of any of the Globant Subsidiaries, including the design, manufacture and use of the products and services of any Globant Subsidiary as it currently is operated or is reasonably anticipated to be operated in the future, but shall specifically not include Company Owned IP or any rights in or to materials created for clients as “work-made-for-hire.”

 

(d)  “ Registered IP ” shall mean any Intellectual Property that: (i) is owned by, or exclusively licensed to, any of the Globant Subsidiaries, and (ii) has been registered with any Governmental or Regulatory Authority or comparable entity in any jurisdiction throughout the world.

 

(e)  “ Unregistered IP ” shall mean any Intellectual Property that: (i) is owned by, or exclusively licensed to, any of the Globant Subsidiaries, and (ii) has not been registered with any Governmental or Regulatory Authority or comparable entity in any jurisdiction throughout the world.

 

25
 

  

4.14.2    Intellectual Properties .

 

(a) Schedule 4.14 sets forth an accurate and complete list of all: (a) Registered IP and (b) Unregistered IP and Licensed IP that is material to the business of the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries. The registrations of the Registered IP listed on Schedule 4.14 are valid and subsisting, all necessary registration and renewal fees in connection with such registrations have been made and all necessary documents and certificates in connection with such registrations have been filed with the relevant Intellectual Property authorities, and except as set forth on Schedule 4.14 , no actions (including filing of documents or payments of fees) are due within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Purchase Closing. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.14 , no Person has any rights to use any of the Company Owned IP and neither the Company nor any of the Globant Subsidiaries has granted to any Person, or authorized any Person to retain, any rights in the Company Owned IP. The Company or the applicable Globant Subsidiary owns and has good and exclusive title to each item of Company Owned IP, free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens set forth on Schedule 4.18 ; and the Company or the applicable Globant Subsidiary has the right, pursuant to a valid Contract, to use or operate under all Licensed IP which requires a valid license to use. The Company and the Globant Subsidiaries are not in material violation of any material Contract to use Licensed IP. There are no Contracts between the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries and any other Person with respect to the Intellectual Property of the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries in respect of which there is any dispute known to the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries regarding the scope of such agreement, or performance under such Contract, including with respect to any payments to be made or received by the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries. To the Knowledge of the Company and the Sellers, no Person is infringing or misappropriating any of the Company Owned IP. The Company and the Globant Subsidiaries are not infringing or misappropriating any Intellectual Property owned by a third party. Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 4.14 , all Company Owned IP was either developed (x) by employees of the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries within the scope of such employee’s employment duties; (y) by independent contractors pursuant to a written agreement by third parties who have assigned all of their rights therein to the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries; or (z) by third parties who have assigned all of their rights therein to the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries pursuant to a written agreement. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.14 , no former or present employees, officers or directors of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary retain any rights of ownership in or use of any Company Owned IP, and no employees or third parties who have developed or participated in the development of Company Owned IP have any claims to any rights therein. In addition, except as set forth on Schedule 4.14 , no former or present employees, officers, directors or independent contractors of any Globant Subsidiary retain any rights of ownership in or use of any Intellectual Property created by any Globant Subsidiary for clients as “work-made-for-hire” or that are subject to an exclusive assignment or license in favor of clients of any Globant Subsidiary, and no employees or third parties who have developed or participated in the development of such Intellectual Property for clients have any claims to any rights therein. No source code for any computer software of any Globant Subsidiary has been delivered or licensed by it to any escrow agent or other Person who is or was not an employee or contractor of such Globant Subsidiary. None of the Globant Subsidiaries is under an obligation to deliver or license the source code for any of such Globant Subsidiary’s computer software to any escrow agent or other Person who is not an employee or contractor of such Globant Subsidiary.

 

26
 

  

(b)           Except as set forth on Schedule 4.14 , (a) none of the Globant Subsidiaries has received any written claim from any third party alleging that its use of the Intellectual Property in its business as conducted prior to the date hereof infringes such third party’s rights, except for any claims which have been previously resolved and are no longer outstanding, and (b) to the Knowledge of the Company, the use of the relevant Intellectual Property by such Globant Subsidiary is not in violation of the Intellectual Property’s rights held by any third party in connection with such Intellectual Property.

 

4.15        Related Party Contracts .

 

Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15 , there are no Related Party Contracts in force and all such Related Party Contracts that were terminated after the Relevant Fiscal Year End were so terminated without any indemnity or other amount being payable by any Globant Subsidiary to the other contracting party in connection with such termination. None of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries is indebted, directly or indirectly, to any Related Party, other than in connection with expenses or advances of expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business or employee relocation expenses and for other customary employee benefits made generally available to all employees. None of the Related Parties of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary are, directly or indirectly, indebted to the Company. None of the Founders or any of their respective Related Parties have any (i) material commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable or familial relationship with any of the customers, suppliers, service providers, joint venture partners, licensees and competitors of any Globant Subsidiary, (ii) direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which the Company or any Globant Subsidiary is affiliated or with which any Globant Subsidiary has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation that competes with any Globant Subsidiary except that each of the Founders may own stock in (but not exceeding two percent (2%) of the outstanding capital stock of) publicly traded companies that may compete with a Globant Subsidiary or (iii) financial interest in any contract with a Globant Subsidiary.

 

4.16        Contracts .

 

Each Contract to which the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries, as applicable, is a party and that is material to the conduct of the business of any of the Globant Subsidiaries as presently conducted or proposed to be conducted is in full force and effect, and there exists no default or event of default by the Company or, to the Knowledge of the Company, by any other Person, or occurrence, condition, or act (including the purchase of the Shares hereunder) that, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time or the happening of any other event or condition, would become a default or event of default thereunder by the Company, and there are no outstanding claims of breach or indemnification or notice of default or termination of any such Contract.

 

27
 

 

4.17        Claims of the Sellers .

 

Except as set forth on Schedule 4.17 , as of the Relevant Closing Date, none of the Sellers nor any of the Related Parties holds any credits and/or claims against the Company or any Globant Subsidiary for any cause, contractual or otherwise.

 

4.18        Properties; Title to Properties .

 

Each Globant Subsidiary has good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all the property and assets (personal, tangible and intangible) used by such Globant Subsidiary to conduct its business, free and clear of all Liens, except for Liens set forth on Schedule 4.18 . The property and equipment of the Globant Subsidiaries, whether owned or otherwise contracted for, is in a state of good maintenance and repair and is adequate and suitable in all material respects for the purposes for which it is presently being used.

 

4.19        Rights of Registration and Voting Rights .

 

Except as set forth on Schedule 4.19 , the Company is not under any obligation to register under the Securities Act or any similar law any of its currently outstanding securities or any securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of its currently outstanding securities. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.19 , no shareholder of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary has entered into any agreements with respect to the voting of capital shares of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary.

 

4.20        Insurance .

 

Each Globant Subsidiary maintains in effect as of the Relevant Closing Date (i) insurance on all of its real and personal properties (including leased or owned property) that insures against loss or damage by fire or other casualty (including extended coverage) and (ii) insurance against Liabilities, claims and risks, with first class and solvent insurers in such jurisdictions in which such Globant Subsidiary is organized or maintains operations, in at least such amounts and against at least such risks and with no greater risk retention as is customarily maintained, insured against or retained, as the case may be, by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or similar business in the relevant jurisdiction.

 

4.21        Absence of Material Adverse Change .

 

Except for the transactions set forth on Schedule 4.21 :

 

(i) Since the Relevant Fiscal Year End, none of the Globant Subsidiaries has conducted any activities other than in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, and none of the Globant Subsidiaries has:

 

28
 

  

i. materially changed its business policies or practices, including, without limitation, policies and practices with respect to advertising, marketing, pricing, purchasing and sales;

 

ii. changed an annual accounting period or adopted or changed any accounting method;

 

iii. sold, transferred, leased to others, or otherwise disposed of any asset that is material to its operation or the operation of another Globant Subsidiary (or committed to do any of the foregoing);

 

iv. permitted any of its material assets to be subjected to any Lien;

 

v. canceled, waived, released or otherwise compromised any debt or claim, or any right of significant value, except in the ordinary course of its business, consistent with prior practice;

 

vi. made any bonus or profit sharing distribution;

 

vii. increased or prepaid its indebtedness for borrowed money, or made any loan to any Person;

 

viii. written down the value of any work in process, or written off as uncollectible any accounts receivable, which, individually or in the aggregate, is material to the Globant Subsidiaries as a whole;

 

ix. otherwise conducted its business or entered into any transaction, except in the usual and ordinary manner and in the ordinary course of its business;

 

x. amended or terminated any contract that is material to its business;

 

xi. renewed, extended or modified any lease of real property, or, except in the ordinary course of business, any lease of personal property;

  

xii. adopted, amended or terminated any Plan;

 

xiii. suffered any damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) which, individually or in the aggregate with all other such damages, destructions or losses suffered since the Relevant Fiscal Year End, constituted a Material Adverse Effect;

 

29
 

  

xiv. incurred any debt for borrowed money or other liability, except in the ordinary course of its business, consistent with prior practice; or

 

xv. agreed, whether or not in writing, to do any of the foregoing (except for transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

 

(ii) Since the Relevant Fiscal Year End, each Globant Subsidiary has conducted its business in the ordinary course, consistent with past practice, and it has not increased the compensation of any of its managers, officers, employees or agents, directly or indirectly, including by means of any pension plan, profit sharing, deferred compensation, savings, insurance, retirement, severance or termination agreement or plan, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with its prior practices.

 

(iii) Other than the reimbursement of share premiums as disclosed in Schedule 4.5.(i) , since the Relevant Fiscal Year End, none of the Globant Subsidiaries has changed its capitalization, declared any dividends for distribution or made any distribution to its respective shareholders or redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired any of its equity interests or any option to acquire equity interests, or other right to purchase or acquire any of its equity interests.

 

4.22        Client Relations .

 

Schedule 4.22 sets forth for the Globant Subsidiaries taken as a whole: (a) the twenty (20) largest clients (measured by fees generated) as at December 31, 2011 and the fees from each such client and from all clients (in the aggregate) for the calendar year ended December 31, 2011; and (b) the clients currently under contract projected to be the twenty (20) largest clients (measured by fees generated) based on the current profit plans of the Globant Subsidiaries for the calendar year ending December 31, 2012, together with the estimated fees for each client and all clients (in the aggregate) for such calendar year. The Company does not warrant that the estimated projected fees set forth on Schedule 4.22 will prove to be accurate; provided, however, the Company does represent that they were made in good faith and upon a reasonable basis. No client identified pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) above has advised the Company or a Globant Subsidiary in writing that it is terminating or considering terminating the handling of its business by a Globant Subsidiary, as a whole or in respect of any particular project or service; or (y) is planning to reduce its future spending with such Globant Subsidiary in any material manner, and to the Knowledge of the Company (without making any inquiry of any clients), no such client has orally advised the Company, a Globant Subsidiary or a Seller of any of the foregoing events.

 

30
 

  

4.23        Corporate Controls .

 

Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any officer, authorized agent, employee, consultant or any other Person, while acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, has, directly or indirectly: used any Company or Subsidiary funds for unlawful contribution, gift or other expense relating to political activity; made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds; willfully established or maintained any unlawful or unrecorded fund or corporate monies or other assets; or willfully made any false or fictitious entry on its books or records; made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback, or other unlawful payment to any Person, private or public, regardless of form, whether in money, property, or services, to obtain favorable treatment in securing business or to obtain special concessions, or to pay for favorable treatment for business secured or for special concessions already obtained. Neither the Company nor any of the Globant Subsidiaries has participated in any illegal boycott or other similar illegal practices affecting any of its actual or potential customers.

 

4.24        Form F-1 .

 

The information included in the Form F-1 of Globant S.A., as confidentially submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 10, 2012, is accurate in all material respects.

 

4.25        Copies of Documents .

 

The Company and the Sellers have caused to be made available for inspection and copying by the Buyer and its advisers, true, complete and correct copies of all documents referred to in this Section 4 or in any Schedule to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

 

Buyer represents and warrants to each Seller that the following representations are true and complete as of the date hereof.

 

31
 

 

5.1          Organi zation, Standing and Power .

 

It is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, except for such failures to be so organized or in good standing that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.2          A uthority; No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents .

 

(a)          It has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Transactions. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the Transactions by the Buyer have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Buyer. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Buyer and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Buyer, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to the Bankruptcy and Equity Exception.

 

(b)          The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements by the Buyer does not, and the consummation by the Buyer of the Transactions will not, (i) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, any provision of the organizational documents of the Buyer, (ii) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) a default (or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation, material amendment or acceleration of any obligation or loss of any material benefit) under, require a consent or waiver under, require the payment of a penalty under or result in the imposition of any Lien on the Buyer’s assets under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any material agreement to which the Buyer is a party or by which the Buyer’s properties or assets may be bound, or (iii) conflict with or violate any Applicable Law applicable to the Buyer or any of its properties or assets, except for any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults, terminations, cancellations, accelerations, losses, penalties or Liens, and for any consents or waivers not obtained, that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)          No consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration, notice or filing with, any Governmental or Regulatory Authority is required by or with respect to the Buyer in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Buyer or the consummation by the Buyer of the Transactions, except for such other consents, approvals, Permits, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations, notices and filings which, if not obtained or made, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.3          Litiga tion .

 

There is no legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings or governmental investigations pending against it, or to the Buyer’s Knowledge, investigation or allegation, whether at law or at equity, before or by any court or Governmental or Regulatory Authority, any arbitrator or other tribunal, which individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

32
 

 

5.4          Br okers .

 

No agent, broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other firm or Person is or shall be entitled, as a result of any action, agreement or commitment of the Buyer or any of its Affiliates, to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the Transactions.

 

5.5          I nvestment Intent .

 

The Buyer acknowledges that is acquiring the Purchased Shares and the Newly Issued Shares under this Agreement for its account for investment only and not with a view to their distribution or resale within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act. The Buyer acknowledges that neither the offer nor the sale of the Purchased Shares and/or the Newly Issued Shares has been registered under the Securities Act or under any state or foreign securities laws.

 

5.6          Acknowledgment and Representations by the Buyer .

 

The Buyer is an informed and sophisticated participant in the Transactions contemplated hereby and has conducted its own independent investigation, review and analysis of the business, operations, assets, Liabilities, prospects, results of operations and financial condition of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries. In entering into this Agreement, the Buyer acknowledges that it has not relied upon any factual representations or opinions of the Company or the Sellers or their Representatives other than the representations and warranties of the Sellers expressly set forth in this Agreement, and the Buyer acknowledges that none of the Sellers, the Company or the Globant Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective directors, officers, shareholders, employees, controlling Persons or Representatives makes or has made any oral or written representation or warranty, either express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of any of the information provided or made available to the Buyer or its directors, officers, employees, controlling Persons or Representatives, in each case other than the representations and warranties of the Sellers expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

5.7          Sufficient Funds .

 

The Buyer has or has access to sufficient funds to pay the Purchase Price and the Subscription Price and fulfill all its obligations contemplated hereunder and such funds have resulted from legal activities carried out by the Buyer which comply with Applicable Laws on anti-money laundering in all material respects.

 

33
 

 

SECTION 6

INDEMNIFICATION

 

6.1          Survival . All Representations and Warranties shall survive until thirty months after (a) the Purchase Closing Date with respect to the Purchased Shares and the Purchase Transaction, and (b) the Subscription Closing Date with respect to the Newly Issued Shares and the Subscription Transaction, except for (i) the Fundamental Representations and Warranties, (ii) Representations and Warranties of the Sellers contained in Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.4 , 3.5 , 3.7 , 3.8 and 3.9 , and (iii) Representations and Warranties of the Buyer contained in Section 5 each of which shall survive until the expiration of the relevant statute of limitations.

 

6.2          Indemnification by the Sellers and the Company .

 

a) Subject to Sections 6.1, 6.2(b), 6.2(c) , 6.3 , and 6.4 hereof, (1) each Seller severally, but not jointly, shall indemnify Buyer, its shareholders, directors and Representatives (each of them an “ Indemnified Party ”) and hold harmless all Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses incurred by the Indemnified Parties and arising out of or resulting from, or in connection with (A)(i) any breach of any of the Representations and Warranties contained in Section 3 made by such Seller, (ii) on a proportionate basis according to its applicable Pro Rata Participation, any breach of the Fundamental Representations and Warranties, and of the Representation and Warranty contained in Section 4.9.(b), and (B) any breach by such Seller of any covenants or other agreements of such Seller contained in this Agreement, and (2) the Company (together with each of the Sellers, individually, an “ Indemnifying Party ”, as may be applicable in each case in accordance with the indemnification rules set forth herein), shall indemnify the Indemnified Parties and hold harmless all Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses incurred by the Indemnified Parties and arising out of or resulting from, or in connection with (A) any breach of any of the Representations and Warranties contained in Section 4, and (B) any breach by the Company of any covenants or other agreements of the Company contained in this Agreement; provided that , for purposes of this Section 6.2(a) , all such Losses shall be computed net of (x) any amounts recovered by the Indemnified Party from third parties within a period of thirty (30) months after the occurrence of the relevant Loss as direct compensation, whether in whole or in part, for the relevant Loss less any costs of recovery, and (y) of insurance proceeds actually received by the Indemnified Party in respect of the relevant Loss (net of any increases in the cost to such Indemnified Party for such insurance as a result of the recovery of such insurance proceeds, including retrospective premium adjustments) (any such Losses as computed on a net basis, a “ Recoverable Amount ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, (i) nothing contained in this Section 6 shall be construed to require any Indemnified Party to maintain any insurance coverage, and (ii) in no event shall any indemnification payment be delayed in anticipation of the receipt of any insurance proceeds. It is expressly agreed that each of the Sellers shall have no indemnification obligation under this Section 6 with respect to (i) any breach of covenant or breach of a Representation and Warranty by any other Seller, or (ii) any breach of covenant or breach of a Representation and Warranty by the Company (other than with respect to the Fundamental Representations and Warranties, and the Representation and Warranty set forth in Section 4.9.(b)).

 

34
 

  

b) Any of the Indemnifying Parties shall have no liability under Section 6.2(a) unless and until the aggregate amount on a cumulative basis of all Recoverable Amounts exceeds US$1,000,000 (one million Dollars) (the “ Aggregate Threshold ”). If the aggregate amount on a cumulative basis of all Recoverable Amounts exceeds the Aggregate Threshold, then the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder to the full extent of such Recoverable Amounts, including the Losses taken into account for the purpose of computing whether the Aggregate Threshold has been reached.

 

c) The Aggregate Threshold shall not apply to Losses arising out of or resulting from, or in connection with (i) Fraud; (ii) any breach of any of the Fundamental Representations and Warranties; or (iii) any breach of any of the Representations and Warranties contained in Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.4 , 3.5 , 3.7 , 3.8 and 3.9 .

 

6.3        Termination of Indemnification Obligations . The indemnity obligations of the Indemnifying Parties under Section 6.2 and of the Buyer under Section 6.6 shall terminate after thirty months as from the Purchase Closing Date except (a) as to matters as to which the applicable party entitled to indemnification (an “ Indemnitee ”) has made a claim for indemnification on or prior to such date specifically addressing an actual claim or demand, (b) as to matters as to which the applicable Indemnitee has suffered Losses arising out of the Indemnifying Party’s Fraud, and (c) in the case of the indemnity obligations of the Indemnifying Parties, as applicable with respect to any claim pertaining to a misrepresentation, inaccuracy or breach of warranty under any of the (i) Fundamental Representations and Warranties or (ii) Representations and Warranties contained in Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.4 , 3.5 , 3.7 , 3.8 and 3.9 or (iii) Representations and Warranties of the Buyer contained in Section 5. The obligations referred to in:

 

(i)          the preceding clause (a) shall survive the expiration of such period until such claims are finally resolved and any obligations with respect thereto are fully satisfied; and

 

35
 

 

(ii)         the preceding clauses (b) and (c) shall terminate upon the expiration of the relevant federal, state, local or foreign statute of limitations, except as to matters as to which any Indemnified Party has made a claim for indemnification on or prior to such date, in which case the right to indemnification with respect thereto shall survive the expiration of any such period until such claim is finally resolved and any obligations with respect thereto are fully satisfied.

 

6.4          Limitations on Indemnification .

 

a) In respect of all Losses for which Indemnifying Parties are liable hereunder arising out of or resulting from any breach of any of the Fundamental Representations and Warranties, the Indemnifying Parties’ liability shall not exceed in the aggregate an amount equal to US$30,000,000 (thirty million Dollars).

 

b) In respect of all Losses resulting from Unknown Contingent Liabilities, the Indemnifying Parties’ liability shall not exceed in the aggregate US$15,000,000 (fifteen million Dollars).

 

c) Except for Losses resulting from the Indemnifying Parties’ breach of any Representation or Warranty referenced in Sections 6.4(a) and (b) hereof, the Indemnifying Parties’ liability to the Indemnified Parties for any Losses resulting from any breach of any Representation or Warranty contained in Section 4 of this Agreement shall in no event exceed US$20,000,000 (twenty million Dollars) in the aggregate.

 

d) Each of the limitations set forth above in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 6.4 shall in no event apply to Losses for which Indemnifying Parties are liable hereunder arising out of or resulting from (i) any breach of any Representation or Warranty set forth in Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.4 , 3.5 , 3.7 , 3.8 and 3.9 ; or (ii) Fraud.

 

e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, except in the case of Fraud, no Seller’s liability with respect to any indemnification obligation set forth herein shall exceed an amount equal to the gross portion of the Purchase Price actually received by or on behalf of such Seller for the Purchased Shares, which limitation shall not be construed to increase any of the limitations set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above (it being acknowledged and agreed, for the avoidance of doubt, that the “gross portion of the Purchase Price actually received by or on behalf of” FTV III and FTV IIIN shall be US$15,923,831 upon receipt of the same by such Sellers).

 

36
 

 

6.5          Notice of Claims; Settlements; Payments .

 

a) If an Indemnified Party believes that it is entitled to indemnification from the Indemnifying Parties in respect of a Loss that is not a Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall promptly give written notice to the Indemnifying Parties setting forth in detail the facts concerning the nature of such Loss, referring to the provisions of this Agreement in respect of which such claim for indemnification is being made, and including, to the extent known, a good faith estimate of the dollar amount of the Recoverable Amount in respect of such Loss (“ Recoverable Claim Notice ”). The failure or delay by the Buyer to provide the Recoverable Claim Notice pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall not impair its rights hereunder, but the amount of indemnification to which the Indemnified Party is entitled shall be reduced by the amount, if any, by which the Indemnified Party’s claim for indemnification would have been less had the Recoverable Claim Notice been timely delivered. If Indemnifying Parties notify the Indemnified Party in writing that they do not dispute that the Recoverable Amount claimed in the Recoverable Claim Notice is a Recoverable Amount under Section 6.2(a) , or fail to notify the Indemnified Party in writing within twenty (20) Business Days following receipt of the Recoverable Claim Notice that they dispute that the Recoverable Amount claimed in the Recoverable Claim Notice is a Recoverable Amount under Section 6.2(a), then the notifying Indemnifying Parties shall be deemed liable under Section 6.2(a) for the Recoverable Amount claimed in such Recoverable Claim Notice. If the Indemnifying Parties notify the Indemnified Party in writing within twenty (20) Business Days following receipt of the Recoverable Claim Notice that they dispute that all or part of the Recoverable Amount claimed in the Recoverable Claim Notice is a Recoverable Amount for which Indemnifying Parties are liable under Section 6.2(a) , setting forth a reasonable basis for such dispute, then the applicable Parties shall attempt to resolve the dispute during a period of sixty (60) Business Days after the date on which Indemnifying Parties delivered such notification to the Indemnified Party.

 

b) If any suit, action, proceeding, investigation, claim or demand shall be brought or asserted by any third party (a “ Third Party Claim ”) against an Indemnified Party, the Company or any Globant Subsidiary in respect of which an Indemnified Party may seek indemnification from the Indemnifying Parties pursuant to Section 6.2(a) , the following procedure shall apply:

 

(i) The Indemnified Party shall promptly, but in any event no later than thirty (30) Business Days of becoming aware of such Third Party Claim, or (to the extent reasonably possible) earlier as may be necessary for Indemnifying Parties to protect their rights appropriately, deliver to the Indemnifying Parties written notice of such third party claim (“ Third Party Claim Notice ”), which notice should set forth in detail the facts concerning the nature of such Third Party Claim and referring to the provisions of this Agreement in respect of which such claim is being made. Delay or failure by the Indemnified Party to deliver any notices as set forth in the preceding sentences of this paragraph shall not impair its rights hereunder, but the amount of indemnification to which the Indemnified Party is entitled shall be reduced by the amount, if any, by which the Indemnified Party’s claim for indemnification would have been less had the Third Party Claim Notice been timely delivered or to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudicial by such delay.

 

37
 

 

(ii) If any of the Indemnifying Parties do not notify the Indemnified Party in writing promptly, but in any event no later than ten (10) Business Days after receipt of the Third Party Claim Notice or (to the extent reasonably possible) earlier as may be necessary for the Indemnified Party to protect its rights appropriately, that they do not dispute that the Third Party Claim described in the Third Party Claim Notice is a Loss for which indemnification may be sought under Section 6.2(a) , then such applicable Indemnifying Parties shall be deemed liable under Section 6.2(a) for such Third Party Claim. If any of the Indemnifying Parties timely notify the Indemnified Party that they dispute that the Third Party Claim described in the Third Party Notice is a Loss for which indemnification may be sought under Section 6.2 (a) , setting forth a reasonable basis for such dispute, then the applicable Parties shall attempt to resolve the dispute during a period of sixty (60) Business Days after the date on which the applicable Indemnifying Parties make such notification.

 

(iii) Unless Indemnifying Parties dispute that the Third Party Claim is a Loss for which indemnification may be sought under Section 6.2(a) , the applicable Indemnifying Parties shall have the right, upon written notice to the Indemnified Party (the “ Defense Notice ”) within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt from the Indemnified Party of the Third Party Claim Notice, to assume the defense of any Third Party Claim. For such purpose the applicable Indemnifying Parties shall retain legal counsel (the “ Defense Counsel ”) to defend such Third Party Claim, and the Indemnifying Parties shall pay the fees and disbursements of the Defense Counsel; provided , however , that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to approve the Defense Counsel, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and in the event the Indemnifying Parties and the Indemnified Party cannot agree upon such counsel within ten (10) Business Days after the Defense Notice is provided, then the Indemnifying Parties shall propose an alternate Defense Counsel, which shall be subject again to the Indemnified Party’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If the parties still fail to agree on the Defense Counsel, then, at such time, they shall mutually agree in good faith on a procedure to determine the Defense Counsel. In the event that the Indemnifying Parties, within fifteen (15) Business Days after receiving the Third Party Claim Notice, fail to appoint counsel to defend against such Third Party Claim, they shall be deemed to have elected not to conduct the defense of the subject claim, and the Indemnified Party shall have the right (upon notice to the Indemnifying Parties but without the consent of the Indemnifying Parties) to conduct the defense of such claim on behalf of and without the intervention of the Indemnifying Parties and for the account of the Indemnifying Parties. The Indemnifying Parties will be liable for all reasonable costs, fees, expenses and settlement amounts incurred in connection therewith.

 

38
 

  

(iv) In the event that the Indemnifying Parties do deliver a Defense Notice and thereby elect to conduct the defense of the subject claim, the Indemnifying Parties shall be entitled to have the exclusive control over the defense and settlement of the subject claim and the Indemnified Party will cooperate with and make available to the Indemnifying Parties such assistance and materials as they may reasonably request, all at the expense of the Indemnifying Parties; the Indemnified Party shall have the right at its expense to participate in the defense assisted by counsel of its own choosing at its expense. In such an event, the Indemnifying Parties will not settle the subject claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(v) Without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Parties will not enter into any settlement of any Third Party Claim or cease to defend against such claim, if pursuant to or as a result of such settlement or cessation, (i) injunctive relief or specific performance would be imposed against the Indemnified Party, or (ii) such settlement or cessation would lead to liability or create any financial or other obligation on the part of the Indemnified Party for which the Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification hereunder.

 

(vi) If an Indemnified Party refuses to consent to a bona fide offer of settlement that provides for a full release of the Indemnified Party and its affiliates and solely for a monetary payment that the Indemnifying Parties wish to accept, the Indemnified Party may continue to pursue such matter, free of any participation by the Indemnifying Parties, at the sole expense of the Indemnified Party. In such event, the obligation of the Indemnifying Parties shall be limited to the amount of the offer of settlement that the Indemnified Party refused to accept plus the costs and expenses of the Indemnified Party incurred prior to the date the Indemnifying Parties notified the Indemnified Party of the offer of settlement.

 

39
 

  

(vii) Notwithstanding clause (iv) above, the Indemnifying Parties shall not be entitled to control, but may participate in, and the Indemnified Party shall be entitled at its expense to have sole control over, the defense or settlement of any claim (i) that seeks a temporary restraining order, a preliminary or permanent injunction or specific performance against the Indemnified Party, (ii) to the extent such claim involves criminal allegations against the Indemnified Party, (iii) that if unsuccessful, would set a precedent that would have a material adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Indemnified Party, or (iv) if such claim would impose material liability on the part of the Indemnified Party for which the Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification hereunder. In such an event, the Indemnifying Parties will still have all of its obligations hereunder, provided that the Indemnified Party will not settle the subject claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Parties, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

c) In the event a Recoverable Amount shall have been finally determined, the amount of the related Loss shall be paid to the Indemnified Party, in immediately available funds, in Dollars.

 

6.6          Indemnification by the Buyer .

 

a) The Buyer shall indemnify each of the Sellers, its shareholders, directors and Representatives (each of them herein a “ Seller Indemnified Party ”) and hold harmless all Seller Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses incurred by the Seller Indemnified Parties and arising out of or resulting from, or in connection with (i) any breach of any of the Representations and Warranties made by the Buyer in Section 5 , and (ii) any breach by the Buyer of any covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement; provided that , for purposes of this Section 6.6(a) , all such Losses shall be computed net of (x) any amounts recovered by the Indemnified Party from third parties within a period of thirty (30) months after the occurrence of the relevant Loss as direct compensation, whether in whole or in part, for the relevant Loss (less any costs of recovery), and (y) insurance proceeds actually received by the Seller Indemnified Party in respect of the relevant Loss (net of any increases in the cost to such Seller Indemnified Party for such insurance as a result of the recovery of such insurance proceeds, including retrospective premium adjustments and experience-based premium adjustments) (any such Losses as computed on a net basis, a “ Seller Recoverable Amount ”).

 

40
 

  

b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Buyer shall have no liability under Section 6.6(a) (except in respect of its obligation, if any, to pay the Purchase Price and the Subscription Price) unless and until the aggregate amount on a cumulative basis of all Seller Recoverable Amounts exceeds US$1,000,000 (one million Dollars) (the “ Indemnification Threshold ”). If the aggregate amount on a cumulative basis of all Seller Recoverable Amounts exceeds the Indemnification Threshold, then the Seller Indemnified Party shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder to the full extent of such Seller Recoverable Amounts, including the Losses taken into account for the purpose of computing whether the Indemnification Threshold has been reached.

 

c) In respect of all Losses for which the Buyer is liable hereunder arising out of or resulting from (i) any breach of any of the Representations and Warranties made by the Buyer, and (ii) any breach by the Buyer of any covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement, the Buyer’s liability shall not exceed in the aggregate an amount equal to US$30,000,000 (thirty million Dollars).

 

Each of the limitations set forth above in this Section 6.6 shall in no event apply to Losses for which Buyer is liable hereunder arising out of or resulting from (i) any breach of any Representation or Warranty set forth in Sections 5.1 , 5.2 and 5.5 ; or (ii) Fraud.

 

6.7          Exclusive Remedies .

 

The Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the provisions of this Section 6 shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of the Buyer and the Sellers for any breach by the Company, the Sellers or the Buyer, as the case may be, of the Representations and Warranties in this Agreement; and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Indemnifying Parties shall have no liability under any provision of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Section 6 hereof) for any punitive, consequential or indirect damages suffered by an Indemnified Party; provided that nothing in this Section 6.7 shall limit, to the extent available, a Party’s right to seek specific performance or any other equitable remedies available under Applicable Law in connection with any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement.

 

41
 

 

SECTION 7

FURTHER COVENANTS

 

7.1          Cooperation of the Sellers and the Company .

  

At any time and from time to time after the Purchase Closing Date and the Subscription Closing Date, the Sellers and the Company shall execute and deliver to the Buyer such other documents and instruments as Buyer may reasonably request to implement the provisions hereof, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, and otherwise to cause Sellers and the Company to fulfill their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

7.2          Cooperation of the Buyer .

 

At any time and from time to time after the Purchase Closing Date and the Subscription Closing Date, the Buyer shall execute and deliver to the Sellers or the Company, as applicable, such other documents and instruments as Sellers or the Company may reasonably request to implement the provisions hereof, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, and otherwise to cause Buyer to fulfill their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

SECTION 8

MISCELLANEOUS.

 

8.1          Fees and Expenses .

 

a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each of the Parties shall bear its own expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of, and the consummation of the Transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.

 

b) Each of the Parties will be exclusively responsible for the legal fees of their respective legal counsel. Sellers represent and warrant to the Buyer that neither they nor their counsels will claim from the Buyer any legal fees in connection with the Transactions contemplated hereby, and the Buyer represents and warrants to the Sellers that neither it nor its counsel will claim from the Sellers any legal fees in connection with the Transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8.2          Notices .

 

All notices, approvals, consents, waivers and other communications given or made pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been received (i) if hand delivered, upon receipt with a written acknowledgment thereof, or (ii) if sent by facsimile (which must be followed by delivery of an original copy thereof on the same date by overnight courier or comparable delivery service), upon the Business Day immediately following receipt of the facsimile with a record thereof, to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by the Parties by like notice) or (iii) the date two (2) Business Days after posting if transmitted by overnight courier or comparable delivery service, provided that if a copy of such notice is required to be delivered to any other Party hereunder, it must be delivered to such Party on the same date and in the same manner as the original notice:

 

42
 

  

If to Paldwick S.A., to:

 

Av. Luis Alberto Herrera 1052

Escritorio 1402,

Montevideo

República Oriental del Uruguay

Fax No.: +598 2662-9942

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Candioti Gatto Bicain & Ocantos

Cerrito 348, 5to B

C1010AAH Buenos Aires

Argentina

Attn.: Alejandro Candioti

Fax No.: +54 11-5256-6223

 

If to Martín Migoya, Martín Gonzalo Umaran, Néstor Augusto Nocetti or Guibert Andrés Englebienne, to:

  

Ing. Butty 240, Piso 6,

Ciudad de Buenos Aires,

Argentina

Fax: +54-11-4109-1700

Attn: Martín Migoya/Martín Umaran/Néstor Nocetti/Guibert Englebienne

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Candioti Gatto Bicain & Ocantos

Cerrito 348, 5to B

C1010AAH Buenos Aires

Argentina

Attn.: Alejandro Candioti

Fax No.: +54 11-5256-6223

 

43
 

  

If to Riverwood Capital LLC, Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners L.P. or Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A), to:

 

California Office:

Riverwood Capital, LLC

70 Willow Road, Suite 100

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Fax: +1-650-618-7300

Attn.: Francisco Alvarez Demalde

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Marval, O’Farrell & Mairal,

Av. Leandro N. Alem 928

Buenos Aires

Argentina

Attention: Hernán Slemenson/Pablo Rojo

Fax No.: + 54-11-4310-0200

 

If to FTVentures III L.P. or FTVentures IIIN L.P., to:

 

FT Ventures III, L.P.

Attn.: Brad Bernstein

Cc: David Haynes

555 California Street, 29 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

Tel.: +1 (415) 229-3000

Fax: +1 (415) 229-3005

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

Attn.: David Breach

555 California Street, 27th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

Tel.: +1 (415) 439-1400

Fax: +1 (415) 439-1500

 

If to Endeavor Global Inc., to:

 

Endeavor Global

900 Broadway, Suite 600

New York, NY 10003 USA

Fax No.: +1 212-352-3200

Attn: Linda Rottenberg

 

44
 

  

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

K&L Gates LLP

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022-6030 USA

Fax No.: +1 212-536-3901

Attn: Alejandro Fiuza

 

If to the Buyer, to:

 

WPP Group USA, Inc.

100 Park Avenue, 4 th Floor

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Fax: +1 212- 632-2222

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Davis & Gilbert LLP

1740 Broadway

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Curt C. Myers, Esq.

Fax: +1-212-468-4888

 

8.3          Construction .

 

a) The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

b) As used herein, the neutral gender shall be deemed to denote both the masculine and feminine genders, and the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular. Unless otherwise resulting from the context, words such as “herein” and “hereof” shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

 

c) All references herein to Sections shall be deemed to refer to Sections of this Agreement; all references herein to Exhibits shall be deemed to refer to Exhibits hereto, unless specified to the contrary.

 

d) As used herein, the terms “include”, “includes”, “included” and “including” mean “including but not limited to”.

 

8.4           Assignment; Binding Effect .

 

This Agreement may not be assigned by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Parties and any assignment in violation thereof shall be null and void. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns.

 

45
 

  

8.5           Amendment; Waiver .

 

This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument signed by the Buyer, the Company and the Sellers. No provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the Party sought to be bound. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, and a waiver of a particular right or remedy on one occasion shall not be deemed a waiver of any other right or remedy or a waiver on any subsequent occasion.

 

8.6           Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

 

8.7           Severability .

 

If any term or provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance, shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement or its application to other Persons and circumstances shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision hereof shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

8.8           Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and any and all prior correspondence, conversations, memoranda and agreements or other prior writings are hereby superseded.

 

8.9           Governing Law .

 

This Agreement is governed by and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any rules of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

8.10        Consent to Jurisdiction and Service .

 

a) All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (individually, a “ Legal Dispute ”), shall be referred to and finally settled under the then current Rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “ Arbitration Rules ”), by three arbitrators (the “ Arbitrators ”) appointed in accordance with the Arbitration Rules.

 

b) The Parties consent to exclusive jurisdiction in the City of New York, New York, United States of America and the arbitration proceeding shall be held in the City of New York, New York, United States of America and shall be conducted in English.

 

46
 

 

c) The Arbitrators shall render their determination according to law and not ex aequo et bono . The Arbitrators’ award may be enforced in any court having jurisdiction thereon.

 

d) Each Party shall bear its own costs and attorney’s fees, and shall share equally in the fees and expenses of the Arbitrators. No punitive damages shall be awarded in any such arbitration.

 

e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Party to the Legal Dispute may require enforcement of the Arbitrators’ award before any competent court if the other Party does not comply with the award.

 

f) Each Party agrees that the notification in any action, proceeding or trial referred to in this Section 8.10 shall be considered effectively made if remitted to the addresses specified in Section 8.2 hereof.

 

g) To the extent, if any, to which any of the Sellers or Buyer or any of their respective properties may be deemed to have or hereafter to acquire immunity on the ground of sovereignty or otherwise, from any arbitral or judicial process or proceeding to enforce this Agreement or to collect amounts due hereunder (including, attachment proceedings prior to judgment or in aid thereof) in any jurisdiction (whether arbitral or judicial), each of the Sellers and the Buyer hereby waives such immunity and agrees not to claim the same.

 

h) The Parties consent that any state or federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction with respect to the enforcement of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement and with respect to the enforcement of any award rendered in any arbitration conducted thereunder.

 

i) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

j) Each Party waives any right or claim to post bond for costs ( excepción de arraigo ) in connection with the enforcement of an arbitration award.

 

8.11         Publicity .

 

Except by prior mutual consent, neither Sellers nor Buyer shall issue any press releases or make any other public announcement or statement concerning this Agreement and the Transactions contemplated hereby. Nothing in this Section 8.11 shall prevent any Party from making any announcement required by Applicable Law, provided that the Party subject to such requirement shall make a good faith effort to obtain the consent of the other Party to the text of the relevant announcement, and such other Party shall not withhold its consent unreasonably.

 

47
 

  

8.12        Confidentiality .

 

a) Each Party to this Agreement will hold, and will use all reasonable efforts to cause its Affiliates and Representatives to hold in strict confidence from any other Person (other than any such Affiliates or Representatives or in the case of any Party that is a fund, to any investor thereof), unless (i) compelled by judicial or administrative process (including, without limitation, in connection with obtaining any necessary approval of Governmental Authorities of this Agreement and the Transactions contemplated hereby) or by other requirements of Applicable Law; or (ii) disclosed in an action, suit or proceeding brought by or against a Party to this Agreement in pursuit of its rights or in the exercise of its remedies under this Agreement, all documents and information (“ Confidential Information ”) concerning the other Party or any of its Affiliates furnished to it by the other Party or on behalf of such other Party in connection with this Agreement or with the Transactions contemplated hereby, except to the extent that such documents or information were (x) previously known by the Party receiving such documents or information, (y) in the public domain (either prior to or after the furnishing of such documents or information hereunder) through no fault of such receiving Party or (z) later acquired by the receiving Party from another source if the receiving Party is not aware that such source is under an obligation to another Party hereto to keep such documents and information confidential.

 

b) In the event that any Party to this Agreement or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives (the “ Disclosing Party ”) is required by Applicable Law to disclose any Confidential Information, such Disclosing Party will promptly notify the other Party in writing so that such other Party may seek a protective ruling and/or other motion filed to prevent the production or disclosure of the Confidential Information. If such motion is not timely brought or, if so brought, is denied, then such Disclosing Party may disclose only such portion of the Confidential Information which (i) is required by Applicable Law to be disclosed, provided that , the Disclosing Party will use all reasonable efforts to preserve the confidentiality of the remainder of the Confidential Information; or (ii) the other Party consents, in writing, to being disclosed. The Disclosing Party will continue to be bound by its obligations pursuant to this Section 8.12 (b) for any Confidential Information that is not required to be disclosed pursuant to subparagraph (i) above, or that has been afforded protective treatment pursuant to a motion brought pursuant to this Section 8.12(b) .

 

48
 

  

8.13        No Third Party Beneficiaries .

 

Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the Parties hereto and their respective successors, any rights, remedies, obligations or Liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

8.14        Several but not Joint Liability .

 

Where any obligation, representation, warranty or undertaking in this Agreement is expressed to be made, undertaken or given by the Sellers, they shall be severally and not jointly responsible in respect of it.

 

8.15        [ Intentionally left blank. ]

 

8.16        Definitions .

 

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings given to such terms below:

 

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person, which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

4.0 ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Agreement ” shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.

 

Aggregate Threshold ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.2(b) .

 

Applicable Law ” means, with respect to any Person, any and every federal, state, provincial, local or similar statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, judgment, decision, requirement or rule of law of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority to which such Person or any of its activities or any of its assets or properties is subject.

 

Arbitration Rules ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.10(a) .

 

Arbitrators ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.10(a) .

 

Argentina ” means the Republic of Argentina.

 

Bankruptcy and Equity Exception ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.2(a) .

 

breach ” means, with respect to any Representation and Warranty, any inaccuracy thereof.

 

49
 

 

Business Day ” means any day on which financial institutions in New York City (or, with respect to any payment obligations of the Parties hereunder, in the relevant jurisdiction in which such payment is to be made) are open for the transaction of business.

 

Buyer ” shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.

 

Buyer Material Adverse Effect ” means any change, event, circumstance or development that individually, or in the aggregate with all other changes, events, circumstances or developments has or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Buyer to consummate the Transactions in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Capital Increase ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1 .

 

Claim Notice ” means either a Recoverable Claim Notice or a Third Party Claim Notice.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Company ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.12(a) .

 

Consolidated Reference Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.9(b) .

 

Contingent Liabilities ” means those Liabilities that are not absolute but, in accordance with Relevant GAAP, must be recorded or disclosed (either by a provision, an accrual or a note) in the financial statements.

 

Contract ” shall mean any written or oral contract, agreement, note, bond, mortgage, security agreement, indenture, license, franchise, permit, concession, lease or other instrument, commitment or obligation of any kind.

 

Disclosing Party ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.12(b) .

 

Disclosure Schedules ” means the Schedules to this Agreement, including any modifications or amendments thereto as agreed to by the Parties.

 

Dollars ” or “ US$ ” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Employee Benefit Plan ” means each U.S. and foreign plan, program, policy, payroll practice, contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for retirement, health, disability, severance, termination pay, compensation, performance-based awards, cash awards, stock or equity based awards, fringe benefits or other employee benefits of any kind, whether qualified or nonqualified, formal or informal, funded or unfunded, written or oral.

 

50
 

  

Endeavor ” shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.

 

Endeavor Option ” means the stock option granted to Endeavor Catalyst Inc. pursuant to that certain Stock Option Agreement dated December 10, 2012, by and between the Company and Endeavor Catalyst Inc.

 

Environmental Laws ” means any and all Applicable Laws of the jurisdictions where the Globant Subsidiaries operate related to Environmental Matters.

 

Environmental Matters ” means any matter arising out of, relating to or resulting from pollution, protection of the environment and human health or safety, health or safety of the public or employees, sanitation, and any matters relating to emissions, discharges, Releases or threatened Releases of Environmentally Relevant Materials or otherwise arising out of, resulting from or relating to the presence, manufacture, packaging, labeling, processing, distribution, use, generation, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling or exposure to Environmentally Relevant Materials or arising out of, resulting from, or relating to compliance with Environmental Laws.

 

Environmentally Relevant Materials ” means any pollutants, contaminants, or hazardous or toxic substances, materials, wastes, residual materials, constituents or chemicals that are regulated by, or form the basis for liability under any Environmental Laws, including but not limited to petroleum products, asbestos and radioactive materials.

 

Founders ” shall mean, collectively, MM, MU, NN and GE.

 

Fraud ” means actual fraudulent acts or omissions of any Seller or the Company or the Buyer.

 

FTV III ” shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.

 

FTV IIIN ” shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.

 

Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.9(b).

 

Fundamental Representations and Warranties ” means the Representations and Warranties described in Sections 4.1 , 4.2 , 4.4 and 4.5 .

 

Governmental or Regulatory Authority ” means any government or any provincial, municipal or other political subdivision thereof, or any governmental body, agency, authority or instrumentality (including any court or tribunal).

 

Globant Brazil ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

51
 

  

Globant LLC ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Globant Lux ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Globant Lux Shares ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Globant Subsidiaries ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

GS Mexico ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

IAFH ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Indebtedness ” of any Person means all obligations of such Person for or in respect of money borrowed or any other transaction that in substance is in the nature of a borrowing, including any sale and leaseback transaction.

 

Indemnification Agreement ” shall mean the indemnification agreement executed by the Company and the New Shareholder Director, pursuant to which the Company indemnifies the New Shareholder Director on the same terms as provided for the other Directors of the Company, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.4(b)(iv) .

 

Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.2(a) .

 

Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual property and intellectual property rights and rights in confidential information of every kind and description throughout the world, including (i) all patents, designs and industrial models; (ii) all trademarks, service marks, slogans and logos; (iii) all copyrights and software; (iv) all trade names and unregistered marks; (v) all technology, know-how, trade secrets, improvements, processes, product formulae and discoveries; (vi) all trademark licenses, service mark licenses, software or copyright licenses, royalty agreements, patent licenses, assignments, grants and contracts with employees or others relating in whole or in part to the registration of trademarks, service marks and copyrights, disclosure, assignment, or patenting of any inventions, discoveries, improvements, processes, formulae, trade secrets, or other know-how; (vii) rights of publicity, privacy, and rights to personal information, and (viii) all rights in the foregoing and in other similar intangible assets.

 

ITO ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

ITO Holdings ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Joinder Agreement ” means the Joinder Agreement by and among the Sellers, the Company and the Buyer, dated as of the date hereof.

 

52
 

 

Knowledge ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) the actual knowledge of such Person (including the actual knowledge of the officers and directors of such Person if an entity); and (b) the knowledge that reasonably would have been acquired by such Person after making due inquiry and exercising such due diligence as a prudent businessperson would have made or exercised in the management of his or her business affairs, including such inquiry of those key employees and consultants of such Person who could be reasonably be expected to have actual knowledge of the matters in question.

 

Liabilities ” means any and all debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured.

 

Liens ” means, without limitation, pledges, liens, charges, mortgages, fiduciary rights, court or administrative attachment orders, encumbrances, easements, usufructs, contractual rights of third parties, occupation by third parties by right or de facto, trusts, options and restrictions of any kind, provided that, with respect to Globant Lux Shares, or Globant Subsidiaries transfer restrictions under Applicable Law and the articles of association or other organizational documents of the Company, the Globant Subsidiaries and the Existing Shareholder’s Agreement (as defined in the Joinder Agreement), as amended, shall not be considered Liens.

 

Loss ” means any and all actual damages, fines, fees, penalties, interest, Liabilities, obligations, amounts paid in settlement, losses, reductions of net worth or value, and other expenses (including, without limitation, costs of investigation, attorneys’ fees and other court costs).

 

Lux Reorganization ” means the corporate organization by virtue of which (A) ITO was converted from a sociedad limitada under Spanish law into a sociedad anónima under Spanish law, (B) the Sellers incorporated the Company as a corporation under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, (C) contributed their respective shareholdings in ITO into the Company (except for RW Parallel B, RW CP, RW Parallel A., FTV III. and FTV IIIN, which contributed into the Company their respective participations in ITO Holdings and RW Holdings themselves shareholders of ITO), implemented through a Contribution Agreement dated December 5, 2012, a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule 8.16.(a) , and as a result of which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the capital stock and voting rights of the Globant Subsidiaries, as shown in the organizational chart attached hereto as Schedule 8.16.(b) , and (D) the Company assumed obligations and liabilities of ITO.

 

Material Adverse Change ” means one or more events, circumstances, conditions or changes which individually or in the aggregate has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means any effect that individually or in the aggregate is, or could reasonably be expected to be, materially adverse to the business activities, operations, results of operations or financial condition of the Company or any Globant Subsidiary; provided that any events, circumstances, conditions, changes or effects resulting from (a) changes in Argentine or worldwide economic conditions generally, or (b) the announcement or performance of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, shall not be taken into account in determining the existence of a Material Adverse Effect.

 

53
 

  

Necessary Action ” means, with respect to a result required to be caused, all actions (to the extent such actions are permitted by Applicable Law) reasonably necessary to cause such result, which actions may include: (a) voting or providing a written consent or proxy with respect to the Shares of the Company; (b) causing the adoption of Shareholders’ resolutions and amendments to the Organizational Documents of the Company or any of the Globant Subsidiaries; (c) removing any members of the Board of the Company or a Globant Subsidiary (to the extent such members were nominated or designated by the Person obligated to undertake the Necessary Action) in the event they do not in such capacity take actions consistent with the Necessary Action; (d) executing agreements and instruments; and (e) making, or causing to be made, with Governmental or Regulatory Authorities or other Persons, all filings, approvals, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result.

 

Newly Issued Shares ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Non-Competition Agreements ” means the Non-Competition Agreements entered into between the Company and each of the Founders on the date hereof.

 

Paldwick ” shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.

 

Party ” and “ Parties ” shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.

 

Permits ” means, with respect to any Person, all permits, concessions, approvals, identification numbers, licenses, registrations, notices, authorizations, certificates and consents, from any Governmental Authorities necessary to conduct the business of a Person as presently conducted and to own and operate its assets and properties and own shares or quotas under Argentine law.

 

Person ” means a corporation, association, limited liability company, joint venture, partnership, trust, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof, or Governmental or Regulatory Authority.

 

Pre-Closing Periods ” means all Tax periods ending on or before the Purchase Closing Date and, with respect to any Tax period that includes but does not end on the Purchase Closing Date, the portion of such period that ends on and includes the Purchase Closing Date.

 

Pro Rata Participation ” means, with respect to a Seller, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate number of shares transferred by such Seller as of the Purchase Closing Date by (ii) the aggregate number of shares held by all Sellers as of the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the relevant Pro Rata Participation of each Seller is specified in Exhibit B hereto.

 

54
 

  

Purchase Closing ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.3 .

 

Purchase Closing Date ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.3 .

 

Purchase Transaction ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.1 .

 

Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.2 .

 

Purchased Shares ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Recoverable Amount ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.2(a).

 

Recoverable Claim Notice ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.5(a) .

 

Related Party ” means a Relative, a Director, a consultant or an employee of the Company or of any Globant Subsidiary, a Relative of such Director, consultant or employee or an Affiliate of any of the above with the exception of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries.

 

Related Party Contract ” means a contract, agreement, understanding or proposed transaction between the Company or a Globant Subsidiary and one or more Related Parties.

 

Relative ” means any Person who is within the fourth degree of kindred by blood or affinity with any Director of the Company or of any Globant Subsidiary.

 

Release ” means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, injecting, discharging, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing (or threat of the same occurring) into the environment.

 

Relevant Closing Date ” means the Purchase Closing Date, in the case of the Purchase Transaction, and the Subscription Closing Date, in the case of the Subscription Transaction.

 

Relevant Fiscal Year End ” means the date of closing of the last audited financial statements of the Company and, if applicable, of any Globant Subsidiary.

 

Relevant GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time in the jurisdiction where the relevant company is organized.

 

Representations and Warranties ” means the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement.

 

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, that Person’s officers, directors, trustees, employees, agents, counsel, accountants, financial advisors, consultants and other agents and representatives.

 

55
 

  

Reset Agreement ” means the Price Reset Agreement by and among the Sellers and the Buyer, dated as of the date hereof.

 

Returns ” means all returns, declarations, reports, estimates, information returns, refund claims, and statements of any nature regarding Taxes, including amendments thereto.

 

RW Capital ” shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.

 

RW CP ” shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.

 

RW Parallel A ” shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.

 

RW Parallel B ” shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.

 

RW Holdings ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.7.

 

Sellers ” shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.

 

Sellers’ Account ” means the accounts of each of the Sellers specified in Exhibit 1.2 .

 

Seller Material Adverse Effect ” means any change, event, circumstance or development that individually, or in the aggregate with all other changes, events, circumstances or developments, has or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the relevant Seller to consummate the Transactions in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

SG Chile ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

SG Uruguay ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Sistemas Colombia ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Sistemas Globales ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Sistemas Globales Buenos Aires ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Sistemas UK ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

SP Creation ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Subscription Closing ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3 .

 

56
 

 

Subscription Closing Date ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3 .

 

Subscription Price ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.2 .

 

Subscription Transaction ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1 .

 

Tax Matters ”, “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any taxes including income (net or gross), gross receipts, profits, alternative or add-on minimum, assets, turnover, franchise, license, capital, capital stock, intangible, services, premium, transfer, sales, use, ad-valorem , value-added, payroll, wage, severance, employment, social security, retirement, occupation, property (real or personal), windfall profits, import, excise, custom, stamp, withholding, or estimated taxes), fees, duties, assessments, withholdings or governmental charges of a tax nature including any and all such taxes which should have been collected and paid to any governmental body on behalf of third parties, including with respect to each item any interest, adjustments, penalties, or additions.

 

Terraforum ” shall have the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

Transaction Agreements ” means this Agreement, the Joinder Agreement, the Reset Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement and the Non-Competition Agreements, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and thereto.

 

Transactions ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.2(a) .

 

Third Party Claim ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.5(b) .

 

Third Party Claim Notice ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.5(b) .

 

Unknown Contingent Liabilities ” means all Contingent Liabilities of each of the Company and the Globant Subsidiaries, which (i) are not included in the Disclosure Schedules, and (ii) to the Sellers’ Knowledge, on the Relevant Closing Date, did not exist on the Relevant Closing Date, it being understood that all Liabilities resulting from breaches of the Representations and Warranties described in Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.4 , 3.5 , 3.7 , 3.8 and 3.9 shall not be considered Unknown Contingent Liabilities, whether known or unknown to the Sellers. For purposes of this definition, Sellers’ Knowledge shall mean the actual knowledge of a Seller (including the actual knowledge of the officers and directors of such Seller if an entity).

 

7.17        Spousal Consent .

  

Mrs. Carolina Pinciroli, Martín Migoya’s spouse, Mrs. María Victoria Albornoz, Martín Gonzalo Umaran’s spouse, Mrs. Silvana Laura Gaggiotti, Néstor Augusto Nocetti’s spouse and Mrs. María Alejandra Fasce, Guibert Andrés Englebienne’s spouse, execute this Agreement to express their consent with the transactions contemplated hereunder in accordance with section 1,277 of the Argentine Civil Code.

 

57
 

  

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

58
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties hereto has executed, or caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, as the case may be, as of the date first above written.

 

Globant S.A.  
     
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
     
   
Riverwood Capital LLC.  
By:    
Title:    
     
   
Paldwick S.A.  
By:    
Title:    
     
   
Martin Migoya  
     
   
Martin Gonzalo Umaran  
     
   
Néstor Augusto Nocetti  
     
   
Guibert Andrés Englebienne  

 

 
 

 

RIVERWOOD CAPITAL PARTNERS L.P.
   
By: RIVERWOOD CAPITAL L.P., its general partner
   
By: Riverwood Capital GP Ltd., its general partner
     
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
RIVERWOOD CAPITAL PARTNERS (PARALLEL – A) L.P.
   
By: RIVERWOOD CAPITAL L.P., its general partner
   
By: Riverwood Capital GP Ltd., its general partner
     
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
RIVERWOOD CAPITAL PARTNERS (PARALLEL – B) L.P.
     
By: RIVERWOOD CAPITAL L.P., its general partner
   
By: Riverwood Capital GP Ltd., its general Partner
     
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
   
FTVentures III L.P.  
By:    
Title:    

 

 
 

 

   
FTVentures IIIN L.P.  
By:    
Title:    
     
By: WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à r.l.
     
   
By:    
Title:    
     
   
By:    
Title:    

 

 
 

Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, we have omitted schedules (or similar attachments) to this agreement that are immaterial to an investment decision and which are not otherwise disclosed in the prospectus. The omitted schedules (or similar attachments) relate to:

 

· Exhibit A: Holdings of Globant Lux
· Exhibit B: Purchased Shares
· Exhibit C: Newly Issued Shares
· Exhibit 1.2: Seller’s Accounts
· Exhibit 1.4(a)(i): Purchase Price
· Exhibit 1.4(b)(iv): Form of Indemnification Agreement
· Schedule 1.4(b)(v): Copy of IRS Recognition Letter for Globant, LLC.
· Schedule 3.5: No Other Agreements to Sell the Purchased Shares.
· Schedule 4.3: Litigation.
· Schedule 4.4: No Other Agreements to Sell the Purchased Shares.
· Schedule 4.5(a)(i): Capitalization. Issued Share Capital of Globant Lux.
· Schedule 4.5(a)(ii): Capitalization. Globant Lux Organizational Documents.
· Schedule 4.5(c): Capitalization. Capital Stock of the Globant Subsidiaries.
· Schedule 4.5(e): Capitalization.
· Schedule 4.5(g): Stock Purchase and Option Agreements.
· Schedule 4.5(i): Dividends; distributions.
· Schedule 4.8: Taxes.
· Schedule 4.9(b)(i): Activities and Businesses of the Globant Subsidiaries. Financial Statements.
· Schedule 4.9(b)(ii): Activities and Businesses of the Globant Subsidiaries. Consolidated Reference Financial Statements.
· Schedule 4.10(a): Employee Matters.
· Schedule 4.11: Employee Benefit Plans.
· Schedule 4.14: Intellectual Properties.
· Schedule 4.15: Related Party Contracts.
· Schedule 4.17: Claims of the Sellers.
· Schedule 4.18: Properties; Title to Properties.
· Schedule 4.19: Rights of Registration and Voting Rights.
· Schedule 4.21: Absence of Material Adverse Change.
· Schedule 4.22: Client Relations.
· Schedule 8.16(a): Contribution Agreement.
· Schedule 8.16(b): Organizational Chart.

 

We will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule to the Commission upon request.

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

 

To the Board of Directors

of Globant S.A.

5a, rue Guillaume Kroll,

L-1882 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

 
 
  Luxembourg, [***] 2014
   
  Your ref. : /
  Our ref. : 51323/ 11113647v1
  Sophie.wagner@arendt.com
  Tel. : (352) 40 78 78-253
  Fax : (352) 40 78 04-634

 

 

GLOBANT S.A. – F1 Registration Statement

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen,

 

 

We are acting as Luxembourg counsel for Globant S.A., a société anonyme , having its registered office at 5, rue Guillaume Kroll, L-1882 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, registered with the Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg under number B 173 727, (the “ Company ”) in connection with the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the offering by the Company of [***] common shares (the “ New Shares ”) of the Company and by the Selling Shareholders of [***] common shares of the Company (the “ Existing Shares ”), each with a nominal value of one U.S. dollar and twenty cents (U.S.$ 1.20) per share.

 

We have reviewed, and relied on, (i) the consolidated articles of incorporation of the Company as at 29 November 2013, (ii) the notarial deed dated 28 January 2013 on the increase of the share capital of the Company, (iii) the notarial deed dated 27 March 2013 on the increase of the share capital of the Company, (iv) the notarial deed dated 29 November 2013 on the increase of the share capital of the Company, (v) the notarial deed recording the minutes of the general meeting of shareholders of the Company of [*** 2014] (which inter alia determined the authorized unissued share capital of the Company and authorized the board of directors to issue shares of the Company and in this respect waive any preferential or pre-emptive subscription rights of existing shareholders and amended and restated the articles of association of the Company, all these resolutions being subject to a condition precedent), (vi) the notarial deed recording the minutes of the general meeting of shareholders of the Company of [*** 2014] (which inter alia resolved on a reverse stock split whereby the nominal value of the Company shares was changed from ten cents of U.S. dollars (U.S.$ 0.10) to one U.S. dollar and twenty cents (U.S.$ 1.20) and confirmed the effectiveness of the resolutions adopted by the general meeting of shareholders of the Company of [*** 2014]), (vii) (the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company of 18 December 2013 on inter alia the Registration Statement (the “ Resolutions 1 ”), (viii) the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company of [*** 2014] on inter alia the offering of common shares of the Company and the issue of the New Shares (the “ Resolutions 2 ”) and (ix) the draft of the resolutions of the authorized officer of the Company resolving the issue of the New Shares (the “ Resolutions 3 ” and together with the Resolutions 1 and the Resolutions 2, the “ Resolutions ”) as well as such corporate records (including the shareholders’ register of the Company) as have been disclosed to us and such certifications made to us, which we deemed necessary and appropriate as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed.

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

We express no opinion as to any laws other than the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and this opinion is to be construed under Luxembourg law and is subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Luxembourg.

 

Based on the foregoing, and having regard for such legal considerations as we have deemed relevant, we are of the opinion that:

 

1. The Company is a validly existing société anonyme under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

2. The Existing Shares being offered by the Selling Shareholders have been validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

3. The New Shares being offered by the Company, once duly subscribed and fully paid and issued in accordance with the Registration Statement and the Resolutions, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to use of our name under the heading “Legal Matters” and “Taxation” as regards the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg in the prospectus contained therein. In giving such consent we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

_________________________

Arendt & Medernach

By Sophie Wagner-Chartier

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

 

 

 

To the Board of Directors

of Globant S.A.

5a, rue Guillaume Kroll,

L-1882 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

 
 
Luxembourg, [***] 2014
 
Your ref. : /
Our ref. : 51323/ 9202181v1
alain.goebel@arendt.com
Tel. : (352) 40 78 78-512
Fax : (352) 40 78 04-635

 

 

 

GLOBANT S.A. – F1 Registration Statement

 

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen,

 

 

We are acting as Luxembourg counsel for Globant S.A., a société anonyme , having its registered office at 5a, rue Guillaume Kroll, L-1882 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, registered with the Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg under number B 173 727, (the “ Company ”) in connection with the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) being filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the offering of shares of the Company.

 

We hereby confirm that the discussion set forth under the caption “Taxation – Luxembourg Tax Considerations”, in the prospectus of the Company with respect to the shares of the Company, which is part of the Company’s Registration Statement filed on this date, is our opinion.

 

For the purpose of this confirmation, we have assumed that the Company is exclusively tax resident in Luxembourg at the date hereof.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to use of our name under the heading “Legal Matters” and “Taxation” as regards the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg in the prospectus contained therein. In giving such consent we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 
 

 

We express no opinion as to any laws other that the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and this opinion is to be construed under Luxembourg law and is subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Luxembourg.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

                                                                              

Arendt & Medernach

By [●]

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.2

 

DLA Piper LLP (US)

1251 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

www.dlapiper.com

 

T  212.335.4500

F  212.335.4501

May       , 2014

 

Globant S.A.

5 rue Guillaume Kroll

L-1882, Luxembourg

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as U.S. counsel to Globant S.A. (the “ Company ”), and have been requested to render this opinion in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form F-1 of the Company (Registration No. 333-190841), as amended (the “ Registration Statement ”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”), of the offering and sale of its common shares of $0.10 nominal value each of the capital of the Company (the “ Offered Shares ”).

 

We have examined the Registration Statement. In addition, we have examined, and have relied as to matters of fact upon, originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such corporate records, agreements, documents and other instruments and such certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company, and have made such other and further investigations as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth. In such examination, we have assumed the accuracy of the factual matters described in the Registration Statement and that the Registration Statement and other documents will be executed by the parties in the forms provided to and reviewed by us.

 

In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.

 

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein and in the Registration Statement, we hereby confirm that the discussion under the caption “Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” in the Registration Statement, insofar as such discussion represents legal conclusions or statements of U.S. tax law, unless otherwise noted and subject to the limitations and qualifications therein, constitutes a fair and accurate summary of the material U.S. tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as such term is defined in the prospectus that is a part of the Registration Statement) of the ownership and disposition of the Offered Shares and we hereby adopt and confirm that discussion as our opinion. We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the United States federal income tax law.

 

 
 

 

The foregoing opinion is rendered as of the date hereof. We assume no obligation to update such opinion to reflect any facts or circumstances that may hereafter come to our attention or changes in the law which may hereafter occur.

 

This opinion is limited to the matters set forth herein, and no other opinion should be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 8.2 to the Registration Statement and to the reference of our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus that is a part of the Registration Statement. In giving our consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

DLA PIPER LLP (US)

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

GLOBANT S.A.
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. Establishment, Purpose and Types of Awards

 

GLOBANT S.A., a société anonyme incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 5, rue Guillaume Kroll, L-1882 Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg trade and companies register under number B 173 727 (the “ Company ”), hereby establishes the GLOBANT S.A. 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN (the “ Plan ”). The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company by (i) providing key people with incentives to improve stockholder value and to contribute to the growth and financial success of the Company through their future services, and (ii) enabling the Company to attract, retain and reward the best-available personnel.

 

The Plan permits the granting of stock options (including incentive stock options qualifying under Code section 422 and nonstatutory stock options), stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance awards, other stock-based awards, or any combination of the foregoing.

 

2. Definitions

 

Under this Plan, except where the context otherwise indicates, the following definitions apply:

 

(a)           “Administrator” means the Board or the committee(s) or officer(s) appointed by the Board from time to time that have authority to administer the Plan as provided in Section 3 hereof.

 

(b)          “ Affiliate” means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company (including, but not limited to, joint ventures, limited liability companies, and partnerships). For this purpose, “ control ” shall mean ownership of 50% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock or interests of the entity, or the power to direct the management and policies of the entity, by contract or otherwise.

 

(c)           “Award” means any stock option, stock appreciation right, stock award, restricted stock unit award, performance award, or other stock-based award.

 

(d)           “Board” means the board of directors of the Company as composed from time to time.

 

(e)           “Change in Control” means: (i) the acquisition (other than from the Company) in one or more transactions by any Person, as defined in this Section 2(e), of the beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of more than 50% of (A) the then outstanding shares of the Company, or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Company Voting Stock ”); (ii) the closing of a sale or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iii) the effective time of any merger, share exchange, consolidation, or other business combination involving the Company if immediately after such transaction persons who hold a majority of the outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the surviving entity (or the entity owning 100% of such surviving entity) are not persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, held the Company Voting Stock; provided , however , that a Change in Control shall not include any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Company or a public offering of capital stock of the Company, and provided also that that for purposes of any Award or subplan that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan,” within the meaning of Code section 409A, the Administrator, in its discretion, may specify a different definition of Change in Control in order to comply with the provisions of Code section 409A. For purposes of this Section 2(e), a “ Person ” means any individual, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than: employee benefit plans sponsored or maintained by the Company and by entities controlled by the Company or an underwriter of the Common Shares in a registered public offering. 

 

(f)           “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

 
 

 

(g)           “Common Shares” means the common shares of the Company at Par Value.

 

(h)           “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to the Common Shares, as of any date:

 

(i)          if the principal market for the Common Shares (as determined by the Administrator if the Common Shares is listed or admitted to trading on more than one exchange or market) is a national securities exchange or an established securities market, the official closing price per Common Share for the regular market session on that date on the principal exchange or market on which the Common Shares are then listed or admitted to trading or, if no sale is reported for that date, on the last preceding day on which a sale was reported;

 

(ii)         if the principal market for the Common Shares is not a national securities exchange or an established securities market, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices for the Common Shares on that date as reported on a national quotation system or, if no prices are reported for that date, on the last preceding day on which prices were reported; or

 

(iii)        if the Common Shares are neither listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange or an established securities market, nor quoted by a national quotation system, the value determined by the Administrator in good faith by reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method.

 

(i)           “Grant Agreement” means a written document, including an electronic writing acceptable to the Administrator, memorializing the terms and conditions of an Award granted pursuant to the Plan and which shall incorporate the terms of the Plan.

 

(j)          “ Par Value ” means the par value of the Common Shares from time to time, being currently $0.10 per share.

 

(k)           “Performance Measures” mean criteria established by the Administrator relating to any of the following, as it may apply to an individual, one or more business units, divisions or subsidiaries, or on a Company-wide basis, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies: revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA); operating income; pre- or after-tax income; cash flow; cash flow per share; net earnings; earnings per share; price-to-earnings ratio; return on equity; return on invested capital; return on assets; growth in assets; share price performance; economic value added; total shareholder return; improvement in or attainment of expense levels; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; relative performance to a group of companies comparable to the Company, and strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on the Company’s meeting specified goals relating to revenue, market penetration, business expansion, costs or acquisitions or divestitures.

 

3. Administration

 

(a)           Administration of the Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or by such committee or committees as may be appointed by the Board from time to time. To the extent allowed by applicable laws, the Board by resolution may authorize an officer or officers to grant Awards (other than stock Awards) to other officers and employees of the Company and its Affiliates, and, to the extent of such authorization, such officer or officers shall be the Administrator.

 

(b)           Powers of the Administrator . The Administrator shall have all the powers vested in it by the terms of the Plan and the resolution of the Board, such powers to include authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to grant Awards under the Plan, prescribe Grant Agreements evidencing such Awards and establish programs for granting Awards.

 

 
 

 

The Administrator shall have full power and authority to take all other actions necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the authority to: (i) determine the eligible persons to whom, and the time or times at which Awards shall be granted; (ii) determine the types of Awards to be granted; (iii) determine the number of shares to be covered by or used for reference purposes for each Award; (iv) impose such terms, limitations, restrictions and conditions upon any such Award as the Administrator shall deem appropriate; (v) modify, amend, extend or renew outstanding Awards, or accept the surrender of outstanding Awards and substitute new Awards ( provided however, that, except as provided in Section 7 of the Plan, any modification that would materially adversely affect any outstanding Award shall not be made without the consent of the holder and no such modification, amendment or substitution that results in repricing the Award shall be made without prior stockholder approval); (vi) accelerate or otherwise change the time in which an Award may be exercised or becomes payable and to waive or accelerate the lapse, in whole or in part, of any restriction or condition with respect to such Award, including, but not limited to, any restriction or condition with respect to the vesting or exercisability of an Award following termination of any grantee’s employment or other relationship with the Company; provided , however , that no such waiver or acceleration of lapse restrictions shall be made with respect to a performance-based stock award granted to an executive officer of the Company if such waiver or acceleration is inconsistent with Code section 162(m); (vii) establish objectives and conditions, if any, for earning Awards and determining whether Awards will be paid with respect to a performance period; and (viii) for any purpose, including but not limited to, qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws or otherwise complying with the regulatory requirements of local or foreign jurisdictions, to establish, amend, modify, administer or terminate sub-plans, and prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to such sub-plans.

 

The Administrator shall have full power and authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to administer, construe and interpret the Plan, Grant Agreements and all other documents relevant to the Plan and Awards issued thereunder, to establish, amend, rescind and interpret such rules, regulations, agreements, guidelines and instruments for the administration of the Plan and for the conduct of its business as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable, and to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award in the manner and to the extent the Administrator shall deem it desirable to carry it into effect.

 

(c)           Non-Uniform Determinations . The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan (including without limitation, determinations of the persons to receive Awards, the form, amount and timing of such Awards, the terms and provisions of such Awards and the Grant Agreements evidencing such Awards, and the ramifications of a Change in Control upon outstanding Awards) need not be uniform and may be made by the Administrator selectively among Awards or persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

 

(d)           Limited Liability. To the maximum extent permitted by law, no member of the Administrator shall be liable for any action taken or decision made in good faith relating to the Plan or any Award thereunder.

 

(e)           Indemnification . To the maximum extent permitted by law and by the Company’s articles of association, the members of the Administrator shall be indemnified by the Company in respect of all their activities under the Plan except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(f)           Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All actions taken and decisions and determinations made by the Administrator on all matters relating to the Plan pursuant to the powers vested in it hereunder shall be in the Administrator’s sole and absolute discretion and shall be conclusive and binding on all parties concerned, including the Company, its stockholders, any participants in the Plan and any other employee, consultant, or director of the Company, and their respective successors in interest.

 

4. Shares Available for the Plan

 

Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 7(d) of the Plan, the Common Shares that may be issued with respect to Awards granted under the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of 40,000,000 shares, and of those the maximum number of shares that may be issued under this Plan pursuant to incentive stock options intended to qualify under Code section 422 is 40,000,000. Subject to the provisions of the law, the Company shall maintain an authorized capital comprising such number of shares for Awards under the Plan, subject to adjustments as provided in Section 7(d) of the Plan. If any Award, or portion of an Award, under the Plan expires or terminates unexercised, becomes unexercisable, is settled in cash without delivery of Common Shares, or is forfeited or otherwise terminated or canceled as to any shares, the shares subject to such Award shall thereafter be available for further Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or tax obligations shall not be available again for other Awards under the Plan.

 

 
 

 

Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 7(d) of the Plan, the maximum number of Common Shares subject to Awards of any combination that may be granted during any one fiscal year of the Company to any one individual under this Plan shall be limited to 4,000,000 shares. Such per-individual limit shall not be adjusted to effect a restoration of Common Shares with respect to which the related Award is terminated, surrendered or canceled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restriction contained in this paragraph shall not apply until the earliest of: (1) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of Common Shares reserved for issuance hereunder); (2) the issuance of all of the Common Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan; (3) the expiration of the Plan; (4) the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third (3rd) calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security by the Company under Section 12 of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended; or (5) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

5. Participation

 

Participation in the Plan shall be open to all employees, officers, and directors of, and other individuals providing bona fide services to or for, the Company, or of any Affiliate of the Company, as may be selected by the Administrator from time to time. The Administrator may also grant Awards to individuals in connection with hiring, recruiting or otherwise, prior to the date the individual first performs services for the Company or an Affiliate, provided that such Awards shall not become vested or exercisable, and no shares shall be issued to such individual, prior to the date the individual first commences performance of such services.

 

6. Awards

 

The Administrator, in its sole discretion, establishes the terms of all Awards granted under the Plan. Awards may be granted individually or in tandem with other types of Awards, concurrently with or with respect to outstanding Awards. All Awards are subject to the terms and conditions provided in the Grant Agreement.

 

(a)           Stock Options. The Administrator may from time to time grant to eligible participants Awards of incentive stock options as that term is defined in Code section 422 or nonstatutory stock options; provided , however , that Awards of incentive stock options shall be limited to employees of the Company or of any current or hereafter existing “ parent corporation ” or “ subsidiary corporation ,” as defined in Code sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Company and any other individuals who are eligible to receive incentive stock options under the provisions of Code section 422. Options must have an exercise price at least equal to Fair Market Value as of the date of grant and not lower than Par Value and may not have a term in excess of ten years’ duration. No stock option shall be an incentive stock option unless so designated by the Administrator at the time of grant or in the Grant Agreement evidencing such stock option.

 

(b)           Stock Appreciation Rights. The Administrator may from time to time grant to eligible participants Awards of Stock Appreciation Rights (“ SAR ”). An SAR entitles the grantee to receive, subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Grant Agreement, a payment having an aggregate value equal to the product of (i) the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value on the exercise date of one Common Share over (B) the base price per share specified in the Grant Agreement, times (ii) the number of shares specified by the SAR, or portion thereof, which is exercised. The base price per share specified in the Grant Agreement shall not be less than the lower of the Fair Market Value on the grant date (but in no case lower than Par Value) or the exercise price of any tandem stock option Award to which the SAR is related. No SAR shall have a term longer than ten years’ duration. Payment by the Company of the amount receivable upon any exercise of an SAR may be made by the delivery of Common Shares or cash, or any combination of Common Shares and cash, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. If upon settlement of the exercise of an SAR a grantee is to receive a portion of such payment in Common Shares, the number of shares shall be determined by dividing such portion by the Fair Market Value of a Common Share on the exercise date, it being understood that no Common Shares shall be issued below Par Value. No fractional shares shall be used for such payment and the Administrator shall determine whether cash shall be given in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated. The Administrator shall obtain a report from an independent auditor ( réviseur d’entreprises agréé ) confirming that the in-kind consideration upon exercise of a SAR has a value at least equivalent to the number and value of Shares issued in counterpart.

 

 
 

 

(c) Stock Awards.

 

(i)          The Administrator may from time to time grant stock awards to eligible participants in such amounts, on such terms and conditions, and for such consideration, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by law, as it shall determine. A stock award may be denominated in Common Shares or other securities, stock-equivalent units or restricted stock units, securities or debentures convertible into Common Shares, or any combination of the foregoing and may be paid in Common Shares or other securities, in cash, or in a combination of Common Shares or other securities and cash, all as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

 

(ii)         The Administrator may grant stock awards in a manner constituting “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code section 162(m). The grant of, or lapse of restrictions with respect to, such performance-based stock awards shall be based upon one or more Performance Measures and objective performance targets to be attained relative to those Performance Measures, all as determined by the Administrator. Performance targets may include minimum, maximum, intermediate and target levels of performance, with the size of the performance-based stock award or the lapse of restrictions with respect thereto based on the level attained. A performance target may be stated as an absolute value or as a value determined relative to prior performance, one or more indices, budget, one or more peer group companies, any other standard selected by the Administrator, or any combination thereof. The Administrator shall be authorized to make adjustments in the method of calculating attainment of Performance Measures and performance targets in recognition of: (A) extraordinary or non-recurring items; (B) changes in tax laws; (C) changes in generally accepted accounting principles or changes in accounting policies; (D) charges related to restructured or discontinued operations; (E) restatement of prior period financial results; and (F) any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss that is separately identified and quantified in the Company’s financial statements; provided that the Administrator’s decision as to whether such adjustments will be made with respect to any “covered employee,” within the meaning of Code section 162(m), is determined when the performance targets are established for the applicable performance period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may, at its sole discretion, modify the performance results upon which Awards are based under the Plan to offset any unintended results arising from events not anticipated when the Performance Measures and performance targets were established; provided, that such modifications may be made with respect to an Award granted to any “covered employee,” within the meaning of Code section 162(m), only to the extent permitted by Code section 162(m) if the Award was intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code section 162(m). Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator is not authorized to waive or accelerate the lapse of restrictions on a performance-based stock award granted to any “covered employee,” within the meaning of Code section 162(m), except upon death, disability or a change of ownership or control of the Company. In the event that a Change in Control occurs after a performance-based stock award has been granted but before completion of the applicable performance period, a pro rata portion of such Award shall become payable (or a pro rata portion of the lapse restrictions shall lapse, as applicable) as of the date of the Change in Control to the extent otherwise earned on the basis of achievement of the pro rata portion of the Performance Measures and performance targets relating to the portion of the performance period completed as of the date of the Change in Control.

 

 
 

 

7. Miscellaneous

 

(a)           Withholding of Taxes . Grantees and holders of Awards shall pay to the Company or its Affiliate, or make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of, any taxes required to be withheld in respect of Awards under the Plan no later than the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Company or its Affiliate may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee or holder of an Award. In the event that payment to the Company or its Affiliate of such tax obligations is made in Common Shares, such shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the applicable date for such purposes and shall not exceed in amount the minimum statutory tax withholding obligation.

 

(b)           Loans . To the extent otherwise permitted by law, the Company or its Affiliate may make or guarantee loans to grantees to assist grantees in exercising Awards and satisfying any withholding tax obligations.

 

(c)           Transferability . Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, and in any event in the case of an incentive stock option or a stock appreciation right granted with respect to an incentive stock option, no Award granted under the Plan shall be transferable by a grantee otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in accord with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, an Award may be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee, only by the grantee or, during the period the grantee is under a legal disability, by the grantee’s guardian or legal representative.

 

(d)           Adjustments for Corporate Transactions and Other Events .

 

(i) Stock Dividend, Stock Split and Reverse Stock Split. In the event of a stock dividend of, or stock split or reverse stock split affecting, the Common Shares, (A) the maximum number of shares of such Common Shares as to which Awards may be granted under this Plan and the maximum number of shares with respect to which Awards may be granted during any one fiscal year of the Company to any individual, as provided in Section 4 of the Plan, and (B) the number of shares covered by and the exercise price and other terms of outstanding Awards, shall, without further action of the Board, be adjusted to reflect such event. The Administrator may make adjustments, in its discretion, to address the treatment of fractional shares and fractional cents that arise with respect to outstanding Awards as a result of the stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split.

 

(ii) Non-Change in Control Transactions. Except with respect to the transactions set forth in Section 7(d)(i), in the event of any change affecting the Common Shares, the Company or its capitalization, by reason of a spin-off, split-up, dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or share exchange, other than any such change that is part of a transaction resulting in a Change in Control of the Company, the Administrator, in its discretion and without the consent of the holders of the Awards, may make (A) appropriate adjustments to the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan, in the aggregate and with respect to any individual during any one fiscal year of the Company, as provided in Section 4 of the Plan; and (B) any adjustments in outstanding Awards, including but not limited to modifying the number, kind and price of securities subject to Awards as the Administrator determines to be appropriate and equitable.

 

 
 

 

(iii) Change in Control Transactions. In the event of any transaction resulting in a Change in Control of the Company, outstanding stock options and other Awards that are payable in or convertible into Common Shares under this Plan will terminate upon the effective time of such Change in Control unless provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation or assumption of such Awards by, or for the substitution of the equivalent awards, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator, of, the surviving or successor entity or a parent thereof. In the event of such termination, the holders of stock options and other Awards under the Plan will be permitted, immediately before the Change in Control, to exercise or convert all portions of such stock options or other Awards under the Plan that are then exercisable or convertible or which become exercisable or convertible upon or prior to the effective time of the Change in Control.

 

(iv) Unusual or Nonrecurring Events. The Administrator is authorized to make, in its discretion and without the consent of holders of Awards, adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Administrator determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan.

 

(e)           Substitution of Awards in Mergers and Acquisitions. Awards may be granted under the Plan from time to time in substitution for awards held by employees, officers, consultants or directors of entities who become or are about to become employees, officers, consultants or directors of the Company or an Affiliate as the result of a merger or consolidation of the employing entity with the Company or an Affiliate, or the acquisition by the Company or an Affiliate of the assets or stock of the employing entity. The terms and conditions of any substitute Awards so granted may vary from the terms and conditions set forth herein to the extent that the Administrator deems appropriate at the time of grant to conform the substitute Awards to the provisions of the awards for which they are substituted.

 

(f)           Other Agreements. As a condition precedent to the grant of any Award under the Plan, the exercise pursuant to such an Award, or to the delivery of certificates for shares issued pursuant to any Award, the Administrator may require the grantee or the grantee’s successor or permitted transferee, as the case may be, to become a party to a stock restriction agreement, shareholders’ agreement, voting trust agreement or other agreements regarding the Common Shares of the Company in such form(s) as the Administrator may determine from time to time.

 

(g)           Termination, Amendment and Modification of the Plan . The Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan or any portion thereof at any time. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

(h)           Non-Guarantee of Employment or Service . Nothing in the Plan or in any Grant Agreement thereunder shall confer any right on an individual to continue in the service of the Company or shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate such service at any time with or without cause or notice and whether or not such termination results in (i) the failure of any Award to vest; (ii) the forfeiture of any unvested or vested portion of any Award; and/or (iii) any other adverse effect on the individual’s interests under the Plan.

 

(i)           Compliance with Securities Laws; Listing and Registration . If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Common Shares under the Plan is or may be unlawful under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or Federal, state or foreign securities laws, the right to exercise an Award or receive Common Shares pursuant to an Award shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery is lawful. If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Common Shares under the Plan is or may violate the rules of the national exchange on which the shares are then listed for trade, the right to exercise an Award or receive Common Shares pursuant to an Award shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery would not violate such rules. The Company shall have no obligation to effect any registration or qualification of the Common Shares under Federal, state or foreign laws.

 

 
 

 

The Company may require that a grantee, as a condition to exercise of an Award, and as a condition to the delivery of any share certificate, make such written representations (including representations to the effect that such person will not dispose of the Common Shares so acquired in violation of Federal, state or foreign securities laws) and furnish such information as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be appropriate to permit the Company to issue the Common Shares in compliance with applicable Federal, state or foreign securities laws. The stock certificates for any Common Shares issued pursuant to this Plan may bear a legend restricting transferability of the Common Shares unless such shares are registered or an exemption from registration is available under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state or foreign securities laws.

 

(j)           No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and a grantee or any other person. To the extent that any grantee or other person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

 

(k)           Governing Law . The validity, construction and effect of the Plan, of Grant Agreements entered into pursuant to the Plan, and of any rules, regulations, determinations or decisions made by the Administrator relating to the Plan or such Grant Agreements, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have any interest therein or thereunder, shall be determined exclusively in accordance with applicable United States federal laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws principles. Any dispute arising from the interpretation, validity or performance of this Plan or any Grant Agreement or any of their terms and provisions shall be submitted to the courts of the State of Delaware in the United States.

 

(l)          Section 409A . The Plan and all Awards granted hereunder are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Code section 409A. The Plan and all Awards granted under the Plan shall be administered, interpreted, and construed in a manner consistent with Code section 409A to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Code section 409A(a)(1)(B). Should any provision of the Plan, any Award Agreement, or any other agreement or arrangement contemplated by the Plan be found not to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, the provisions of Code section 409A, such provision shall be modified and given effect (retroactively if necessary), in the sole discretion of the Administrator, and without the consent of the holder of the Award, in such manner as the Administrator determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Code section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall the Administrator exercise its discretion to accelerate the payment or settlement of an Award where such payment or settlement constitutes deferred compensation within the meaning of Code section 409A unless, and solely to the extent that, such accelerated payment or settlement is permissible under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(j)(4) or any successor provision.

 

(m)           Effective Date; Termination Date . The Plan is effective as of the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board, subject to approval of the stockholders within twelve months before or after such date. No Award shall be granted under the Plan after the close of business on the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the Plan, or if earlier, the tenth anniversary of the date this Plan is approved by the stockholders. Subject to other applicable provisions of the Plan, all Awards made under the Plan prior to such termination of the Plan shall remain in effect until such Awards have been satisfied or terminated in accordance with the Plan and the terms of such Awards.

 

PLAN APPROVAL

 

Date Approved by the Board:    

 

Date Approved by the Stockholders:    

 

 
 

 

APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS FOR CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS

 

With respect to Awards granted to California residents prior to a public offering of capital stock of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and only to the extent required by applicable law, the following provisions shall apply notwithstanding anything in the Plan or a Grant Agreement to the contrary:

 

1.           With respect to any Award granted in the form of a stock option pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Plan:

 

(a)          The exercise period shall be no more than 120 months from the date the option is granted.

 

(b)          The options shall be non-transferable other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if and to the extent permitted under the Grant Agreement, to a revocable trust or as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (17 C.F.R. 230.701).

 

(c)          Unless employment is terminated for “cause” as defined by applicable law, the terms of the Plan or Grant Agreement, or a contract of employment, the right to exercise the option in the event of termination of employment, to the extent that the Award recipient is entitled to exercise on the date employment terminates, will continue until the earlier of the option expiration date, or:

 

(1) At least 6 months from the date of termination if termination was caused by death or disability.

 

(2) At least 30 days from the date of termination if termination was caused by other than death or disability.

 

2.           With respect to an Award, granted pursuant to Section 6(c) of the Plan, that provides the Award recipient the right to purchase stock, the Award shall be non-transferable other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if and to the extent permitted under the Grant Agreement, to a revocable trust or as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (17 C.F.R. 230.701).

 

3.           The Plan shall have a termination date of not more than 10 years from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the security holders, whichever is earlier.

 

4.           Security holders representing a majority of the Company’s outstanding securities entitled to vote must approve the Plan by the later of (a) 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted or (b) 12 months after the granting of any Award to a resident of California. Any option exercised or any securities purchased before security holder approval is obtained must be rescinded if security holder approval is not obtained within the period described in the preceding sentence. Such securities shall not be counted in determining whether such approval is obtained.

 

5.           The Company will provide financial statements to each Award recipient annually during the period such individual has Awards outstanding, or as otherwise required under Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be required to provide such financial statements to Award recipients when the Plan complies with all conditions of Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (17 C.F.R. 230.701); provided that for purposes of determining such compliance, any registered domestic partner shall be considered a “family member” as that term is defined in Rule 701.

 

6.           The Plan is intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code. Any provision of this Plan which is inconsistent with Section 25102(o), including without limitation any provision of this Plan that is more restrictive than would be permitted by Section 25102(o) as amended from time to time, shall, without further act or amendment by the Board, be reformed to comply with the provisions of Section 25102(o). If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Common Shares under the Plan is or may be unlawful under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or federal or state securities laws, the right to exercise an Award or receive shares of Common Shares pursuant to an Award shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery is lawful. The Company shall have no obligation to effect any registration or qualification of the Common Shares under federal or state laws.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

   

  Globant S.A. Grant No.: _____
  Nonstatutory Stock Option Notice  

 

This Notice evidences the award of nonstatutory stock options (each, an “ Option ” or collectively, the “ Options ”) that have been granted to you, [NAME], subject to and conditioned upon your agreement to the terms of the attached Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”). The Options entitle you to purchase common shares of the Company, par value of $0.10 per share (“ Common Shares ”), of GLOBANT S.A., a société anonyme incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 5, rue Guillaume Kroll, L-1882 Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg trade and companies register under number B 173 727 (the “ Company ”), under the GLOBANT S.A. 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN (the “ Plan ”). The number of shares you may purchase and the exercise price at which you may purchase them are specified below. This Notice constitutes part of and is subject to the terms and provisions of the Agreement and the Plan, which are incorporated by reference herein. You must return an executed copy of this Notice to the Company within 30 days of the date hereof. If you fail to do so, the Options may be rendered null and void in the Company’s discretion.

 

Grant Date : [GRANT DATE]

 

Number of Options : [NUMBER] Options, each permitting the purchase of one Share

 

Exercise Price : [PRICE] per share

 

Expiration Date : The Options expire at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the last business day coincident with or prior to the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Expiration Date ”), unless fully exercised or terminated earlier.

 

Exercisability Schedule : Subject to the terms and conditions described in the Agreement, the Options become exercisable in accordance with the schedule below:

 

· 25% of the Options become exercisable on each anniversary of the Grant Date through the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

Acceleration Events : The extent to which you may purchase shares under the Options may be accelerated in the following circumstances:

 

· [Immediately before and contingent upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), 100% of the Options that had not yet become exercisable will become exercisable.]

 

The extent to which the Options are exercisable as of a particular date is rounded down to the nearest whole share. However, exercisability is rounded up to 100% on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

  GLOBANT S.A.
   
  By:
     
  Date:  

 

I acknowledge that I have carefully read the attached Agreement and the Plan and agree to be bound by all of the provisions set forth in these documents.

 

Enclosures: Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement   OPTIONEE
  2013 Equity Incentive Plan    
  Exercise Form    
       
      Date:  

 

 

 
 

   

Grant No.: _____

 

Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement

 

Under the

 

Globant S.A. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

1.              Terminology . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the correlating Stock Option Notice and/or the Glossary at the end of the Agreement or in the Plan.

 

2.              Exercise of Options .

 

(a)           Exercisability . The Options will become exercisable in accordance with the Exercisability Schedule set forth in the Stock Option Notice, so long as you are in the Service of the Company from the Grant Date through the applicable exercisability dates. None of the Options will become exercisable after your Service with the Company ceases.

 

(b)           Right to Exercise . You may exercise the Options, to the extent exercisable, at any time on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the Expiration Date or the earlier termination of the Options, unless otherwise provided under applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Shares under the Plan or this Agreement is or may be unlawful under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or Federal, state or foreign securities laws, the right to exercise the Options or receive Shares pursuant to the Options shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery is lawful. If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Shares under the Plan or this Agreement is or may violate the rules of the national securities exchange on which the shares are then listed for trade, the right to exercise the Options or receive Shares pursuant to the Options shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such exercise or delivery would not violate such rules. Section 3 below describes certain limitations on exercise of the Options that apply in the event of your death, Total and Permanent Disability, or termination of Service. The Options may be exercised only in multiples of whole Shares and may not be exercised at any one time as to fewer than one hundred Shares (or such lesser number of Shares as to which the Options are then exercisable). No fractional Shares will be issued under the Options.

 

(c)           Exercise Procedure . In order to exercise the Options, you must provide the following items to the Administrator or its delegate before the expiration or termination of the Options:

 

(i)          notice, in such manner and form as the Administrator may require from time to time, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased under the Options;

 

(ii)         full payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares or properly executed, irrevocable instructions, in such manner and form as the Administrator may require from time to time, to effectuate a broker-assisted cashless exercise, each in accordance with Section 2(d) of this Agreement; and

 

(iii)        full payment of applicable withholding taxes pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement.

 

- 1 -
 

 

An exercise will not be effective until the Administrator or its delegate receives all of the foregoing items, and such exercise otherwise is permitted under and complies with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrator permits payment by means of delivering properly executed, irrevocable instructions, in such manner and form as the Administrator may require from time to time, to effectuate a broker-assisted cashless exercise and such instructions provide for sale of Shares under a limit order rather than at the market, the exercise will not be effective until the earlier of the date the Company receives delivery of cash or cash equivalents in full payment of the Exercise Price or the date the Company receives confirmation from the broker that the sale instruction has been fulfilled, and the exercise will not be effective unless the earlier of such dates occurs on or before termination of the Options.

 

(d)           Method of Payment . You may pay the Exercise Price by:

 

(i)          delivery of cash, certified or cashier’s check, money order or other cash equivalent acceptable to the Administrator in its discretion;

 

(ii)         a broker-assisted cashless exercise in accordance with Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System through a brokerage firm designated or approved by the Administrator;

 

(iii)        any other method approved by the Administrator; or

 

(iv)        any combination of the foregoing.

 

(e)           Issuance of Shares upon Exercise . The Company shall issue to you the Shares underlying the Options you exercise as soon as practicable after the exercise date, subject to the Company’s receipt of the aggregate exercise price and the requisite withholding taxes, if any. Upon issuance of such Shares, the Company may deliver, subject to the provisions of Section 7 below, such Shares on your behalf electronically to the Company’s designated stock plan administrator or such other broker-dealer as the Company may choose at its sole discretion, within reason, or may retain such Shares in uncertificated book-entry form. Any share certificates delivered will, unless the Shares are registered or an exemption from registration is available under applicable federal and state law, bear a legend restricting transferability of such Shares.

 

(f)           Agreement to Execute Other Agreements . You agree to execute, as a condition precedent to the exercise of the Options and at any time thereafter as may reasonably be requested by the Administrator, a stock restriction agreement substantially in the form, and containing the terms and provisions, of the stock restriction agreement provided by the Company, with respect to any shares you acquire pursuant to this Agreement; provided , however , that execution of the stock restriction agreement will not be required upon any exercise that occurs after the closing of the first public offering of capital stock of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 or, if later, the expiration of any market stand-off agreement that applies to other stockholders of the Company respecting such public offering of capital stock.

 

3.              Termination of Service .

 

(a)           Termination of Unexercisable Options . If your Service with the Company ceases for any reason, the Options that are then unexercisable will terminate immediately upon such cessation.

 

(b)           Exercise Period Following Termination of Service . If your Service with the Company ceases for any reason other than discharge for Cause, the Options that are then exercisable will terminate upon the earliest of:

 

- 2 -
 

 

(i)          the expiration of 90 days following such cessation, if your Service ceases on account of (1) your termination by the Company other than a discharge for Cause, or (2) your voluntary termination other than for Total and Permanent Disability or death;

 

(ii)         the expiration of 12 months following such cessation, if your Service ceases on account of your Total and Permanent Disability or death;

 

(iii)        the expiration of 12 months following your death, if your death occurs during the periods described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 3(b), as applicable; or

 

(iv)        the Expiration Date.

 

In the event of your death, the exercisable Options may be exercised by your executor, personal representative, or the person(s) to whom the Options are transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

(c)           Misconduct . The Options will terminate in their entirety, regardless of whether the Options are then exercisable, immediately upon your discharge from Service for Cause, or upon your commission of any of the following acts during the exercise period following your termination of Service: (i) fraud on or misappropriation of any funds or property of the Company, or (ii) your breach of any provision of any employment, non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation, assignment of inventions, or other similar agreement executed by you for the benefit of the Company, as determined by the Administrator, which determination will be conclusive.

 

(d)           Change in Status . In the event that your Service is with a business, trade or entity that, after the Grant Date, ceases for any reason to be part or an Affiliate of the Company, your Service will be deemed to have terminated for purposes of this Section 3 upon such cessation if your Service does not continue uninterrupted immediately thereafter with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

4.              Market Stand-Off Agreement . You agree that following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, you, for the duration specified by and to the extent requested by the Company and an underwriter of Common Shares or other securities of the Company, shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, in each case during the seven days prior to and the 180 days after the effectiveness of any underwritten offering of the Company’s equity securities (or such longer or shorter period as may be requested in writing by the managing underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “ Market Stand-Off Period ”), except as part of such underwritten registration if otherwise permitted. In addition, you agree to execute any further letters, agreements and/or other documents requested by the Company or its underwriters that are consistent with the terms of this Section 4. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Stand-Off Period.

 

5.              Nontransferability of Options . These Options and, before exercise, the underlying Shares are nontransferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and, during your lifetime, the Options may be exercised only by you or, during the period you are under a legal disability, by your guardian or legal representative. Except as provided above, the Options and, before exercise, the underlying Shares may not be assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, subjected to any “put equivalent position,” “call equivalent position” (as each preceding term is defined by Rule 16(a)-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), or short position, or disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

 

- 3 -
 

 

6.            Nonqualified Nature of the Options . The Options are not intended to qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of Code section 422, and this Agreement shall be so construed. You hereby acknowledge that, upon exercise of the Options, you will recognize compensation income in an amount equal to the excess of the then Fair Market Value of the Shares over the Exercise Price and must comply with the provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise as a result of such exercise.

 

7.            Withholding of Taxes .

 

(a)          At the time the Options are exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll or any other payment of any kind due to you and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for foreign, federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld, if any, which arise in connection with the Options. The Company may require you to make a cash payment to cover any withholding tax obligation as a condition of exercise of the Options or issuance of share certificates representing Shares.

 

(b)          The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit you to satisfy, in whole or in part, any withholding tax obligation which may arise in connection with the Options either by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise that number of Shares, or by electing to deliver to the Company already-owned shares, in either case having a Fair Market Value not in excess of the amount necessary to satisfy the statutory minimum withholding amount due.

 

8.           Adjustments . The Administrator may make various adjustments to your Options, including adjustments to the number and type of securities subject to the Options and the Exercise Price, in accordance with the terms of the Plan. In the event of any transaction resulting in a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) of the Company, the outstanding Options will terminate upon the effective time of such Change in Control unless provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation or assumption of such Options by, or for the substitution of the equivalent awards of, the surviving or successor entity or a parent thereof. In the event of such termination, you will be permitted, immediately before the Change in Control, to exercise or convert all portions of such Options that are then exercisable or which become exercisable upon or prior to the effective time of the Change in Control.

 

9.           Non-Guarantee of Employment or Service Relationship . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement will alter your at-will or other employment status or other service relationship with the Company or any of its Affiliates, nor be construed as a contract of employment or service relationship between you and the Company or any of its Affiliates, or as a contractual right for you to continue in the employ of, or in a service relationship with, the Company or any of its Affiliates for any period of time, or as a limitation of the right of the Company or any of its Affiliates to discharge you at any time with or without Cause or notice and whether or not such discharge results in the failure of any of the Options to become exercisable or any other adverse effect on your interests under the Plan.

 

10.          No Rights as a Stockholder . You shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares until such Shares have been issued to you upon the due exercise of the Options. No adjustment will be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Shares are issued.

 

- 4 -
 

 

11.          The Company’s Rights . The existence of the Options shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the Company's capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or other stocks with preference ahead of or convertible into, or otherwise affecting the Common Shares or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of the Company's assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

12.          Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the correlating Stock Option Notice and the Plan, contain the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the Options. Any oral or written agreements, representations, warranties, written inducements, or other communications made prior to the execution of this Agreement with respect to the Options shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.

 

13.          Amendment . This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Administrator in its discretion; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be modified in a manner that would have a materially adverse effect on the Options or Shares as determined in the discretion of the Administrator, except as provided in the Plan or in a written document signed by you and the Company.

 

14.          Conformity with Plan . This Agreement is intended to conform in all respects with, and is subject to all applicable provisions of, the Plan. Any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved in accordance with the terms of the Plan. In the event of any ambiguity in this Agreement or any matters as to which this Agreement is silent, the Plan shall govern. A copy of the Plan is provided to you with this Agreement.

 

15.          Section 409A . This Agreement and the Options granted hereunder are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement and the Options shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with this intent. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall be construed as including any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the exercise of the Options. Should any provision of the Plan or this Agreement be found not to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, it may be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Administrator and without requiring your consent, in such manner as the Administrator determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A of the Code. The foregoing, however, shall not be construed as a guarantee or warranty by the Company of any particular tax effect to you.

 

16.          Electronic Delivery of Documents . By your signing the Notice, you (i) consent to the electronic delivery of this Agreement, all information with respect to the Plan and the Options, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders; (ii) acknowledge that you may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to you by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing; (iii) further acknowledge that you may revoke your consent to the electronic delivery of documents at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail; and (iv) further acknowledge that you understand that you are not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents.

 

- 5 -
 

 

17.          No Future Entitlement . By execution of the Notice, you acknowledge and agree that: (i) the grant of these Options is a one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of stock options, or compensation in lieu of stock options, even if stock options have been granted repeatedly in the past; (ii) all determinations with respect to any such future grants, including, but not limited to, the times when stock options shall be granted or shall become exercisable, the maximum number of shares subject to each stock option, and the purchase price, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator; (iii) the value of these Options is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of your employment contract, if any; (iv) the value of these Options is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any termination, severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments or similar payments, or bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits; (v) the vesting of these Options ceases upon termination of employment with the Company or transfer of employment from the Company, or other cessation of eligibility for any reason, except as may otherwise be explicitly provided in this Agreement; (vi) if the underlying Common Shares do not increase in value, these Options will have no value, nor does the Company guarantee any future value; and (vii) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises if these Options do not increase in value and you irrevocably release the Company from any such claim that does arise.

 

18.          Personal Data . For the purpose of implementing, administering and managing these Options, you, by execution of the Notice, consent to the collection, receipt, use, retention and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data by and among the Company, its Affiliates and its third party vendors or any potential party to any Change in Control transaction or capital raising transaction involving the Company. You understand that personal data (including but not limited to, name, home address, telephone number, employee number, employment status, social security number, tax identification number, date of birth, nationality, job and payroll location, data for tax withholding purposes and shares awarded, cancelled, exercised, vested and unvested) may be transferred to third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of these Options and the Plan and you expressly authorize such transfer as well as the retention, use, and the subsequent transfer of the data by the recipient(s). You understand that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country. You understand that data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage these Options. You understand that you may, at any time, request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the personal data, view data, request additional information about the storage and processing of data, require any necessary amendments to data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Administrator or its delegate. You understand, however, that refusing or withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to accept a stock option.

 

19.          Governing Law . The validity, construction and effect of this Agreement, and of any determinations or decisions made by the Administrator relating to this Agreement, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have any interest under this Agreement, shall be determined exclusively in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its provisions concerning the applicability of laws of other jurisdictions. Any dispute arising from the interpretation, validity or performance of the Plan or any Grant Agreement or any of their terms and provisions shall be submitted to the courts of the State of Delaware in the United States.

 

20.          Resolution of Disputes . Any dispute or disagreement which shall arise under, or as a result of, or pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith in its absolute and uncontrolled discretion, and any such determination or any other determination by the Administrator under or pursuant to this Agreement and any interpretation by the Administrator of the terms of this Agreement, will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons affected thereby. You agree that before you may bring any legal action arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement you will first exhaust your administrative remedies before the Administrator. You further agree that in the event that the Administrator does not resolve any dispute or disagreement arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement to your satisfaction, no legal action may be commenced or maintained relating to this Agreement more than twenty-four (24) months after the Administrator’s decision.

 

21.          Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

 

- 6 -
 

 

{ Glossary begins on next page }

 

- 7 -
 

 

GLOSSARY

 

(a)          “ Administrator ” means the Board or the committee(s) or officer(s) appointed by the Board that have authority to administer the Plan.

 

(b)          “ Affiliate ” means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Globant S.A. For this purpose, “control” means ownership of 50% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock or interests of the entity.

 

(c)          “ Cause ” has the meaning ascribed to such term or words of similar import in your written employment or service contract with the Company as in effect at the time at issue and, in the absence of such agreement or definition, means your (i) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) fraud on or misappropriation of any funds or property of the Company, any affiliate, customer or vendor; (iii) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than minor traffic violations or similar offenses) or breach of fiduciary duty which involves personal profit; (iv) willful misconduct in connection with your duties or willful failure to perform your responsibilities in the best interests of the Company; (v) illegal use or distribution of drugs; (vi) violation of any Company rule, regulation, procedure or policy; or (vii) breach of any provision of any employment, non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreement executed by you for the benefit of the Company, all as determined by the Administrator, which determination will be conclusive.

 

(d)          “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(e)          “ Company ” includes Globant S.A. and its Affiliates, except where the context otherwise requires. For purposes of determining whether a Change in Control has occurred, Company shall mean only Globant S.A.

 

(f)          “ Service ” means your employment or other service relationship with the Company and its Affiliates. Your Service will be considered to have ceased with the Company and its Affiliates if, immediately after a sale, merger or other corporate transaction, the trade, business or entity with which you are employed or otherwise have a service relationship is not the Company or its successor or an Affiliate of the Company or its successor.

 

(g)          “ Shares ” mean the Common Shares underlying the Options.

 

(h)          “ Stock Option Notice ” means the written notice evidencing the award of the Options that correlates with and makes up a part of this Agreement.

 

(i)          “ Total and Permanent Disability ” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months. The Administrator may require such proof of Total and Permanent Disability as the Administrator in its sole discretion deems appropriate and the Administrator’s good faith determination as to whether you are totally and permanently disabled will be final and binding on all parties concerned.

 

(j)          “ You ”; “ Your ”. “You” or “your” means the recipient of the award of Options as reflected on the Stock Option Notice. Whenever the Agreement refers to “you” under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Administrator, to apply to your estate, personal representative, or beneficiary to whom the Options may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, the word “you” shall be deemed to include such person.

 

- 8 -
 

 

EXERCISE FORM

 

Administrator of 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

c/o Globant S.A.

 

Gentlemen:

 

I hereby exercise the Options granted to me on ____________________, ____, by Globant S.A. (the “Company”), subject to all the terms and provisions of the applicable grant agreement and of the Globant S.A. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and notify you of my desire to subscribe (purchase) ____________ Common Shares of the Company at a price of $___________ per share pursuant to the exercise of said Options.

 

Total Amount Enclosed: $__________

 

Date: ____________________________      
    (Optionee)  
       
    Received by Globant S.A. on  
       
    ___________________________, ____  
       
    By:      

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

  Globant S.A.  
  Nonstatutory Stock Option Notice Grant No.: _____

 

This Notice evidences the award of nonstatutory stock options (each, an “ Option ” or collectively, the “ Options ”) that have been granted to you, [NAME], subject to and conditioned upon your agreement to the terms of the attached Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”). The Options entitle you to purchase common shares of the Company, par value of $0.10 per share (“ Common Shares ”), of GLOBANT S.A., a société anonyme incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 5, rue Guillaume Kroll, L-1882 Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg trade and companies register under number B 173 727 (the “ Company ”), under the GLOBANT S.A. 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN (the “ Plan ”). The number of shares you may purchase and the exercise price at which you may purchase them are specified below. This Notice constitutes part of and is subject to the terms and provisions of the Agreement and the Plan, which are incorporated by reference herein. You must return an executed copy of this Notice to the Company within 30 days of the date hereof. If you fail to do so, the Options may be rendered null and void in the Company’s discretion.

 

Grant Date : [GRANT DATE]

 

Number of Options : [NUMBER] Options, each permitting the purchase of one Share

 

Exercise Price : [PRICE] per share

 

Expiration Date : The Options expire at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the last business day coincident with or prior to the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Expiration Date ”), unless fully exercised or terminated earlier.

 

Exercisability Schedule : Subject to the terms and conditions described in the Agreement, the Options become exercisable in accordance with the schedule below:

 

· 25% of the Options become exercisable on each anniversary of the Grant Date through the fourth anniversary of the Grant.

 

Acceleration Events : The extent to which you may purchase shares under the Options may be accelerated in the following circumstances:

 

· [Immediately before and contingent upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), 100% of the Options that had not yet become exercisable will become exercisable.]

 

The extent to which the Options are exercisable as of a particular date is rounded down to the nearest whole share. However, exercisability is rounded up to 100% on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

  GLOBANT S.A.
     
  By:  
     
  Date:  

 

I acknowledge that I have carefully read the attached Agreement and the Plan and agree to be bound by all of the provisions set forth in these documents.

 

Enclosures: Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement OPTIONEE
  2013 Equity Incentive Plan  
  Exercise Form  
       
    Date:  

 

 

 
 

 

Grant No.: _____

 

Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement

 

Under the

 

Globant S.A. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

1.           Terminology . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the correlating Stock Option Notice and/or the Glossary at the end of the Agreement or in the Plan.

 

2.           Exercise of Options .

 

(a)           Exercisability . The Options will become exercisable in accordance with the Exercisability Schedule set forth in the Stock Option Notice, so long as you are in the Service of the Company from the Grant Date through the applicable exercisability dates. None of the Options will become exercisable after your Service with the Company ceases.

 

(b)           Right to Exercise . You may exercise the Options, to the extent exercisable, at any time on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the Expiration Date or the earlier termination of the Options, unless otherwise provided under applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Shares under the Plan or this Agreement is or may be unlawful under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or Federal, state or foreign securities laws, the right to exercise the Options or receive Shares pursuant to the Options shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery is lawful. If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Shares under the Plan or this Agreement is or may violate the rules of the national securities exchange on which the shares are then listed for trade, the right to exercise the Options or receive Shares pursuant to the Options shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such exercise or delivery would not violate such rules. Section 3 below describes certain limitations on exercise of the Options that apply in the event of your death, Total and Permanent Disability, or termination of Service. The Options may be exercised only in multiples of whole Shares and may not be exercised at any one time as to fewer than one hundred Shares (or such lesser number of Shares as to which the Options are then exercisable). No fractional Shares will be issued under the Options.

 

(c)           Exercise Procedure . In order to exercise the Options, you must provide the following items to the Administrator or its delegate before the expiration or termination of the Options:

 

(i) notice, in such manner and form as the Administrator may require from time to time, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased under the Options;

 

(ii) full payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares or properly executed, irrevocable instructions, in such manner and form as the Administrator may require from time to time, to effectuate a broker-assisted cashless exercise, each in accordance with Section 2(d) of this Agreement; and

 

(iii) full payment of applicable withholding taxes pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

An exercise will not be effective until the Administrator or its delegate receives all of the foregoing items, and such exercise otherwise is permitted under and complies with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrator permits payment by means of delivering properly executed, irrevocable instructions, in such manner and form as the Administrator may require from time to time, to effectuate a broker-assisted cashless exercise and such instructions provide for sale of Shares under a limit order rather than at the market, the exercise will not be effective until the earlier of the date the Company receives delivery of cash or cash equivalents in full payment of the Exercise Price or the date the Company receives confirmation from the broker that the sale instruction has been fulfilled, and the exercise will not be effective unless the earlier of such dates occurs on or before termination of the Options.

 

(d) Method of Payment . You may pay the Exercise Price by:

 

(i) delivery of cash, certified or cashier’s check, money order or other cash equivalent acceptable to the Administrator in its discretion;

 

(ii) a broker-assisted cashless exercise in accordance with Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System through a brokerage firm designated or approved by the Administrator;

 

(iii) any other method approved by the Administrator; or

 

(iv) any combination of the foregoing.

 

(e)           Issuance of Shares upon Exercise . The Company shall issue to you the Shares underlying the Options you exercise as soon as practicable after the exercise date, subject to the Company’s receipt of the aggregate exercise price and the requisite withholding taxes, if any. Upon issuance of such Shares, the Company may deliver, subject to the provisions of Section 7 below, such Shares on your behalf electronically to the Company’s designated stock plan administrator or such other broker-dealer as the Company may choose at its sole discretion, within reason, or may retain such Shares in uncertificated book-entry form. Any share certificates delivered will, unless the Shares are registered or an exemption from registration is available under applicable federal and state law, bear a legend restricting transferability of such Shares.

 

(f)           Agreement to Execute Other Agreements . You agree to execute, as a condition precedent to the exercise of the Options and at any time thereafter as may reasonably be requested by the Administrator, a stock restriction agreement substantially in the form, and containing the terms and provisions, of the stock restriction agreement provided by the Company, with respect to any shares you acquire pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that execution of the stock restriction agreement will not be required upon any exercise that occurs after the closing of the first public offering of capital stock of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 or, if later, the expiration of any market stand-off agreement that applies to other stockholders of the Company respecting such public offering of capital stock.

 

3.           Termination of Service .

 

(a)           Termination of Unexercisable Options . If your Service with the Company ceases for any reason, the Options that are then unexercisable will terminate immediately upon such cessation.

 

(b)           Exercise Period Following Termination of Service . If your Service with the Company ceases for any reason other than discharge for Cause, the Options that are then exercisable will terminate upon the earliest of:

 

(i)          the expiration of 90 days following such cessation, if your Service ceases on account of (1) your termination by the Company other than a discharge for Cause, or (2) your voluntary termination other than for Total and Permanent Disability or death;

 

 
 

 

(ii)         the expiration of 12 months following such cessation, if your Service ceases on account of your Total and Permanent Disability or death;

 

(iii)        the expiration of 12 months following your death, if your death occurs during the periods described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 3(b), as applicable; or

 

(iv)        the Expiration Date.

 

In the event of your death, the exercisable Options may be exercised by your executor, personal representative, or the person(s) to whom the Options are transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

(c)           Misconduct . The Options will terminate in their entirety, regardless of whether the Options are then exercisable, immediately upon your discharge from Service for Cause, or upon your commission of any of the following acts during the exercise period following your termination of Service: (i) fraud on or misappropriation of any funds or property of the Company, or (ii) your breach of any provision of any employment, non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation, assignment of inventions, or other similar agreement executed by you for the benefit of the Company, as determined by the Administrator, which determination will be conclusive, subject to applicable laws.

 

(d)           Change in Status . In the event that your Service is with a business, trade or entity that, after the Grant Date, ceases for any reason to be part or an Affiliate of the Company, your Service will be deemed to have terminated for purposes of this Section 3 upon such cessation if your Service does not continue uninterrupted immediately thereafter with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

4.           Market Stand-Off Agreement . You agree that following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, you, for the duration specified by and to the extent requested by the Company and an underwriter of Common Shares or other securities of the Company, shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, in each case during the seven days prior to and the 180 days after the effectiveness of any underwritten offering of the Company’s equity securities (or such longer or shorter period as may be requested in writing by the managing underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “ Market Stand-Off Period ”), except as part of such underwritten registration if otherwise permitted. In addition, you agree to execute any further letters, agreements and/or other documents requested by the Company or its underwriters that are consistent with the terms of this Section 4. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Stand-Off Period.

 

5.           Nontransferability of Options . These Options and, before exercise, the underlying Shares are nontransferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and, during your lifetime, the Options may be exercised only by you or, during the period you are under a legal disability, by your guardian or legal representative. Except as provided above, the Options and, before exercise, the underlying Shares may not be assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, subjected to any “put equivalent position,” “call equivalent position” (as each preceding term is defined by Rule 16(a)-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), or short position, or disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

 

 
 

 

6.           Nonqualified Nature of the Options for US Tax Purposes . For US tax purposes the Options are not intended to qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of Code section 422, and this Agreement shall be so construed.

 

7.           Withholding of Taxes .

 

(a)          At the time the Options are exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll or any other payment of any kind due to you and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for foreign, federal, state and local taxes, social insurances and National Insurance Contributions required by law to be withheld, if any, which arise in connection with the grant, vesting or exercise of the Options or subsequent sale of the Shares (the “ Tax Obligations ”). The Company may require you to make a cash payment to cover any of the Tax Obligations as a condition of exercise of the Options or issuance of share certificates representing Shares. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver Shares until the Tax Obligations have been satisfied by you. You acknowledge and agree that the ultimate liability for all Tax Obligations legally due by you is and remains your responsibility and that the Company (a) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Obligations in connection with any aspect of the Option and (b) does not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any other aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate your liability for Tax Obligations.

 

(b)          The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit you to satisfy, in whole or in part, Tax Obligations either by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise that number of Shares, or by electing to deliver to the Company already-owned shares, in either case having a Fair Market Value not in excess of the amount necessary to satisfy the statutory minimum withholding amount due.

 

8.           Adjustments . The Administrator may make various adjustments to your Options, including adjustments to the number and type of securities subject to the Options and the Exercise Price, in accordance with the terms of the Plan and applicable laws. In the event of any transaction resulting in a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) of the Company, the outstanding Options will terminate upon the effective time of such Change in Control unless provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation or assumption of such Options by, or for the substitution of the equivalent awards of, the surviving or successor entity or a parent thereof. In the event of such termination, you will be permitted, immediately before the Change in Control, to exercise or convert all portions of such Options that are then exercisable or which become exercisable upon or prior to the effective time of the Change in Control.

 

9.           Non-Guarantee of Employment or Service Relationship . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement will alter your employment status or other service relationship with the Company or any of its Affiliates, nor be construed as a contract of employment or service relationship between you and the Company or any of its Affiliates when no such contract or relationship otherwise exists, or as a contractual right for you to continue in the employ of, or in a service relationship with, the Company or any of its Affiliates for any period of time, or as a limitation of the right of the Company or any of its Affiliates to discharge you, subject to applicable law, and whether or not such discharge results in the failure of any of the Options to become exercisable or any other adverse effect on your interests under the Plan.

 

10.          No Rights as a Stockholder . You shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares until such Shares have been issued to you upon the due exercise of the Options. No adjustment will be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Shares are issued.

 

 
 

 

11.          The Company’s Rights . The existence of the Options shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the Company's capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or other stocks with preference ahead of or convertible into, or otherwise affecting the Common Shares or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of the Company's assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

12.          Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the correlating Stock Option Notice and the Plan, contain the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the Options. Any oral or written agreements, representations, warranties, written inducements, or other communications made prior to the execution of this Agreement with respect to the Options shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.

 

13.          Amendment . This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Administrator in its discretion in accordance with applicable laws; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be modified in a manner that would have a materially adverse effect on the Options or Shares as determined in the discretion of the Administrator, except as provided in the Plan or in a written document signed by you and the Company.

 

14.          Conformity with Plan . This Agreement is intended to conform in all respects with, and is subject to all applicable provisions of, the Plan. Any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved in accordance with the terms of the this Agreement. In the event of any ambiguity in this Agreement or any matters as to which this Agreement is silent, the Plan shall govern. A copy of the Plan is provided to you with this Agreement.

 

15.          Section 409A . This Agreement and the Options granted hereunder are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement and the Options shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with this intent. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall be construed as including any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the exercise of the Options. Should any provision of the Plan or this Agreement be found not to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, it may be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Administrator and without requiring your consent, in such manner as the Administrator determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A of the Code. The foregoing, however, shall not be construed as a guarantee or warranty by the Company of any particular tax effect to you.

 

16.          Electronic Delivery of Documents . By your signing the Notice, you (i) consent to the electronic delivery of this Agreement, all information with respect to the Plan and the Options, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders; (ii) acknowledge that you may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to you by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing; (iii) further acknowledge that you may revoke your consent to the electronic delivery of documents at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail; and (iv) further acknowledge that you understand that you are not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents.

 

 
 

 

17.          Service Acknowledgments . By execution of the Notice, you acknowledge and agree that: (i) the grant of these Options is a voluntary one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of stock options, or compensation in lieu of stock options, even if stock options have been granted repeatedly in the past; (ii) all determinations with respect to any such future grants, including, but not limited to, the times when stock options shall be granted or shall become exercisable, the maximum number of shares subject to each stock option, and the purchase price, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator; (iii) the value of these Options is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of your employment contract, if any; (iv) the value of these Options is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any termination, severance, resignation, redundancy, end-of-service payments or similar payments, or bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits; (v) the vesting of these Options ceases upon termination of employment with the Company or transfer of employment from the Company, or other cessation of eligibility for any reason, except as may otherwise be explicitly provided in this Agreement; (vi) if the underlying Common Shares do not increase in value, these Options will have no value, nor does the Company guarantee any future value; (vii) the Common Shares may at any time decrease in value; (viii) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises if these Options do not increase in value and you irrevocably release the Company and its Affiliates from any such claim that does arise; (ix) any notice period mandated under applicable law shall not be treated as Service for the purpose of determining the vesting of the Option and your right to vesting of Shares in settlement of the Option after termination of Service, if any, will be measured by the date of termination of your active Service and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under applicable laws; (x) subject to the foregoing and the provisions of the Plan, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether your Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination; (xi) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, unless otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement; and (xii) you are voluntarily participating in the Plan.

 

18.          Data Privacy Consent . For the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing these Options and your participation in the Plan, you, by execution of the Notice, explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, receipt, use, retention and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data by and among the Company, its Affiliates, and its third party vendors or any potential party to any Change in Control transaction or capital raising transaction involving the Company. You understand that personal data (including but not limited to, name, home address, telephone number, employee number, employment status, social security number, tax identification number, date of birth, nationality, job and payroll location, data for tax withholding purposes and shares and Options awarded, cancelled, exercised, vested and unvested) may be transferred to third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of these Options and the Plan including any requisite transfer of such data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom you may elect to deposit any Shares acquired pursuant to the Option and you expressly authorize such transfer as well as the retention, use, and the subsequent transfer of the data by the recipient(s). You understand that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different including less stringent data privacy laws and protections than your country. You understand that data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage these Options. You understand that you may, at any time, request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the personal data, view data, request additional information about the storage and processing of data, require any necessary amendments to data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Administrator or its delegate. You understand, however, that refusing or withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to accept an Option or participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of your refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, you understand that you may contact your Administrator or its delegate.

 

19.          Country-Specific Terms and Conditions. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Option shall be subject to the specific terms and conditions, if any, set forth in the Appendix to this Agreement which are applicable your country of residence, the provisions of which are incorporated in and constitute part of this Agreement. Moreover, if you relocate to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the specific terms and conditions applicable to such country will apply to the Option to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan or this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

20.          Governing Law . The validity, construction and effect of this Agreement, and of any determinations or decisions made by the Administrator relating to this Agreement, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have any interest under this Agreement, shall be determined exclusively in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its provisions concerning the applicability of laws of other jurisdictions. Any dispute arising from the interpretation, validity or performance of the Plan or any Grant Agreement or any of their terms and provisions shall be submitted to the courts of the State of Delaware in the United States.

 

21.          Resolution of Disputes . Any dispute or disagreement which shall arise under, or as a result of, or pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith in its absolute and uncontrolled discretion, and any such determination or any other determination by the Administrator under or pursuant to this Agreement and any interpretation by the Administrator of the terms of this Agreement, will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons affected thereby. You agree that before you may bring any legal action arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement you will first exhaust your administrative remedies before the Administrator. You further agree that in the event that the Administrator does not resolve any dispute or disagreement arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement to your satisfaction, no legal action may be commenced or maintained relating to this Agreement more than twenty-four (24) months after the Administrator’s decision.

 

22.          Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

{ Glossary begins on next page }

 

 
 

 

GLOSSARY

 

(a)          “ Administrator ” means the Board or the committee(s) or officer(s) appointed by the Board that have authority to administer the Plan.

 

(b)          “ Affiliate ” means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Globant S.A. For this purpose, “control” means ownership of 50% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock or interests of the entity.

 

(c)          “ Cause ” has the meaning ascribed to such term or words of similar import in your written employment or service contract with the Company as in effect at the time at issue and, in the absence of such agreement or definition, means your (i) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) fraud on or misappropriation of any funds or property of the Company, any affiliate, customer or vendor; (iii) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than minor traffic violations or similar offenses) or breach of fiduciary duty which involves personal profit; (iv) willful misconduct in connection with your duties or willful failure to perform your responsibilities in the best interests of the Company; (v) illegal use or distribution of drugs; (vi) violation of any Company rule, regulation, procedure or policy; or (vii) breach of any provision of any employment, non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreement executed by you for the benefit of the Company, all as determined by the Administrator, which determination will be conclusive.

 

(d)          “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(e)          “ Company ” includes Globant S.A. and its Affiliates, except where the context otherwise requires. For purposes of determining whether a Change in Control has occurred, Company shall mean only Globant S.A.

 

(f)          “ Service ” means your employment or other service relationship with the Company and its Affiliates. Your Service will be considered to have ceased with the Company and its Affiliates if, immediately after a sale, merger or other corporate transaction, the trade, business or entity with which you are employed or otherwise have a service relationship is not the Company or its successor or an Affiliate of the Company or its successor.

 

(g)          “ Shares ” mean the Common Shares underlying the Options.

 

(h)          “ Stock Option Notice ” means the written notice evidencing the award of the Options that correlates with and makes up a part of this Agreement.

 

(i)          “ Total and Permanent Disability ” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months. The Administrator may require such proof of Total and Permanent Disability as the Administrator in its sole discretion deems appropriate and the Administrator’s good faith determination as to whether you are totally and permanently disabled will be final and binding on all parties concerned.

 

(j)          “ You ”; “ Your ”. “You” or “your” means the recipient of the award of Options as reflected on the Stock Option Notice. Whenever the Agreement refers to “you” under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Administrator, to apply to your estate, personal representative, or beneficiary to whom the Options may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, the word “you” shall be deemed to include such person.

 

 
 

 

APPENDIX

 

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE  

Globant S.A. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Nonstatutory STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
FOR NON-US PARTICIPANTS

 

This Appendix includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Option granted to you under the Plan if you reside in one of the countries listed below. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix have the meanings set forth in the Plan and/or the Agreement.

 

You acknowledge and agree that the Company strongly recommends that you not rely on the information herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of participation in the Plan because applicable rules and regulations regularly change, sometimes on a retroactive basis, and the information may be out of date at the time the Option vests or are exercised or the Shares are issued under the Plan.

 

You further understand and agree that if you are a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in you are currently working, transfer employment after grant, or are considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information contained herein may not apply to you, and the Company shall, in its discretion, determine to what extent the terms and conditions contained herein shall apply.

 

ARGENTINA

 

Securities Law Notice

 

You understand and agrees that neither the grant of the Option nor the issuance of Shares constitute a public offering as defined under Argentine law. The grant of the Option is a private placement. As such, the offering is not subject to the supervision of any Argentine governmental authority.

 

Foreign Exchange Restrictions

 

Current regulations in Argentina prohibit the outbound flow of funds for the purpose of purchasing shares under an employee stock award plan. Accordingly, unless and until these rules change and as approved by the Company, the Option exercise price shall be limited to consideration that does not entail the flow of funds out of Argentina such as a broker assisted cashless exercise other method approved by the Company in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement.

 

Funds remitted into Argentina are also subject to Central Bank Regulations. For example if funds remitted either into or out of Argentina in any given month are less than US $2,000,000, an affidavit must be submitted to a local bank authorized by the Argentina Monetary and Banking Authority by the Participant. However, subject to certain narrow exemptions, if the remittance amounts in any single month exceed US $2,000,000, 30% of the amount in excess of this threshold must be placed for one year in a non-interest bearing account known as an encaje (“mandatory deposit”). Violations of such regulations will subject the violator to penalties and fines. Accordingly, you will be responsible for seeking appropriate advice on the applicable law in effect at the time of performing a transaction involving the transfer of fund to or Argentina.

 

 
 

 

BRAZIL

 

Compliance Notice

 

By accepting the Option, you agree to comply with all applicable Brazilian laws and satisfy all applicable tax and social insurances associated with the vesting and exercise of the Option and the sale of the Shares obtained pursuant to the exercise of the Option. You agree that, for all legal purposes:, (i) the benefits provided under the Plan are the result of commercial transactions unrelated to your employment; (ii) the Plan is not a part of the terms and conditions of your employment; and (iii) the income from the Option, if any, is not part of your remuneration from employment.

 

Report of Overseas Share Holdings

 

Employees holding shares abroad from stock options are required to report such holdings (and subsequent sale) as assets to the tax authorities on their annual income statement. 

You understand and agree that you must report shares acquired under the Plan and held abroad or sold to the Central Bank of Brazil on an annual basis in the Declaration of Brazilian Assets Held Abroad if the amount of total assets you hold abroad, including shares, exceeds the limit set forth by the Central Bank each year.  

 

COLOMBIA

 

Overseas Investment Registration

 

You understand and acknowledge that if your total overseas investments, including but not limited to any payment pursuant to the Plan, at any time exceeds US $500,000, you are required to register such investments with the Colombian Central Bank by June 30 of the following year.

 

UNITED KINGDOM

 

Securities Disclosure

 

Neither this Agreement or Appendix is an approved prospectus for the purposes of section 85(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) and no offer of transferable securities to the public (for the purposes of section 102B of FSMA) is being made in connection with the Plan. The Plan and the Option are exclusively available in the UK to bona fide employees and former employees and any other UK Affiliate.

 

Tax and National Insurance Contributions

 

In the event that the Company determines that it is required to account to HM Revenue & Customs for the Tax Liability and any Secondary NIC Liability or to withhold any other tax as a result of the Option, you, as a condition to the exercise of the Option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding liabilities. You shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the vesting or disposition of shares acquired pursuant to the Option.

 

As a further condition of the grant or exercise of the Option under the Plan, you may at the Company’s discretion be directed to join with the Company, or if and to the extent that there is a change in the law, any of its Affiliates or person who is or becomes a Secondary Contributor in making a Joint Election which has been approved by HM Revenue & Customs, for the transfer of the whole any Secondary NIC Liability. To the extent permitted by law, you hereby agree to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and its Affiliates for any Tax Liability.

 

URUGUAY

 

There are no country specific provisions.

 

 
 

 

EXERCISE FORM

 

Administrator of 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

c/o Globant S.A.

 

Gentlemen:

 

I hereby exercise the Options granted to me on ____________________, ____, by Globant S.A. (the “Company”), subject to all the terms and provisions of the applicable grant agreement and of the Globant S.A. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and notify you of my desire to subscribe (purchase) ____________ Common Shares of the Company at a price of $___________ per share pursuant to the exercise of said Options.

 

Total Amount Enclosed: $__________

 

Date:            
      (Optionee)
             
      Received by Globant S.A. on
          ,  
             
             
      By:      

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

Execution Version

 

EQUITYHOLDERS ADDITIONAL AGREEMENT

 

This equityholders additional agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into on May 7, , 2012 between: 1) Paldwick S.A. (jointly with MM, MU, NN and GE (as defined below), “ Paldwick ”), a corporation ( sociedad anónima ) duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Oriental Republic of Uruguay, represented in this act by the individual or individuals who sign at the end of this instrument and acting in the capacity therein stated; 2) Martín Migoya, Argentinean, Argentine I.D. (D.N.I.) No. 20,252,614; represented in this act by the individual who signs at the end of this instrument and acting in the capacity therein stated (hereinafter, “ MM ”); 3) Martín Gonzalo Umaran, Argentinean, Argentine I.D. (D.N.I.) No. 20,233,654; represented in this act by the individual who signs at the end of this instrument and acting in the capacity therein stated (hereinafter, “ MU ”); 4) Néstor Augusto Nocetti, Argentinean, Argentine I.D. (D.N.I.) No. 18,363,547; represented in this act by the individual who signs at the end of this instrument and acting in the capacity therein stated (hereinafter, “ NN ”); 5) Guibert Andrés Englebienne, Argentinean, Argentine I.D. (D.N.I.) No. 18,261,896; represented in this act by the individual who signs at the end of this instrument and acting in the capacity therein stated (hereinafter, “ GE ”); 6) Riverwood Capital LLC (formerly named Bigwood Capital, LLC), a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America, represented in this act by the individual who signs at the end of this instrument and acting in the capacity therein stated (hereinafter, “ Riverwood LLC ”); 7) RW Holdings Sárl, a limited liability company (Société à Responsabilité Limitée) duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, represented in this act by the individual who signs at the end of this instrument and acting in the capacity therein stated (hereinafter, “ Riverwood Lux ” and jointly with Riverwood LLC, “ Riverwood ”); 8) ITO Holdings Sàrl, a limited liability company (Société à Responsabilité Limitée) duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, represented in this act by the individual who signs at the end of this instrument and acting in the capacity therein stated (hereinafter, “ FTV ”); 9) Endeavor Global, Inc., a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America, represented in this act by the individual who signs at the end of this instrument and acting in the capacity therein stated (hereinafter, “ Endeavor Global ”); and 10) IT Outsourcing S.L., a limited company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain, represented in this act by the individual or individuals who sign at the end of this instrument and acting in the capacity therein stated, and including any successor entity whether formed by conversion (including the SA referenced below), merger or otherwise (hereinafter indistinctively, “ ITO ” or the “ Company ” and together with Paldwick, Riverwood, FTV and Endeavor Global, the “ Parties ”).

 

WHEREAS

 

A) The Parties are the sole holders of 100% of the capital stock (including any right to be issued equity participations) and votes of the Company.

 

1
 

 

B) It is the intention of the Parties to transform the current corporate type of company of the Company from a Sociedad Limitada to a Sociedad Anónima (" SA " and such transformation, the " Transformation "), so that the Company may, if so decided in the future, publicly offers its capital stock pursuant to an initial public offering.

 

C) It is in the interest of the Company and the Parties that ITO provides certain information that the Parties may require in connection with the Transformation.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and upon the terms and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             US Tax Filings Covenant . ITO will provide to each Party hereto and each direct and indirect equityholders directly or indirectly affiliated with a Party hereto which person is a United States citizen, resident or entity formed under the laws thereof or any state thereof (each such Party a " US Holder ") any information requested by them that is necessary for the preparation of United States of America (" US " or " U.S. ") income tax returns and information returns relating to ITO and its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, information returns on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Forms 8858, 8865 and 5471. This information would include, without limitation, the income and earnings of ITO and its subsidiaries, balance sheets for ITO and its subsidiaries, earnings of ITO and its subsidiaries invested or deemed invested in U.S. property, and the identification of each U.S. person who owns at least 10% of ITO and its subsidiaries directly or by the operation of certain attribution rules, all as determined for U.S. income tax purposes.

 

2.             PFIC Covenants . For each fiscal year on or before the date that ITO becomes an SA, ITO will provide a determination to its direct and indirect US Holders of whether each of its subsidiaries is a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes (" PFIC "). For each fiscal year ending after ITO becomes an SA, ITO will provide a determination to its direct and indirect US Holders of whether ITO is a PFIC, and, for each such year in which it is a PFIC, ITO will provide a determination to its direct and indirect US Holders of whether each of its subsidiaries is a PFIC. For each year in which ITO or any of its subsidiaries is a PFIC (as determined above), ITO will provide information to its direct and indirect US Holders sufficient to allow them to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election for such PFIC. In this connection, ITO will agree to provide information to the U.S. persons who are US Holders of ITO that is sufficient to allow them to determine their pro rata share of ordinary earnings and net capital gain of ITO or a PFIC subsidiary of ITO (as applicable), all as computed in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles, and will allow the US Holders to inspect and copy such PFIC's permanent books of account, records, and such other documents as may be maintained by the PFIC to establish that the PFIC's ordinary earnings and net capital gain are computed in accordance with U.S. income tax principles, and to verify these amounts and the shareholder's pro rata shares thereof. Generally, the determination of whether a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC will depend upon the percentage of its income for a fiscal year that is passive income, and the average percentage of its assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income, all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes by applicable regulation.

 

2
 

 

3.             CFC Covenant . Any new or additional investment in U.S. property by ITO or its subsidiaries (within the meaning of Section 956 of the of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the " Code "), while ITO is a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in Section 957 of the Code), requires the affirmative vote of Riverwood and FTV. ITO shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid causing any of its US Holders to recognize “Subpart F” income within the meaning of Section 952 of the Code.

 

4.             GRA Covenants . ITO agrees to timely provide to any Party hereto and any direct or indirect equityholder of ITO directly or indirectly affiliated with a Party hereto and that makes a “gain recognition election” under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.367(a)-8T (a " GRA ") with respect to the conversion of ITO to an SA, or the reorganization of any interest in ITO owned by a equityholder of ITO directly or indirectly affiliated with a Party hereto (as contemplated in paragraph 5, below), an annual certification that a triggering event has or has not occurred for purposes of such election. Such certifications will be made for each fiscal year ending on or before the close of the fifth fiscal year (but not less than 60 months) following the close of the fiscal year in which the conversion or reorganization occurs. A “triggering event” includes, without limitation, a transfer of all or a portion of the stock of a company or corporation owned by ITO at the time of such conversion, or the disposition of substantially all the assets of any such company or corporation, subject to certain exceptions that generally apply to transfers that are tax-free under U.S. income tax rules. Furthermore, until the close of the fifth fiscal year (but not less than 60 months) following the close of the fiscal year in which the conversion or reorganization occurs with respect to which a Party hereto or any direct or indirect equityholder of ITO directly or indirectly affiliated with a Party hereto has made a GRA as described above, ITO will not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the stock, or of substantially all the assets, of any subsidiary of ITO that is treated as a foreign corporation for US federal income tax purposes as of the date of its conversion to an SA, unless ITO receives either an (i) approval from such equityholder, or (ii) an opinion of US tax counsel reasonably satisfactory to such direct or indirect equityholder of ITO, to the effect that the disposition will not be a triggering event for purposes of the GRA.

 

5.             Reorganization Covenant . At the request of any Party hereto or any equityholder of ITO directly or indirectly affiliated with a Party hereto and that is a foreign corporation for US federal income tax purposes substantially all the assets of which consist of shares of ITO, ITO will cooperate, in connection with any initial public offering of ITO or otherwise at the reasonable request of such equityholder, in acquiring the assets of such equityholder or otherwise reorganizing such equityholder’s interest in ITO pursuant to a transaction that either constitutes a reorganization for purposes of Section 368(a) of the Code, or is otherwise reasonably requested by such equityholder.

 

6.             Waiver and Authorization . The Parties hereby wave any obligation of MM, MU, NN and GE to transfer their respective equity holdings in the Company into one or more corporate vehicles wholly-owned by them, and are irrevocably authorized to continue to hold such equity holdings directly as members or shareholders of the Company.

 

3
 

 

7.             Representations and Warranties . Each Party hereby represents and warrants that (i) it has full capacity, power (corporate or otherwise) and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, and that to the extent applicable, the execution of this Agreement by it has been duly authorized by all necessary and appropriate corporate action, (ii) the person executing this Agreement on behalf of each Party has full power and authority to represent that Party, (iii) the execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder will not conflict with, or result in a breach of, or default under, (x) any agreement or instrument material to it, to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (y) any order, decree or judgment of any court or governmental agency or body, except, with respect to subclause (y), to the extent that any such conflict will not affect the ability of such party to consummate the transactions hereunder, and (iv) that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid, binding obligation, enforceable against such Party in accordance with the provisions set forth herein, except for any statutory limitations which may be applicable in case of bankruptcy or insolvency. In addition, each Party represents and warrants that it has, and at the effective time of any conversion of ITO into a corporation ( sociedad anónima ), it will have, no fixed or definite plan or intention to dispose, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, of its shares of ITO.

 

8.             Confidentiality . Except for the disclosure by Riverwood to prospective investors which are interested in performing a direct or indirect investment in the Company, each Party hereby agrees to maintain under strict confidentiality the execution, negotiation and all information obtained or received from the other under this Agreement, which they shall not reveal to any third parties alien to this Agreement, except: (i) to their respective attorneys, advisors, accountants, auditors, and consultants, (ii) to their respective officers, directors, limited partners and other equityholders, (iii) as may be required by statute, decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, or regulation, (iv) as requested or required by any governmental authority pursuant to any subpoena or other legal process, (v) to the extent any such information is or becomes generally available to the public (other than as a result of prohibited disclosure by the relevant Party), and (vi)  in connection with any litigation or other adversary proceeding involving Parties hereto which such litigation or adversary proceeding involves claims related to the rights or duties of such parties under this Agreement.

 

9.             Entire Agreement and Conflicts . This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein. Each Party acknowledges that there are no other agreements or representations between the Parties relating to the subject matter contained herein, either oral or written, express or implied, that are not embodied in this Agreement, and this Agreement represents a complete integration of all the prior agreements, understandings and documents between the Parties in connection with the subject matter contained herein.

 

10.           Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended or modified except in a writing executed by each of the Parties.

 

11.           Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or its application to any Party or circumstance shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision to any party or circumstance, other than those as to which it is so determined invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each provision hereof shall be valid and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

4
 

 

12.            Governing Law; Dispute Resolution .   The validity, performance and all other matters pertaining to this Agreement shall be governed by, subject to, and construed under the laws of the United States without regard to any conflicts of laws provisions. In the event of a dispute regarding the interpretation, application or breach of this Agreement (each a " Dispute "), and if discussions between the Parties have failed to resolve the Dispute within thirty (30) days, then the relevant Dispute must be submitted by either Party to arbitration to be conducted in English under the then-current Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (the " Rules ") by a single, neutral, independent and impartial arbitrator appointed pursuant to the Rules and, to that effect, the Party above mentioned will inform in writing to the other Party its intention to submit the Dispute to arbitration. The arbitrator's award shall be final and binding for the Parties and will include any claim, counter-claim or issue submitted to such arbitrator. The Parties hereby waive their right to file an appeal in court of such arbitrator’s award. The arbitrator's decision need not be in writing, unless so requested by a Party prior to the commencement of the arbitration process. The arbitration award shall be issued within a term of sixty (60) days following the acceptance of the arbitrator’s appointment. Costs incurred in relation to submitting the Dispute to arbitration will be paid in accordance with the decision in the arbitrator’s award. The arbitration shall occur in the city of New York, New York. It is expressly agreed that either Party may seek appropriate injunctive or other equitable relief, at any time, in a court of competent jurisdiction to enforce its rights under this Agreement.

 

13.          Counterparts . The Parties hereby agree that this Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, including facsimile signatures, each of which shall, for all purposes, be deemed an original and all of such counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

14.          Notices . All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be (a) personally delivered with written confirmation of receipt, (b) transmitted by postage prepaid registered mail with return receipt requested (airmail if international), or (c) transmitted by facsimile transmission or telegram, with confirmed answerback or acknowledgement of receipt, and with postage prepaid mail confirmation with return receipt requested (airmail if international) to the Parties as follows:

 

(i) If addressed to Paldwick to:

 

Av. Luis Alberto Herrera 1052

Escritorio 1402,

Montevideo

República Oriental del Uruguay

Attn: Martín Migoya

 

With a copy to be sent to:

 

Ing. Butty 240, Piso 6,

Ciudad de Buenos Aires,

 

5
 

 

Argentina

Fax: +54-11-4109-1700

Attn: Martín Migoya

 

(ii) If addressed to Riverwood to:

 

Riverwood Capital LLC

California Office:

Riverwood Capital, LLC

70 Willow Road, Suite 100

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Fax: +1-650-618-7300

Attn.: Francisco Alvarez Demalde

 

With a copy to be sent to:

 

Marval, O'Farrell & Mairal

Leandro N. Alem 928, (1001) Buenos Aires

Argentina

Fax: +54-11- 4310-0200

Attn.: Hernán Slemenson / Pablo Rojo

 

(ii) If addressed to FTV to:

 

ITO Holdings Sàrl

c/o FTVentures III, L.P.

555 California Street, 29 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

Tel.: +1 (415) 229-3000

Fax: +1 (415) 229-3005

Attn.: Brad Bernstein

Cc: David Haynes

 

With a copy to be sent to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

555 California Street, 28th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

Tel.: + 1 (415) 439-1491

Fax: +1 (415) 439-1391

Attn.: David Breach

 

(iv) If addressed to MM, MU, GE, or NN to:

 

Candioti Gatto Bicain & Ocantos

Attn.: Alejandro Candioti

 

6
 

 

Cerrito 348, 5to B

C1010AAH Buenos Aires

Argentina

 

(v) If addressed to Endeavor Global to:

 

Endeavor Global

900 Broadway, Suite 600

New York, NY 10003 USA

Attn: Linda Rottenberg

 

With a copy to be sent to:

 

K&L Gates LLP

630 Hansen Way

Palo Alto, CA 94304 USA

Attn: David Frazee and Alejandro Fiuza

 

(vi) If addressed to ITO to:

 

C/ Velazquez 157, 5º C.

28002 Madrid

Spain

Attn: Alfonso Maillo

 

With a copy to be sent to:

 

Candioti Gatto Bicain & Ocantos

Attn.: Alejandro Candioti

Cerrito 348, 5to B

C1010AAH Buenos Aires

Argentina

 

and with a copy to be sent to:

 

Ing. Butty 240, Piso 6,

Ciudad de Buenos Aires,

Argentina

Fax: +54-11 4109-1700

Attn.: Martín Migoya

 

Additionally, the Parties hereby expressly acknowledge that any judicial or arbitration pleadings may be duly served upon serving notice to such domiciles.

 

7
 

 

15.           Non-Waiver . No delay or failure by either Party to exercise any right hereunder, and no partial or single exercise of any such right, shall constitute a waiver of that or any other right, unless otherwise expressly provided herein.

 

16.           Non-Assignment or Delegation . Neither Party may assign this Agreement or delegate any rights or obligations hereunder (other than to affiliated entities) without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

17.           Successors . This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns of each of the Parties.

 

18.           Cooperation and Further Assurances . The Parties hereby agree to cooperate and to execute all documents and instruments reasonably required in order to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

 

[ Remainder of this page intentionally left blank. ]

 

8
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

 

Endeavor Global, Inc.   MARTIN MIGOYA
   
/s/ Linda Rottenberg   /s/ Martin Migoya
Name: Linda Rottenberg   Name:
Title: Co-Founder & CEO   Title:
     
Riverwood Capital LLC   MARTIN GONZALO UMARAN
 
/s/ Francisco Alvarez Demalde   /s/ Martin Gonzalo Umaran
Name: Francisco Alvarez Demalde   Name:
Title: Partner   Title:
     
RW Holdings, Sàrl   GUIBERT ENGLEBIENNE
 
/s/ Francisco Alvarez Demalde   /s/ Guibert Englebienne
Name: Francisco Alvarez Demalde   Name:
Title: Director   Title:
     
ITO Holdings Sàrl   NESTOR AUGUSTO NOCETTI
   
/s/ David A. Haynes   /s/ Nestor Augusto Nocetti
Name: David A. Haynes   Name:
Title: A Manager   Title:
   
Paldwick S.A.   IT Outsourcing S.L.
 
/s/ Alejandro Candioti   /s/ Nestor Nocetti
Name: Alejandro Candioti   Name: Nestor Nocetti
Title: Attorney-in-fact   Title: Attorney in fact IT Outsourcing SL

 

9
 

 

For purposes of granting the marital consent required by Section 1277 of the Argentine Civil Code:

 

Carolina Pinciroli  
   
/s/ Carolina Pinciroli  
Name: Carolina Pinciroli  
Title:  
   
María Victoria Albornoz  
 
/s/ María Victoria Albornoz  
Name: María Victoria Albornoz  
Title:  
   
Silvana Laura Gaggiotti  
 
/s/ Silvana Laura Gaggiotti  
Name: Silvana Laura Gaggiotti  
Title:  
   
María Alejandra Fasce  
   
/s/ María Alejandra Fasce  
Name: María Alejandra Fasce  
Title:  

 

10

 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

 

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

 

 

Globant S.A. Spain 63.63% Globant S.A. (Luxembourg)
    12.50% RW Holdings S.à r.l.
    23.87% ITO Holdings S.à r.l.
ITO Holdings S.à r.l. Luxembourg 100% Globant S.A. (Luxembourg)
RW Holdings S.à r.l. Luxembourg 100% Globant S.A. (Luxembourg)
Software Product Creation S.L. Spain 100% Globant S.A.
4.0 S.R.L. Argentina 99.99% Globant S.A.
    00.01% Software Product Creation SL
Sistemas Globales Buenos Aires S.R.L. Argentina 99.99% Globant S.A.
    00.01% Software Product Creation SL
Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. Colombia 99.99% Globant S.A.
    00.01% Software Product Creation SL
Globant LLC USA 100% Globant S.A.
Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. Uruguay 100% Globant S.A.
Sistemas UK Ltda. England & Wales 100% Globant S.A.
Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Ltda. Chile 95.00% Globant S.A.
    05.00% Software Product Creation S.L.
Global Systems Outsourcing S.R.L. de C.V. Mexico 99.96% Globant S.A.
    00.04% 4.0 SRL
Globant Brasil Participacoes Ltda. Brazil 99.99% Globant S.A.
    00.01% Software Product Creation SL
IAFH Global S.A. Argentina 95.00% Sistemas Globales Buenos Aires S.R.L.
    05.00% 4.0 SRL
Sistemas Globales S.A. Argentina 95.00% Sistemas Globales Buenos Aires S.R.L.
    05.00% 4.0 SRL
Terraforum Consultoria Ltda. Brazil 99.99% Globant Brasil Participacoes Ltda.
    00.01% Software Product Creation SL
Huddle Investment LLP England & Wales 86.25% Globant S.A. (Luxembourg)
Huddle Group S.A. Argentina 95.71% Huddle Investment LLP
    04.29% Huddle Group S.A. (Chile)
Huddle Group S.A. Chile 99.90% Huddle Investment LLP
    00.10% Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Ltda.
Huddle Group Corp. USA 100.00% Huddle Investment LLP

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

 

Deloitte & Co. S.A.

Florida 234, Piso 5°

C1005AAF

Ciudad Autónoma

de Buenos Aires

Argentina

 

Tel: (54-11) 4320-2700

Fax: (54-11) 4325-8081/

4326-7340

www.deloitte.com/ar

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement  No. 333-190841 on Form F-1 of our report dated May 26, 2014, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Globant S.A. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

Yours truly,

 

City of Buenos Aires, Argentina

May 27, 2014

 

Deloitte & Co. S.A.

 

/s/ Daniel S. Vardé

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, a UK private company limited by guarantee, and its network of member firms, each of which is a legally separate and independent entity. Please see www.deloitte.com/about for a detailed description of the legal structure of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited and its member firms.

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

May 19, 2014

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

I, the undersigned director of Globant S.A., hereby constitute and appoint Martin Migoya, Martin Umaran and Alejandro Scannapieco and each of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution for me and in my name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statements pursuant to Rule 462 of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorney-in-fact or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 
 

 

 

  /s/Timothy Mott
  Timothy Mott
Director

 

[Signature Page to the Power of Attorney for Timothy Mott]